Downing, T. (1996). The Mexican Earth. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: New York : Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1940. With new foreword.

Downs, A. (1995). Corporate Executions : The Ugly Truth About Layoffs–how Corporate Greed Is Shattering Lives, Companies, and Communities. New York, AMACOM.

Downs, A. (1997). Beyond the Looking Glass : Overcoming the Seductive Culture of Corporate Narcissism. New York, AMACOM.

Downs, A. (2000). The Fearless Executive : Finding the Courage to Trust Your Talents and Be the Leader You Are Meant to Be. New York, AMACOM.

Downs, A. and I. Brookings (1992). Stuck in Traffic : Coping with Peak-hour Traffic Congestion. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Downs, J. M. (1997). The Golden Ghetto : The American Commercial Community at Canton and the Shaping of American China Policy, 1784-1844. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Dowty, A. (1998). The Jewish State : A Century Later, Updated With a New Preface. Berkeley, University of California Press.

As the fiftieth anniversary of Israeli statehood approaches, along with the commemoration of the hundredth anniversary of the World Zionist Organization, the question of what is meant by a’Jewish’state is particularly timely. Alan Dowty takes on that question in a book that is admirable for its clarity and its comprehensive interpretation of the historical roots and contemporary functioning of Israel.Israeli nationhood, democracy, and politics did not unfold in a social or political vacuum, but developed from power-sharing practices in pre-state Jewish communities in Palestine and in Eastern Europe. Dowty elucidates the broad cluster of cultural, historical, and ideological tenets which came to comprise Israel’s contemporary political system. He demonstrates that such tenets were not arbitrary but in fact developed logically from Jewish political habits and the circumstances of time. Dowty illustrates how these traditions are balanced with those of ideology and modernization, and he provides an integrated, sophisticated analysis of the Israeli nation’s formation and present state.Dowty also proposes thoughtful answers to puzzles regarding the strengths and weaknesses of Israeli democracy in responding to the challenges of communal divisions, religious contention, the country’s non-Jewish minority, and accommodation with the Palestinians. The Jewish State will be invaluable for anyone looking for that one book that gives an intelligent overview of both Israel today and of its origins.

Doyle, A. C. The Adventures of Gerard. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. The Case Book of Sherlock Holmes. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. His Last Bow. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. The Hound of the Baskervilles. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. The Lost World. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. The Poison Belt. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. The Ring of Thoth, and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. Round the Red Lamp. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. Sign of Four. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. The Stark Munro Letters. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. A Study in Scarlet. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. Tales of Terror and Mystery. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. Through the Magic Door. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. Valley of Fear. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. The Vital Message. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. (1999). The Return of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1995). The Adventure of Silver Blaze. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). Beyond the City. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Captain of the Polestar and Other Tales. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The New Revelation. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Parasite. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). Round the Red Lamp. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Vital Message. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The White Company. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1997). Living English Poets : A. Conan Doyle. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1998). The Lost World. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doyle, M. E., et al. (2000). Food Safety 1994. New York, CRC Press.

Doyle, M. E., et al. (2000). Food Safety 1995. New York, CRC Press.

Includes Part I–Diet and Health, Part II–Safety of Food Components, Part III–Foodborne Microbial Illness.

Drachman, E. R., et al. (1997). Presidents and Foreign Policy : Countdown to Ten Controversial Decisions. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Drago, H. S. (1998). Outlaws on Horseback : The History of the Organized Bands of Bank and Train Robbers Who Terrorized the Prairie Towns of Missouri, Kansas, Indian Territory, and Oklahoma for Half a Century. Lincoln, Bison Books.

Outlaws on Horseback concentrates on the long, unbroken chain of crime that began in the late 1850s with the Missouri-Kansas border warfare and ended in Arkansas in 1921 with the killing of Henry Starr, the last of the authentic desperadoes. Harry Sinclair Drago shows links among the men and women who terrorized the Midwest while he squelches the most outlandish tales about them. The guerrilla warfare led by the evil William Quantrill was training for Frank and Jesse James and Cole and Jim Younger. Drago puts their bloody careers in perspective and tracks down the truth about Belle Starr the Bandit Queen, Cherokee Bill, Rose of the Cimarron, and the gangs, including the Daltons and Doolins, that infested the Oklahoma hills. The action moves from the sacking of Lawrence to the raid on Northfield to the shootout at Coffeyville.

Draimin, B. H. (1994). Drugs and AIDS. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Draimin, B. H. (1994). Everything You Need to Know When a Parent Has AIDS. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Drake, J. D. (1997). The Perfect Interview : How to Get the Job You Really Want. New York, AMACOM.

Drake, J. R. The Culprit Fay and Other Poems. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Drake, S. M. and J. C. McLeary (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to the Portable Office. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Draper, J. W. History of the Conflict Between Religion and Science. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Drasgow, F. and J. Olson-Buchanan (1999). Innovations in Computerized Assessment. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

Computerized assessment offers many opportunities for innovations in measurement. In contrast to static paper-and-pencil instruments, computerized assessment can capitalize on the dynamic capabilities of the computer. For example, the difficulty of administered items can be adopted to the ability of the examinee, thus eliminating items that are too hard or too easy. Multimedia computers provide the opportunity to revolutionize assessment. Stereo sound, animation, and full-motion video can be incorporated into assessment tools and aid in the measurement of individual differences ranging from musical skills to interpersonal abilities. Innovations in Computerized Assessment presents the experiences of leading researchers in computerized assessment. The book places particular emphasis on the dilemmas that were faced by the researchers. Questions addressed include: • What problems did they confront? • What were the pros and cons of various options? • How were dilemmas resolved? • Were the solutions good ones?

Drazen, J. M., et al. (1998). Five-lipoxygenase Products in Asthma. New York, CRC Press.

Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthma offers an authoritative examination of the biochemistry, basic pharmacology, and clinical pharmacology of the leukotrienes with special emphasis on their role in asthma. A critical reference for every asthma researcher and clinician, Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthmahighlights agents and products of the 5-LO pathway and its relationship to other pathways explores the enzymology of the 5-LO pathway with focus on leukotriene transport, degradation, and excretion details the role of protein identification in the 5-LO pathway describes human cell types that produce leukotrienes and their activation outlines pharmacological and binding study evidence for leukotriene receptors discusses the recovery of leukotrienes in lung disease analyzes leukotriene receptor antagonists and synthesis inhibitors by specific agent provides a by entity summary of individual drug information in exercise-induced, allergen-induced, aspirin-induced, and chronic stable asthma profiles the use of agents active on the 5-LO pathway in asthma treatment and more! With complete discussions of the recovery of leukotrienes in induced and spontaneous asthma and other conditions, Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthma, will benefit pulmonologists and pulmonary disease specialists; clinical allergists; internists; chest, intensive care, primary care, and family practice physicians; respiratory therapists; physiologists; pathologists; cell and molecular biologists; and graduate and medical school students in these disciplines.

Dreifort, J. E. (1991). Myopic Grandeur : The Ambivalence of French Foreign Policy Toward the Far East, 1919-1945. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

General Charles de Gaulle once said, France cannot be France without greatness. France’s effort to maintain its presence as a great world power is the subject of Myopic Grandeur, the first major study of French foreign policy initiatives in the Far East from World War I until the conclusion of World War II. France emerged from World War I as the dominant power in Europe and one of the great imperial powers of the world, yet policymakers there faced a dramatic disparity between its great power aspirations and decreasing resources. The challenges presented by German, Italian, and Japanese expansion caused France to resort to diplomatic maneuvering to defend its substantial interests in the Far East and salvage its status as a major player in the region. In their attempt to reduce growing tensions in the Far East, French policymakers vainly sought support from potential allies: the isolationist United States was unconvinced of a Japanese threat, and Britain’s frequently contradictory actions and vacillating policies further complicated the situation. Despite French initiatives, the handling of the Far Eastern situation prior to World War II was characterized by a lack of coordination and missed opportunities. Based upon extensive multi-archival research, John Dreifort provides clear evidence that France was not as pro-appeasement toward the Japanese as conventionally thought, and that French policymakers frequently had clearer insight into the dangers and opportunities which exited in the Far East than did statesmen of other major Western powers in the area.

Dreiser, T. Sister Carrie. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dreiser, T. (1999). The Financier. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dreiser, T. and T. D. Nostwich (1991). Newspaper Days. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dreiser, T., et al. (1996). Dreiser’s Russian Diary. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dreiser, T. and V. University of (1996). Ida Hauchawout. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dreiser, T. and J. L. W. West (1992). Jennie Gerhardt. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Jennie Gerhardt was Theodore Dreiser’s second novel and his first true commercial success. Today it is generally regarded as one of his three best novels, along with Sister Carrie and An American Tragedy. But the text of Jennie Gerhardt heretofore known to readers is quite different from the text as Dreiser originally wrote it. In the tradition of the University of Pennsylvania Dreiser Edition, James L.W. West III has recaptured the text as it was originally written, restoring it to its complete, unexpurgated form. As submitted to Harper and Brothers in 1911, Jennie Gerhardt was a powerful study of a woman tragically compromised by birth and fate. Harpers agreed to publish the book but was nervous about its subject matter and moral stance. Jennie has an illegitimate child by one man and lives out of wedlock with another – but Dreiser does not condemn her for her behavior. As a requirement for publication, Harpers insisted on cutting and revising the text. Although Dreiser fought against many of the cuts and succeeded in restoring some material, Harpers shortened the text by 16,000 words and completely revised its style and tone. These changes ultimately transformed Jennie Gerhardt from a blunt, carefully documented work of social realism to a touching love story merely set against a social background. Passages critical of organized religion and of the institution of marriage were reduced and altered. Perhaps most important, Jennie’s point of view – her innate romantic mysticism – was largely edited out of the text. As a consequence, the central dialectic of the novel was skewed and the narrative thrown out of balance.

Dressler, W. W. (1991). Stress and Adaptation in the Context of Culture : Depression in a Southern Black Community. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Dressman, J. B. and H. Lennernèas (2000). Oral Drug Absorption : Prediction and Assessment. New York, CRC Press.

A practical, hands-on guide for successfully developing oral drug products, this comprehensive reference runs the gamut from theoretical stages of computer-based calculations to practical guidelines for establishing in vitro/in vivo correlations. Coverage details the interrelationship between the physiology of the gastrointestinal tract and oral drug formulations and absorption, and progresses to the latest applications of pharmacokinetic analysis. Includes chapters by the innovators of the Biopharmaceutical Classification Scheme (BCS), human perfusions, and biorelevant dissolution testing!With over 600 literature references, equations, drawings, and photographs, Oral Drug Absorptionoffers multiple methods for predicting permeability, solubility, and dissolution for oral bioavailability and bioequivalence facilitates selection of appropriate drug candidates for development fully elaborates on the experimental and data analysis techniques of in vitro/in vivo correlations provides guidance to the Federal Drug Administration’s BCS and its applications appends helpful case studies to the concepts discussed and much more!Contributions by more than 20 international specialists on the latest research make Oral Drug Absorption an invaluable tool and useful reference in the hands of pharmaceutical scientists, medicinal chemists, pharmacists, pharmacologists, toxicologists, biochemists, gastroenterologists, regulatory personnel, and graduate school students in these disciplines.

Dretske, F. I. (1995). Naturalizing the Mind. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

How can the baffling problems of phenomenal experience be accounted for? In this provocative book, Fred Dretske argues that to achieve an understanding of the mind it is not enough to understand the biological machinery by means of which the mind does its job. One must understand what the mind’s job is and how this task can be performed by a physical system—the nervous system.Naturalizing the Mind skillfully develops a representational theory of the qualitative, the phenomenal, the what-it-is-like aspects of the mind that have defied traditional forms of naturalism. Central to Dretske’s approach is the claim that the phenomenal aspects of perceptual experiences are one and the same as external, real-world properties that experience represents objects as having. Combined with an evolutionary account of sensory representation, the result is a completely naturalistic account of phenomenal consciousness.

Drew, B. A. (1997). 100 Most Popular Young Adult Authors, The: Biographical Sketches and Bibliographies : Biographical Sketches and Bibliographies, Revised Edition. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

The book focuses on individuals writing in the’90s, but also includes 12 classic authors (e.g., Mark Twain, Louisa May Alcott, J.R.R. Tolkien) who are still widely read by teens. It also covers some authors known primarily for adult literature (e.g., Stephen King) and some who write mainly for middle readers but are also popular among young adults (e.g., Betsy Byars). An affordable alternative to multivolume publications, this book makes a great collection development tool and resource for author studies. It will also help readers find other books by and about their favorite writers.

Drew, D. M., et al. (2006). Making Twenty-first-century Strategy : An Introduction to Modern National Security Processes and Problems. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

‘This new work defines national security strategy, its objectives, the problems it confronts, and the influences that constrain and facilitate its development and implementation in a post-Cold War, post-9/11 environment. The authors note that making and implementing national strategy centers on risk management and present a model for assessing strategic risks and the process for allocating limited resources to reduce them. The major threats facing the United States now come from its unique status as’the sole remaining superpower’against which no nation-state or other entity can hope to compete through conventional means. The alternative is what is now called asymmetrical or fourth generation warfare. Drew and Snow discuss all these factors in detail and bring them together by examining the continuing problems of making strategy in a changed and changing world.’–AU Press web site.

Drew, E. P., et al. (1994). Information Technology in Selected Countries : Reports From Ireland, Ethiopia, Nigeria, and Tanzania. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

‘United Nations sales no.: E93.III.A.2’–T.p. verso.

Dreyer, F. A. (1999). The Genesis of Methodism. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Dreyfus, G. B. J. (1997). Recognizing Reality : Dharmakåirti’s Philosophy and Its Tibetan Interpretations. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Driesbach, J. T., et al. (1998). Art of the Gold Rush : (Published in Association with the Oakland Museum of California and the Crocker Art Museum, Sacramento). Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

The California Gold Rush captured the get-rich dreams of people around the world more completely than almost any event in American history. This catalog, published in celebration of the sesquicentennial of the 1848 discovery of gold at Sutter’s Mill, shows the vitality of the arts in the Golden State during the latter nineteenth century and documents the dramatic impact of the Gold Rush on the American imagination.Among the throngs of gold-seekers in California were artists, many self-taught, others formally trained, and their arrival produced an outpouring of artistic works that provide insights into Gold Rush events, personages, and attitudes. The best-known painting of the Gold Rush era, C.C. Nahl’s Sunday Morning in the Mines (1872), was created nearly two decades after gold fever had subsided. By then the Gold Rush’s mythic qualities were well established, and new allegories—particularly the American belief in the rewards of hard work and enterprise—can be seen on Nahl’s canvas. Other works added to the image of California as a destination for ambitious dreamers, an image that prevails to this day. In bringing together a range of art and archival material such as artists’diaries and contemporary newspaper articles, The Art of the Gold Rush broadens our understanding of American culture during a memorable period in the nation’s history.

Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). A Lesson to My Ghost. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Portia’s Housekeeping. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). The Toll-gate House. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Two Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drinnon, R. (1997). Facing West : The Metaphysics of Indian-hating and Empire-building. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press, c1980.

Driscoll, J. (1992). Wanting Only to Be Heard. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Driscoll, M. (1998). Web-based Training : Using Technology to Design Adult Learning Experiences. San Francisco, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Driscoll, M. J., et al. (1998). Learning About Assessment, Learning Through Assessment. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

‘Mathematical Sciences Education Board, Center for Science, Mathematics, and Engineering Education.’

Driver, H. (1997). The Birth of Military Aviation : Britain, 1903-1914. Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

A mine of information, drawing on an impressive range of archives. It will become an important point of reference. ENGLISH HISTORICAL REVIEW This book aims to demonstrate how the crisis evident in British military aviation in the early years of the First World War was inherent in the entire development of aviation in the years preceding the conflict. After outlining the work of the early pioneers and the growth of an aviation industry as a branch of armaments, Dr Driver considers the objectives of the War Office in increasingly seeking to divert design development to their researchestablishment at Farnborough. He shows how the resultant virtual state monopoly in design and procurement had disastrous consequences for aircraft innovation and development, suffocating both competition and initiative, and leading to the maintenance of inadequate aircraft by the Royal Flying Corps following the outbreak of war. The continuing dispute and its culmination in the’Fokker Scourge’controversy of 1915-1916 graphically characterise the strained development of military-industrial relations in this area. Dr HUGH DRIVER gained an MA in War Studies from King’s College London,and a D.Phil in modern history at Oriel College, Oxford.

Drobizheva, L. M. (1998). Ethnic Conflict in the Post-Soviet World : Case Studies and Analysis. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

Presents 16 case studies of ethnic conflict in the post-Soviet world. The book places ethnic conflict in the context of imperial collapse, democratization and state building.

Drohan, M. I. (1998). Weight-loss Programs : Weighing the Risks and Realities. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Discusses the relationship between health and diet and examines a variety of commercial weight-loss programs and the health risks that they pose to their members.

Drohan, M. I. (1999). Floods. New York, PowerKids Press.

Examines the nature, origins, and dangers of floods and discusses how to prevent them and protect against them.

Drohan, M. I. (1999). Tsunamis : Killer Waves. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes tsunamis, where they occur, what causes them, and what can be done to protect people from them.

Drone, J. M. (1998). Musical Theater Synopses : An Index. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

Dronke, P. (1968). Medieval Latin and the Rise of European Love-lyric. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

Drooker, P. B. (1992). Mississippian Village Textiles at Wickliffe. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

Because textiles rarely are preserved in the archaeological record outside of deserts and permafrost areas, in many regions of the world very little is known about their characteristics, functions, production technology, or socioeconomic importance. While this fact is also true of organic fabrics produced during the Mississippian period in southeastern North Anerica, a wide variety of Mississippian textiles has been preserved in the form of impressions on large pottery vessels. From attribute analysis of 1,574 fabrics impressed on Wickliffe pottery sherds and comparison of the impressions with extant Mississippian textile artifacts, Drooker presents the first comparative analysis of these materials and the most inclusive available summary of information on Mississippian textiles.

Drozdov, A. D. (1998). Mechanics of Viscoelastic Solids. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Drucker, P. F. (1998). Peter Drucker on the Profession of Management. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

A collection of articles published in the Harvard Business Review from 1950-1995.

Druckman, D., et al. (1994). Learning, Remembering, Believing : Enhancing Human Performance. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Can such techniques as sleep learning and hypnosis improve performance? Do we sometimes confuse familiarity with mastery? Can we learn without making mistakes? These questions apply in the classroom, in the military, and on the assembly line. Learning, Remembering, Believing addresses these and other key issues in learning and performance. The volume presents leading-edge theories and findings from a wide range of research settings: from pilots learning to fly to children learning about physics by throwing beanbags. Common folklore is explored, and promising research directions are identified. The authors also continue themes from their first two volumes: Enhancing Human Performance (1988) and In the Mind’s Eye (1991). The result is a thorough and readable review of Learning and remembering. The volume evaluates the effects of subjective experience on learning–why we often overestimate what we know, why we may not need a close match between training settings and real-world tasks, and why we experience such phenomena as illusory remembering and unconscious plagiarism. Learning and performing in teams. The authors discuss cooperative learning in different age groups and contexts. Current views on team performance are presented, including how team-learning processes can be improved and whether team-building interventions are effective. Mental and emotional states. This is a critical review of the evidence that learning is affected by state of mind. Topics include hypnosis, meditation, sleep learning, restricted environmental stimulation, and self-confidence and the self-efficacy theory of learning. New directions. The volume looks at two new ideas for improving performance: emotions induced by another person–socially induced affect–and strategies for controlling one’s thoughts. The committee also considers factors inherent in organizations–workplaces, educational facilities, and the military–that affect whether and how they implement training programs. Learning, Remembering, Believing offers an understanding of human learning that will be useful to training specialists, psychologists, educators, managers, and individuals interested in all dimensions of human performance.

Druckman, D., et al. (1997). Enhancing Organizational Performance. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

‘Committee on Techniques for the Enhancement of Human Performance, Commission on Behavioral and Social Sciences and Education, National Research Council.’

Druckrey, T. (1999). Ars Electronica : Facing the Future: a Survey of Two Decades. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Description based on print version record.

Drum, D. E. (1999). The Chronic Pain Management Sourcebook. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Drummond, G. D. (1982). The German Social Democrats in Opposition, 1949-1960 : The Case Against Rearmament. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Drummond, H. Baxter’s Second Innings. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. The Greatest Thing in the World : And Other Addresses. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. A Life for a Life and Other Addresses. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. The Lowell Lectures on the Ascent of Man. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. The Monkey That Would Not Kill. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. The New Evangelism : And Other Papers. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H. Stones Rolled Away and Other Addresses to Young Men. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Drummond, H., et al. The Ideal Life. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dryden, C. W. (1997). A-Train : Memoirs of a Tuskegee Airman. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

A-Train is the story of one of the black Americans who, during World War II, graduated from Tuskegee (AL) Flying School and served as a pilot in the Army Air Corps’99th Pursuit Squadron. Charles W. Dryden presents a fast-paced, balanced, and personal account of what it was like to prepare for a career traditionally closed to African Americans, how he coped with the frustrations and dangers of combat, and how he, along with many fellow black pilots, navigators, bombardiers, and crewmen, emerged with a magnificent war record. Under the command of Colonel Benjamin O. Davis Jr., the Tuskegee airmen fought over North Africa, Sicily, and Europe, escorting American bomber crews who respected their’no-losses’record. Some were shot down, many of them were killed or captured by the enemy, and several won medals of valor and honor. But the airmen still faced great barriers of racial prejudice in the armed forces and at home. As a member of that elite group of young pilots who fought for their country overseas while being denied civil liberties at home, Dryden presents an eloquent story that will touch each and every reader.

Dryden, I. L. and K. V. Mardia (1998). Statistical Shape Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

This text deals primarily with the analysis of point set data to describe an object’s shape. It discusses the theory behind the statistical analysis of shape and examines how it can be applied to a broad variety of subjects.

Dryden, J. All for Love. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dryden, J. Poems of John Dryden. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dryden, W. (1998). Developing Self-acceptance : A Brief, Educational, Small Group Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Drysdale, D. (1999). An Introduction to Fire Dynamics. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

D’Silva, E. H., et al. (1992). Poverty Alleviation Through Agricultural Projects : Report on a Seminar Held Jointly by the Asian Development Bank, the Centre on Integrated Rural Development for Asia and the Pacific, and the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Du Bois, W. E. B. The Souls of Black Folk. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and H. Aptheker (1973). The Correspondence of W. E. B. Du Bois. [Amherst], University of Massachusetts Press.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and J. D. Smith (1997). John Brown : A Biography. London, Routledge.

First published in 1909, W.E.B. Du Bois’s biography of abolitionist John Brown is a literary and historical classic. With a rare combination of scholarship and passion, Du Bois defends Brown against all detractors who saw him as a fanatic, fiend, or traitor. Brown emerges as a rich personality, fully understandable as an unusual leader with a deeply religious outlook and a devotion to the cause of freedom for the slave.This new edition is enriched with an introduction by John David Smith and with supporting documents relating to Du Bois’s correspondence with his publisher.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). The Freedmen’s Bureau. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). A Negro Schoolmaster in the New South. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). Of the Training of Black Men. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). The Souls of Black Folk : Essays and Sketches. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). Strivings of the Negro People. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Duane, D. C. and J. Boessenecker (1999). Against the Vigilantes : The Recollections of Dutch Charley Duane. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Duarte, D. L. and N. T. Snyder (1999). Mastering Virtual Teams : Strategies, Tools, and Techniques That Succeed. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Dube, L. (1997). Women and Kinship : Comparative Perspectives on Gender in South and South-East Asia. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

Dube, S. (1998). Untouchable Pasts : Religion, Identity, and Power Among a Central Indian Community, 1780-1950. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dubin, L. C. (1999). The Port Jews of Habsburg Trieste : Absolutist Politics and Enlightenment Culture. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.

Dubofsky, M. (1994). The State & Labor in Modern America. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

In this important new book, Melvyn Dubofsky traces the relationship between the American labor movement and the federal government from the 1870s until the present. His is the only book to focus specifically on the’labor question’as a lens through which to view more clearly the basic political, economic, and social forces that have divided citizens throughout the industrial era. Many scholars contend that the state has acted to suppress trade union autonomy and democracy, as well as rank-and-file militancy, in the interest of social stability and conclude that the law has rendered unions the servants of capital and the state. In contrast, Dubofsky argues that the relationship between the state and labor is far more complex and that workers and their unions have gained from positive state intervention at particular junctures in American history. He focuses on six such periods when, in varying combinations, popular politics, administrative policy formation, and union influence on the legislative and executive branches operated to promote stability by furthering the interests of workers and their organizations.

DuBose, E. and L. DuBose (1993). Cyrano De Bergerac : Notes. Including Introduction and Life of Rostand, List of Characters, Synopsis of the Play, Summaries and Commentaries, Character Analyses and Critical Commentaries, Review Questions and Essay Topics, Bibliography. Lincoln, NB, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

DuBrin, A. J. (1995). The Breakthrough Team Player : Becoming the M.V.P. On Your Workplace Team. New York, AMACOM.

DuBrin, A. J. (1997). Personal Magnetism : Discover Your Own Charisma and Learn to Charm, Inspire, and Influence Others. New York, AMACOM.

DuBrin, A. J. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Leadership. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Ducharme, D. F. (1998). The Treasure in the Tiny Blue Tin. Ft. Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

In the early 1900s in Texas, a twelve-year-old Jewish immigrant runs away to search for his father who he fears is sick, and he is joined on his dangerous journey by a prejudiced country boy.

Duck, F. A., et al. (1998). Ultrasound in Medicine. Bristol, CRC Press.

Ultrasound in Medicine is a broad-ranging study of medical ultrasound, including ultrasound propagation, interaction with tissue, and innovations in the application of ultrasound in medicine. The book focuses specifically on the science and technology-the underlying physics and engineering. It examines the most closely related aspects of these basic sciences in clinical application and reviews the success of technological innovations in improving medical diagnosis and treatment. The book bridges the gap between tutorial texts widely available for ultrasound and medical training and theoretical works on acoustics.

Duck, R. C. (1995). Finding Words for Worship : A Guide for Leaders. Louisville, Ky, Presbyterian Publishing Corporation.

Ruth Duck provides a much-needed how-to book for creating unique and creative worship resources, including prayers, hymns, and sermons. She presents methods and models for creating these new resources while remaining scripturally relevant and mindful of inclusive-language concerns. This is an invaluable guide for those involved in writing or evaluating worship services.

Dudley, D. L. (1991). My Father’s Shadow : Intergenerational Conflict in African American Men’s Autobiography. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dudley, E. J. (1997). The Endless Text : Don Quixote and the Hermeneutics of Romance. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dudley, W. C. and M. Lee (1998). Tsunami! Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Duetsch, L. L. (1998). Industry Studies. Armonk, NY, ME Sharpe, Inc.

Duff, C. S. (1999). Learning From Other Women : How to Benefit From the Knowledge, Wisdom, and Experience of Female Mentors. New York, AMACOM.

Duff, E. G. Spare Your Good : (T. Marshe London, 1555?). Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Duff Gordon, L. Letters From the Cape. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Duffield, S. W. and V. University of (1997). The Writings of George MacDonald. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Duffus, R. L. (1972). The Santa Fe Trail. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Dugan, M. and J. Boessenecker (1992). The Grey Fox : The True Story of Bill Miner, Last of the Old-time Bandits. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Duggan, A. (1997). Queens and Queenship in Medieval Europe : Proceedings of a Conference Held at King’s College London, April 1995. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

The image, status and function of queens and empresses, regnant and consort, in kingdoms stretching from England to Jerusalem in the European middle ages, are here under scrutiny. The studies confrontmany of the central issues relating to women’s authority and power in medieval societies and raise questions about the perception of women rulers in contemporary records (and modern historical writing). Did queens exercise real or counterfeit power? Did the promotion of the cult of the Virgin enhance or restrict their sphere of action? Is it time to revise the early feminist view of women as victims? Important papers on Emma of England, Margaret of Scotland, coronation and burial ritual, Byzantine empresses and Scandinavian queens, among others, clearly indicate that a reassessment of `women’s work’and of the role of women in the world of medieval dynastic politics is under way. Contributors: JANOS BAK, GEORGE CONKLIN, PAUL CROSSLEY, VOLKER HONEMANN, STEINAR IMSEN, LIZ JAMES,KURT-ULRICH JASCHKE, SARAH LAMBERT, JANET L. NELSON, JOHN C. PARSONS, KAREN PRATT, DION SMYTHE, PAULINE STAFFORD, MARY STROLL, VALERIE WALL, ELIZABETH WARD, DIANA WEBB.

Dugger, E. L. (1998). Adventure Guide to New Hampshire. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Dugger, E. L. (1999). Adventure Guide to Massachusetts & Western Connecticut. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Duhamel, D. (1999). The Star-Spangled Banner. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

The Star-Spangled Banner, Denise Duhamel’s sixth book of poems, is about falling in love, American-style, with someone who is not American. In the title poem, a small American girl mishears the first line of’The Star-Spangled Banner’as’José, can you see?’, which leads her to imagine a foreign lover of an American woman dressed in a star-spangled gown. The misunderstandings caused by language recur throughout the book: contemplating what’yes’means in different cultures; watching Nickelodeon’s’Nick at Nite’with a husband who grew up in the Philippines and never saw The Patty Duke Show; misreading another poet’s title’The Difference Between Pepsi and Coke’as’The Difference Between Pepsi and Pope’and concluding that’Pepsi is all for premarital sex. / The Pope won’t stain your teeth.’Misunderstandings also abound as characters mingle with others from different classes. In’Cockroaches,’a father-in-law refers to budget-minded American college students backpacking in Europe as cockroaches, not realizing his daughter-in-law was once, not so long ago, such a student/roach herself. With welcome levity and refreshing irreverence, The Star-Spangled Banner addresses issues of ethnicity, class, and gender in America.

Duhaut-Cilly, A. B., et al. (1999). A Voyage to California, the Sandwich Islands, and Around the World in the Years 1826–1829. Berkeley, University of California Press.

While French sea captain Auguste Duhaut-Cilly may not have become wealthy from his around-the-world travels between 1826 and 1829, his trip has enriched historians interested in early nineteenth-century California. Because of a poor choice in goods to trade he found it necessary to spend nearly two years on the Alta and Baja California coasts before disposing of his cargo and returning to France. What was bad luck for Duhaut-Cilly was good luck for us, however, because he recorded his impressions of the region’s natural history and human populations in a diary. This translation of Duhaut-Cilly’s writing offers today’s readers a rare eyewitness account of the pastoral society that was Mexican California, including the missions at the height of their power.A veteran of the Napoleonic wars, Duhaut-Cilly was an educated man conversant in Spanish and English. He was also Catholic, which gave him special access to the California missions. Thus his diary allows the reader an insider’s view of the padres’lives, including their dealings with the military. Through his eyes we see the region’s indigenous people and how they were treated, and we’re privy to his commentary on the behavior of the Californios.This translation also contains Duhaut-Cilly’s account of the Sandwich Islands portion of his voyage and provides an authentic rendering of life at sea during the early nineteenth century. In the spirit of Richard Henry Dana’s Two Years before the Mast, Duhaut-Cilly’s reflections are a historical gem for anyone with a love of personal narratives and original accounts of the past.

Duina, F. G. (1999). Harmonizing Europe : Nation-states Within the Common Market. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Duke, D. L. (1995). The School That Refused to Die : Continuity and Change at Thomas Jefferson High School. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Duke dos Santos, M. I. and P. De la Fuente (1995). Sabine R. Ulibarrâi : Critical Essays. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Duke, P. G. and M. Wilson (1995). Beyond Subsistence : Plains Archaeology and the Postprocessual Critique. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This volume presents a series of essays, written by Plains scholars of diverse research interests and backgrounds, that apply postprocessual approaches to the solution of current problems in Plains archaeology. Postprocessual archaeology is seen as a potential vehicle for integrating culture-historical, processual, and postmodernist approaches to solve specific archaeological problems. The contributors address specific interpretive problems in all the major regions of the North American Plains, investigate different Plains societies (including hunter-gatherers and farmers and their associated archaeological records), and examine the political content of archaeology in such fields as gender studies and cultural resource management. They avoid a programmatic adherence to a single paradigm, arguing instead that a mature archaeology will use different theories, methods, and techniques to solve specific empirical problems. By avoiding excessive infatuation with the correct scientific method, this volume addresses questions that have often been categorized as beyond archaeological investigations. Contributors inlcude: Philip Duke, Michael C. Wilson, Alice B. Kehoe, Larry J. Zimmerman, Mary K. Whelan, Patricia J. O’Brien, Monica Bargielski Weimer, David W. Benn, Richard A. Krause, James F. Brooks, Neil A. Mirau, Miranda Warburton, Melissa A. Connor, and Ian Hodder

Dulaney, S. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Single Parenting. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Dulles, J. W. F. (1980). President Castello Branco, Brazilian Reformer. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Dumanski, J., et al. (1998). Indicators of Land Quality and Sustainable Land Management : An Annotated Bibliography. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘A joint publication of the World Bank and Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada.’

Dumas, A. The Black Tulip. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumas, A. Camille (la Dame Aux Camilias). Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumas, A. Ten Years Later. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumas, A. The Three Musketeers. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumas, A. (1999). The Count of Monte Cristo. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumas, A. (1999). Twenty Years After. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dumont, T. Q. and V. University of (1996). The Power of Concentration. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dunaway, D. K. (1998). Aldous Huxley Recollected : An Oral History. Walnut Creek, CA, AltaMira Press.

Best-selling author Aldous Huxley’s American years have been a period literary historians discounted. His reputation suffered after his exile to California, which he undertook partly for the sake of his failing sight, partly out of disappointment with the European peace movement, and partly in search of new spiritual direction. With his move to California, Huxley became part of Hollywood’s Golden Age, working alongside such noted figures as Charlie Chaplin, Greta Garbo, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Bertolt Brecht and Christopher Isherwood. During this time Huxley published nineteen books. His writing and life underwent many transformations, and many crucial unanswered questions remained about his sojourn. Were the writings of the American years as self-indulgent as critics claimed? How did cinematic conventions influence his art? Did he ever reach that unitary mystical experience he sought throughout the last decades of his life? Prominent oral historian and biographer David Dunaway responds to these questions, using interviews with co-workers, family, and friends and an analysis of Huxley’s FBI files and little-known scripts for’Jane Eyre’and’Pride and Prejudice,’to provide us with intimate glimpses into Huxley’s development as an author and a man. For the oral and literary historian, an extended introduction and appendix describe in detail the methods, processes, and challenges of doing oral literary history research.

Dunaway, W. A. (1996). The First American Frontier : Transition to Capitalism in Southern Appalachia, 1700-1860. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

In The First American Frontier, Wilma Dunaway challenges many assumptions about the development of preindustrial Southern Appalachia’s society and economy. Drawing on data from 215 counties in nine states from 1700 to 1860, she argues that capitalist exchange and production came to the region much earlier than has been previously thought. Her innovative book is the first regional history of antebellum Southern Appalachia and the first study to apply world-systems theory to the development of the American frontier. Dunaway demonstrates that Europeans established significant trade relations with Native Americans in the southern mountains and thereby incorporated the region into the world economy as early as the seventeenth century. In addition to the much-studied fur trade, she explores various other forces of change, including government policy, absentee speculation in the region’s natural resources, the emergence of towns, and the influence of local elites. Contrary to the myth of a homogeneous society composed mainly of subsistence homesteaders, Dunaway finds that many Appalachian landowners generated market surpluses by exploiting a large landless labor force, including slaves. In delineating these complexities of economy and labor in the region, Dunaway provides a perceptive critique of Appalachian exceptionalism and development.

Dunay, R. E. and E. A. Hailwood (1995). Non-biostratigraphical Methods of Dating and Correlation. London, Geological Society of London.

Dunbabin, T. J. (1968). The Western Greeks : The History of Sicily and South Italy From the Foundation of the Greek Colonies to 480 B.C. Oxford, Clarendon P.

‘An early version of this book was in 1937 submitted to All Souls College for examination for fellowship by thesis.’

Dunbar, P. L. and V. University of (1996). Mr. Cornelius Johnson, Office-seeker. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. The Goodness of St. Rocque and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. and V. University of (1996). Edouard. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. and V. University of (1996). Lesie, the Choir Boy. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Duncan, G. T., et al. (1993). Private Lives and Public Policies : Confidentiality and Accessibility of Government Statistics. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Duncan, M. G. (1996). Romantic Outlaws, Beloved Prisons : The Unconscious Meanings of Crime and Punishment. New York, NYU Press.

An ex-convict struggles with his addictive yearning for prison. A law-abiding citizen broods over his pleasure in violent, illegal acts. A prison warden loses his job because he is so successful in rehabilitating criminals. These are but a few of the intriguing stories Martha Grace Duncan examines in her bold, interdisciplinary book Romantic Outlaws, Beloved Prisons. Duncan writes:’This is a book about paradoxes and mingled yarns – about the bright sides of dark events, the silver linings of sable clouds.’She portrays upright citizens who harbor a strange liking for criminal deeds, and criminals who conceive of prison in positive terms: as a nurturing mother, an academy, a matrix of spiritual rebirth, or a refuge from life’s trivia. In developing her unique vision, Duncan draws on literature, history, psychoanalysis, and law. Her work reveals a nonutopian world in which criminals and non-criminals–while injuring each other in obvious ways–nonetheless live together in a symbiotic as well as an adversarial relationship, needing each other, serving each other, enriching each other’s lives in profound and surprising fashion.

Duncan, S. J. The Pool in the Desert. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Duncan, W. L. (1994). Manufacturing 2000. New York, AMACOM.

Dundes, A. (1999). Holy Writ As Oral Lit : The Bible As Folklore. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

This book helps us resolve some of the mysteries and contradictions that evolved during the Bible’s pre-written legacy and that persist in the Great Book today. Most biblical scholars acknowledge that both the Old and New Testaments were orally transmitted for decades before appearing in written form. With great reverence for the Bible, Dundes offers a new and exciting way to understand its variant texts. He uses the analytical framework of folklore to unearth and contrast the multiple versions of nearly every major biblical event, including the creation of woman, the flood, the ten commandments (there were once as many as eleven or twelve), the names of the twelve tribes, the naming of the disciples, the Sermon on the Mount, the Lord’s Prayer, and the words inscribed on the Cross, among many others.

Dunham, K. and S. Michael (2000). Bigelow’s Virus Troubleshooting Pocket Reference. London, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Dunn, C. W. and J. D. Woodard (1996). The Conservative Tradition in America. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Dunn, D. D. (1997). Politics and Administration at the Top : Lessons From Down Under. Pittsburgh, Pa, University of Pittsburgh Press.

Winner of the 1998 Charles Levine Award for best book on administration and policyDunn focuses on two levers of power in modern democracies, the elected party politician and the professional state bureaucrat, using Australia as his example. Dunn uses interviews with Cabinet ministers, members of their staffs, and department heads of two governments in Australia to see how ministers seek to provide political direction to the bureaucracy. He examines the extent to which they succeed and how their direction is both influenced by and acted on by the departments. Dunn’s analysis provides a rare look at high-level relationships between politicians and executive departments in one democratic government and offers insights into issues of accountability and responsibility in democratic governments. His findings, based on his in-depth look at a government that blends many features of both U.S. and British governments, reveal the fundamentals that are necessary to make this key relationship work well and are thus pertinent to public administration in all democracies.

Dunn, G. H. (1994). Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Science : An Investment in the Future. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Panel chairman: Gordon H. Dunn.

Dunn, M. (2000). The Good Death Guide : Everything You Wanted to Know but Were Afraid to Ask. Oxford, How To Books, Ltd.

Includes index.

Dunn, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The Aeronauts. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dunn, R. S. and S. A. Griggs (1998). Learning Styles and the Nursing Profession. New York, N.Y., Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Dunn, W. J. (1988). Pacific Microphone. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Includes index.

Dunne, M. (1992). Metapop : Self-referentiality in Contemporary American Popular Culture. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Dunne, M. (1995). Hawthorne’s Narrative Strategies. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.

Dunne, P. (2000). Director’s Dilemma : Tales From the Frontline. London, Kogan Page.

Dunne, T. and C. National Research (1998). Hydrologic Sciences : Taking Stock and Looking Ahead. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Hydrologic science, an important, interdisciplinary science dealing with the occurrence, distribution, and properties of water on Earth, is key to understanding and resolving many contemporary, large-scale environmental issues. The Water Science and Technology Board used the opportunity of its 1997 Abel Wolman Distinguished Lecture to assess the vitality of the hydrologic sciences by the hydrologic community. The format included focus by lecturer Thomas Dunne on the intellectual vitality of the hydrologic sciences, followed by a symposium featuring several invited papers and discussions. Hydrologic Sciences is a compilation of the Wolman Lecture and the papers, preceded by a summarizing overview. The volume stresses a number of needs for furtherance of hydrologic science, including development of a coherent body of transferable theory and an intellectual center for the science, communication across multiple geo- and environmental science disciplines, appropriate measurements and observations, and provision of central guidance for the field.

Dunning, J. H. and K. A. Hamdani (1997). The New Globalism and Developing Countries. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

‘UNUP-944’–T.p. verso.

Dunning, R. (1994). French for Communication, 1979-1990. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Dunning, R. (1997). Cric Crac! : Teaching and Learning French Through Story-telling. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Dunsany, E. J. M. D. P. If. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dunsmore, R. (1997). Earth’s Mind : Essays in Native Literature. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Dupagne, M. and P. B. Seel (1998). High-definition Television : A Global Perspective. Ames, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

DuPont, R. L. (2000). The Selfish Brain : Learning From Addiction. Center City, Minn, Hazelden.

Originally published : Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press, Inc., 1997.

DuPrâe, A. (1998). Humor and the Healing Arts : A Multimethod Analysis of Humor Use in Health Care. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Offering a social scientific look at humor’s role in medical transactions, this volume is based on extensive field study in seven medical settings. It includes excerpts from dozens of actual conversations between patients and caregivers. Analysis of these episodes reveals that humor is a practical tool used to meet many medical objectives. It is used by patients to good-naturedly complain and to campaign for more personal attention, and by caregivers to get attention, make amends, insist on unpleasant routines, and establish rapport. Examining humor from many angles, the book begins with a phenomenological analysis of the essence of funny. This section describes what makes some things funny but not others, and how to distinguish between potentially funny and unfunny episodes in medical situations. From an ethnographic perspective, joking around is shown to be a persuasive element of medical culture. Examples illustrate how patients and caregivers use humor to negotiate the dialectics between helping and hurting, and individuality and compliance. Additionally, a close-up look at three medical transactions shows how humor is used to help a physical therapy patient overcome fear and queasiness, reduce the embarrassment of a mammography, and defuse a potential conflict between a student aide and a young patient. A final section examines techniques for initiating conversational humor. In sum, this volume provides an intimate and realistic look at medical conversations as they are conducted every day. It serves as a valuable complement to health communication texts and offers information of interest to health communication scholars, healthcare practitioners, and anyone interested in the effects and techniques of conversational humor. Richly grounded in naturally occurring data, the book can be understood and used effectively by both scholars and practitioners.

Duprâe, L. K. (1994). Metaphysics and Culture. Milwaukee, Wis, Marquette University Press.

Dupre, D. S. (1997). Transforming the Cotton Frontier : Madison County, Alabama, 1800-1840. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.

Duquette, G. (1995). Second Language Practice : Classroom Strategies for Developing Communicative Competence. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Durâan, D. and D. Heyden (1994). The History of the Indies of New Spain. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Translation of: Historia de las Indias de Nueva-Espaäna y Islas de Tierra Firme.

Durant, I. (1999). Death Among the Fossils. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Durbin, P. T. (1991). Critical Perspectives on Nonacademic Science and Engineering. Bethlehem [Pa.], Lehigh University Press.

Spine title: Critical perspectives.

Durch, J., et al. (1997). Improving Health in the Community : A Role for Performance Monitoring. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

How do communities protect and improve the health of their populations? Health care is part of the answer but so are environmental protections, social and educational services, adequate nutrition, and a host of other activities. With concern over funding constraints, making sure such activities are efficient and effective is becoming a high priority. Improving Health in the Community explains how population-based performance monitoring programs can help communities point their efforts in the right direction. Within a broad definition of community health, the committee addresses factors surrounding the implementation of performance monitoring and explores the’why’and’how to’of establishing mechanisms to monitor the performance of those who can influence community health. The book offers a policy framework, applies a multidimensional model of the determinants of health, and provides sets of prototype performance indicators for specific health issues. Improving Health in the Community presents an attainable vision of a process that can achieve community-wide health benefits.

Durch, J., et al. (1993). Emergency Medical Services for Children. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

How can we meet the special needs of children for emergency medical services (EMS) when today’s EMS systems are often unprepared for the challenge? This comprehensive overview of EMS for children (EMS-C) provides an answer by presenting a vision for tomorrow’s EMS-C system and practical recommendations for attaining it. Drawing on many studies and examples, the volume explores why emergency care for children–from infants through adolescents–must differ from that for adults and describes what seriously ill or injured children generally experience in today’s EMS systems. The book points the way to integrating EMS-C into current emergency programs and into broader aspects of health care for children. It gives recommendations for ensuring access to emergency care through the 9-1-1 system; training health professionals, from paramedics to physicians; educating the public; providing proper equipment, protocols, and referral systems; improving communications among EMS-C providers; enhancing data resources and expanding research efforts; and stimulating and supporting leadership in EMS-C at the federal and state levels. For those already deeply involved in EMS efforts, this volume is a convenient, up-to-date, and comprehensive source of information and ideas. More importantly, for anyone interested in improving the emergency services available to children–emergency care professionals from emergency medical technicians to nurses to physicians, hospital and EMS administrators, public officials, health educators, children’s advocacy groups, concerned parents and other responsible adults–this timely volume provides a realistic plan for action to link EMS-C system components into a workable structure that will better serve all of the nation’s children.

Durham, B. H. (1999). Clean Your House the Lazy Way. New York, NY, Macmillan.

Durham, C. A. (1998). Double Takes : Culture and Gender in French Films and Their American Remakes. Hanover, NH, Dartmouth.

During the past decade or more the American remake has increasingly characterized Hollywood’s relationship with the French cinema, as films ranging from classics like A Bout de Souffle (Breathless) to contemporary comedies like Trois Hommes et un Couffin (Three Men and a Baby) and La Cage aux Folles (Birdcage) are adapted for US screens.In this comparative, interdisciplinary study Carolyn Durham shows how the remake phenomenon reveals striking differences not just in film theory but also epitomizes larger issues of competition, political and economic tensions, and social, gender, and aesthetic constructs. Durham establishes the metaphor of Euro Disney, which American investors envisioned as the quintessential transcultural entertainment but many French denounced as’a cultural Chernobyl,’and then applies it to a close analysis of the films, showing how significant changes between original and remake further our understanding of national identity in both countries. France’s belief in its own cultural superiority, she writes, leads to a perceived duty to’disseminate French culture worldwide in the guise of civilisation itself,’an attitude that clashes with Hollywood’s filmmaking hegemony and its’openness to new ideas, including the foreign.’While the central concern is the meaning of cross-cultural differences, this engaging and incisive book also outlines an ongoing battle between a nation convinced of its aesthetic and cultural patrimony and an American industry driven by its own sense of global destiny.

Durham, W. T. (1997). Volunteer Forty-niners : Tennesseans and the California Gold Rush. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Durica, K. M. (1996). Literature Links to Phonics : A Balanced Approach. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Durie, B. and M. Flanagan (1999). Creating a Web Site : How to Build a Web Site in a Weekend and Keep It in Good Shape. [N.p.], How to Books.

Durig, A. (1996). Autism and the Crisis of Meaning. Saratoga Springs, NY, State University of New York Press.

Durlach, N. I., et al. (1995). Virtual Reality : Scientific and Technological Challenges. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Despite widespread interest in virtual reality, research and development efforts in synthetic environments (SE)–the field encompassing virtual environments, teleoperation, and hybrids–have remained fragmented. Virtual Reality is the first integrated treatment of the topic, presenting current knowledge along with thought-provoking vignettes about a future where SE is commonplace. This volume discusses all aspects of creating a system that will allow human operators to see, hear, smell, taste, move about, give commands, respond to conditions, and manipulate objects effectively in a real or virtual environment. The committee of computer scientists, engineers, and psychologists on the leading edge of SE development explores the potential applications of SE in the areas of manufacturing, medicine, education, training, scientific visualization, and teleoperation in hazardous environments. The committee also offers recommendations for development of improved SE technology, needed studies of human behavior and evaluation of SE systems, and government policy and infrastructure.

Durrenberger, E. P. and P. Gâisli (1995). The Anthropology of Iceland. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

The Anthropology of Iceland presents the first perspectives on Icelandic anthropology from both Icelandic and foreign anthropologists. The thirteen essays in this volume are divided into four themes: ideology and action; kinship and gender; culture, class, and ethnicity; and the Commonwealth period of circa 930 to 1220, which saw the flowering of sagas. Insider and outsider viewpoints on such topics as the Icelandic women’s movement, the transformation of the fishing industry, the idea of mystical power in modern Iceland, and archaeological research in Iceland merge to form an international, comparative discourse. Individually and collectively, by bringing the insights of anthropology to bear on Iceland, the native and foreign authors of this volume carry Iceland into the realm of modern anthropology, advancing our understanding of the island’s people and the practice of anthropology.

Durso, F. T. and R. S. Nickerson (1999). Handbook of Applied Cognition. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Duschl, R. A. and R. J. Hamilton (1992). Philosophy of Science, Cognitive Psychology, and Educational Theory and Practice. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dusenberry, V. (1998). The Montana Cree : A Study in Religious Persistence. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: Stockholm : University of Stockholm/Almquist & Wiksell, 1962, in series: Acta Universitatis Stockholmiensis. Stockholm Studies in Comparative Religion.

Dussauge, P. and B. Garrette (1999). Cooperative Strategy : Competing Successfully Through Strategic Alliances. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dutka, S., et al. (1995). DAGMAR, Defining Advertising Goals for Measured Advertising Results. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

‘First edition by Russell Colley.’

Dutta, P. K. (1999). Strategies and Games : Theory and Practice. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Game theory has become increasingly popular among undergraduate as well as business school students. This text is the first to provide both a complete theoretical treatment of the subject and a variety of real-world applications, primarily in economics, but also in business, political science, and the law. Strategies and Games grew out of Prajit Dutta’s experience teaching a course in game theory over the last six years at Columbia University.The book is divided into three parts: Strategic Form Games and Their Applications, Extensive Form Games and Their Applications, and Asymmetric Information Games and Their Applications. The theoretical topics include dominance solutions, Nash equilibrium, backward induction, subgame perfect equilibrium, repeated games, dynamic games, Bayes-Nash equilibrium, mechanism design, auction theory, and signaling. An appendix presents a thorough discussion of single-agent decision theory, as well as the optimization and probability theory required for the course.Every chapter that introduces a new theoretical concept opens with examples and ends with a case study. Case studies include Global Warming and the Internet, Poison Pills, Treasury Bill Auctions, and Final Jeopardy. Each part of the book also contains several chapter-length applications including Bankruptcy Law, the NASDAQ market, OPEC, and the Commons problem. This is also the first text to provide a detailed analysis of dynamic strategic interaction.

Dutton, B. P. (1994). American Indians of the Southwest. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Rev., enl. ed. of: Indians of the American Southwest. 1975.

Dutton, R. (1995). Jacobean Civic Pageants. Staffordshire, England, Edinburgh University Press.

Dworkin, R. B. (1996). Limits : The Role of the Law in Bioethical Decision Making. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Dycus, S. (1996). National Defense and the Environment. Hanover, UPNE.

A cogent examination of the issues involved in applying environmental laws to national security activities.

Dyer, C. S. and N. T. Romalov (1995). Rediscovering Nancy Drew. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

‘Rediscovering Nancy Drew is a rich collection of literary memories and insightful cultural comments.’–Journal of Children’s Literature’Nancy, especially the Nancy of the original story, is our bright heroine, chasing down the shadows, conquering our worst fears, giving us a glimpse of our brave and better selves, proving to everybody exactly how admirable and wonderful a thing it is to be a girl. Thank you, Nancy Drew.’–Nancy Pickard’Nancy Drew belongs to a moment in feminist history; it is a moment, I suggest, that we celebrate, allowing ourselves the satisfaction of praising her for what she dared and forgiving her for what she failed to undertake or understand.’–Carolyn G. Heilbrun’Rediscovering Nancy Drew lights up the territory. It informs, delights, and acknowledges through love and scholarship a debt long overdue.’–Dale H. Ross In 1991, women staff and faculty at the University of Iowa discovered that the pseudonymous author of the original Nancy Drew books, Carolyn Keene, was none other than Mildred Wirt Benson, the first person to earn a master’s degree in journalism at Iowa. The excitement caused by their discovery led to the 1993 Nancy Drew Conference, which explored the remarkable passion for Nancy Drew that spans a wide spectrum of American society. The result: a lively collaboration of essays by and interviews with mystery writers, collectors, publishers, librarians, scholars, journalists, and fans which presents a spirited, informative, totally enjoyable tribute to the driver of that blue roadster so many readers have coveted.

Dyer, D. (1998). TRW : Pioneering Technology and Innovation Since 1900. Boston, Harvard Business School Press.

Dyer, F. L. Edison, His Life and Inventions. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dyer, F. L., et al. (1998). Edison, His Life and Inventions. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dykstra, M. (1997). My Heart on the Yukon River : Portraits From Alaska and the Yukon. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Dyrbye, C. and S. O. Hansen (1997). Wind Loads on Structures. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dyson, A. H. (1993). Social Worlds of Children Learning to Write in an Urban Primary School. New York, Teachers College Press.

Dyson, R. G. and F. A. O’Brien (1998). Strategic Development : Methods and Models. Chichester, England, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Eaglestone, R. (1997). Ethical Criticism : Reading After Levinas. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Eaker-Rich, D. and J. Van Galen (1996). Caring in an Unjust World : Negotiating Borders and Barriers in Schools. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Eales, A. B. (1996). Army Wives on the American Frontier : Living by the Bugles. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

Ealy, C. D. and K. Lesh (1999). Our Money, Ourselves : Redesigning Your Relationship with Money: a Self-help Guide. New York, AMACOM.

Earl, R. O., et al. (1993). Iron Deficiency Anemia : Recommended Guidelines for the Prevention, Detection, and Management Among U.S. Children and Women of Childbearing Age. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book summarizes information related to public health measures on the prevention, detection, and management of iron deficiency anemia. It presents draft guidelines and recommendations related to this area, as applicable in primary health care and public health clinic settings, and it formulates recommendations for research. This volume is intended both to provide a common frame of reference for health professionals in preventing and treating iron deficiency anemia and to enable the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to prepare national guidelines and recommendations for the prevention and control of iron deficiency anemia.

Earle, J. and S. D. Kruse (1999). Organizational Literacy for Educators. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Teachers and administrators who understand the’politics’in schools can operate more successfully to facilitate change. This text teaches educators to identify and influence common social patterns that affect their work in school organizations. It combines literature from educational leadership and foundations of education to provide a comprehensive introduction to organizational theories related to schooling. A particularly notable feature is that in addition to traditional bureaucratic and political approaches, there is a substantial focus on recent critical and feminist theories. Extensive use of narrative vignettes makes the theories accessible for prospective and practicing teachers. Practice cases and exercises assist students in applying the theories to their own organization settings. Assuming little prior knowledge of theories about school organizations, this volume is intended as a text for introductory graduate courses, as well as for advanced undergraduate courses, and groups such as site-based management teams and district professional development committees.

Earley, C. A. (1996). One Woman’s Army : A Black Officer Remembers the WAC. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Includes index.

Earthquake Engineering Research, I. (1994). Practical Lessons From the Loma Prieta Earthquake. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Loma Prieta earthquake struck the San Francisco area on October 17, 1989, causing 63 deaths and $10 billion worth of damage. This book reviews existing research on the Loma Prieta quake and draws from it practical lessons that could be applied to other earthquake-prone areas of the country. The volume contains seven keynote papers presented at a symposium on the earthquake and includes an overview written by the committee offering recommendations to improve seismic safety and earthquake awareness in parts of the country susceptible to earthquakes.

Easterly, W. R. (1992). How Do National Policies Affect Long-run Growth? : A Research Agenda. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Easting, R. (1997). Visions of the Other World in Middle English. Suffolk, Boydell & Brewer.

Visions of Hell and Heaven, or, more usually, of Purgatory and the Earthly Paradise, were widely disseminated in the Middle Ages, and this volume offers an introduction to and a bibliography of the scholarly literature (mainly but not exclusively from the 20th century) on a range of Middle English texts, from the twelfth to the fifteenth century, recounting visions in nineteen different versions.Dr Easting briefly discusses the genre; the relationship of visions to texts; the literary tradition and functions of such visions; and the development of the scholarly discussion of this material. Since there are Latin sources for the majority of the Middle English visions, and much work has been done on the Latin texts, the volume includes non-annotated, select bibliographies of recent work on the Latin vision tradition in addition to the chronologically-arranged annotated General Bibliography on the Middle English texts. The volume is completed with an Index of Manuscripts, an Index of Scholars and Critics, and a Subject Index.Dr ROBERT EASTINGteaches in the Department of English Language and Literature at the Victoria University of Wellington.

Eastman, C. A. (1995). Indian Boyhood. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1995). The Soul of the Indian. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1996). Indian Boyhood. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1996). The Madness of Bald Eagle. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Easton, J. (1999). Striking It Rich.com : Profiles of 23 Incredibly Successful Websites You’ve Probably Never Heard of. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Easton, R. O. and J. F. Easton (1991). Love and War : Pearl Harbor Through V-J Day. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Easton, T. A. (1996). Careers in Science. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Eaton, R. M. (1993). The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier, 1204-1760. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In all of the South Asian subcontinent, Bengal was the region most receptive to the Islamic faith. This area today is home to the world’s second-largest Muslim ethnic population. How and why did such a large Muslim population emerge there? And how does such a religious conversion take place? Richard Eaton uses archaeological evidence, monuments, narrative histories, poetry, and Mughal administrative documents to trace the long historical encounter between Islamic and Indic civilizations.Moving from the year 1204, when Persianized Turks from North India annexed the former Hindu states of the lower Ganges delta, to 1760, when the British East India Company rose to political dominance there, Eaton explores these moving frontiers, focusing especially on agrarian growth and religious change.

Eaton, W. P. and V. University of (1997). The Painter of ‘Diana of the Tides’. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ebbe, O. N. I. (2000). Comparative & International Criminal Justice Systems : Policing, Judiciary and Corrections. Boston, Mass, Butterworth-Heinemann.

The study of diverse criminal justice systems and their agencies of social control has taken on an essential role in establishing which deterrents and correction methods are most effective. Comparative and International Criminal Justice Systems, Second Edition explores in depth the policing, judicial and penological models of various countries and compares and contrasts the effective methods with those proven less than adequate. The first edition covered eight countries and one region while the second edition covers twelve countries and a region. The dynamics of criminal justice in Ireland (Europe), Israel (Middle East), Hong Kong (Asia), and Argentina (South America) have been added because their evolutionary histories teaches a lot about the nature of law and justice. For ease of instruction, this edition is structured topically as opposed to by continents.Contains current and up-to-date informationPresents contributions from reputable scholars from four different continentsSpecifically covers police, judiciary and corrections

Ebdon, L. and E. H. Evans (1998). An Introduction to Analytical Atomic Spectrometry. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Ebener, P. A., et al. (1999). Welfare Reform in California : Results of the 1998 All-county Implementation Survey. Santa Monica, Calif, RAND Corporation.

‘MR-1052-CDSS’–Cover p. [4].

Ebersole, M. C. (1992). Hail to Thee, Okoboji U! : A Humor Anthology on Higher Education. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Eberspèacher, J., et al. (2001). GSM Switching, Services and Protocols. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Prev. ed.: GSM switching, services, and protocol. 1999.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Computer Buffs & Other Technological Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Good Samaritans & Other Humanitarian Types. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Talkative Types & Others with the Gift of Gab. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Prepare for College. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Originally published: How to prepare for college. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA : VGM Career Horizons, c1990.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1999). Careers for Culture Lovers & Other Artsy Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1999). Careers for Financial Mavens & Other Money Movers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M., et al. (1998). Careers for High-energy People & Other Go-getters. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Eberts, M. and R. Kelsey (1998). Careers for Cybersurfers & Other Online Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Ebling, J. (1996). Jud’s Magical Journey. Champaign, IL, Sagamore Pub.

‘Prologue by Gregory Kelser, epilogue by Earvin Johnson’–dust jacket.

Ebrey, P. B. (1993). The Inner Quarters : Marriage and the Lives of Chinese Women in the Sung Period. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The Sung Dynasty (960-1279) was a paradoxical era for Chinese women. This was a time when footbinding spread, and Confucian scholars began to insist that it was better for a widow to starve than to remarry. Yet there were also improvements in women’s status in marriage and property rights. In this thoroughly original work, one of the most respected scholars of premodern China brings to life what it was like to be a woman in Sung times, from having a marriage arranged, serving parents-in-law, rearing children, and coping with concubines, to deciding what to do if widowed.Focusing on marriage, Patricia Buckley Ebrey views family life from the perspective of women. She argues that the ideas, attitudes, and practices that constituted marriage shaped women’s lives, providing the context in which they could interpret the opportunities open to them, negotiate their relationships with others, and accommodate or resist those around them.Ebrey questions whether women’s situations actually deteriorated in the Sung, linking their experiences to widespread social, political, economic, and cultural changes of this period. She draws from advice books, biographies, government documents, and medical treatises to show that although the family continued to be patrilineal and patriarchal, women found ways to exert their power and authority. No other book explores the history of women in pre-twentieth-century China with such energy and depth.

Eccles, W. J. (1983). The Canadian Frontier, 1534-1760. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Includes index.

Echeverria, J. (1999). Home Away From Home : A History Of Basque Boardinghouses. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.

In this meticulously researched study of Basque boardinghouses in the United States, Jeronima Echeverria offers a compelling history of the institution that most deeply shaped Basque immigrant life and served as the center of Basque communities throughout the West. She weaves into her narrative the stories of the boarding house owners and operators and the ways they made their establishments a home away from home for their fellow compatriots, as well as the stories of the young Basques who left the security of their beloved homeland to find work in the United States.

Echeverri-Gent, J. (1993). The State and the Poor : Public Policy and Political Development in India and the United States. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This comparison of rural development in India and the United States develops important departures from economic and historical institutionalism. It elaborates a new conceptual framework for analyzing state-society relations beginning from the premise that policy implementation, as the site of tangible exchanges between state and society, provides strategic interaction among self-interested individuals, social groups, and bureaucracies. It demonstrates how this interaction can be harnessed to enhance the effectiveness of public policy. Echeverri-Gent’s application of this framework to poverty alleviation programs generates provocative insights about the ways in which institutions and social structure constrain policy-makers. In the process, he illuminates new implications for the concepts of state autonomy and state capacity.The book’s original conceptual framework and intriguing findings will interest scholars of South Asia and American politics, social theorists, and policy-makers.

Echols, E. S. and V. University of (1996). A New England Literary Colony. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eck, D. L. (1993). Encountering God : A Spiritual Journey From Bozeman to Banaras. Boston, Beacon Press.

Religion scholar Diana Eck is director of the Pluralism Project, which seeks to map the new religious diversity of the United States, particularly the increasing presence of Hindu, Buddhist, and Muslim communities. In this tenth-anniversary edition of Encountering God, Eck shows why dialogue with people of other faiths remains crucial in today’s interdependent world–globally, nationally, and even locally. She reveals how her own encounters with other religions have shaped and enlarged her Christian faith toward a bold new Christian pluralismFrom the Trade Paperback edition.

Eckes, A. E. (1995). Opening America’s Market : U.S. Foreign Trade Policy Since 1776. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Despite the passage of NAFTA and other recent free trade victories in the United States, former U.S. trade official Alfred Eckes warns that these developments have a dark side. Opening America’s Market offers a bold critique of U.S. trade policies over the last sixty years, placing them within a historical perspective. Eckes reconsiders trade policy issues and events from Benjamin Franklin to Bill Clinton, attributing growing political unrest and economic insecurity in the 1990s to shortsighted policy decisions made in the generation after World War II. Eager to win the Cold War and promote the benefits of free trade, American officials generously opened the domestic market to imports but tolerated foreign discrimination against American goods. American consumers and corporations gained in the resulting global economy, but many low-skilled workers have become casualties. Eckes also challenges criticisms of the’infamous’protectionist Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act of 1930, which allegedly worsened the Great Depression and provoked foreign retaliation. In trade history, he says, this episode was merely a mole hill, not a mountain.

Eckstein, A. M. (1995). Moral Vision in the Histories of Polybius. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Arthur Eckstein’s fresh and stimulating interpretation challenges the way Polybius’Histories have long been viewed. He argues that Polybius evaluates people and events as much from a moral viewpoint as from a pragmatic, utilitarian, or even’Machiavellian’one. Polybius particularly asks for’improvement’in his audience, hoping that those who study his writings will emerge with a firm determination to live their lives nobly. Teaching by the use of moral exemplars, Polybius also tries to prove that success is not the sole standard by which human action should be judged.

Eckstein, B. J. (1990). The Language of Fiction in a World of Pain : Reading Politics As Paradox. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Eckstein, H. (1998). Can Democracy Take Root in Post-Soviet Russia? : Explorations in State-society Relations. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Eckstein, R., et al. (2000). Using Samba. Beijing, O’Reilly.

Eco, U. (1994). The Limits of Interpretation. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Eco, U. (1994). The Role of the Reader : Explorations in the Semiotics of Texts. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Economic Development, I. (1996). Leveling the Playing Field : Giving Girls an Equal Chance for Basic Education–three Countries’ Efforts. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘EDI prepared this profile of three countries that are taking innovative and courageous steps to level the playing field in education for the benefit of girls’–P. v.

Eddins, D. (1995). The Emperor Redressed : Critiquing Critical Theory. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

There have been signs now, for some time, that poststructuralist hegemony is declining. This book helps us to understand the theoretical flaws that make this decline inevitable. The essays in this volume represent a collective questioning of the poststructuralist ascendancy, and of the assumptions involved therin, by a group of our most prominent scholars. These scholars were charged with examining the truth-value, methodology, practice, and humanistic status of poststructuralist theories and with speculating on what their conclusions portend for the future of theory. They provide cogent evidence that the poststructuralist heyday has passed.

Eddy, C. and T. Buchanon (1999). Sams Teach Yourself Microsoft Access 2000 in 24 Hours. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Edelfelt, R. A. (1998). Careers in Education. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Edelman, S. (1999). Representation and Recognition in Vision. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Researchers have long sought to understand what the brain does when we see an object, what two people have in common when they see the same object, and what a’seeing’machine would need to have in common with a human visual system. Recent neurobiological and computational advances in the study of vision have now brought us close to answering these and other questions about representation.In Representation and Recognition in Vision, Shimon Edelman bases a comprehensive approach to visual representation on the notion of correspondence between proximal (internal) and distal similarities in objects. This leads to a computationally feasible and formally veridical representation of distal objects that addresses the needs of shape categorization and can be used to derive models of perceived similarity.Edelman first discusses the representational needs of various visual recognition tasks, and surveys current theories of representation in this context. He then develops a theory of representation that is related to Shepard’s notion of second-order isomorphism between representations and their targets. Edelman goes beyond Shepard by specifying the conditions under which the representations can be made formally veridical. Edelman assesses his theory’s performance in identification and categorization of 3D shapes and examines it in light of psychological and neurobiological data concerning the object-processing stream in primate vision. He also discusses the connections between his theory and other efforts to understand representation in the brain.

Eden, K. and K. D. Yates (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Tae Kwon Do. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Eden, L., et al. (1994). Multinationals in North America. Calgary, Alta, University of Calgary Press.

Papers presented May 20-21, 1993, at a conference held in Ottawa.

Eden, S. (1996). Environmental Issues and Business : Implications of a Changing Agenda. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Eder, J. F. (1999). A Generation Later : Household Strategies and Economic Change in the Rural Philippines. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Eder, L. B. (2000). Managing Healthcare Information Systems with Web-enabled Technologies. Hershey, Pa, IGI Global.

Edersheim, A. The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Edersheim, A. The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Edgar, K. J. (1998). Everything You Need to Know About Media Violence. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Edgar, S. L. (1997). Morality and Machines : Perspectives on Computer Ethics. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Edgeworth, M. (1999). The Absentee. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Edgeworth, M. (1999). Castle Rackrent. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Edgington, E. S. (1995). Randomization Tests. New York, M. Dekker.

Edington, C. (1994). Court and Culture in Renaissance Scotland : Sir David Lindsay of the Mount. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Edlin, G., et al. (1997). Essentials for Health and Wellness. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Edlin, G., et al. (1998). Health and Wellness. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Edminister, J. and M. Nahvi (1996). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Edmond, R. (1997). Representing the South Pacific : Colonial Discourse From Cook to Gauguin. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press.

This book examines how the South Pacific was represented by explorers, missionaries, travellers, writers, and artists between 1767 and 1914 by drawing on history, literature, art history, and anthropology. Edmond engages with colonial texts and postcolonial theory, criticising both for their failure to acknowledge the historical specificity of colonial discourses and cultural encounters, and for continuing to see indigenous cultures in essentially passive or reactive terms. The book offers a detailed and grounded’reading back’of these colonial discourses into the metropolitan centres which gave rise to them, while resisting the idea that all representations of other cultures are merely self-representations. Among its themes are the persistent myth-making around the figure of Cook, the western obsession with Polynesian sexuality, tattooing, cannibalism, and leprosy, and the Pacific as a theatre for adventure and as a setting for Europe’s displaced fears of its own cultural extinction.

Edmonston, B., et al. (1996). Local Fiscal Effects of Illegal Immigration : Report of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The recent level of illegal immigration to the United States has increased debates about the effect of these immigrants on the cost of public services, and states have begun to enact policies that limit the public services available to illegal immigrants. The central issues are how many illegal immigrants reside in particular local areas and states and their effect on public expenditures and revenues and the economy in general. The Local Fiscal Effects of Illegal Immigration workshop selected six studies for analysis. The six case studies focused on one specific aspect of the complex question of the demographic, economic, and social effects of immigration: the net public services costs of illegal immigrants to selected geographical regions.

Edmonston, B. and C. National Research (1996). Statistics on U.S. Immigration : An Assessment of Data Needs for Future Research. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The growing importance of immigration in the United States today prompted this examination of the adequacy of U.S. immigration data. This volume summarizes data needs in four areas: immigration trends, assimilation and impacts, labor force issues, and family and social networks. It includes recommendations on additional sources for the data needed for program and research purposes, and new questions and refinements of questions within existing data sources to improve the understanding of immigration and immigrant trends.

Edmonston, B., et al. (1997). The New Americans : Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book sheds light on one of the most controversial issues of the decade. It identifies the economic gains and losses from immigration–for the nation, states, and local areas–and provides a foundation for public discussion and policymaking. Three key questions are explored: What is the influence of immigration on the overall economy, especially national and regional labor markets? What are the overall effects of immigration on federal, state, and local government budgets? What effects will immigration have on the future size and makeup of the nation’s population over the next 50 years? The New Americans examines what immigrants gain by coming to the United States and what they contribute to the country, the skills of immigrants and those of native-born Americans, the experiences of immigrant women and other groups, and much more. It offers examples of how to measure the impact of immigration on government revenues and expenditures–estimating one year’s fiscal impact in California, New Jersey, and the United States and projecting the long-run fiscal effects on government revenues and expenditures. Also included is background information on immigration policies and practices and data on where immigrants come from, what they do in America, and how they will change the nation’s social fabric in the decades to come.

Edmunds, H. and A. American Marketing (1999). The Focus Group Research Handbook. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

At head of title: American Marketing Association.

Edmunds, M., et al. (1998). America’s Children : Health Insurance and Access to Care. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

America’s Children is a comprehensive, easy-to-read analysis of the relationship between health insurance and access to care. The book addresses three broad questions: How is children’s health care currently financed? Does insurance equal access to care? How should the nation address the health needs of this vulnerable population? America’s Children explores the changing role of Medicaid under managed care; state-initiated and private sector children’s insurance programs; specific effects of insurance status on the care children receive; and the impact of chronic medical conditions and special health care needs. It also examines the status of’safety net’health providers, including community health centers, children’s hospitals, school-based health centers, and others and reviews the changing patterns of coverage and tax policy options to increase coverage of private-sector, employer-based health insurance. In response to growing public concerns about uninsured children, last year Congress voted to provide $24 billion over five years for new state insurance initiatives. This volume will serve as a primer for concerned federal policymakers and regulators, state agency officials, health plan decisionmakers, health care providers, children’s health advocates, and researchers.

Edmunds, M., et al. (1998). Systems of Accountability : Implementing Children’s Health Insurance Programs. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

‘Committee on Children, Health Insurance, and Access to Care Division of Health Care Services, Institute of Medicine, and Board on Children, Youth, and Families, National Research Council and Institute of Medicine.’

Edmunds, M. and M. Institute of (1997). Managing Managed Care : Quality Improvement in Behavioral Health. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Managed care has produced dramatic changes in the treatment of mental health and substance abuse problems, known as behavioral health. Managing Managed Care offers an urgently needed assessment of managed care for behavioral health and a framework for purchasing, delivering, and ensuring the quality of behavioral health care. It presents the first objective analysis of the powerful multimillion-dollar accreditation industry and the key accrediting organizations. Managing Managed Care draws evidence-based conclusions about the effectiveness of behavioral health treatments and makes recommendations that address consumer protections, quality improvements, structure and financing, roles of public and private participants, inclusion of special populations, and ethical issues. The volume discusses trends in managed behavioral health care, highlighting the emerging role of the purchaser. The committee explores problems of overlap and fragmentation in the delivery of behavioral health care and discusses the issue of access, a special concern when private systems are restricted and public systems overburdened. Highly applicable to the larger health care system, this volume will be of particular interest to all stakeholders in behavioral health–federal and state policymakers, public and private purchasers, health care providers and administrators, consumers and consumer advocates, accrediting organizations, and health services researchers.

Edmunds, R. D. (1978). The Potawatomis, Keepers of the Fire. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Edmunds, R. D. and J. L. Peyser (1993). The Fox Wars : The Mesquakie Challenge to New France. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Edwards, C. M. (2000). Storyteller’s Goddess : Tales of the Goddess and Her Wisdom from Around the World. [N.p.], Marlowe & Company.

Edwards, J. A Treatise Concerning Religious Affections : In Three Parts. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Edwards, J. Treatise on Grace. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Edwards, J. An Unpublished Essay on the Trinity. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Edwards, J. (1998). Opposing Censorship in the Public Schools : Religion, Morality, and Literature. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

In the past several years, hundreds of challenges a year to books used in public schools have been reported across the nation. Most of these have come from the Religious Right. This book confronts the attacks on public education and commonly used literature books by challenging the religious assumptions, the biblical interpretations, and the intimidation tactics of the Religious Right. Part I counters the claims of these censors by presenting opposing views on democracy, secular humanism, religion, the Bible, morality, and the purposes of literature. In Part II, six books frequently taught in high school classes are analyzed. Edwards shows why they have been challenged by the Religious Right, and presents a case for their moral and religious virtues as well as their literary worth. The book differs from other anti-censorship works because it deals primarily and directly with the religious and moral aspects that educators often tend to avoid. This book offers teachers and school administrators scholarly conterarguments that can help confront with literature challenges from the Religious Right.

Edwards, J. C. (1982). Ethics Without Philosophy : Wittgenstein and the Moral Life. Tampa, University Press of Florida.

‘A University of South Florida book.’

Edwards, K. W. (1997). Your Successful Real Estate Career. New York, AMACOM.

Edwards, L. K. (1993). Applied Analysis of Variance in Behavioral Science. New York, M. Dekker.

Edwards, M. R. and A. J. Ewen (1996). Feedback : The Powerful New Model for Employee Assessment & Performance Improvement. New York, N.Y., AMACOM.

Edwards, M. U. (1994). Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Martin Luther, the first Protestant, was also the central figure in the West’s first media campaign. Making effective use of the recently invented printing press, Luther and his allies spread their heretical message using a medium that was itself subversive: pamphlets written in the vernacular and directed to the broadest reading public. But to what extent was the Reformation a’print event’? Who were the readers of this Evangelical literature, and how did they interpret it? What, finally, was Martin Luther’s role in publishing the new ideas? To date, some of the larger questions surrounding Reformation printing and the early years of Protestantism have been difficult to answer because of a lack of empirically based research. Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther, the first book in English to offer such a detailed analysis of the subject, redresses that situation. Here, Mark Edwards presents the results of his study of Protestant and Catholic pamphlets published in Strasbourg during the early years of the Reformation (1518-1522), shows the remarkable success of the Luther New Testament, and examines the propagandistic challenges posed by Catholic counterattack and inter-Protestant quarrels. Martin Luther’s clear dominance of printing during this period (by himself he outpublished his fellow Protestants and his Catolic opponents) gives the study of his writings special significance. Edwards couples his findings with a Provocative analysis of the ways in which they challenge the accepted history of the Reformation. First, he argues that consideration of who likely knew what about Luther’s message, and when, leads to a narrative strikingly different from most published accounts. Second, although Luther tried to control the interpretation of his writings, the message his reading public received was often quite distinct from what he intended, and these discrepancies have profound implications for the study of the Reformation. Finally, Edwards demonstrates that printing, by putting the means of interpretation into readers’hands, raised new issues of authority. In that way, the medium became entangled with the message. The result of meticulous research and deft analysis, Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther makes an important contribution to the study of the early Reformation and printing. Its findings will likely influence studies on the subject for years to come.

Edwards, P. N. (1997). The Closed World : Computers and the Politics of Discourse in Cold War America. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

The Closed World offers a radically new alternative to the canonical histories of computers and cognitive science by arguing that we can make sense of computers as tools only when we simultaneously grasp their roles as metaphors and political icons

Edwards, S. (1995). Crisis and Reform in Latin America : From Despair to Hope. Oxford, World Bank Publications.

Edwards, S. (1999). Kevin Brown : Kevin with a ‘K’. Champaign, Ill, Perseus Books, LLC.

Edwards, S. and M. McKenzie (1995). Snowshoeing. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.

Includes index.

Edwards, V. (1999). EC Company Law. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

Edwards, V. and A. Redfern (1992). The World in a Classroom : Language in Education in Britain and Canada. Clevedon, Avon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Eemeren, F. H. v. (1993). Reconstructing Argumentative Discourse. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Efron, J. M., et al. (1998). Jewish History and Jewish Memory : Essays in Honor of Yosef Hayim Yerushalmi. Hanover, University Press of New England.

Description based on print version record.

Egan, D. and H. Kenner (1992). Desmond Egan, Selected Poems. Omaha, Neb, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes indexes.

Egan, K. (1998). The Educated Mind : How Cognitive Tools Shape Our Understanding. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

The Educated Mind offers a bold and revitalizing new vision for today’s uncertain educational system. Kieran Egan reconceives education, taking into account how we learn. He proposes the use of particular’intellectual tools’—such as language or literacy—that shape how we make sense of the world. These mediating tools generate successive kinds of understanding: somatic, mythic, romantic, philosophical, and ironic. Egan’s account concludes with practical proposals for how teaching and curriculum can be changed to reflect the way children learn.’A carefully argued and readable book…. Egan proposes a radical change of approach for the whole process of education…. There is much in this book to interest and excite those who discuss, research or deliver education.’—Ann Fullick, New Scientist’A compelling vision for today’s uncertain educational system.’—Library Journal’Almost anyone involved at any level or in any part of the education system will find this a fascinating book to read.’—Dr. Richard Fox, British Journal of Educational Psychology’A fascinating and provocative study of cultural and linguistic history, and of how various kinds of understanding that can be distinguished in that history are recapitulated in the developing minds of children.’—Jonty Driver, New York Times Book Review

Egger, B. E., et al. (1992). G Company’s War : Two Personal Accounts of the Campaigns in Europe, 1944-1945. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This unique account of combat in World War II provides parallel day-to-day records of the same events as seen by two men in the same company, one an enlisted man, one an officer. G Company’s War is the story of a World War II rifle company in Patton’s Third Army as detailed in the journals of S/Sgt. Bruce Egger and Lt. Lee M. Otts, both of G Company, 328th Regiment, 26th infantry Division. Bruce Egger arrived in France in October 1944, and Lee Otts arrived in November. Both fought for G Company through the remainder of the war. Otts was wounded seriously in March 1945 and experienced an extended hospitalization in England and the United States. Both men kept diaries during the time they were in the service, and both expanded the diaries into full-fledged journals shortly after the war. These are the voices of ordinary soldiers–the men who did the fighting–not the generals and statesmen who viewed events from a distance. Most striking is how the two distinctly different personalities recorded the combat experience. For the serious-minded Egger, the war was a grim ordeal; for Otts, with his sunny disposition, the war was a once-in-a-lifetime experience, sometimes even fun. Each account is accurate in its own right, but the combination of the two into a single, interwoven story provides a broader understanding of war and the men caught up in it. Historian Paul Roley has interspersed throughout the text helpful overviews and summaries that place G Company’s activities in the larger context of overall military operations in Europe. In addition, Roley notes what happened to each soldier mentioned as wounded in action or otherwise removed from the company and provides an appendix summarizing the losses suffered by G Company. The total impact of the work is to describe the reality of war in a frontline infantry company.

Eggink, G. and C. National Research Council (1997). 1996 International Symposium on Bacterial Polyhydroxyalkanoates. Ottawa, NRC Research Press.

‘Davos, Switzerland, 18-23 August 1996’.

Ehin, C. (2000). Unleashing Intellectual Capital. Boston, Routledge.

Unleashing Intellectual Capital reveals breakthrough principles for structuring Knowledge Age organizations. It helps leaders and knowledge professionals better understand how human nature supports or undermines voluntary workplace collaboration and innovation-vital sources of competitive advantage in business. Integrating the latest insights from diverse scientific disciplines, the book reestablishes some very basic truths about human innate behavior that determine how people best work together and are managed, or in some cases’unmanaged.’Using understandable and practical models, Unleashing Intellectual Capital explains human nature and offers readers a comprehensive framework they can use to generate sustained high levels of intellectual capital within their own organizations while at the same time reducing workplace violence.

Ehrenberg, R. G. (1994). Labor Markets and Integrating National Economies. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Ehrenhaft, P. D. (1997). Policies on Imports From Economies in Transition : Two Case Studies. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Ehrenpreis, I. (1980). Acts of Implication : Suggestion and Covert Meaning in the Works of Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Austen. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

This book argues that the best approach to the aesthetic value of much literature of the past is by way of the deliberate meaning–implicit or explicit–that the author invites the reader to share. Ehrenpreis shows that subtlety and indirection do not militate against the didacticism and lucid style we usually associate with writers in the Augustan tradition. In a group of stimulating essays he examines how an eighteenth-century dramatist, essayist, poet, and novelist imply meaning about politics, religion, and sexual passion, focusing on their concept of heroism to elaborate these themes.

Ehrhart, W. D. (1995). Busted : A Vietnam Veteran in Nixon’s America. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Ehrlich, L. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Quilting. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Ehrlich, R. (1994). The Cosmological Milkshake : A Semi-serious Look at the Size of Things. [New Brunswick, NJ], Rutgers University Press.

Bite-sized essays and zany cartoons about the sizes of things in the universe–how big, how far, how fast, how hot.

Ehrlich, R. (1996). What If You Could Unscramble an Egg? New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Eichelberger, J. (1999). Prophets of Recognition : Ideology and the Individual in Novels by Ralph Ellison, Toni Morrison, Saul Bellow, and Eudora Welty. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.

Eichengreen, B. J. (1994). International Monetary Arrangements for the 21st Century. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Eidahl, L. (1999). Using Visual Basic 6. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Eidelberg, P. (1976). On the Silence of the Declaration of Independence. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Eiffert, S. D. (1999). Cross-train Your Brain : A Mental Fitness Program for Maximizing Creativity and Achieving Success. New York, AMACOM.

Eiselein, G. (1996). Literature and Humanitarian Reform in the Civil War Era. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Eisen, D. (2000). Using Options to Buy Stocks : Build Wealth with Little Risk and No Capital. Chicago, Ill, Kaplan Publishing.

Eisen, G. (1990). Children and Play in the Holocaust : Games Among the Shadows. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Eisenberg, A. I. (1995). Reconstructing Political Pluralism. New York, State University of New York Press.

Eisenberg, L. Z. and N. Caplan (1998). Negotiating Arab-Israeli Peace : Patterns, Problems, Possibilities. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Eisenhower, D. D. Eisenhower’s Farewell Address. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eisenpreis, B. (1997). Coping : A Young Woman’s Guide to Breast Cancer Prevention. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

A guide to understanding breast cancer, its cause, and its treatment.

Eisenpreis, B. (1998). Coping with Scoliosis. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Defines and describes scoliosis, discussing how it is diagnosed and treated and providing advice and resources for those having this condition.

Eisenstadt, P. R. (1999). Affirming the Covenant : A History of Temple B’rith Kodesh, Rochester, New York, 1848-1998. Rochester, N.Y., The Temple.

Eisenstadt, S. N. (1992). Jewish Civilization : The Jewish Historical Experience in a Comparative Perspective. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Eisinger, J. (1999). Trace and Transformation : American Criticism of Photography in the Modernist Period. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Eisinger, P. K. (1998). Toward an End to Hunger in America. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Eisler, R. M. and M. Hersen (2000). Handbook of Gender, Culture, and Health. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

This Handbook illustrates how gender, ethnicity, age, and even sexual orientation and understanding influence the health practices and risk factors for health problems in diverse groups of people. Contributions from leading researchers in psychology, health, and epidemiology provide an interdisciplinary approach to the topic. In addition to epidemiological issues, this book discusses the view that public health policy and programs must be individually tailored to specific groups to maximize their effectiveness. Part I deals with the effects of stress on the health of diverse populations. Part II of the book raises the issues of varied health risk factors and health practices for different cultural and socioeconomic groups. Part III examines specific health problems and issues common to women and men of varying ethnicity. The last section deals with the health problems of specific populations. Featuring the latest information for understanding how diverse groups of people perceive and respond to issues relating to their health, this Handbook should prove to be a valuable resource to a wide range of practitioners and researchers in psychology, medicine, psychiatry, sociology, social work, nursing, exercise science, and counseling.

Eismann, E. P. (1996). Unitas–building Healing Communities for Children. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Rev. ed., originally published: Bronx, N.Y. : Hispanic Research Center, Fordham University, 1982.

Eisner, T., et al. (1995). Chemical Ecology : The Chemistry of Biotic Interaction. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Chemical signals among organisms form’a vast communicative interplay, fundamental to the fabric of life,’in the words of one expert. Chemical ecology is the the discipline that seeks to understand these interactions-to use biology in the search for new substances of potential benefit to humankind. This book highlights selected research areas of medicinal and agricultural importance. Leading experts review the chemistry of Insect defense and its applications to pest control. Phyletic dominance–the survival success of insects. Social regulation, with ant societies as a model of multicomponent signaling systems. Eavesdropping, alarm, and deceit–the array of strategies used by insects to find and lure prey. Reproduction–from the gamete attraction to courtship nd sexual selection. The chemistry of intracellular immunosuppression. Topics also include the appropriation of dietary factors for defense and communication; the use of chemical signals in the marine environment; the role of the olfactory system in chemical analysis; and the interaction of polydnaviruses, endoparasites, and the immune system of the host.

Eitzen, D. S. (1999). Fair and Foul : Beyond the Myths and Paradoxes of Sport. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

El Obeid, A. E. (1999). Food Security : New Solutions for the Twenty-first Century. Ames, Iowa, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

‘Proceedings from the symposium honoring the tenth anniversary of the world food prize.’

El-Aasser, M. S. and P. A. Lovell (1997). Emulsion Polymerization and Emulsion Polymers. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Elaydi, S. (1991). Differential Equations : Stability and Control. New York, M. Dekker.

Elazar, D. J. (1991). Exploring Federalism. Tuscaloosa, AL, University Alabama Press.

The release of this book in 1987 prompted a flurry of excellent and complimentary reviews furthering Elazar’s already considerable reputation as the leading contemporary scholar of federalism.

Elbrecht, J. and L. Fakundiny (1993). The Restorationist Text One : A Collaborative Fiction by Jael B. Juba. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Elder, B. (1998). Body of Vision : Representations of the Body in Recent Film and Poetry. Waterloo, Ont, Wilfrid Laurier University Press.

Eldred, G. W. (2000). The Complete Guide to Second Homes for Vacations, Retirement, and Investment. New York, N.Y., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Eldridge, L. D. (1997). Women and Freedom in Early America. New York, New York University Press.

Eldridge, M. (1998). Transforming Experience : John Dewey’s Cultural Instrumentalism. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Elias, D. (1999). Dow 40,000 : Strategies for Profiting From the Greatest Bull Market in History. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Elias, J. J. (1995). The Throne Carrier of God : The Life and Thought of ÁAlåa’ Ad-Dawla As-Simnåanåi. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Elias, R. (1998). Triumph of Hope : From Theresienstadt and Auschwitz to Israel. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Elias, S., et al. (1999). Legal Research : How to Find & Understand the Law. Berkeley, CA, Nolo.com.

Elias, S. and K. McGrath (1999). Trademark : Legal Care for Your Business & Product Name. Berkeley, CA, Nolo Press.

Elias, S., et al. (1999). How to File for Chapter 7 Bankruptcy. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Eliasson, A.-C. (1996). Carbohydrates in Food. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Eliasson, A.-C. and K. Larsson (1993). Cereals in Breadmaking : A Molecular Colloidal Approach. New York, CRC Press.

Eliot, G. Adam Bede. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eliot, G. Middlemarch. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eliot, G. Silas Marner. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eliot, T. S. Poems. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eliot, T. S. Prufrock and Other Observations. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eliot, T. S. The Waste Land. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Eliot, T. S. and V. University of (1996). The Possibility of a Poetic Drama. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Eliot, T. S. and V. University of (1996). The Second-order Mind. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Elizarenkova, T. I. and W. Doniger (1995). Language and Style of the Vedic Rsis. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Elkins, A. (1991). The Poetry of James Wright. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Ellenson, D. H. (1990). Rabbi Esriel Hildesheimer and the Creation of a Modern Jewish Orthodoxy. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

The story of modern Orthodox Judaism is usually told only from the perspective of Rabbi Samson Raphael Hirsch. Ellenson’s work, a thorough examination of the life and work of one of Hirsch’s contemporaries, Rabbi Esriel Hildesheimer, reveals another important contributor to the creation of a modern Jewish Orthodoxy during the late 1800s. like Hirsch, Hildesheirmer felt the need to continue certain traditions while at the same time introducing certain innovations to meet the demands of a modern society. This original study of an Orthodox rabbinic leader shows how Hildesheirmer’s flexible and pragmatic approach to these problems continues to be relevant to modern Judaism. The way in which this book draws upon response literature for its comprehension of Hildesheimer makes it a distinctive work in modern Jewish historiography and sociology.

Elliott, C. (1996). The Rules of Insanity : Moral Responsibility and the Mentally Ill Offender. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Elliott, E. and C. N. Davidson (1991). The Columbia History of the American Novel. New York, Columbia University Press.

Elliott, R. S., et al. (1997). The Mexican War Correspondence of Richard Smith Elliott. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Letters and sketches originally printed in the Saint Louis reveille under the pen name John Brown.

Elliott, T. G. (1996). The Christianity of Constantine the Great. Bronx, NY, Marketing and Distribution, Fordham University Press.

Ellis and Associates (1999). National Pool and Waterpark Lifeguard Training. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Ellis, C. (1996). To Change Them Forever : Indian Education at the Rainy Mountain Boarding School, 1893-1920. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

‘Chapter 1 is reprinted from the American Indian culture and research journal, vol. 18, no. 3, 1994. Chapter 3… reprinted from the Chronicles of Oklahoma’–T.p. verso.

Ellis, C. D. (1998). Winning the Loser’s Game : Timeless Strategies for Successful Investing. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Rev. ed. of: Investment policy. 2nd ed. c1993.

Ellis, D. G. (1999). Crafting Society : Ethnicity, Class, and Communication Theory. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

The study of communication, language, and discourse is at once simple, elegant, and complex. Each of these areas is informed by’micro’subjective experiences of individuals and the’macro’processes of a culture. Communication itself is thoroughly modern yet it seeks anchorage in the traditions of the humanities and social sciences. All of this creates a significant challenge. In this monograph, Ellis considers the study of communication as he discusses three key issues in communication theory: (1) the growing emphasis on meaning, (2) the importance of a mediated culture, and (3) the links between micro communication activities and macro social categories such as ethnicity and social class. In response to these three issues, this book deals with the way people use language and communication to construct their world; this world is not constructed purely but is influenced by attitudes, ideologies, and biases. In the modern world the medium of communication has an impact on consciousness and society, and Ellis shows how the media are responsible for some of the fault lines in society. The book also explores principles of medium theory and documents the impact of media on psychological and sociological phenomena. Finally, work of Goffman, Giddens, and Randall Collins is extended to show how micro communication behaviors are implicated in and by social conditions. ADDITIONAL COPY FOR MAILER Expanded features: • The chapters work out a logic connecting real communication patterns with the broad principles upon which societies are explored. Thus the title’Crafting’Society–the crafting is purposefully active to indicate the dynamic processes involved in creating what we call society. Society and culture have their roots and empirical bases in communication; that is, in the daily struggles of interaction. • Two chapters on two of the most important and controversial issues of the day–ethnicity and class. These two chapters are clear illustrations of the new theoretical principles discussed throughout the book. • A chapter on social class is very unique for a book devoted to communication processes. Communication theorists do not usually write about class, even though it is a highly symbolic process and rooted in communication patterns. Class is a difficult concept in America since so few people, other than sociologists, care to talk about it. • A chapter on medium theory takes the bold step of experimenting a little by summarizing basic causal statements and propositions. This device underscores the goal of a theory which is to come to grips with testable statements. The focus is on medium theory and how the media influence consciousness and social structure. • A unique chapter takes up the issue of how communication processes are constitutive of social structures. It draws on work by Giddens and others to return to a concept of structure based on actions that produce and reproduce structure.

Ellis, D. G. (1999). From Language to Communication. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

From Language to Communication focuses on the structure of texts and on the social and psychological aspects of language. Utilizing current thinking and research, this volume provides an overview of issues in linguistics, sociolinguistics, cognition, pragmatics, discourse, and semantics as they coalesce to create the communicative experience. As a unique examination of the relationship between language and communication, key features of the second edition include: • material on the biological bases of language, • models of the mind and information processing, • discussions of semantics and the creation of new words, • conversation analysis with practical applications, and • a chapter on sociolinguistics, including language and groups, dialects, and personal styles. Designed as an introduction to language and communication study, this text is appropriate for use in undergraduate and graduate courses in discourse and related courses in language, meaning, and messages. It also makes an excellent companion volume for courses in theory or interpersonal communication. ADDITIONAL COPY FOR MAILER More readable and practical than its predecessor, this second edition contains major additions: • A more general introduction to language and communication, including new material on the biological bases of language as well as a table of species comparisons and brain comparisons. • New models of the mind and how you process information, including more on the role of short and long term memory. It also includes a section on the features of messages that aid in comprehension–in other words, how people use the messages of another to build meaning and comprehension. • A new section on semantics, new words and how they come about, and a more interesting treatment of meaning and how it works. The section on new words details the many ways that new words come into being. The examples are interesting and engaging for the student. • A new focus on pragmatics with a major new section on conversation analysis which includes very practical ways to apply the principles with numerous examples. • A new chapter on sociolinguistics includes material on language and groups (including gender, African-American English, and social class) dialects, personal styles, and related issues.

Ellis, E. I. (1999). Opportunities in Broadcasting Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Rev. ed. of: Opportunities in broadcasting. 1981.

Ellis, E. S. Thomas Jefferson : A Character Sketch. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Ellis, G. (1992). Rings and Fields. Oxford [England], Clarendon Press.

Ellis, H. and P. Taylor (1999). Varicose Veins. London, Cambridge University Press.

This third edition of a popular book aims to address the aetiology and treatment of varicose veins in plain language that will be understandable to the physician and lay reader alike. It deals with possible causes, treatment, complications and common questions and answers. The text has been brought up-to-date and includes clear explanations of recently developed diagnostic techniques such as Doppler ultrasound and new treatment options such as laser therapy. The book is fully illustrated throughout with photographs and clear explanatory drawings, often in colour, to aid understanding. It also includes simple self-help material such as some exercise programmes.

Ellis, H. and V. University of (1997). On Life and Sex : Essays of Love and Virtue. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ellis, J. B. Lahoma. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Ellis, M. H., et al. (2000). A Year at the Catholic Worker : A Spiritual Journey Among the Poor. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.

‘An earlier version of the work was published under the title A Year at the Catholic Worker by Paulist Press, 1978.’–T.p. verso.

Ellis, R. (1998). Speaking to the People : The Rhetorical Presidency in Historical Perspective. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Ellis, R. W. (1999). Combination Vaccines : Development, Clinical Research, and Approval. Totowa, N.J., Humana Press.

Ellis, S. G. (1995). Tudor Frontiers and Noble Power : The Making of the British State. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Ellison, C. W. (1995). Country Music Culture : From Hard Times to Heaven. Jackson [Miss.], University Press of Mississippi.

Ellison, R. C. (1999). Bibb County, Alabama : The First Hundred Years. University, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This model county history chronicles one hundred years in the life of a representative Deep South county. The history of Bibb County between 1818 and 1918 is in many ways representative of the experience of central Alabama during that period. Bibb County shares physical characteristics with the areas both to its north and to its south. In its northern section is a mineral district and in its southern valleys fertile farming country; therefore, its citizens have sometimes allied themselves with the hill counties and sometimes with their Black Belt neighbors. Both sections of the county developed in step with the surrounding counties. Bibb’s foundries were established during the same time and by the same iron masters as Shelby County, and its coal mines in the same decade as Jefferson County. Its farmers planted the same crops and faced the same problems as those in Perry, Autauga, and Tuscaloosa counties. Like Tuscaloosa, Bibb endeavored to promote river transportation for both its industrial and its agricultural products. This carefully documented history is based on a variety of original sources, from personal letters to government records. It is generously illustrated with early maps and with old pictures of Bibb landmarks, many of which have now vanished.

Ellmore, R. T. (1991). NTC’s Mass Media Dictionary. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Ellsworth, J. and L. J. Ames (1998). Critical Perspectives on Project Head Start : Revisioning the Hope and Challenge. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ellwood, I. (2000). The Essential Brand Book : Over 100 Techniques to Increase Brand Value. London, Kogan Page.

Ellwood, N. (1999). Learning About Integrity From the Life of Eleanor Roosevelt. New York, Powerkids Press.

A brief biography examining the value of integrity in the life of the First Lady who devoted herself to helping others and working for peace.

Ellwood, R. S. (1997). The Fifties Spiritual Marketplace : American Religion in a Decade of Conflict. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Ellwood, R. S. (1999). Mysticism and Religion. New York, N.Y., Seven Bridges Press.

Elman, B. A. (1990). Classicism, Politics, and Kinship : The Chʻang-chou School of New Text Confucianism in Late Imperial China. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Elman, J. L. (1996). Rethinking Innateness : A Connectionist Perspective on Development. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Rethinking Innateness asks the question,’What does it really mean to say that a behavior is innate?’The authors describe a new framework in which interactions, occurring at all levels, give rise to emergent forms and behaviors. These outcomes often may be highly constrained and universal, yet are not themselves directly contained in the genes in any domain-specific way.One of the key contributions of Rethinking Innateness is a taxonomy of ways in which a behavior can be innate. These include constraints at the level of representation, architecture, and timing; typically, behaviors arise through the interaction of constraints at several of these levels.The ideas are explored through dynamic models inspired by a new kind of’developmental connectionism,’a marriage of connectionist models and developmental neurobiology, forming a new theoretical framework for the study of behavioral development. While relying heavily on the conceptual and computational tools provided by connectionism, Rethinking Innateness also identifies ways in which these tools need to be enriched by closer attention to biology.

Elman, R. M. (1998). Namedropping : Mostly Literary Memoirs. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Elmendorf, W. W. and A. L. Kroeber (1992). The Structure of Twana Culture. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Elsas, J. D. v., et al. (1997). Modern Soil Microbiology. New York, CRC Press.

Elshtain, J. B. and J. T. Cloyd (1995). Politics and the Human Body : Assault on Dignity. Nashville, Tenn, Vanderbilt University Press.

Elsner, P. and H. I. Maibach (2000). Cosmeceuticals : Drugs Vs. Cosmetics. New York, Informa Healthcare.

Elster, J. (1999). Strong Feelings : Emotion, Addiction, and Human Behavior. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Emotion and addiction lie on a continuum between simple visceral drives such as hunger, thirst, and sexual desire at one end and calm, rational decision making at the other. Although emotion and addiction involve visceral motivation, they are also closely linked to cognition and culture. They thus provide the ideal vehicle for Jon Elster’s study of the interrelation between three explanatory approaches to behavior: neurobiology, culture, and choice.The book is organized around parallel analyses of emotion and addiction in order to bring out similarities as well as differences. Elster’s study sheds fresh light on the generation of human behavior, ultimately revealing how cognition, choice, and rationality are undermined by the physical processes that underlie strong emotions and cravings. This book will be of particular interest to those studying the variety of human motivations who are dissatisfied with the prevailing reductionisms.•Not for sale in Belgium, France, or Switzerland.

Elstob, E. (1997). Travels in a Europe Restored : 1989-1995. Woodbridge, Boydell & Brewer.

Europe Restored is a highly personal account of the fall of the Iron Curtain, written from an unusual viewpoint. Eric Elstob was director of various investment trusts in the City during the years before and after the collapse of Communism, with a special interest in European affairs. But he also travelled as an ordinary tourist in eastern Europe, and this book juxtaposes vividly the vignettes of everyday life that he encountered with his high-level contacts in the financial and political world; a discussion of the problems of switching from a command economy to a market economy with thefinance minister in the capital one month is set beside a talk with the baker who had just bought his shop in a village the next month. Such daily encounters offer exceptional grass-roots witness tothe economic challenges facing the former eastern European countries as they struggle to rejoin the wider European economic and cultural entity. ERIC ELSTOB was vice-chairman of the Foreign and Colonial Group until his retirement in 1995.

Eltigani, E. E. T. (1995). War and Drought in Sudan : Essays on Population Displacement. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Elton, E. J. and M. J. Gruber (1999). Investments. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Elton, E. J. and M. J. Gruber (1999). Investments. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Elwood, C. (1999). The Body Broken : The Calvinist Doctrine of the Eucharist and the Symbolization of Power in Sixteenth-Century France. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.

In the public religious controversies of sixteenth-century France, no subject received more attention or provoked greater passion that the eucharist. In this study of Reformation theologies of the eucharist, Christopher Elwood contends that the doctrine for which French Protestants argued played a pivotal role in the development of Calvinist revolutionary politics. By focusing on the new understandings of signs and symbols purveyed in Protestant writing on the sacrament of the Lords Supper, Elwood shows how adherents to the Reformation movement came to interpret the nature of power and the relation between society and the sacred in ways that departed radically from the views of their Catholic neighbors. The clash of religious, social, and political ideals focused in interpretations of the sacrament led eventually to political violence that tore France apart in the latter half of the sixteenth century.

Elwood, W. N. (1999). Power in the Blood : A Handbook on AIDS, Politics, and Communication. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

In this single volume, William N. Elwood has gathered potent evidence of the impact that the HIV/AIDS epidemic has had on the world, its communities, and its inhabitants, and he addresses the role of communication in affecting the way in which people respond to AIDS. With a multidisciplinary group of contributors and topics ranging from political rhetoric to interpersonal discourse, Power in the Blood offers a multitude of ways in which to think about power, politics, HIV prevention, and people living with HIV. Readers will be able to use this information in class discussions, program designs, grant applications, and research, as well as in their own lives. With this volume, Elwood makes a thoroughly convincing argument that communication is the key to understanding, treating, and preventing AIDS, and he inspires further action toward the goal of ending the AIDS crisis.

Ely, S. E. (1998). In Jewish Texas : A Family Memoir. Fort Worth, Texas Christian University Press.

Elyot, T. The Boke Named the Governour. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Elzinga, A. (1993). Changing Trends in Antarctic Research. Dordrecht, Springer.

This book gives an update on the rapidly changing events surrounding the introduction of an environmental protection regime in Antarctica. It takes up the historical background, as well as the role of science as a vehicle for political action. In particular it traces the shift of political agendas relating to Antarctica, and the changes this has wrought in research directions. The book brings together discussions from a symposium held at the University of Gteborg in Sweden, where a unique interaction between scientists, research administrators and philosophers of science homed in on the implications for science that flow from the shift towards an environmentalist focus in Antarctica. It is argued that changing trends in Antarctic research must be understood bifocally, i.e. with reference both to political changes and epistomological considerations. This places the book squarely in two different discourses, one in the social studies of science and technology, with special reference to science policy, and the other in environmental studies, with special reference to Antarctica. A comprehensive index is included.

Embretson, S. E. and S. L. Hershberger (1998). The New Rules of Measurement : What Every Psychologist and Educator Should Know. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

In this volume prominent scholars from both psychology and education describe how these new rules of measurement work and how they differ from the old rules. Several contributors have been involved in the recent construction or revision of a major test, while others are well-known for their theoretical contributions to measurement. The goal is to provide an integrated yet comprehensive reference source concerned with contemporary issues and approaches in testing and measurement.

Emerson, R. W. An Address. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The American Scholar. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Beauty. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Circles : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Compensation : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The Conservative. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. English Traits. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Essay on Character. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Friendship : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Gifts : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Heroism : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Lecture on the Themes. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Literary Ethics. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Man the Reformer. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Manners : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The Method of Nature. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Nature. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. New England Reformers. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Poems of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The Poet : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Self Reliance. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The Transcendentalist. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. Worship. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, R. W. The Young American. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Emerson, T. E. (1997). Cahokia and the Archaeology of Power. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This study uses the theoretical concepts of agency, power, and ideology to explore the development of cultural complexity within the hierarchically organized Cahokia Middle Mississippian society of the American Bottom from the 11th to the 13th centuries. By scrutinizing the available archaeological settlement and symbolic evidence, Emerson demonstrates that many sites previously identified as farmsteads were actually nodal centers with specialized political, religious, and economic functions integrated into a centralized administrative organization. These centers consolidated the symbolism of such’artifacts of power’as figurines, ritual vessels, and sacred plants into a rural cult that marked the expropriation of the cosmos as part of the increasing power of the Cahokian rulers. During the height of Cahokian centralized power, it is argued, the elites had convinced their subjects that they ruled both the physical and the spiritual worlds. Emerson concludes that Cahokian complexity differs significantly in degree and form from previously studied Eastern Woodlands chiefdoms and opens new discussion about the role of rural support for the Cahokian ceremonial center.

Emerson, W. K. (1996). Encyclopedia of United States Army Insignia and Uniforms. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Emmanuel, S. M. (1996). Kierkegaard and the Concept of Revelation. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Emmerich, W. (2000). Engineering Distributed Objects. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Emmerichs, M. B. and A. B. Kehoe (1999). Assembling the Past : Studies in the Professionalization of Archaeology. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Encinias, M. (1997). Two Lives for Oñate. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Enders, V. L. and P. B. Radcliff (1999). Constructing Spanish Womanhood : Female Identity in Modern Spain. Albany, State University of New York Press.

The first anthology in English on modern Spanish women’s history and identity formation.

Enelow, W. S. (1998). 201 Winning Cover Letters for $100,000+ Jobs : Cover Letters That Can Change Your Life! Manassas Park, VA, Impact.

Eng, T. R. and W. T. Butler (1997). The Hidden Epidemic : Confronting Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The United States has the dubious distinction of leading the industrialized world in overall rates of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), with 12 million new cases annually. About 3 million teenagers contract an STD each year, and many will have long-term health problems as a result. Women and adolescents are particularly vulnerable to these diseases and their health consequences. In addition, STDs increase the risk of HIV transmission. The Hidden Epidemic examines the scope of sexually transmitted infections in the United States and provides a critical assessment of the nation’s response to this public health crisis. The book identifies the components of an effective national STD prevention and control strategy and provides direction for an appropriate response to the epidemic. Recommendations for improving public awareness and education, reaching women and adolescents, integrating public health programs, training health care professionals, modifying messages from the mass media, and supporting future research are included. The book documents the epidemiological dimensions and the economic and social costs of STDs, describing them as’a secret epidemic’with tremendous consequences. The committee frankly discusses the confusing and often hypocritical nature of how Americans deal with issues regarding sexuality–the conflicting messages conveyed in the mass media, the reluctance to promote condom use, the controversy over sex education for teenagers, and the issue of personal blame. The Hidden Epidemic identifies key elements of effective, culturally appropriate programs to promote healthy behavior by adolescents and adults. It examines the problem of fragmentation in STD services and provides examples of communities that have formed partnerships between stakeholders to develop integrated approaches. The committee’s recommendations provide a practical foundation on which to build an integrated national program to help young people and adults develop habits of healthy sexuality. The Hidden Epidemic was written for both health care professionals and people without a medical background and will be indispensable to anyone concerned about preventing and controlling STDs.

Engel, W. E. (1995). Mapping Mortality : The Persistence of Memory and Melancholy in Early Modern England. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Engelkamp, J. (1998). Memory for Actions. Hove, East Sussex, UK, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Engerman, S. L. (1999). Terms of Labor : Slavery, Serfdom, and Free Labor. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.

England, W. A., et al. (1991). Petroleum Migration. London, Geological Society of London.

Englander, R. (1997). Developing Java Beans. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly.

Engle, P. (1996). A Lucky American Childhood. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

More than any other individual, Paul Engle was the spirited force behind the creative writing workshops now so abundant in America. His indomitable nature, enthusiasm, and great persuasive powers, coupled with his distinguished reputation as a poet, loomed large behind the founding of the influential Iowa Writers’Workshop. A Lucky American Childhood will appeal to people with memories of the small-town America that Paul Engle describes with such affectionate realism and to all those interested in the roots of this renowned man of letters.

Engst, A. C. and D. Pogue (1999). Crossing Platforms A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook : A Dictionary for Strangers in a Strange Land. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.

Like travelers in a foreign land, Mac users working in Windows or Windows users working on a Mac often find themselves in unfamiliar territory with no guidebook. Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook, with information presented in a translation dictionary-like format, offers users a handy way of translating skills and knowledge from one platform to the other. Whether it’s explaining the difference between Macintoshaliases and Windows shortcuts or explaining how a Windows user would go about setting up Internet access on a Mac, this book provides readers a simple means to look up familiar interface elements and system features and learn how that element or feature works on the other platform.Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook includes:A general introduction to the key differences between the Mac and WindowsA to Z sections for each platform: one section where Mac users look up familiar Macintosh terms to find the equivalent function in Windows along with an explanation of the differences; and another section where Windows users find familiar Windows terms with pointers to the Macintosh equivalent along with full descriptions of how the function works on the Mac and important differences between the two platformsThe complete translation dictionary-like reference book,Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook provides a simple solution for everyone who has been confused and frustrated by the arbitrary and sometimes capricious differences between the Macintosh and Windows operating systems. This book bridges the Mac-PC knowledge gap many users are faced with when work or preference demands the use of both a PC and Mac. Whether you already know the Macintosh or Windows, this book helps you navigate in the other operating system using your existing skills and knowledge.

Enloe, C. H. (1990). Bananas, Beaches and Bases : Making Feminist Sense of International Politics. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this brand new radical analysis of globalization, Cynthia Enloe examines recent events—Bangladeshi garment factory deaths, domestic workers in the Persian Gulf, Chinese global tourists, and the UN gender politics of guns—to reveal the crucial role of women in international politics today.With all new and updated chapters, Enloe describes how many women’s seemingly personal strategies—in their marriages, in their housework, in their coping with ideals of beauty—are, in reality, the stuff of global politics. Enloe offers a feminist gender analysis of the global politics of both masculinities and femininities, dismantles an apparently overwhelming world system, and reveals that system to be much more fragile and open to change than we think.

Enloe, C. H. (1993). The Morning After : Sexual Politics at the End of the Cold War. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Cynthia Enloe’s riveting new book looks at the end of the Cold War and places women at the center of international politics. Focusing on the relationship between the politics of sexuality and the politics of militarism, Enloe charts the changing definitions of gender roles, sexuality, and militarism at the end of the twentieth century.In the gray dawn of this new era, Enloe finds that the politics of sexuality have already shifted irrevocably. Women glimpse the possibilities of democratization and demilitarization within what is still a largely patriarchal world. New opportunities for greater freedom are seen in emerging social movements—gays fighting for their place in the American military, Filipina servants rallying for their rights in Saudi Arabia, Danish women organizing against the European Community’s Maastricht treaty. Enloe also documents the ongoing assaults against women as newly emerging nationalist movements serve to reestablish the privileges of masculinity.The voices of real women are heard in this book. They reach across cultures, showing the interconnections between military networks, jobs, domestic life, and international politics. The Morning After will spark new ways of thinking about the complexities of the post-Cold War period, and it will bring contemporary sexual politics into the clear light of day as no other book has done.

Enloe, C. H. (2000). Maneuvers : The International Politics of Militarizing Women’s Lives. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Maneuvers takes readers on a global tour of the sprawling process called’militarization.’With her incisive verve and moxie, eminent feminist Cynthia Enloe shows that the people who become militarized are not just the obvious ones—executives and factory floor workers who make fighter planes, land mines, and intercontinental missiles. They are also the employees of food companies, toy companies, clothing companies, film studios, stock brokerages, and advertising agencies. Militarization is never gender-neutral, Enloe claims: It is a personal and political transformation that relies on ideas about femininity and masculinity. Films that equate action with war, condoms that are designed with a camouflage pattern, fashions that celebrate brass buttons and epaulettes, tomato soup that contains pasta shaped like Star Wars weapons—all of these contribute to militaristic values that mold our culture in both war and peace.Presenting new and groundbreaking material that builds on Enloe’s acclaimed work in Does Khaki Become You? and Bananas, Beaches, and Bases, Maneuvers takes an international look at the politics of masculinity, nationalism, and globalization. Enloe ranges widely from Japan to Korea, Serbia, Kosovo, Rwanda, Britain, Israel, the United States, and many points in between. She covers a broad variety of subjects: gays in the military, the history of’camp followers,’the politics of women who have sexually serviced male soldiers, married life in the military, military nurses, and the recruitment of women into the military. One chapter titled’When Soldiers Rape’explores the many facets of the issue in countries such as Chile, the Philippines, Okinawa, Rwanda, and the United States.Enloe outlines the dilemmas feminists around the globe face in trying to craft theories and strategies that support militarized women, locally and internationally, without unwittingly being militarized themselves. She explores the complicated militarized experiences of women as prostitutes, as rape victims, as mothers, as wives, as nurses, and as feminist activists, and she uncovers the’maneuvers’that military officials and their civilian supporters have made in order to ensure that each of these groups of women feel special and separate.

Enneking, W. F. (1990). Clinical Musculoskeletal Pathology. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Eno, R. (1989). The Confucian Creation of Heaven : Philosophy and the Defense of Ritual Mastery. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Enos, T. (1996). Gender Roles and Faculty Lives in Rhetoric and Composition. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Enrâiquez, L. J. (1991). Harvesting Change : Labor and Agrarian Reform in Nicaragua, 1979-1990. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

One of the principal aims of the Sandinista government in Nicaragua was to end the exploitation of the rural poor. But its attempts to promote balanced economic development and redistribute agricultural resources created labor shortages that threatened the country’s economic lifeline. New employment opportunities created through agrarian reform upset the delicate balance developed in pre-revolution years to meet the labor requirements of Nicaragua’s two key crops, cotton and coffee. Laura Enriquez studied this problem extensively while working in Nicaragua between 1982 and 1989, and in Harvesting Change she provides a unique analysis of the dilemmas of reform in an agrarian society.Enriquez describes the traditional labor relations of Nicaragua’s agroexport production and outlines their breakdown as agrarian reform advanced. She also assesses the alternatives adopted by the Sandinista government as it attempted to address the crisis. Her book is based on participant observation and on formal and informal interviews with a broad cross section of people involved in agricultural production, including officials involved in agrarian reform, planning, and labor; producers; workers; and representatives from associations of growers, workers, and peasants.By presenting agrarian reform in its broad social context, Enriquez makes and important contribution to our understanding of the problems associated with the transition to socialism in the Third World.A UNC Press Enduring Edition — UNC Press Enduring Editions use the latest in digital technology to make available again books from our distinguished backlist that were previously out of print. These editions are published unaltered from the original, and are presented in affordable paperback formats, bringing readers both historical and cultural value.

èOlðcen, M. A. and G. Leiser (1995). Vetluga Memoir : A Turkish Prisoner of War in Russia, 1916-1918. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Translated from the Turkish.

èOsterle, H., et al. (1993). Total Information Systems Management : A European Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Eoyang, E. C. (1995). Coat of Many Colors : Reflections on Diversity by a Minority of One. Boston, Beacon Press.

Ephraem The Pearl : Seven Hymns on the Faith. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Epictetus The Golden Sayings of Epictetus. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Epictetus Letter. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Epictetus (1996). The Enchiridion. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Epictetus and R. F. Dobbin (1998). Discourses. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Description based on print version record.

Epicurus Principal Doctrines. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Epp, J. R. and A. M. Watkinson (1997). Systemic Violence in Education : Promise Broken. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Epshtein, M. (1995). After the Future : The Paradoxes of Postmodernism and Contemporary Russian Culture. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Epstein, B. (1991). Political Protest and Cultural Revolution : Nonviolent Direct Action in the 1970s and 1980s. Berkeley, University of California Press.

From her perspective as both participant and observer, Barbara Epstein examines the nonviolent direct action movement which, inspired by the civil rights movement, flourished in the United States from the mid-seventies to the mid-eighties. Disenchanted with the politics of both the mainstream and the organized left, and deeply committed to forging communities based on shared values, activists in this movement developed a fresh, philosophy and style of politics that shaped the thinking of a new generation of activists. Driven by a vision of an ecologically balanced, nonviolent, egalitarian society, they engaged in political action through affinity groups, made decisions by consensus, and practiced mass civil disobedience.The nonviolent direct action movement galvanized originally in opposition to nuclear power, with the Clamshell Alliance in New England and then the Abalone Alliance in California leading the way. Its influence soon spread to other activist movements—for peace, non-intervention, ecological preservation, feminism, and gay and lesbian rights.Epstein joined the San Francisco Bay Area’s Livermore Action Group to protest the arms race and found herself in jail along with a thousand other activists for blocking the road in front of the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory. She argues that to gain a real understanding of the direct action movement it is necessary to view it from the inside. For with its aim to base society as a whole on principles of egalitarianism and nonviolence, the movement sought to turn political protest into cultural revolution.

Epstein, B. A. (1999). Director in a Nutshell : A Desktop Quick Reference. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.

Epstein, J. M., et al. (1996). Growing Artificial Societies : Social Science From the Bottom Up. Washington, D.C., A Bradford Book.

How do social structures and group behaviors arise from the interaction of individuals? Growing Artificial Societies approaches this question with cutting-edge computer simulation techniques. Fundamental collective behaviors such as group formation, cultural transmission, combat, and trade are seen to’emerge’from the interaction of individual agents following a few simple rules.In their program, named Sugarscape, Epstein and Axtell begin the development of a’bottom up’social science that is capturing the attention of researchers and commentators alike.The study is part of the 2050 Project, a joint venture of the Santa Fe Institute, the World Resources Institute, and the Brookings Institution. The project is an international effort to identify conditions for a sustainable global system in the next century and to design policies to help achieve such a system.Copublished with the Brookings Institution

Epstein, L. and J. F. Kobylka (1992). The Supreme Court and Legal Change : Abortion and the Death Penalty. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

The authors analyze abortion and death penalty decisions by the Supreme Court and argue that they provide prime examples of abrupt legal change. After proposing that the strength of legal arguments has at least as much impact on Court decisions as do public opinion and justices’political beliefs, they focus on the way litigators propel certain issues onto the Court’s agenda and seek to persuade the justices to affect legal change.

Epstein, S. (1996). Genoa & the Genoese, 958-1528. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

Set in the middle of the Italian Riviera, Genoa is perhaps best known as the birthplace of Christopher Columbus. But Genoa was also one of medieval Europe’s major centers of trade and commerce. In Genoa and the Genoese, 958-1528, Steven Epstein has written the first comprehensive history of the city that traces its transformation from an obscure port into the capital of a small but thriving republic with an extensive overseas empire. In a series of chronological chapters, Epstein bridges six centuries of medieval and Renaissance history by skillfully interweaving the four threads of political events, economic trends, social conditions, and cultural accomplishments. He provides considerable new evidence on social themes and also examines other subjects important to Genoa’s development, such as religion, the Crusades, the city’s long and combative relations with the Muslim world, the environment, and epidemic disease, giving this book a scope that encompasses the entire Mediterranean. Along with the nobles and merchants who governed the city, Epstein profiles the ordinary men and women of Genoa. Genoa and the Genoese, 958-1528 displays the full richness and eclectic nature of the Genoese people during their most vibrant centuries.’A milestone in medieval Italian history…. This book is a must read for specialists of medieval and early modern Italy, and highly recommendable to anyone interested in the period.’–Sixteenth Century Journal’A learned and intriguing book…. It is necessary reading for anyone interested in getting a better view of the historical evolution of the European economy and polity.’–Journal of Economic History’Genoa’s history is notoriously intricate, but Steven Epstein has produced order out of chaos; this is a work of lasting value, thoughtful, scholarly, and also readable.’–David Abulafia, Cambridge University’Genoa and the Genoese holds the promise of becoming the history of medieval Genoa in the foreseeable future.’–Benjamin Z. Kedar, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem In this comprehensive history of Genoa, Steven Epstein traces the city’s transformation from an obscure port into the capital of a small but thriving republic with an extensive overseas empire. His story bridges six centuries of medieval and Renaissance history, interweaving political events, economic trends, social conditions, and cultural accomplishments. Profiling the ordinary men and women of Genoa as well as the nobles and merchants who governed the city, Epstein captures the full richness and eclectic nature of the Genoese people during their most vibrant centuries. –>

Epstein, S. (1996). Impure Science : AIDS, Activism, and the Politics of Knowledge. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In the short, turbulent history of AIDS research and treatment, the boundaries between scientist insiders and lay outsiders have been crisscrossed to a degree never before seen in medical history. Steven Epstein’s astute and readable investigation focuses on the critical question of’how certainty is constructed or deconstructed,’leading us through the views of medical researchers, activists, policy makers, and others to discover how knowledge about AIDS emerges out of what he calls’credibility struggles.’Epstein shows the extent to which AIDS research has been a social and political phenomenon and how the AIDS movement has transformed biomedical research practices through its capacity to garner credibility by novel strategies. Epstein finds that nonscientist AIDS activists have gained enough of a voice in the scientific world to shape NIH–sponsored research to a remarkable extent. Because of the blurring of roles and responsibilities, the production of biomedical knowledge about AIDS does not, he says, follow the pathways common to science; indeed, AIDS research can only be understood as a field that is unusually broad, public, and contested. He concludes by analyzing recent moves to democratize biomedicine, arguing that although AIDS activists have set the stage for new challenges to scientific authority, all social movements that seek to democratize expertise face unusual difficulties.Avoiding polemics and accusations, Epstein provides a benchmark account of the AIDS epidemic to date, one that will be as useful to activists, policy makers, and general readers as to sociologists, physicians, and scientists.

Epstein, S. D. and N. Hornstein (1999). Working Minimalism. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

The essays in this book present explicit syntactic analyses that adhere to programmatic minimalist guidelines. Thus they show how the guiding ideas of minimalism can shape the construction of a new, more explanatory theory of the syntactic component of the human language faculty. Contributors: Zeljko Boskovic, Samuel David Epstein, Robert Freidin, Erich M. Groat, Norbert Hornstein, Hisatsugu Kitahara, Howard Lasnik, Roger Martin, Jairo Nunes, Norvin Richards, Juan Uriagereka, Amy WeinbergCurrent Studies in Linguistics No. 32

Epstein, W. M. (1997). Welfare in America : How Social Science Fails the Poor. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.

William M. Epstein charges that most current social welfare programs are not held to credible standards in their design or their results. Rather than spending less on such research and programs, however, Epstein suggests we should spend much more, and do the job right. The American public and policymakers need to rely on social science research for objective, credible information when trying to solve problems of employment, affordable housing, effective health care, and family integrity. But, Epstein contends, politicians treat welfare issues as ideological battlegrounds; they demand immediate results from questionable data and implement policies long before social researchers can complete their analyses. Social scientists often play into the political agenda, supporting poorly conceived programs and doing little to test and revise them. Analyzing Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) and the recent welfare reform act, Food Stamps, Medicaid, job training, social services, and other programs, Epstein systematically challenges the conservative’s vain hope that neglect is therapeutic for the poor, as well as the liberal’s conceit that a little bit of assistance is sufficient.

Erasmus, D., et al. (1999). On Copia of Words and Ideas : De Utraque Verborum Ac Rerum Copia. Milwaukee, Marquette University Press.

Erbe, L. H., et al. (1995). Oscillation Theory for Functional Differential Equations. New York, CRC Press.

Erdosh, G. (1997). Food and Recipes of the Civil War. New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly describes some of the foods eaten in the North and South before and after the Civil War and the impact of the war on what foods were available and how they were prepared. Includes recipes.

Erdosh, G. (1997). Food and Recipes of the Pilgrims. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes the kinds of foods grown and prepared by the Pilgrims during their first years in America, and their dependence upon Native people to ward off starvation. Includes recipes.

Erickson, J. R. (1999). Some Babies Grow up to Be Cowboys : A Collection of Articles and Essays. Denton, University of North Texas Press.

Includes index.

Erickson, M. (2005). Into the Unknown Together : The DOD, NASA, and Early Spaceflight. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

‘Colonel Erickson examines the use of space exploration as a tool to secure international prestige and national pride as part of the Cold War struggle with the Soviet Union during the Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson administrations. He looks at the creation of the National Aeronautical and Space Administration (NASA), the evolving NASA-DOD relationship, and the larger context in which this relationship was forged. He focuses on the human-spaceflight projects — Projects Mercury, Gemini, Apollo, Dynasoar, and the Manned Orbiting Laboratory–by examining the geopolitical, domestic political, and bureaucratic environments in which decisions concerning these projects were made. By blending in the individuals involved, the obstacles that were overcome, and the achievements of the US space program, Erickson reveals a special transformation that took place during this chapter of Americana.’–Abstract from AU press web site.

Ericsson, K. A. and H. A. Simon (1992). Protocol Analysis : Verbal Reports As Data. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

In this revised edition of the book that first put protocol analysis on firm theoretical ground, the authors review major advances in verbal reports over the past decade, including new evidence on how giving verbal reports affects subjects’cognitive processes, and on the validity and completeness of such reports.

Eriksen, T. H. (1995). Small Places, Large Issues : An Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology. London, Pluto Press.

Erlich, G. C. (1992). The Sexual Education of Edith Wharton. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Starting with the tensions in the early family constellation, Gloria C. Erlich traces Edith Wharton’s erotic evolution—from her early repression of sexuality and her celibate marriage to her discovery of passion in a rapturous midlife love affair with the bisexual Morton Fullerton. Analyzing the novelist’s life, letters, and fiction, Erlich reveals several interrelated identity systems—the filial, the sexual, and the creative—that evolved together over the course of Wharton’s lifetime.

Ermarth, E. D. (1998). Realism and Consensus in the English Novel. Princeton, N.J., Edinburgh University Press.

Erneling, C. E. (1993). Understanding Language Acquisition : The Framework of Learning. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ernest, J. (1995). Resistance and Reformation in Nineteenth-century African-American Literature : Brown, Wilson, Jacobs, Delany, Douglass, and Harper. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Ernest, P. (1998). Social Constructivism As a Philosophy of Mathematics. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ernst, C. W. and A. Schimmel (1992). Eternal Garden : Mysticism, History, and Politics at a South Asian Sufi Center. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ernst, J. (1998). Forging a Fateful Alliance : Michigan State University and the Vietnam War. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

Ernst, J. W., et al. (1994). Dear Father/dear Son : Correspondence of John D. Rockefeller and John D. Rockefeller, Jr. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Errington, S. (1998). The Death of Authentic Primitive Art : And Other Tales of Progress. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this lucid, witty, and forceful book, Shelly Errington argues that Primitive Art was invented as a new type of art object at the beginning of the twentieth century but that now, at the century’s end, it has died a double but contradictory death. Authenticity and primitivism, both attacked by cultural critics, have died as concepts. At the same time, the penetration of nation-states, the tourist industry, and transnational corporations into regions that formerly produced these artifacts has severely reduced supplies of’primitive art,’bringing about a second’death.’Errington argues that the construction of the primitive in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries (and the kinds of objects chosen to exemplify it) must be understood as a product of discourses of progress—from the nineteenth-century European narrative of technological progress, to the twentieth-century narrative of modernism, to the late- twentieth-century narrative of the triumph of the free market. In Part One she charts a provocative argument ranging through the worlds of museums, art theorists, mail-order catalogs, boutiques, tourism, and world events, tracing a loosely historical account of the transformations of meanings of primitive art in this century. In Part Two she explores an eclectic collection of public sites in Mexico and Indonesia—a national museum of anthropology, a cultural theme park, an airport, and a ninth-century Buddhist monument (newly refurbished)—to show how the idea of the primitive can be used in the interests of promoting nationalism and economic development.Errington’s dissection of discourses about progress and primitivism in the contemporary world is both a lively introduction to anthropological studies of art institutions and a dramatic new contribution to the growing field of cultural studies.

Ershkowitz, H. (1999). John Wanamaker : Philadelphia Merchant. [N.p.], Combined Pub.

Erskine, E. A Robbery Committed, and Restitution Made, Both to God and Man. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Erskine, R. Gospel Humiliation. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Erskine, R. The Word of Salvation Sent to Sinners. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Erwin, E. (1996). A Final Accounting : Philosophical and Empirical Issues in Freudian Psychology. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

More than a century has passed since Sigmund Freud began his groundbreaking work in psychoanalysis yet there is no consensus about his legacy; instead there is persistent disagreement not only about Freud’s reputation and place in history but about the proper standards to use in evaluating his theory and therapy.This book develops epistemological standards for Freudian psychology and provides a comprehensive evaluation of, and possibly final, verdict on Freud’s theory and therapy. Unlike any other evaluation published to date, it contains a systematic discussion of both the Freudian experimental and non-experimental evidence and the proper standards for interpreting the evidence.Part I considers the view that Freud’s theory should be judged by special evidential standards deemed appropriate for judging hypotheses of commonsense psychology. Edward Erwin argues against this view and for the employment of standards applicable to causal hypotheses of both the natural and social sciences. Erwin also addresses other issues about standards such as the need for experimental evidence, the use of placebo controls, the proper goals of psychotherapy, and the use of meta-analysis in analyzing outcome data.The standards developed in part I of the book are used in part II in evaluating the best available Freudian evidence.A Bradford Book

Escobar, E. J. (1999). Race, Police, and the Making of a Political Identity : Mexican Americans and the Los Angeles Police Department, 1900-1945. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In June 1943, the city of Los Angeles was wrenched apart by the worst rioting it had seen to that point in the twentieth century. Incited by sensational newspaper stories and the growing public hysteria over allegations of widespread Mexican American juvenile crime, scores of American servicemen, joined by civilians and even police officers, roamed the streets of the city in search of young Mexican American men and boys wearing a distinctive style of dress called a Zoot Suit. Once found, the Zoot Suiters were stripped of their clothes, beaten, and left in the street. Over 600 Mexican American youths were arrested. The riots threw a harsh light upon the deteriorating relationship between the Los Angeles Mexican American community and the Los Angeles Police Department in the 1940s.In this study, Edward J. Escobar examines the history of the relationship between the Los Angeles Police Department and the Mexican American community from the turn of the century to the era of the Zoot Suit Riots. Escobar shows the changes in the way police viewed Mexican Americans, increasingly characterizing them as a criminal element, and the corresponding assumption on the part of Mexican Americans that the police were a threat to their community. The broader implications of this relationship are, as Escobar demonstrates, the significance of the role of the police in suppressing labor unrest, the growing connection between ideas about race and criminality, changing public perceptions about Mexican Americans, and the rise of Mexican American political activism.

Escobar, M. (1994). Paulo Freire on Higher Education : A Dialogue at the National University of Mexico. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Escoffier, J. (1998). American Homo : Community and Perversity. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Eshom, D. (1999). Lithium : What You Should Know. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Describes the nature and effects of lithium, how it is used to treat mood disorders and ADD, and alternative forms of treatment.

Eskeland, G. S. and S. Devarajan (1996). Taxing Bads by Taxing Goods : Pollution Control with Presumptive Charges. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Eskew, G. T. (1997). But for Birmingham : The Local and National Movements in the Civil Rights Struggle. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Birmingham served as the stage for some of the most dramatic and important moments in the history of the civil rights struggle. In this vivid narrative account, Glenn Eskew traces the evolution of nonviolent protest in the city, focusing particularly on the sometimes problematic intersection of the local and national movements. Eskew describes the changing face of Birmingham’s civil rights campaign, from the politics of accommodation practiced by the city’s black bourgeoisie in the 1950s to local pastor Fred L. Shuttlesworth’s groundbreaking use of nonviolent direct action to challenge segregation during the late 1950s and early 1960s. In 1963, the national movement, in the person of Martin Luther King Jr., turned to Birmingham. The national uproar that followed on Police Commissioner Bull Connor’s use of dogs and fire hoses against the demonstrators provided the impetus behind passage of the watershed Civil Rights Act of 1964. Paradoxically, though, the larger victory won in the streets of Birmingham did little for many of the city’s black citizens, argues Eskew. The cancellation of protest marches before any clear-cut gains had been made left Shuttlesworth feeling betrayed even as King claimed a personal victory. While African Americans were admitted to the leadership of the city, the way power was exercised–and for whom–remained fundamentally unchanged.

Eskildsen, S. (1998). Asceticism in Early Taoist Religion. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Eskinazi, D. (1999). Botanical Medicine : Efficacy, Quality Assurance, and Regulation. Larchmont, N.Y., M.A. Liebert.

Espada, M. (1997). El Coro : A Chorus of Latino and Latina Poetry. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Espey, J. J. (1994). Minor Heresies, Major Departures : A China Mission Boyhood. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

An American boy, son of Presbyterian missionaries, was born in Shanghai early in this century. The boy lived two lives, one within the pious church compound, the other along the canal and in the alleys of a traditional Chinese city. There he faced the alley brats’Lady Bandit, heard the shrill screams of a child’s foot-binding, learned rank obscenities from passing boatmen, and, while still in short pants, chewed Sen-Sen and ogled snake-charmers in the old Native City. He sailed up the Yangtze to attend boarding school, and along with his Boy Scout patrol, met Chiang Kai-shek. And when John Espey grew up, he wrote about his years in China.This memoir is the story of those years, and while it is a wry, affectionate account, it also conveys an often overlooked picture of China in the years before communism. Seen through the eyes of a child, the interplay of religion, commerce, and American colonialism that took place during this period is revealed more tellingly—and more lightheartedly—than in many an analysis by an’old China hand.’Espey’s bent is to use a’Chinese’approach to his subject, that is, to hide a second meaning within his words, to speak in parables. This he learned from both his single-minded missionary father and the family’s Chinese cook. The result is that the reader of Minor Heresies, Major Departures will learn a great deal about the Pacific Rim while having a rollicking good time.

Espinosa, A. M. and J. M. Espinosa (1990). The Folklore of Spain in the American Southwest : Traditional Spanish Folk Literature in Northern New Mexico and Southern Colorado. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Espinosa, J. M. (1988). The Pueblo Indian Revolt of 1696 and the Franciscan Missions in New Mexico : Letters of the Missionaries and Related Documents. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Esposito, J. L. (1998). Islam and Politics. Syracuse, N.Y., Syracuse University Press.

Substantially revised, this new edition of Islam and Politics updates major country case studies and adds coverage of Tunisia, Algeria, the Taliban of Afghanistan, and Hamas. John L. Esposito also addresses democratization and the clash of civilization debate.

Ess, C. (1996). Philosophical Perspectives on Computer-mediated Communication. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Essame, H. (2000). Patton : As Military Commander. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.

Essed, P. (1996). Diversity : Gender, Color, and Culture. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Estergreen, M. M. (1962). Kit Carson : A Portrait in Courage. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Estes, R. W. (1996). Tyranny of the Bottom Line : Why Corporations Make Good People Do Bad Things. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Estlund, D. M. and M. C. Nussbaum (1998). Sex, Preference, and Family : Essays on Law and Nature. New York, Oxford University Press.

The public furor over issues of same sex marriages, gay rights, pornography, and single-parent families has erupted with a passion not seen since the 1960s. This book gathers seventeen eminent philosophers and legal scholars who offer commentary on sexuality (including sexual behavior, sexual orientation, and the role of pornography in shaping sexuality), on the family (including both same-sex and single-parent families), and on the proper role of law in these areas. The essayists are all fiercely independent thinkers and offer the reader a range of bold and thought-provoking proposals. Susan Moller Okin argues, for instance, that gender ought to be done away with–that differences in biological sex ought to have’no more social relevance than one’s eye color or the length of one’s toes’–and she urges that we look to same-sex couples as a model for households and families in a gender-free society. And Cass Sunstein suggests that the Supreme Court case Loving vs. Virginia (which overthrew the ban on interracial marriages in Virginia) might be a precedent for overturning laws that bar same-sex marriage: just as Loving overturned miscegenation laws because they were at the service of white supremacy, Sunstein shows, the laws against same-sex marriages and homosexuality are at the service of male supremacy, and might also be overturned. Of vital importance to anyone interested in sexuality, homosexuality, gender, feminism, and the family. Sex, Preference, and the Family both clarifies the current debate and points the way toward a less divisive future.

Estrin, N. F. and J. M. Akerson (2000). Cosmetic Regulation in a Competitive Environment. New York, CRC Press.

A summary of current and emerging domestic and international regulatory issues. It delineates the roles of organizations and programmes to navigate the legislative mass – for large and small personal care companies. The contributors describe the most common means of conducting safety tests to evaluate irritation, sensitization, photoirritation and photosensitization.

Esumi, K. (1999). Polymer Interfaces and Emulsions. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Ettinger, B. (1992). Opportunities in Customer Service Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Ettinger, B. (1995). Opportunities in Office Occupations. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Etulain, R. W. and J. Echeverria (1999). Portraits Of Basques In The New World. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.

A collection of new essays on notable historic and contemporary Basques of America’s Far West that offers a perceptive and lively examination of the lives of one of the West’s most resilient and successful ethnic minorities. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the Basque people or those interested in the process of immigration and assimilation: these profiles illustrate how America’s Basque immigrants have achieved success in mainstream society while retaining strong ties to their ancient Old World culture.

Etzioni, A. and D. Carney (1997). Repentance : A Comparative Perspective. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

There is no consensus about what someone who has violated society’s rules must do in order to be fully restored to the community. Although repentance is a prominent idea in religions ranging from Judaism, Christianity, and Islam to Buddhism and Hinduism, its use in civic culture is vague and inconsistent. For example, is remorse the same as repentance? Drawing from a variety of religious and civic perspectives, the renowned contributors to this book_from the fields of theology, philosophy, and the social sciences_offer a broad understanding of repentance and its many applications. The essays question the legitimacy of repentance as a religious concept for the civic culture, exploring the way in which the religious origins of repentance might both illuminate and facilitate our civic usage of the idea. Excellent for theologians, philosophers, moral ethicists, and anyone asking,’Who deserves a second chance?’

Etzkowitz, H., et al. (1998). Capitalizing Knowledge : New Intersections of Industry and Academia. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Eulau, H. (1996). Micro-macro Dilemmas in Political Science : Personal Pathways Through Complexity. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Eulau, H. (1998). The Politics of Academic Culture : Foibles, Fables, and Facts. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishers.

Euraque, D. A. (1996). Reinterpreting the Banana Republic : Region and State in Honduras, 1870-1972. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

In this new analysis of Honduran social and political development, Dar degreeso Euraque explains why Honduras escaped the pattern of revolution and civil wars suffered by its neighbors Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Within this comparative framework, he challenges the traditional Banana Republic’theory’and its assumption that multinational corporations completely controlled state formation in Central America. Instead, he demonstrates how local society in Honduras’s North Coast banana-exporting region influenced national political development. According to Euraque, the reformism of the 1970s, which prevented social and political polarization in the 1980s, originated in the local politics of San Pedro Sula and other cities along the North Coast. Moreover, Euraque shows that by the 1960s, the banana-growing areas had become bastions of liberalism, led by local capitalists and organized workers. This regional political culture directly influenced events at the national level, argues Euraque. Specifically, the military coup of 1972 drew its ideology and civilian leaders from the North Coast, and as a result, the new regime was able to successfully channel popular unrest into state-sponsored reform projects. Based on long-ignored sources in Honduran and American archives and on interviews, the book signals a major reinterpretation of modern Honduran history.

Euroconsult, et al. (1995). Farm Restructuring and Land Tenure in Reforming Socialist Economies : A Comparative Analysis of Eastern and Central Europe. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

European, C. and B. World (1999). European Union Accession : The Challenges for Public Liability Management in Central Europe. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘A European Borrowers Network initiative.’

European Science, F. and P. National Academy (1998). U.S.-European Collaboration in Space Science. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

U.S.-European Collaboration in Space Science reviews the past 30 years of space-based research across the Atlantic. The book, which was prepared jointly with the European Space Science Committee (under the aegis of the European Science Foundation) begins with a broad survey of the historical and political context of U.S.-European cooperation and collaboration in space. The focus of the book is a set of 13 U.S.-European missions in astrophysics, space physics, planetary sciences, earth sciences, and life and microgravity research that illustrate’lessons learned’on the evolution of the cooperation, mission planning and scheduling, international agreements, cost-sharing, management, and scientific output. These lessons form the basis of the joint committee’s findings and recommendations, which serve to improve the future conduct and enhance the scientific output of U.S.-European cooperation and collaboration in space science.

Euvino, G. (1998). The complete idiot’s guide to learning Italian on your own. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Euvino, G. (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to Italian. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Evans, B. (1999). Homesurfing.net : The Insider’s Guide to Buying and Selling Your Home Using the Internet. Chicago, Kaplan Publishing.

Evans, B. N. (1997). Interpreting the Free Exercise of Religion : The Constitution and American Pluralism. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

A generation ago, all of the big questions concerning religious freedom in America seemed to have been resolved. At the very least, the lines of division between proponents of a wall of separation between church and state and advocates of religious accommodation seemed clearly drawn. Since then, increasing religious diversity and changing functions of government have raised new questions about what it means to allow the free exercise of religion. In this book, Bette Novit Evans explores the contemporary understandings of this First Amendment guarantee in all of its complexity and ambiguity. Evans situates constitutional arguments about free exercise within the context of theological and sociological insights about American religious experience. She surveys and evaluates several of the most well considered approaches to religious freedom and applies them to contemporary legal controversies, examining problems in defining religion and claims concerning the autonomy of religious institutions. Her conclusions about religious liberty are embedded in an appreciation of American pluralism: the guarantee of religious freedom, she argues, can be understood as an instrument for fostering alternative sources of meaning within a pluralistic political community.

Evans, C. B. (1999). I See by Your Outfit : Becoming a Cowboy a Century Too Late. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

Evans, C. S. (1992). Passionate Reason : Making Sense of Kierkegaard’s Philosophical Fragments. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Evans, C. S. (1998). Faith Beyond Reason. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Evans, D., et al. (1994). Who Makes Public Policy? : The Struggle for Control Between Congress and the Executive. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishers.

Evans, D. S. and R. Schmalensee (1999). Paying with Plastic : The Digital Revolution in Buying and Borrowing. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Evans, E. (1990). Working with Laryngectomees. Bicester, Oxon, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.

Evans, E. D. (1993). A History of Wales, 1660-1815. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Evans, G. and M. Institute of (1997). Risk Communication and Vaccination : Summary of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Evans, G. E., et al. (1999). Introduction to Library Public Services. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Evans, G. E. and M. Z. Saponaro (2000). Developing Library and Information Center Collections. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Evans, G. R. (1993). Philosophy and Theology in the Middle Ages. London, Routledge.

In the ancient world being a philosopher was a practical alternative to being a christian. Philosophical systems offered intellectual, practical and moral codes for living. By the Middle Ages however philosophy was largely, though inconsistently, incorporated into Christian belef. From the end of the Roman Empire to the Reformation and Renaissance of the sixteenth century Christian theologians had a virtual monopoly on higher education. The complex interaction between theology and philosophy, which was the result of the efforts of Christian leaders and thinkers to assimilate the most sophisticated ideas of science and secular learning into their own system of thought, is the subject of this book. Augustine, as the most widely read author in the Middle Ages, is the starting point. Dr Evans then discusses the classical sources in general which the medieval scholar would have had access to when he wanted to study philosophy and its theological implications. Part I ends with an analysis of the problems of logic, language and rhetoric. In Part II the sequence of topics – God, cosmos, man follow the outline of the summa, or systematic encyclopedia of theology, which developed from the twelfth century as a text book framework. Does God exist? What is he like? What are human beings? Is there a purpose to their lives? These are the great questions of philosophy and religion and the issues to which the medieval theologian addressed himself. From `divine simplicity’to ethics and politics, this book is a lively introduction to the debates and ideas of the Middle Ages.

Evans, I. T. (1997). Bureaucracy and Race : Native Administration in South Africa. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Bureaucracy and Race overturns the common assumption that apartheid in South Africa was enforced only through terror and coercion. Without understating the role of violent intervention, Ivan Evans shows that apartheid was sustained by a great and ever-swelling bureaucracy. The Department of Native Affairs (DNA), which had dwindled during the last years of the segregation regime, unexpectedly revived and became the arrogant, authoritarian fortress of apartheid after 1948. The DNA was a major player in the prolonged exclusion of Africans from citizenship and the establishment of a racially repressive labor market. Exploring the connections between racial domination and bureaucratic growth in South Africa, Evans points out that the DNA’s transformation of oppression into’civil administration’institutionalized and, for whites, legitimized a vast, coercive bureaucratic culture, which ensnared millions of Africans in its workings and corrupted the entire state. Evans focuses on certain features of apartheid—the pass system, the’racialization of space’in urban areas, and the cooptation of African chiefs in the Bantustans—in order to make it clear that the state’s relentless administration, not its overtly repressive institutions, was the most distinctive feature of South Africa in the 1950s. All observers of South Africa past and present and of totalitarian states in general will follow with interest the story of how the Department of Native Affairs was crucial in transforming’the idea of apartheid’into a persuasive—and all too durable—practice.

Evans, J. C. (1972). Tom Jones : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Evans, J. R. and E. Minieka (1992). Optimization Algorithms for Networks and Graphs. New York, M. Dekker.

Evans, J. S. B. T. and D. E. Over (1996). Rationality and Reasoning. Hove, East Sussex, UK, Psychology Press.

This book addresses an apparent paradox in the psychology of thinking. On the one hand, human beings are a highly successful species. On the other, intelligent adults are known to exhibit numerous errors and biases in laboratory studies of reasoning and decision making. There has been much debate among both philosophers and psychologists about the implications of such studies for human rationality. The authors argue that this debate is marked by a confusion between two distinct notions: (a) personal rationality (rationality1Evans and Over argue that people have a high degree of rationality1 but only a limited capacity for rationality2. The book re-interprets the psychological literature on reasoning and decision making, showing that many normative errors, by abstract standards, reflect the operation of processes that would normally help to achieve ordinary goals. Topics discussed include relevance effects in reasoning and decision making, the influence of prior beliefs on thinking, and the argument that apparently non-logical reasoning can reflect efficient decision making. The authors also discuss the problem of deductive competence – whether people have it, and what mechanism can account for it.As the book progresses, increasing emphasis is given to the authors’dual process theory of thinking, in which a distinction between tacit and explicit cognitive systems is developed. It is argued that much of human capacity for rationality1 is invested in tacit cognitive processes, which reflect both innate mechanisms and biologically constrained learning. However, the authors go on to argue that human beings also possess an explicit thinking system, which underlies their unique – if limited – capacity to be rational.

Evans, M. (1993). Bluefeather Fellini. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

Part Taos Indian and part Italian, Bluefeather Fellini walked in two worlds, with occasional direction from an enigmatic spirit guide. His search for life’s greatest gifts takes the reader from the mines of the American Southwest to the trenches of World War II Europe in this magical, savage and passionate novel.

Evans, M. (1994). Bluefeather Fellini in the Sacred Realm. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

A romp through the cultures of the southwest, starring Bluefeather Fellini, a down-and-out, half-Italian, half-Indian prospector. Eventually, his guiding spirit finds him work: a millionaire wants the caverns of New Mexico searched for 60 cases of 1880-vintage wine. The job pays well and as a bonus there is the company of the millionaire’s daughter. They meet fantastic cavern-dwellers.

Evans, M. (1997). Rounders 3. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Evans, M. (1997). This Chosen Place : Finding Shangri-La on the 4UR. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

Evans, P. W. and C. Deleyto (1998). Terms of Endearment : Hollywood Romantic Comedy of the 1980s and 1990s. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Evans, S. R. (1996). Voice of the Old Wolf : Lucullus Virgil McWhorter and the Nez Perce Indians. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Lucullus V. McWhorter devoted much of his life to preserving the history of the Nez Perce and Yakama Indians of the Pacific Northwest’s interior plateau region. McWhorter held a unique role as Nez Perce tribal historian and gatherer of tradition lore from both treaty and non-treaty bands. In Voice of the Old Wolf, Steve Evans helps to fill a gap in Nez Perce history, focusing on the 1880s to the 1940s, a period often neglected by the many historians of the 1877 war. –From publisher’s description.

Evelyn, J. and G. De la Bédoyère (1995). The Writings of John Evelyn. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

Today John Evelyn is known almost exclusively for his Diary, the remarkable record of his life at the centre of English social and political life in the seventeenth century; his other literaryworks have received scant attention. The Writings of John Evelyn is the first serious attempt to make a selection of his works available for modern scrutiny. It covers as representative a rangeas possible of Evelyn’s books and tracts, from the first edition of his work on arboriculture, Sylva (1664), and his invective on London’s pollution, Fumifugium (1661), which has acquired a new relevance, to his memorial to his son Richard, The Golden Book of St John of Chrysostom(1659). Also included are political tracts and his comic account of England under the Commonwealth, A Character of England (1656). The editor has written a full introduction to Evelyn’s literary career, and each piece is accompanied by an individual introduction and extensive footnotes. Guy de la Bédoyère gained his Masters Degree from London University.

Everard, J. and M. Jones (1999). The Charters of Duchess Constance of Brittany and Her Family, 1171-1221. Woodbridge, U.K., Boydell & Brewer.

The indispensable charter collection for the Breton lands in the complex period of the break-up of the Angevin hegemony. ENGLISH HISTORICAL REVIEW Around 1200, sovereignty over the duchy of Brittany was disputed by the Angevin kings of England and the Capetian kings of France. With few local chronicle sources concerning Brittany in this important period, ducal charters provide crucial evidence for politics, external relations, and the conduct of government. They are also an essential source for Breton society and institutions in a period of rapid change and development. Collectedhere for the first time are the acts of Duchess Constance (1171-1201), her mother, dowager-duchess Margaret of Scotland, Constance’s three husbands, Geoffrey, son of King Henry II, Ranulf III, earl of Chester, and Guy de Thouars, and her three children, Eleanor, Arthur of Brittany, and Alice, who succeeded in 1213 to a duchy under Capetian sovereignty. The subject matter concerns not only Brittany, but also the Breton rulers’extensive lands in England, the honour of Richmond, and even the counties of Anjou, Maine and Touraine while they were under Arthur’s rule. The charters are also of wider general significance for the light they cast on the exercise of political power by female rulers. MICHAEL JONES is Emeritus Professor of Medieval French History at the University of Nottingham.

Everett, D. (1995). The Texas Cherokees : A People Between Two Fires, 1819-1840. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Everett, W. J. (1997). Religion, Federalism, and the Struggle for Public Life : Cases From Germany, India, and America. New York, Oxford University Press.

In the past decade, the struggle for new forms of federal order and public life has exploded in central Europe, the former Soviet Union, and South Africa. Religious traditions and organizations have played a crucial role in these revolutions, and have also been critical to the establishment of constitutional orders in post-colonial countries like India. Moreover, they continue to undergird and to challenge the understanding of public life in the United States, whether in church-state conflicts or Native American religious claims. William Everett examines the role of religious traditions in the development of modern federal republicanism, seeking answers to such questions as: How have patterns of religious organization shaped federal republican orders? How do different cultures weave together these political and religious threads into a living fabric that fits their own cultural heritage? How are Western religious traditions of covenant and conciliarism relevant for understanding religion and constitutional developments in non-Western cultures? The author argues that a better comparative grasp of these dynamics is essential to our understanding of the establishment, sustenance, and development of federal republican governance. He presents, as a first step toward this goal, a detailed and comparative study of these patterns in India, Germany, and the United States.

Everhart, N. (1998). Evaluating the School Library Media Center: Analysis Techniques and Research Practices : Analysis Techniques and Research Practices. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Everhart provides practical guidelines and ready-to-use forms for evaluating a school library media center, as well as important results derived in other studies. She includes qualitative and quantitative techniques for the areas of curriculum, personnel, facilities, collections, usage, and technology. She also gives step-by-step instructions on how to create in-house surveys, conduct interviews, and use observation to gather useful data.Conduct research, collect statistics, and evaluate your program with this useful resource. Everhart provides practical guidelines and ready-to-use forms for evaluating a school library media center, as well as important results derived in other studies. She includes qualitative and quantitative techniques for the areas of curriculum, personnel, facilities, collections, usage, and technology. She also gives step-by-step instructions on how to create in-house surveys, conduct interviews, and use observation to gather useful data. For example, there are directions on how to assess information literacy with rubrics. In addition, each chapter gives detailed references, a list of further readings, applicable Web sites, and dissertations. A quick and easy guide to justifying and supporting your SLMC operations and effectiveness, this book is invaluable to all school library media specialists. It will also be of interest to school library media supervisors and researchers.

Everitt, W. N., et al. (1994). Differential Equations, Dynamical Systems, and Control Science : A Festschrift in Honor of Lawrence Markus. New York, M. Dekker.

Everitt, W. N. and S. London Mathematical (1991). Inequalities : Fifty Years on From Hardy, Littlewood, and Pólya: Proceedings of the International Conference. New York, M. Dekker.

Evron, B. (1995). Jewish State or Israeli Nation? Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Ewald, D. (1997). John Fetzer, on a Handshake : The Times and Triumphs of a Tiger Owner. Champaign, Ill, Sagamore Publishing.

Autographed by author.

Ewbank, D. C., et al. (1993). Effects of Health Programs on Child Mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book examines the effects of health interventions on infant and child mortality. Discussions of levels and trends of infant and child mortality and causes of death provide the background for an analysis of treatment and prevention strategies.

Ewell, J. and W. H. Beezley (1989). The Human Tradition in Latin America. Wilmington, Del, Scholarly Resources, Inc.

Ewers, J. C. (1958). The Blackfeet : Raiders on the Northwestern Plains. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

The Blackfeet were the strongest military power on the northwestern plains in the historic buffalo days. For half a century up to 1805, they were almost constantly at war with the Shoshonis and came very close to exterminating that tribe. They aggressively asserted themselves against the Flatheads and the Kutenais, shoving them westward across the Rockies. They got on fairly well with English and Canadian traders during the heyday of the fur trade on the Saskatchewan River, but on the upper Missouri they took an early dislike to Americans, whom they called’Big Knives.’American fur traders, such as Manuel Lisa, Pierre Menard, and Andrew Henry, were literally chased out of Montana by the Blackfeet.

Ewers, J. C. (1968). Indian Life on the Upper Missouri. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Ewers, J. C. (1997). Plains Indian History and Culture : Essays on Continuity and Change. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Ewing, G. H., et al. (1994). The Ewing Family Civil War Letters. East Lansing, Michigan State University Press.

Complete letters of George Henry Ewing and James M. Ewing.

Ewing, G. W. (1997). Analytical Instrumentation Handbook. New York, CRC Press.

Intended for both the novice and professional, this text aims to approach problems with currently available tools and methods in the modern analytical chemistry domain. It covers all fields from basic theory and principles of analytical chemistry to instrumentation classification, design and purchasing. This edition includes information on X-ray methods and analysis, capillary electrophoresis, infrared and Raman technique comparisons, and more.

Ewing, Q. and V. University of (1996). The Heart of the Race Problem. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Exner, J. E. and P. Erdberg (2005). The Rorschach, Advanced Interpretation. New York, Wiley.

The fully revised and expanded edition of the premier guidebook to Interpreting the Rorschach For the last three decades, Dr. John Exner’s Comprehensive System has been the leading approach worldwide to administering and interpreting the Rorschach Inkblot Test. Comprised of three volumes, The Rorschach(r): A Comprehensive System is the authoritative reference for the administration, scoring, and interpretation of the Rorschach. This Third Edition of Volume Two: Advanced Interpretation, with new and updated information and case studies, provides an essential companion to the basic foundations and principles outlined in Volume One: Basic Foundations and Principles of Interpretation. New to this edition: • All-new case studies describing accurate use of the Rorschach in the assessment of children, adolescents, and adults in a variety of clinical and forensic settings • New research developments • New additions to Exner’s Comprehensive System • Expanded reference data, including nonpatient data • Expanded coverage of the cluster approach to organizing data for interpretation The leading guide to the study and implementation of the Rorschach for more than three decades, this latest volume from John Exner and Philip Erdberg is must-reading for any serious scholar or user of the Rorschach.

Extra, G. and L. T. Verhoeven (1993). Immigrant Languages in Europe. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Revised papers originally presented at an international colloquium held Dec. 1990, Gilze-Rijen, Netherlands.

Eye, A. v. and K. E. Niedermeier (1999). Statistical Analysis of Longitudinal Categorical Data in the Social and Behavioral Sciences : An Introduction with Computer Illustrations. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

A comprehensive resource for analyzing a variety of categorical data, this book emphasizes the application of many recent advances of longitudinal categorical statistical methods. Each chapter provides basic methodology, helpful applications, examples using data from all fields of the social sciences, computer tutorials, and exercises. Written for social scientists and students, no advanced mathematical training is required. Step-by-step command files are given for both the CDAS and the SPSS software programs.

Eysturoy, A. O. (1996). Daughters of Self-creation : The Contemporary Chicana Novel. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Ezcurra, E. (1999). The Basin of Mexico : Critical Environmental Issues and Sustainability. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

Ezell, J. S. (1978). The South Since 1865. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Ezrin, C. and R. E. Kowalski (1999). The Type 2 Diabetes Diet Book : The Insulin Control Diet: Your Fat Can Make You Thin. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Originally published: The endocrine control diet : how to beat the metabolic trap and lose weight permanently. New York: Harper & Row, 1990.

Ezzell, B. (1998). Developing Windows Error Messages. Cambridge [England], O’Reilly.

Fabian, A. (2000). The Unvarnished Truth : Personal Narratives in Nineteenth-Century America. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The practice of selling one’s tale of woe to make a buck has long been a part of American culture. The Unvarnished Truth: Personal Narratives in Nineteenth-Century America is a powerful cultural history of how ordinary Americans crafted and sold their stories of hardship and calamity during the nineteenth century. Ann Fabian examines the tales of beggars, convicts, ex-slaves, prisoners of the Confederacy, and others to explore cultural authority, truth-telling, and the nature of print media as the country was shifting to a market economy. This well-crafted book describes the fascinating controversies surrounding these little-read tales and returns them to the social worlds where they were produced.Drawing on an enormous number of personal narratives—accounts of mostly poor, suffering, and often uneducated Americans—The Unvarnished Truth analyzes a long-ignored tradition in popular literature. Historians have treated the spread of literacy and the growth of print culture as a chapter in the democratization of refinement, but these tales suggest that this was not always the case. Producing stories that purported to be the plain, unvarnished truth, poor men and women edged their way onto the cultural stage, using storytelling strategies far older than those relying on a Renaissance sense of refinement and polish. This book introduces a unique collection of tales to explore the nature of truth, authenticity, and representation.

Fabian, J. (1991). Language and Colonial Power : The Appropriation of Swahili in the Former Belgian Congo 1880-1938. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this study, inquiry will be directed to the past, and it will, for many reasons, have to reach into a past which is rather remote from present-day Shaba Swahili. The author’s principal concern remains with a contemporary situation, namely the role of Swahili in the context of work, industrial, artisanal, and artistic. When it was first formulated, the aim of my project was to describe what might be called the workers’culture of Shaba, through analyses of communicative (sociolinguistic) and cognitive (ethnosemantic) aspects of language use.

Fabian, J. (1996). Remembering the Present : Painting and Popular History in Zaire. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This book combines ethnography with the study of art to present a fascinating new vision of African history. It contains the paintings of a single artist depicting Zaire’s history, along with a series of ethnographic essays discussing local history, its complex relationship to forms of self-expression and self-understanding, and the aesthetics of contemporary urban African and Third World societies. As a collaboration between ethnographer and painter, this innovative study challenges text-oriented approaches to understanding history and argues instead for an event- and experience-oriented model, ultimately adding a fresh perspective to the discourse on the relationship between modernity and tradition.During the 1970s, Johannes Fabian encouraged Tshibumba Kanda Matulu to paint the history of Zaire. The artist delivered the work in batches, together with an oral narrative. Fabian recorded these statements along with his own question-and-answer sessions with the painter. The first part of the book is the complete series of 100 paintings, with excerpts from the artist’s narrative and the artist-anthropologist dialogues. Part Two consists of Fabian’s essays about this and other popular painting in Zaire. The essays discuss such topics as performance, orality, history, colonization, and popular art.

Fabian, S. M. (1992). Space-time of the Bororo of Brazil. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.

Fabre, J.-H. The Life of the Spider. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fabre, M. (1985). The World of Richard Wright. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Fabre, M. (1990). Richard Wright : Books and Writers. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.

Fabrega, H. (1997). Evolution of Sickness and Healing. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Fackre, G. J. (1997). The Doctrine of Revelation : A Narrative Interpretation. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Based on various lectures presented at various places.

Facos, M. (1998). Nationalism and the Nordic Imagination : Swedish Art of the 1890s. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This richly illustrated book is a lucid introduction to a largely neglected manifestation of Modernism that came out of fin-de-siècle Sweden. Michelle Facos presents the first study in English to seriously examine the movement known as Swedish National Romanticism. Her work is especially valuable in showing how the movement’s primitivist tendencies were related to, but different from, similar cultural forces in Germany and other parts of Europe at that time. Facos shows how a small group of Swedish artists espoused a politically progressive, culturally conservative form of nationalism. These artists—among them Carl Larsson, Bruno Liljefors, and Hanna Hirsch Pauli—produced a specifically national Swedish art by focusing on indigenous history, legends, and folk tales as well as uniquely Swedish-Nordic values, geography, and ethnography. Their breathtaking images of the Nordic landscape shaped a communal’Folk’identity that accented regionalism, solidarity, and attachment to the past and protested against the perceived dangers of capitalist industrialism and urban expansion. By 1900 Sweden was on its way to realizing a society of social, economic, and political equality, and the National Romantic painters were no longer renegades. Facos’s portrayal of their movement will attract readers in the arts, historians, folklorists, cultural anthropologists, and sociologists.

Fadiman, J. (1993). When We Began There Were Witchmen : An Oral History From Mount Kenya. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Faerber, E. (2000). All About Bonds and Bond Mutual Funds : The Easy Way to Get Started. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Rev. ed. of: All about bonds. 1993.

Faerber, E. (2000). All About Stocks : The Easy Way to Get Started. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Faery, R. B. (1999). Cartographies of Desire : Captivity, Race, and Sex in the Shaping of an American Nation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Revision of thesis (doctoral)–University of Iowa.

Fagette, P. (1996). Digging for Dollars : American Archaeology and the New Deal. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Fahey, L. and R. M. Randall (1994). The Portable MBA in Strategy. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fair, B. K. (1997). Notes of a Racial Caste Baby : Color Blindness and the End of Affirmative Action. New York, NYU Press.

The Constitution of the United States, writes Bryan Fair, was a series of compromises between white male propertyholders: Southern planters and Northern merchants. At the heart of their deals was a clear race-conscious intent to place the interests of whites above those of blacks. In this provocative and important book, Fair, the eighth of ten children born to a single mother on public assistance in an Ohio ghetto, combines two histories–America’s and his own- -to offer a compelling defense of affirmative action. How can it be, Fair asks, that, after hundreds of years of racial apartheid during which whites were granted 100% quotas to almost all professions, we have now convinced ourselves that, after a few decades of remedial affirmative action, the playing field is now level? Centuries of racial caste, he argues, cannot be swept aside in a few short years. Fair ambitiously surveys the most common arguments for and against affirmative action. He argues that we must distinguish between America in the pre-Civil Rights Movement era–when the law of the land was explicitly anti-black–and today’s affirmative action policies–which are decidedly not anti- white. He concludes that the only just and effective way in which to account for America’s racial past and to negotiate current racial quagmires is to embrace a remedial affirmative action that relies neither on quotas nor fiery rhetoric, but one which takes race into account alongside other pertinent factors. Championing the model of diversity on which the United States was purportedly founded, Fair serves up a personal and persuasive account of why race-conscious policies are the most effective way to end de facto segregation and eliminate racial caste. Table of Contents A Note to the Reader Acknowledgments Preface: Telling Stories Recasting Remedies as Diseases Color-Blind Justice The Design of This Book Pt. 1. A Personal Narrative Not White Enough Dee Black Columbus Racial Poverty Man-Child Colored Matters Coded Schools Busing Going Home Equal Opportunity The Character of Color Diversity as One Factor The Deception of Color Blindness Pt. 2. White Privilege and Black Despair: The Origins of Racial Caste in America The Declaration of Inferiority Marginal Americans Inventing American Slavery The Road to Constitutional Caste Losing Second-Class Citizenship Reconstruction and Sacrifice Separate and Unequal The Color Line Critiquing Color Blindness Pt. 3. The Constitutionality of Remedial Affirmative Action The Origins of Remedial Affirmative Action The Court of Last Resort The Invention of Reverse Discrimination The Politics of Affirmative Action: Myth or Reality? Racial Realism Eliminating Caste Afterword Notes Index

Fairless, M. The Gathering of Brother Hilarius. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fairless, M. The Grey Brethren. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fairless, M. The Roadmender. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Faivre, A. (1993). The Golden Fleece and Alchemy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Faivre, A. (1994). Access to Western Esotericism. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Faiz, A., et al. (1996). Air Pollution From Motor Vehicles : Standards and Technologies for Controlling Emissions. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fajnzylber, P., et al. (1998). Determinants of Crime Rates in Latin America and the World : An Empirical Assessment. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Falaris, E. M., et al. (1995). Causes of Litigation in Workers’ Compensation. Kalamazoo, Mich, Upjohn Institute.

Falasca-Zamponi, S. (1997). Fascist Spectacle : The Aesthetics of Power in Mussolini’s Italy. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This richly textured cultural history of Italian fascism traces the narrative path that accompanied the making of the regime and the construction of Mussolini’s power. Simonetta Falasca-Zamponi reads fascist myths, rituals, images, and speeches as texts that tell the story of fascism. Linking Mussolini’s elaboration of a new ruling style to the shaping of the regime’s identity, she finds that in searching for symbolic means and forms that would represent its political novelty, fascism in fact brought itself into being, creating its own power and history.Falasca-Zamponi argues that an aesthetically founded notion of politics guided fascist power’s historical unfolding and determined the fascist regime’s violent understanding of social relations, its desensitized and dehumanized claims to creation, its privileging of form over ethical norms, and ultimately its truly totalitarian nature.

Falco, R. (1994). Conceived Presences : Literary Genealogy in Renaissance England. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Falcone, P. (1996). 96 Great Interview Questions to Ask Before You Hire. New York, N.Y., AMACOM.

Falconer, K. J. (1997). Techniques in Fractal Geometry. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Falk, G. (1999). Hippocrates Assailed : The American Health Delivery System. Lanham, Md, University Press of America.

Falk, W. W. and T. A. Lyson (1988). High Tech, Low Tech, No Tech : Recent Industrial and Occupational Change in the South. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Falke, J. (1995). Everything You Need to Know About Living in a Foster Home. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Gives examples of teenagers who have been sent to live with foster families, detailing some of the reasons for needing foster care, what to expect, and how to make the necessary adjustments.

Falkenhausen, L. v. (1993). Suspended Music : Chime-Bells in the Culture of Bronze Age China. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The Chinese made the world’s first bronze chime-bells, which they used to perform ritual music, particularly during the Shang and Zhou dynasties (ca. 1700-221 B.C.). Lothar von Falkenhausen’s rich and detailed study reconstructs how the music of these bells—the only Bronze Age instruments that can still be played—may have sounded and how it was conceptualized in theoretical terms. His analysis and discussion of the ritual, political, and technical aspects of this music provide a unique window into ancient Chinese culture.This is the first interdisciplinary perspective on recent archaeological finds that have transformed our understanding of ancient Chinese music. Of great significance to the understanding of Chinese culture in its crucial formative stage, it provides a fresh point of departure for exploring later Asian musical history and offers great possibilities for comparisons with music worldwide.

Falkenrath, R. A., et al. (1998). America’s Achilles’ Heel : Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Terrorism and Covert Attack. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons delivered covertly by terrorists or hostile governments pose a significant and growing threat to the United States and other countries. Although the threat of NBC attack is widely recognized as a central national security issue, most analysts have assumed that the primary danger is military use by states in war, with traditional military means of delivery. The threat of covert attack has been imprudently neglected.Covert attack is hard to deter or prevent, and NBC weapons suitable for covert attack are available to a growing range of states and groups hostile to the United States. At the same time, constraints on their use appear to be eroding. This volume analyzes the nature and limits of the covert NBC threat and proposes a measured set of policy responses, focused on improving intelligence and consequence-management capabilities to reduce U.S. vulnerability.

Falkner, J. M. The Lost Stradivarius. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Falkner, T. M. (1996). The Poetics of Old Age in Greek Epic, Lyric, and Tragedy. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

A striking feature of ancient Greek literature is its preoccupation with old age. Yet scholars have been slow to explore the subject – a possible reflection of the ageism that characterizes both ancient Greece and our times. This groundbreaking study by Thomas M. Falkner remedies the oversight by providing the most extensive treatment of old age in Greek literature to date. Focusing on three major genres – epic, lyric, and tragedy – Falkner examines the representation of old age and the elderly in a range of texts, including Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Sappho’s lyrics, and Sophocles’last tragedy, Oedipus at Colonus.

Fall, T. (1993). The Ordeal of Running Standing. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Falls, J. (1997). Joe Falls: 50 Years of Sports Writing : (and I Still Can’t Tell the Difference Between a Slider and a Curve). Champaign, IL, Sagamore Publishing Inc.

Falola, T. (1996). Development Planning and Decolonization in Nigeria. Gainesville, FL, University Press of Florida.

Faltz, L. M. (1998). The Navajo Verb : A Grammar for Students and Scholars. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Fan, H., et al. (1998). AIDS : Science and Society. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Fanella, A., et al. (1999). With Heart and Soul : Calgary’s Italian Community. Calgary, Alta, University of Calgary Press.

Fanning, O. (1996). Opportunities in Environmental Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Faraday, M. The Chemical History of a Candle. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Faraday, M. Lectures on the Forces of Matter. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Faraday, M. and P. Day (1999). The Philosopher’s Tree : A Selection of Michael Faraday’s Writings. Bristol, UK, CRC Press.

Michael Faraday’s social origins, his thought processes, his methods of experimentation, and his religion have all been subjects of exhaustive analysis by historians and philosophers of science. One aspect of his work, which provides unique insight into his career path and the way in which his mind worked, has not received much emphasis outside the realm of academic professionals: namely, his writing. The Philosopher’s Tree: Michael Faraday’s Life and Work in His Own Words is an illustrated anthology of Faraday’s writings compiled with commentary by Professor Peter Day, the director of the Royal Institution of Great Britain.From when he was a teenage apprentice bookbinder until his final resignation from the Royal Institution due to failing memory, Faraday wrote voluminously and his output took many forms. Apart from letters, Faraday kept journals (both scientific and personal); as a practicing scientist, he wrote articles in learned journals; as an adviser to the government and to many other agencies, he wrote reports; and as a supremely successful communicator (especially to young people), he left lecture notes and transcripts. All of these writings add life, color, and depth of focus to the stereotypical scientific colossus. Although Faraday’s life was largely lived within what might appear to be very narrow geographical confines (just a few miles around 21 Albemarle Street in London’s West End), his professional, social, and family relationships were extensive and diverse, and his responses to them equally complex. Through all the forms of expression that his multifaceted career required of him, one fact shines clearly: not only is Faraday one of the world greatest scientists, he showed enviable quality as a writer.

Farah, J. and B. World (1994). Pesticide Policies in Developing Countries : Do They Encourage Excessive Use? Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Farber, E. M. and L. Nall (1997). Conquering Psoriasis : An Illustrated Guide to the Understanding and Control of Psoriasis. Hamilton, Ont, Empowering Press.

Farber, J. M. and E. C. D. Todd (2000). Safe Handling of Foods. New York, CRC Press.

A discussion of all aspects of safe food handling, encompassing the production of all varieties of foods by the processing and foodservice industries, where risk factors are likely to occur, and what can be done to prepare food safely. It examines categories of foods, places where food is served, and groups of food consumers. The text also lists sources of food safety information available on the Internet.

Farber, P., et al. (1994). Schooling in the Light of Popular Culture. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Farber, P. L. (1994). The Temptations of Evolutionary Ethics. Berkley, University of California Press.

Evolutionary theory tells us about our biological past; can it also guide us to a moral future? Paul Farber’s compelling book describes a century-old philosophical hope held by many biologists, anthropologists, psychologists, and social thinkers: that universal ethical and social imperatives are built into human nature and can be discovered through knowledge of evolutionary theory.Farber describes three upsurges of enthusiasm for evolutionary ethics. The first came in the early years of mid-nineteenth century evolutionary theories; the second in the 1920s and’30s, in the years after the cultural catastrophe of World War I; and the third arrived with the recent grand claims of sociobiology to offer a sound biological basis for a theory of human culture.Unlike many who have written on evolutionary ethics, Farber considers the responses made by philosophers over the years. He maintains that their devastating criticisms have been forgotten—thus the history of evolutionary ethics is essentially one of oft-repeated philosophical mistakes.Historians, scientists, social scientists, and anyone concerned about the elusive basis of selflessness, altruism, and morality will welcome Farber’s enlightening book.

Faris, J. C. (1990). The Nightway : A History and a History of Documentation of a Navajo Ceremonial. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Faris, J. C. (1996). Navajo and Photography : A Critical History of the Representation of an American People. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Farjeon, E. Martin Pippin in the Apple Orchard. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

A clever wandering minstrel rescues an imprisoned young lady when she charms the seven man-hating damsels guarding her by telling them stories, one by one.

Farkas, L. A. T. (1998). Bury My Bones in America : The Saga of a Chinese Family in California, 1852-1996 From San Francisco to La Porte and the You Bet Bonanza. Nevada City, CA, Carl Mautz Publishing.

The story of a Chinese man, Yee Ah Tye, during the California Gold Rush. It sheds light on the struggles of an early immigrant determined to embrace his adopted country despite racial prejudice and harsh exclusionary laws.

Farley, J. (1998). Java Distributed Computing. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.

Distributed computing and Java go together naturally. As the first language designed from the bottom up with networking in mind, Java makes it very easy for computers to cooperate. Even the simplest applet running in a browser is a distributed application, if you think about it. The client running the browser downloads and executes code that is delivered by some other system. But even this simple applet wouldn’t be possible without Java’s guarantees of portability and security: the applet can run on any platform, and can’t sabotage its host.Of course, when we think of distributed computing, we usually think of applications more complex than a client and server communicating with the same protocol. We usually think in terms of programs that make remote procedure calls, access remote databases, and collaborate with others to produce a single result. Java Distributed Computing discusses how to design and write such applications. It covers Java’s RMI (Remote Method Invocation) facility and CORBA, but it doesn’t stop there; it tells you how to design your own protocols to build message passing systems and discusses how to use Java’s security facilities, how to write multithreaded servers, and more. It pays special attention to distributed data systems, collaboration, and applications that have high bandwidth requirements.In the future, distributed computing can only become more important.Java Distributed Computing provides a broad introduction to the problems you’ll face and the solutions you’ll find as you write distributed computing applications.Topics covered in Java Distributed Computing:Introduction to Distributed ComputingNetworking BasicsDistributed Objects (Overview of CORBA and RMI)ThreadsSecurityMessage Passing SystemsDistributed Data Systems (Databases)Bandwidth Limited ApplicationsCollaborative Systems

Farley, J. E. (1998). Earthquake Fears, Predictions, and Preparations in Mid-America. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Farman, I. (1996). Standard of the West : The Justin Story. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

Farmer, D. H. (1997). The Oxford Dictionary of Saints. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Farmer, E. and S. Pollock (1998). Sexually Abused and Abusing Children in Substitute Care. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Farmer, L. S. J. (1993). When Your Library Budget Is Almost Zero. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Farmer, L. S. J. (1999). Cooperative Learning Activities in the Library Media Center. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Farmer, P. (1999). Infections and Inequalities : The Modern Plagues. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Paul Farmer has battled AIDS in rural Haiti and deadly strains of drug-resistant tuberculosis in the slums of Peru. A physician-anthropologist with more than fifteen years in the field, Farmer writes from the front lines of the war against these modern plagues and shows why, even more than those of history, they target the poor. What is it like to be a doctor to the poor, observing with an anthropologist’s eye the harsh juxtapositions of excess and misery? Moving regularly from the teaching hospitals of Harvard, themselves abutting urban poverty, to a clinic in the hills of Haiti’s Central Plateau, Farmer has experienced firsthand the peculiarly modern inequality that seems inseparable from AIDS, TB, malaria, and typhoid in the modern world, and that feeds emerging (or re-emerging) infectious diseases such as Ebola and cholera. In his stories of sickness and suffering, Farmer challenges the accepted methodologies of epidemiology and international health. He argues that most current explanations, from cost-effectiveness to patient non-compliance, inevitably lead to blaming the victims. This moving account is far from a hopeless inventory of insoluble problems. Farmer tells us what can be done in the face of seemingly overwhelming odds, by physicians determined to treat those in need. Deeply humane and harrowing in its detail, Infections and Inequalities weds meticulous scholarship with a passion for solutions-remedies for the plagues of the poor and the social maladies that have sustained them. The war against the plagues of the modern world, along with remedies for the plagues of the poor & the social maladies that have sustained them.

Farmer, R. E. A. (1999). Macroeconomics of Self-fulfilling Prophecies. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

For many years it was fashionable to treat macroeconomics and microeconomics as separate subjects without looking too deeply at the relationship between the two. But in the 1970s there occurred an episode of high inflation and high unemployment, which was inconsistent with orthodox theory. As a result, macroeconomists began to pay much greater attention to the microfoundations of their subject.In this book Roger E. A. Farmer takes a somewhat controversial point of view, arguing for the future of macroeconomics as a branch of applied general equilibrium theory. His main theme is that macroeconomics is best viewed as the study of equilibrium environments in which the welfare theorems break down. This approach makes it possible to discuss the role of government policies in a context in which policy may serve some purpose.Since the publication of the first edition in 1993, self-fulfilling prophecies has become a major competitor to the real business-cycle view of economic fluctuations. The second edition has been updated in three ways: (1) problems are included at the end of every chapter, and a study guide containing sample answers to all of the problems is available; (2) a new chapter discusses research from the past five years on business fluctuations in multisector models; and (3) the chapter on representative agent growth models now includes an appendix that explains the transversality condition.

Farmer, S. B. (1999). Martyred Village : Commemorating the 1944 Massacre at Oradour-sur-Glane. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Among German crimes of the Second World War, the Nazi massacre of 642 men, women, and children at Oradour-sur-Glane on June 10, 1944, is one of the most notorious. On that Saturday afternoon, four days after the Allied landings in Normandy, SS troops encircled the town in the rolling farm country of the Limousin. Soldiers marched the men to nearby barns, lined them up, and shot them. They then locked the women and children in the church, shot them, and set the building and the rest of the town on fire. Residents who had been away for the day returned to a blackened scene of horror, carnage, and devastation.In 1946 the French State expropriated and preserved the entire ruins of Oradour. The forty acres of crumbling houses, farms and shops became France’s village martyr, set up as a monument to French suffering under the German occupation. Today, the village is a tourist destination, complete with maps and guidebooks.In this first full-scale study of the destruction of Oradour and its remembrance over the half century since the war, Sarah Farmer investigates the prominence of the massacre in French understanding of the national experience under German domination. Through interviews with survivors and village officials, as well as extensive archival research, she pieces together a fascinating history of both a shattering event and its memorial afterlife.Complemented by haunting photographs of the site, Farmer’s eloquent dissection of France’s national memory addresses the personal and private ways in which, through remembrance, people try to come to terms with enormous loss. Martyred Village will have implications for the study of the history and sociology of memory, testimonies about remembrances of war and the Holocaust, and postmodern concerns with the presentation of the past.

Farnol, J. My Lady Caprice. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Farquhar, D. L. (2000). Optimizing Windows for Games, Graphics and Multimedia. Beijing, O’Reilly.

Includes index.

Farquhar, J. T. and U. Air (2004). A Need to Know : The Role of Air Force Reconnaissance in War Planning, 1945-1953. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

More than a tool of policy makers to gather intelligence, Air Force reconnaissance efforts shaped early Cold War doctrine and war planning. Dr. Farquhar argues that a lack of information on Soviet strategic capabilities dominated the organization, operational planning, and equipment of the postwar Air Force. To support his assertion, Farquhar traces the development of aerial reconnaissance from the first balloon ascents through World War II as a prelude. He then examines early Cold War peripheral reconnaissance and overflights of the Soviet Union. He explains the evolution of intelligence-gathering technology, bureaucratic growth, and a relative lack of attention paid to electronic warfare before the Korean War. Based primarily on archival sources, the book serves as an excellent reference for air doctrine, intelligence, and electronic warfare in the formative years of the Cold War.

Farr, W. (1974). John Wyclif As Legal Reformer. Leiden, Brill.

A revision of the author’s thesis, University of Washington.

Farrar, J. C. (1999). Songs for Parents. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Farrell, C. A. (1999). Day Trade Online. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Farrell, E. W. (1994). Self and School Sucess [sic] : Voices and Lore of Inner-city Students. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Farrell, G. (1997). Indian Music and the West : Gerry Farrell. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Description based on print version record.

Farrell, P. B. (1996). Investor’s Guide to the Net : Making Money Online. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Farrer, C. R. (1994). Living Life’s Circle : Mescalero Apache Cosmovision. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Farrington, D. J. (1996). Going to University : How to Prepare Yourself for All Aspects of Student Life. [N.p.], How to Books.

Farrow, E. S. (2000). Mountain Scouting : A Hand-book for Officers and Soldiers on the Frontiers: Profusely Illustrated and Containing Numerous Notes on the Art of Travel. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published : New York : E. S. Farrow, 1881.

Faruqee, R. (1999). Strategic Reforms for Agricultural Growth in Pakistan. Washington, D. C, World Bank Publications.

Faruqee, R. and J. R. Coleman (1996). Managing Price Risks in the Pakistan Wheat Market. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Faruqi, S., et al. (1994). Financial Sector Reforms, Economic Growth, and Stability : Experiences in Selected Asian and Latin American Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Papers prepared for a senior policy seminar held in February 1993 at Bali, Indonesia’–Foreword.

Fasching, D. J. (1993). The Ethical Challenge of Auschwitz and Hiroshima : Apocalypse or Utopia? Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fasick, A. M. (1998). Managing Children’s Services in the Public Library. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Fasulo, M. and P. Walker (1995). Careers in the Environment. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Fasulo, M. and P. Walker (2000). Careers in the Environment. Lincolnwood, Ill, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Fath, W. C. (1995). How to Develop and Manage Successful Distributor Channels in World Markets. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Faubert, P. F. and J. G. Porush (1998). Renal Disease in the Elderly. New York, M. Dekker.

Faulkner, T. and V. Lemelman (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Tennis. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Faupel, C. E. (1991). Shooting Dope : Career Patterns of Hard-core Heroin Users. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Faur, J. (1992). In the Shadow of History : Jews and Conversos at the Dawn of Modernity. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Faust, G. W., et al. (1998). Responsible Managers Get Results : How the Best Find Solutions–not Excuses. New York, AMACOM.

Favini, A. and A. Yagi (1999). Degenerate Differential Equations in Banach Spaces. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Fawkes, S. (1999). Switched On? : Video Resources in Modern Language Settings. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Fawzy, S. and A. Galal (1999). Partners for Development : New Roles for Governments and the Private Sector in the Middle East and North Africa. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Fay, E. A. (1995). Becoming Wordsworthian : A Performative Aesthetics. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Fay, G.-A. (1998). Will the Real Boss Please Stand Up? : Taking Your Administrative Career to the Next Level. New York, AMACOM.

Feachem, Z., et al. (1999). Implementing Health Sector Reform in Central Asia : Papers From a Health Policy Seminar Held in Ashgabat, Turkmenistan in June, 1996. Washington, D. C, World Bank Publications.

Feasley, J. C., et al. (1998). Pacific Partnerships for Health : Charting a New Course. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S.-Associated Pacific Basin consists of six island jurisdictions: American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, the Federated States of Micronesia, Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the Republic of Palau. This book examines one aspect of the ties and U.S. involvement with this part of the world–its role in the region’s health care delivery system. Although the health status of the islanders and the challenges faced by the health care systems naturally vary within and among the jurisdictions, in general, almost all health indicators for the islanders are worse than those of mainland Americans. The health systems in the area must deal with conditions normally seen in developing countries (e.g., malnutrition, tuberculosis, dengue fever, and cholera) and in developed countries alike (e.g., diabetes, heart disease, and cancer). In examining the strengths and weaknesses of the area’s systems, the volume provides a regional health overview and assessments of health care in individual jurisdictions, evaluates the Pacific Basin Medical Officers Training Program, and lays out a strategic plan for future health services in the U.S.-Associated Pacific Basin.

Fecso, R. S., et al. (1993). Quality in Student Financial Aid Programs : A New Approach. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Federal financial aid for postsecondary education students involves both large expenditures and a complex distribution system. The accuracy of the needs-based award process and the system of accountability required of the 8,000 institutional participants are the focus of this book. It assesses the current measures of system quality and possible alternatives, such as a total quality management approach. The analysis covers steps to eliminate sources of error–by reducing the complexity of the application form, for example. The volume discusses the potential for a risk-based approach for verification of applicant-supplied information and for audit and program reviews of institutions. This examination of the interrelationships among the aid award and quality control activities will be of interest to anyone searching for a more efficient aid system. The book can also serve as a case study for other government agencies seeking to examine operations using modern quality management principles.

Feddema, H. B. (2000). DAO Object Model: The Definitive Reference : The Definitive Reference. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.

Each iteration of Windows has meant a corresponding improvement in the techniques used for transferring data among its applications. Today’s leading technique is called Automation. It allows you to work directly with objects in an application’s interface using their object models. But if you want to write code in a programming language, such as Visual Basic, in order to work with the apps that support Automation, you must understand the inner workings of an application’s object model–or in the case of Microsoft’s Access, its two object models.Microsoft Access is the bestselling stand-alone relational database program for Windows offering both power and ease of use. And in many respects, Microsoft has made Automation the centerpiece of its vision for application development. DAO Object Model: The Definitive Reference will guide you through the Access object models, allowing you, with the support of Automation, to reference the application components you want to manipulate. An understanding of the object models is essential for developers who work with data in Access tables, or who want to manipulate components of the Access interface from other Office apps. The Data Access Objects (DAO) model is used to write and read data in Access tables. The Access object model is used to manipulate forms, reports, queries, macros, and other components of the Access interface, including most of the commands by means of the DoCmd object.This book will include an introduction and a brief description of the differences between VBA (used in most Office applications) and VBScript (used in Outlook). This chapter will also cover Office utilities and add-ons helpful in writing and debugging code, such as the Object Browser, the Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for VBA and the Interactive Debugger for VBScript. The book will then be divided into two parts; one covering the Access Object Model and the other, the Data Access Objects. Each section will have a description of what the object represents; listings of properties, events, and methods; and one or more code samples illustrating its use in VBA and/or VBScript code. Each property, event, or method section will have an explanation of the language element, and many will have code samples (either VBA or VBScript) as well.This book will detail, to an advanced user or keen intermediate user, the Access object models and how they are used. It will be the reference guide VB developers reach for when working with data in Access tables, or for manipulating components of the Access interface from other Office applications.

Federal Facilities, C. (1996). Competition in the Electric Industry : Emerging Issues, Opportunities, and Risks for Facility Operators: Conference Summary. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

‘Report no. 132.’

Federal Facilities, C. (1997). Electronic Commerce for the Procurement of Construction and Architect-engineer Services : Implementing the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act: Conference Summary. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Federal Facilities, C. (1997). Federal Facilities Beyond the 1990s : Ensuring Quality in an Era of Limited Resources: Summary of a Symposium. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Symposium held May 30-31, 1996, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.

Federal Facilities, C. (1998). Government/industry Forum on Capital Facilities and Core Competencies : Summary Report. Washington, National Academies Press.

Forum held March 25, 1998, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.

Fedie, D. M. and M. H. Prosser (1997). How to Farm for Profit : Practical Enterprise Analysis. Ames, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Includes index.

Fee, G. Catalan’s Constant to 1.5M Places. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Feeley-Harnik, G. (1994). The Lord’s Table : The Meaning of Food in Early Judaism and Christianity. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution Press.

Feenberg, A. and A. Hannay (1995). Technology and the Politics of Knowledge. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Feerick, J. D. (1992). The Twenty-fifth Amendment : Its Complete History and Applications. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Fehrenbach, H. (1995). Cinema in Democratizing Germany : Reconstructing National Identity After Hitler. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Heide Fehrenbach analyzes the important role cinema played in the reconstruction of German cultural and political identity between 1945 and 1962. Concentrating on the former West Germany, she explores the complex political uses of film–and the meanings attributed to film representation and spectatorship–during a period of abrupt transition to democracy. According to Fehrenbach, the process of national redefinition made cinema and cinematic control a focus of heated ideological debate. Moving beyond a narrow political examination of Allied-German negotiations, she investigates the broader social nexus of popular moviegoing, public demonstrations, film clubs, and municipal festivals. She also draws on work in gender and film studies to probe the ways filmmakers, students, church leaders, local politicians, and the general public articulated national identity in relation to the challenges posed by military occupation, American commercial culture, and redefined gender roles. Thus highlighting the links between national identity and cultural practice, this book provides a richer picture of what German reconstruction entailed for both women and men.

Feig, B. (1997). Marketing Straight to the Heart. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Feigal, E. G., et al. (2000). AIDS-related Cancers and Their Treatment. New York, CRC Press.

This book summarizes the etiology, presentation, and treatment of the complex symptoms, infections, and opportunistic cancers of people living with HIV/AIDS.Presents therapies that strike a balance between controlling and eliminating cancer and minimizing the damage to the immune system.Illustrates points with clear and easily read figures, tables, and flow charts!Written to survey the magnitude of the impact HIV and AIDS have had on public health and oncology, AIDS-Related Cancers and Their Treatmentidentifies types of cancer and gives evidence for their associations with immunosuppression compares and contrasts AIDS-related cancer with non-HIV malignancies investigates the pathogenesis of malignancy in HIV/AIDS patients provides guidelines for recognizing possible symptoms and making accurate diagnoses supplies algorithms for evaluating and staging patients at presentation outlines potential problems and obstacles in caring for AIDS-related cancer patients suggests optimal therapeutic approaches for the care of patients with AIDS and cancer discusses prognostic factors in response to therapy and survival statistics describes preliminary experience with emerging therapies and projects new approaches advises how to enroll patients to participate in clinical trials of new therapies considers the psychological impact on patients and their need for counseling and support reviews access-to-care issues in AIDS and the community burden of this epidemic provides information sources for both AIDS patients and their physicians and moreWith contributions from nearly 25 clinicians and citing more than 1200 references to support and elaborate on text material, AIDS-Related Cancers and Their Treatment is a crucial reference for oncologists, immunologists, infectious disease specialists, hematologists, internists, microbiologists, virologists, epidemiologists, molecular and cell biologists, pathologists, and medical students in these disciplines.

Fein, R. (2000). 101 Hiring Mistakes Employers Make, and How to Avoid Them. Manassas Park, Va, Impact Publications.

Feinsilver, P. J. and R. Schott (1993). Mathematics and Its Applications. Dordrecht, Kluwer Academic.

This is the second of three volumes which present, in an original way, some of the most important tools of applied mathematics in areas such as probability theory, operator calculus, representation theory, and special functions, used in solving problems in mathematics, physics and computer science. This second volume – Special Functions and Computer Science – presents some applications of special functions in computer science. It largely consists of adaptations of articles that have appeared in the literature, but here they are presented in a format made accessible for the non-expert by providing some context. The material on group representation and Young tableaux is introductory in nature. The algebraic approach of Chapter 2 is original to the authors and has not appeared previously. Similarly, the material and approach based on Appell states, so formulated, is presented here for the first time. The solutions are tackled with the help of various analytical techniques, such as generating functions and probabilistic methods and insights appear regularly. For pure and applied mathematicians and theoretical computer scientists. It is suitable for selfstudy by researchers, as well as being appropriate as a text for a course or advanced seminar.

Feinsod, H., et al. (2012). The Princeton Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics : Fourth Edition. Princeton, Princeton University Press.

Through three editions over more than four decades, The Princeton Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics has built an unrivaled reputation as the most comprehensive and authoritative reference for students, scholars, and poets on all aspects of its subject: history, movements, genres, prosody, rhetorical devices, critical terms, and more. Now this landmark work has been thoroughly revised and updated for the twenty-first century. Compiled by an entirely new team of editors, the fourth edition–the first new edition in almost twenty years–reflects recent changes in literary and cultural studies, providing up-to-date coverage and giving greater attention to the international aspects of poetry, all while preserving the best of the previous volumes At well over a million words and more than 1,000 entries, the Encyclopedia has unparalleled breadth and depth. Entries range in length from brief paragraphs to major essays of 15,000 words, offering a more thorough treatment–including expert synthesis and indispensable bibliographies–than conventional handbooks or dictionaries. This is a book that no reader or writer of poetry will want to be without. Thoroughly revised and updated by a new editorial team for twenty-first-century students, scholars, and poets More than 250 new entries cover recent terms, movements, and related topics Broader international coverage includes articles on the poetries of more than 110 nations, regions, and languages Expanded coverage of poetries of the non-Western and developing worlds Updated bibliographies and cross-references New, easier-to-use page design Fully indexed for the first time

Feintuck, M. (1999). Media Regulation, Public Interest, and the Law. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Feit, S. (1999). TCP/IP : Architecture, Protocols, and Implementation with IPv6 and IP Security. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Feitelson, E., et al. (1998). Identification of Joint Management Structures for Shared Aquifers : A Cooperative Palestinian-Israeli Effort. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Felber, L. (1996). Gender and Genre in Novels Without End : The British Roman-fleuve. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Feldberg, G. D. (1995). Disease and Class : Tuberculosis and the Shaping of Modern North American Society. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Feldhaus, A. (1996). Images of Women in Maharashtrian Literature and Religion. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Feldherr, A. (1998). Spectacle and Society in Livy’s History. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Public spectacle—from the morning rituals of the Roman noble to triumphs and the shows of the Arena—formed a crucial component of the language of power in ancient Rome. The historian Livy (c. 60 B.C.E.-17 C.E.), who provides our fullest description of Rome’s early history, presents his account of the growth of the Roman state itself as something to be seen—a visual monument and public spectacle. Through analysis of several episodes in Livy’s History, Andrew Feldherr demonstrates the ways in which Livy uses specific visual imagery to make the reader not only an observer of certain key events in Roman history but also a participant in those events. This innovative study incorporates recent literary and cultural theory with detailed historical analysis to put an ancient text into dialogue with contemporary discussions of visual culture.In Spectacle and Society in Livy’s History, Feldherr shows how Livy uses the literary representation of spectacles from the Roman past to construct a new sense of civic identity among his readers. He offers a new way of understanding how Livy’s technique addressed the political and cultural needs of Roman citizens in Livy’s day. In addition to renewing our understanding of Livy through modern scholarship, Feldherr provides a new assessment of the historian’s aims and methods by asking what it means for the historian to make readers spectators of history.

Feldman, A., et al. (2000). Network Science, a Decade Later : The Internet and Classroom Learning. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Network Science, A Decade Later–the result of NSF-funded research that looked at the experiences of a set of science projects which use the Internet–offers an understanding of how the Internet can be used effectively by science teachers and students to support inquiry-based teaching and learning. The book emphasizes theoretical and critical perspectives and is intended to raise questions about the goals of education and the ways that technology helps reach those goals and ways that it cannot. The theoretical perspective of inquiry-based teaching and learning in which the book is grounded is consistent with the current discipline-based curriculum standards and frameworks. The chapters in Part I,’State of the Art,’describe the history and current practice of network science. Those in Part II,’Looking Deeply,’extend the inquiry into network science by examining discourse and data in depth, using both empirical data and theoretical perspectives. In Part III,’Looking Forward,’the authors step back from the issues of network science to take a broader view, focusing on the question: How should the Internet be used–and not used–to support student learning? The book concludes with a reminder that technology will not replace teachers. Rather, the power of new technologies to give students both an overwhelming access to resources–experts, peers, teachers, texts, images, and data–and the opportunity to pursue questions of their own design, increases the need for highly skilled teachers and forward-looking administrators. This is a book for them, and for all educators, policymakers, students involved in science and technology education. For more information about the authors, an archived discussions space, a few chapters that can be downloaded as PDF files, and ordering information, visit teaparty.terc.edu/book/

Feldman, L. B. (1999). A Sense of Place : Birmingham’s Black Middle-class Community, 1890-1930. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Feldman, M. (1995). City Culture and the Madrigal at Venice. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Feldman, R. S. (1996). The Psychology of Adversity. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Feldman, S., et al. (1997). Bridging the Gap : A Future Security Architecture for the Middle East. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Feldman, S. M. (1997). Please Don’t Wish Me a Merry Christmas : A Critical History of the Separation of Church and State. New York, NYU Press.

Whether in the form of Christmas trees in town squares or prayer in school, fierce disputes over the separation of church and state have long bedeviled this country. Both decried and celebrated, this principle is considered by many, for right or wrong, a defining aspect of American national identity. Nearly all discussions regarding the role of religion in American life build on two dominant assumptions: first, the separation of church and state is a constitutional principle that promotes democracy and equally protects the religious freedom of all Americans, especially religious outgroups; and second, this principle emerges as a uniquely American contribution to political theory. In Please Don’t Wish Me a Merry Christmas, Stephen M. Feldman challenges both these assumptions. He argues that the separation of church and state primarily manifests and reinforces Christian domination in American society. Furthermore, Feldman reveals that the separation of church and state did not first arise in the United States. Rather, it has slowly evolved as a political and religious development through western history, beginning with the initial appearance of Christianity as it contentiously separated from Judaism.In tracing the historical roots of the separation of church and state within the Western world, Feldman begins with the Roman Empire and names Augustine as the first political theorist to suggest the idea. Feldman next examines how the roles of church and state variously merged and divided throughout history, during the Crusades, the Italian Renaissance, the Protestant Reformation, the British Civil War and Restoration, the early North American colonies, nineteenth-century America, and up to the present day. In challenging the dominant story of the separation of church and state, Feldman interprets the development of Christian social power vis–vis the state and religious minorities, particularly the prototypical religious outgroup, Jews.

Feldstein, P. J. (1996). The Politics of Health Legislation : An Economic Perspective. Chicago, Ill, Health Administration Press.

Feldstein, R., et al. (1995). Reading Seminar XI : Lacan’s Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis: Including the First English Translation of ‘Position of the Unconscious’ by Jacques Lacan. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Feldstein, R., et al. (1996). Reading Seminars I and II : Lacan’s Return to Freud: Seminar I, Freud’s Papers on Technique, Seminar II, The Ego in Freud’s Theory and in the Technique of Psychoanalysis. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Felice, W. (1996). Taking Suffering Seriously : The Importance of Collective Human Rights. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Felker, G., et al. (1997). The Pharmaceutical Industry in India and Hungary : Policies, Institutions, and Technological Development. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fellman, G. (1998). Rambo and the Dalai Lama : The Compulsion to Win and Its Threat to Human Survival. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fellows, J. and M. Mills (1996). Romance Reading on the Book : Essays on Medieval Narrative Presented to Maldwyn Mills. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Felman, J. L. (1997). Cravings : A Sensual Memoir. Boston, Beacon Press.

Feng, C.-t., et al. (1994). The Three-inch Golden Lotus. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Fennelly, B. A. (1998). A Different Kind of Hunger. Huntsville, TX, Texas Review Press.

Fennema, E. and T. A. Romberg (1999). Mathematics Classrooms That Promote Understanding. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Mathematics Classrooms That Promote Understanding synthesizes the implications of research done by the National Center for Research in Mathematical Sciences on integrating two somewhat diverse bodies of scholarly inquiry: the study of teaching and the study of learning mathematics. This research was organized around content domains and/or continuing issues of education, such as equity and assessment of learning, and was guided by two common goals–defining the mathematics content of the K-12 curriculum in light of the changing mathematical needs of citizens for the 21st century, and identifying common components of classrooms that enable students to learn the redefined mathematics with understanding. To accomplish these goals, classrooms in which instruction facilitated the growth of understanding were established and/or studied. This volume reports and discusses the findings which grew out of this research, and subsequent papers and discussions among the scholars engaged in the endeavor. Section I,’Setting the Stage,’focuses on three major threads: What mathematics should be taught; how we should define and increase students’understanding of that mathematics; and how learning with understanding can be facilitated for all students. Section II,’Classrooms That Promote Understanding,’includes vignettes from diverse classrooms that illustrate classroom discourse, student work, and student engagement in the mathematics described in Chapter 1 as well as the mental activities described in Chapter 2. These chapters also illustrate how teachers deal with the equity concerns described in Chapter 3. Section III addresses’Developing Classrooms That Promote Understanding.’The knowledge of the teaching/learning process gained from the research reported in this volume is a necessary prerequisite for implementing the revisions called for in the current reform movement. The classrooms described show that innovative reform in teaching and learning mathematics is possible. Unlike many volumes reporting research, this book is written at a level appropriate for master’s degree students. Very few references are included in the chapters themselves; instead, each chapter includes a short annotated list of articles for expanded reading which provides the scholarly basis and research substantiation for this volume.

Fennema, O. R. (1996). Food Chemistry. New York, CRC Press.

Fenno, R. F. (1996). Senators on the Campaign Trail : The Politics of Representation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Fenster, J. M. (2000). In the Words of Great Business Leaders. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fenstermacher, G. D. and J. F. Soltis (1998). Approaches to Teaching. New York, Teachers College Press.

Fenton, W. N. (1998). The Great Law and the Longhouse : A Political History of the Iroquois Confederacy. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Fenton, W. N. and H. F. Museum of the American Indian (1987). The False Faces of the Iroquois. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

‘Published in cooperation with the Museum of the American Indian–Heye Foundation.’

Fenwick, E. and I. Grundy (1998). Secresy [sic], Or, The Ruin on the Rock. Peterborough, Ont, Broadview Press.

Fenwick, R. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). Canadian Society. [East Lansing], Michigan State University Press.

Ferber, E. Dawn O’Hara the Girl Who Laughed. Champaign, IL, Project Gutenberg.

Ferber, E. Fanny Herself. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Ferber, E. One Basket. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Ferber, E. (1999). Emma McChesney & Co. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Ferber, E., et al. (1997). The Homely Heroine. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ferber, E. and V. University of (1994). Buttered Side Down. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ferber, E. and V. University of (1996). Dawn O’Hara : The Girl Who Laughed. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ferdinandi, P. L. (1999). Data Warehousing Advice for Managers. New York, AMACOM.

Ferguson, B. (1998). Subject Analysis : Blitz Cataloging Workbook. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Ferguson, B. (1999). Cataloging Nonprint Materials : Blitz Cataloging Workbook. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Ferguson, D. L. and J. Patten (1992). Opportunities in Journalism Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Ferguson, G. (1996). The Yellowstone Wolves : The First Year. Helen, MT, Falcon Publishing, Inc.

Ferguson, J. (1999). Expectations of Modernity : Myths and Meanings of Urban Life on the Zambian Copperbelt. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Once lauded as the wave of the African future, Zambia’s economic boom in the 1960s and early 1970s was fueled by the export of copper and other primary materials. Since the mid-1970s, however, the urban economy has rapidly deteriorated, leaving workers scrambling to get by. Expectations of Modernity explores the social and cultural responses to this prolonged period of sharp economic decline. Focusing on the experiences of mineworkers in the Copperbelt region, James Ferguson traces the failure of standard narratives of urbanization and social change to make sense of the Copperbelt’s recent history. He instead develops alternative analytic tools appropriate for an’ethnography of decline.’Ferguson shows how the Zambian copper workers understand their own experience of social, cultural, and economic’advance’and’decline.’Ferguson’s ethnographic study transports us into their lives—the dynamics of their relations with family and friends, as well as copper companies and government agencies.Theoretically sophisticated and vividly written, Expectations of Modernity will appeal not only to those interested in Africa today, but to anyone contemplating the illusory successes of today’s globalizing economy.

Ferguson, M. (1995). Eighteenth-century Women Poets : Nation, Class, and Gender. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ferguson, M., et al. (1993). The Hart Sisters : Early African Caribbean Writers, Evangelicals, and Radicals. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Includes various works by Anne Hart Gilbert and Elizabeth Hart Thwaites.

Ferguson, P. P. and T. Salmon (1994). Paris As Revolution : Writing the Nineteenth-century City. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Ferguson, R. F. and W. T. Dickens (1999). Urban Problems and Community Development. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Ferguson, V. D. (1998). Case Studies in Cultural Diversity : A Workbook. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Ferguson, W. (1998). The Identity of the Scottish Nation : An Historic Quest. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Ferguson, W. M. (1996). The Anasazi of Mesa Verde and the Four Corners. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

Fergusson, E. (1999). Mexican Cookbook. Santa Fe, N.M., Rydal Press.

Fernâandez, D. J. and U. Florida International (1992). Cuban Studies Since the Revolution. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Papers presented at a conference sponsored and held at Florida International University on April 6-7, 1990 entitled’The dialogue among Cubanists.’

Fernández, J. B. (1994). José De San Martín : Latin America’s Quiet Hero. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

A biography of the Argentinian general who was instrumental in liberating South America from Spanish rule in the early nineteenth century.

Fernandez-Balboa, J.-M. (1997). Critical Postmodernism in Human Movement, Physical Education, and Sport. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ferrâe, F. (1996). Being and Value : Toward a Constructive Postmodern Metaphysics. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ferrante, J. M. (1997). To the Glory of Her Sex : Women’s Roles in the Composition of Medieval Texts. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Ferreira, P. (1999). Bradley and the Structure of Knowledge. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Ferrell, B. (1995). Suffering. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Ferri, E. and V. University of (1996). Criminal Sociology. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ferry, L. and A. Renaut (1990). French Philosophy of the Sixties : An Essay on Antihumanism. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Translation of: La pensâee 68.

Ferry, R. J. (1989). The Colonial Elite of Early Caracas : Formation & Crisis, 1567-1767. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Feske, V. (1996). From Belloc to Churchill : Private Scholars, Public Culture, and the Crisis of British Liberalism, 1900-1939. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Linking historiography and political history, Victor Feske addresses the changing role of national histories written in early twentieth-century Britain by amateur scholars Hilaire Belloc, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, J. L. and Barbara Hammond, G. M. Trevelyan, and Winston Churchill. These writers recast the nineteenth-century interpretation of British history at a time when both the nature of historical writing and the fortunes of Liberalism had begun to change. Before 1900, amateur historians writing for a wide public readership portrayed British history as a grand story of progress achieved through constitutional development. This’Whig’interpretation had become the cornerstone of Liberal party politics. But the decline of Liberalism as a political force after the turn of the century, coupled with the rise of professional history written by academics and based on archival research, inspired change among a new generation of Liberal historians. The result was a refashioned Whig historiography, stripped of overt connections to contemporary political Liberalism, that attempted to preserve the general outlines of the traditional Whiggist narrative within the context of a broad history of consensus. This new formulation, says Feske, was more suited to the intellectual and political climate of the twentieth century.

Fessler, D. B. (1997). No Time for Fear : Voices of American Military Nurses in World War II. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

No Time for Fear summons the voices of more than 100 women who served as nurses overseas during World War II, letting them tell their story as no one else can. Fessler has meticulously compiled and transcribed more than 200 interviews with American military nurses of the Army, Army Air Force, and Navy who were present in all theaters of WWII. Their stories bring to life horrific tales of illness and hardship, blinding blizzards, and near starvation—all faced with courage, tenacity, and even good humor. This unique oral-history collection makes available to readers an important counterpoint to the seemingly endless discussions of strategy, planning, and troop movement that often characterize discussions of the Second World War.

Fessler, S. (1998). Wandering Heart : The Work and Method of Hayashi Fumiko. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Feuer, M. J. (1999). Uncommon Measures : Equivalence and Linkage Among Educational Tests. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The issues surrounding the comparability of various tests used to assess performance in schools received broad public attention during congressional debate over the Voluntary National Tests proposed by President Clinton in his 1997 State of the Union Address. Proponents of Voluntary National Tests argue that there is no widely understood, challenging benchmark of individual student performance in 4th-grade reading and 8th-grade mathematics, thus the need for a new test. Opponents argue that a statistical linkage among tests already used by states and districts might provide the sort of comparability called for by the president’s proposal. Public Law 105-78 requested that the National Research Council study whether an equivalency scale could be developed that would allow test scores from existing commercial tests and state assessments to be compared with each other and with the National Assessment of Education Progress. In this book, the committee reviewed research literature on the statistical and technical aspects of creating valid links between tests and how the content, use, and purposes of education testing in the United States influences the quality and meaning of those links. The book summarizes relevant prior linkage studies and presents a picture of the diversity of state testing programs. It also looks at the unique characteristics of the National Assessment of Educational Progress. Uncommon Measures provides an answer to the question posed by Congress in Public Law 105-78, suggests criteria for evaluating the quality of linkages, and calls for further research to determine the level of precision needed to make inferences about linked tests. In arriving at its conclusions, the committee acknowledged that ultimately policymakers and educators must take responsibility for determining the degree of imprecision they are willing to tolerate in testing and linking. This book provides science-based information with which to make those decisions.

Feuerstein, S. (1996). Advanced Oracle PL/SQL : Programming with Packages. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.

Fèuredi, F. (1994). The New Ideology of Imperialism : Renewing the Moral Imperative. London, Pluto Press.

Fevre, R. and A. Thompson (1999). Nation, Identity and Social Theory : Perspectives From Wales. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Feyisetan, B. J. and M. Ainsworth (1994). Contraceptive Use and the Quality, Price, and Availability of Family Planning in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Feyten, C. M. and J. W. Nutta (1999). Virtual Instruction : Issues and Insights From an International Perspective. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Fiacco, A. V. (1998). Mathematical Programming with Data Perturbations. New York, CRC Press.

Ficken, R. E. (1995). Rufus Woods, the Columbia River & the Building of Modern Washington. Pullman, Washington State University Press.

Field, E. and V. University of (1996). The Love Affairs of a Bibliomaniac. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Field, E. R. Buttercup Gold and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Field, L. A. (1987). Thomas Wolfe and His Editors : Establishing a True Text for the Posthumous Publications. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Field, M. (1998). Improving Your Written English : How to Sharpen up Your Grammar, Punctuation and Spelling for Everyday Use. Plymouth, U.K., How To Books, Ltd.

Field, M. (1998). Researching for Writers : How to Gather Material for Articles, Novels and Non-fiction Books. Oxford, U.K., How To Books, Ltd.

Field, M. C., et al. (1995). Matt Field on the Santa Fe Trail. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Field, M. J. (1996). Telemedicine : A Guide to Assessing Telecommunications for Health Care. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Telemedicine–the use of information and telecommunications technologies to provide and support health care when distance separates the participants–is receiving increasing attention not only in remote areas where health care access is troublesome but also in urban and suburban locations. Yet the benefits and costs of this blend of medicine and digital technologies must be better demonstrated before today’s cautious decisionmakers invest significant funds in its development. Telemedicine presents a framework for evaluating patient care applications of telemedicine. The book identifies managerial, technical, policy, legal, and human factors that must be taken into account in evaluating a telemedicine program. The committee reviews previous efforts to establish evaluation frameworks and reports on results from several completed studies of image transmission, consulting from remote locations, and other telemedicine programs. The committee also examines basic elements of an evaluation and considers relevant issues of quality, accessibility, and cost of health care. Telemedicine will be of immediate interest to anyone with interest in the clinical application of telemedicine.

Field, M. J., et al. (1997). Approaching Death : Improving Care at the End of Life. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Field, M. J. and M. Institute of (1995). Dental Education at the Crossroads : Challenges and Change. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Six dental schools have closed in the last decade and others are in jeopardy. Facing this uncertainty about the status of dental education and the continued tension between educators and practitioners, leaders in the profession have recognized the need for purpose and direction. This comprehensive volume–the first to cover the education, research, and patient care missions of dental schools–offers specific recommendations on oral health assessment, access to dental care, dental school curricula, financing for education, research priorities, examinations and licensing, workforce planning, and other key areas. Well organized and accessible, the book Recaps the evolution of dental practice and education. Reviews key indicators of oral health status, outlines oral health goals, and discusses implications for education. Addresses major curriculum concerns. Examines health services that dental schools provide to patients and communities. Looks at faculty and student involvement in research. Explores the relationship of dental education to the university, the dental profession, and society at large. Accreditation, the dental workforce, and other critical policy issues are highlighted as well. Of greatest interest to deans, faculty, administrators, and students at dental schools, as well as to academic health centers and universities, this book also will be informative for health policymakers, dental professionals, and dental researchers.

Field, M. J. and M. Institute of (1995). Setting Priorities for Clinical Practice Guidelines. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book examines methods for selecting topics and setting priorities for clinical practice guideline development and implementation. Clinical practice guidelines are’systematically defined statements to assist practitioner and patient decisions about appropriate health care for specific clinical circumstances.’In its assessment of processes for setting priorities, the committee considers the principles of consistency with the organization’s mission, implementation feasibility, efficiency, utility of the results to the organization, and openness and defensibility–a principle that is especially important to public agencies. The volume also examines the implications of health care restructuring for priority setting and topic selection, including the link between national and local approaches to guidelines development.

Field, M. J., et al. (1992). Guidelines for Clinical Practice : From Development to Use. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Guidelines for the clinical practice of medicine have been proposed as the solution to the whole range of current health care problems. This new book presents the first balanced and highly practical view of guidelines–their strengths, their limitations, and how they can be used most effectively to benefit health care. The volume offers Recommendations and a proposed framework for strengthening development and use of guidelines. Numerous examples of guidelines. A ready-to-use instrument for assessing the soundness of guidelines. Six case studies exploring issues involved when practitioners use guidelines on a daily basis. With a real-world outlook, the volume reviews efforts by agencies and organizations to disseminate guidelines and examines how well guidelines are functioning–exploring issues such as patient information, liability, costs, computerization, and the adaptation of national guidelines to local needs.

Field, M. J., et al. (1993). Assessing Health Care Reform. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book establishes a framework for assessing health care reform proposals and their implementation. It helps clarify objectives, identifies issues to be addressed in proposals, distinguishes between short- and long-term expectations and achievements, and directs attention to important but sometimes neglected questions about the organization and provision of health care services. In addition, the volume presents a discussion and analysis of issues essential to achieving fundamental goals of health care reform: to maintain and improve health and well-being, to make basic health coverage universal, and to encourage the efficient use of limited resources. The book is a useful resource for anyone developing or assessing options for reform.

Field, M. J. and H. T. Shapiro (1993). Employment and Health Benefits : A Connection at Risk. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Field, M. J., et al. (1995). Health Services Research : Work Force and Educational Issues. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In a health care environment undergoing major restructuring, health services researchers have an important contribution to make in evaluating the impact of change and in guiding policymakers, clinicians, corporate purchasers, and patients. This book examines the health services research work force and its education. Conclusions focus on the quantity and quality of the work force, prospects for the future, and directions for government policy.

Field, N. (1997). From My Grandmother’s Bedside : Sketches of Postwar Tokyo. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Field, P. J. C. (1993). The Life and Times of Sir Thomas Malory. Cambridge, Boydell & Brewer.

Malory’s stories of King Arthur and the Round Table have been widely read for centuries, but their author’s own life has been as variously reported as that of any Arthurian knight. The first serious attempts to identify him were made in the 1890s, but the man who then seemed most likely to have written the book was later found to have been accused of attempted murder, rape, extortion, and sacrilegious robbery and to have spent ten years or more in prison. Could this be reconciled with the authorship of the most famous chivalric romance in English? Other candidates for authorship were proposedbut there was little consensus. This book gives the most comprehensive consideration of the competing arguments yet undertaken. It is a fascinating piece of detective work followed by a full account of the life of the man identified as theMalory. Close consideration of individual documents, many of which were entirely unknown in 1966, when the last book on Malory’s life appeared, makes possible a fuller and more convincing story than has ever been told before.Professor P.J.C. FIELD teaches in the Department of English at the University of Wales, Bangor.

Fielding, H. The Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fielding, H. A Journey From This World to the Next. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fielding, H. (1999). The History of Tom Jones, a Foundling. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fielding, H. and V. University of (1997). The Works of Henry Fielding. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fielding, S. The Governess; Or, The Little Female Academy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fienup-Riordan, A. (1994). Boundaries and Passages : Rule and Ritual in Yup’ik Eskimo Oral Tradition. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Figueira, D. M. (1991). Translating the Orient : The Reception of Śākuntala in Nineteenth-century Europe. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Figueira, D. M. (1994). The Exotic : A Decadent Quest. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Filippelli, R. L. and M. McColloch (1995). Cold War in the Working Class : The Rise and Decline of the United Electrical Workers. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Filley, C. M. (1995). Neurobehavioral Anatomy. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Filson, J. The Adventures of Colonel Daniel Boone. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Findlay, J. M. (1992). Magic Lands : Western Cityscapes and American Culture After 1940. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The American West conjures up images of pastoral tranquility and wide open spaces, but by 1970 the Far West was the most urbanized section of the country. Exploring four intriguing cityscapes—Disneyland, Stanford Industrial Park, Sun City, and the 1962 Seattle World’s Fair—John Findlay shows how each created a sense of cohesion and sustained people’s belief in their superior urban environment. This first book-length study of the urban West after 1940 argues that Westerners deliberately tried to build cities that differed radically from their eastern counterparts.In 1954, Walt Disney began building the world’s first theme park, using Hollywood’s movie-making techniques. The creators of Stanford Industrial Park were more hesitant in their approach to a conceptually organized environment, but by the mid-1960s the Park was the nation’s prototypical’research park’and the intellectual downtown for the high-technology region that became Silicon Valley.In 1960, on the outskirts of Phoenix, Del E. Webb built Sun City, the largest, most influential retirement community in the United States. Another innovative cityscape arose from the 1962 Seattle World’s Fair and provided a futuristic, somewhat fanciful vision of modern life.These four became’magic lands’that provided an antidote to the apparent chaos of their respective urban milieus. Exemplars of a new lifestyle, they are landmarks on the changing cultural landscape of postwar America.

Findlen, P. (1994). Possessing Nature : Museums, Collecting, and Scientific Culture in Early Modern Italy. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In 1500 few Europeans regarded nature as a subject worthy of inquiry. Yet fifty years later the first museums of natural history had appeared in Italy, dedicated to the marvels of nature. Italian patricians, their curiosity fueled by new voyages of exploration and the humanist rediscovery of nature, created vast collections as a means of knowing the world and used this knowledge to their greater glory.Drawing on extensive archives of visitors’books, letters, travel journals, memoirs, and pleas for patronage, Paula Findlen reconstructs the lost social world of Renaissance and Baroque museums. She follows the new study of natural history as it moved out of the universities and into sixteenth- and seventeenth-century scientific societies, religious orders, and princely courts. Findlen argues convincingly that natural history as a discipline blurred the border between the ancients and the moderns, between collecting in order to recover ancient wisdom and the development of new textual and experimental scholarship. Her vivid account reveals how the scientific revolution grew from the constant mediation between the old forms of knowledge and the new.

Findley, B. F. and F. L. Goldstein (1996). Psychological Operations : Principles and Case Studies. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Fine, D. M. (1995). Los Angeles in Fiction : A Collection of Essays. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

This important collection of essays on the writers who have made Los Angeles one of the great cities of twentieth-century literature has been made even stronger by the inclusion of three new essays. John Fante, Walter Mosley, and Chester Himes join Aldous Huxley, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Evelyn Waugh, Nathanael West, Norman Mailer, James M. Cain, Ross Macdonald, Raymond Chandler, Budd Schulberg, Joan Didion, John Gregory Dunne, and Thomas Pynchon as well as less familiar writers – Oscar Zeta Acosta, Horace McCoy, Thomas Sanchez, Marc Norman, and Hysaye Yamamoto – in a text that provides a basic literary history of the region. Thoughtful consideration is given to such special Los Angeles genres as the detective story and the Hollywood novel, and a chapter is devoted to the film Chinatown.

Fine, G. (1999). Plato. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Fine, S. A. and S. F. Cronshaw (1999). Functional Job Analysis : A Foundation for Human Resources Management. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

This book was written to address the need for timely, thorough, practical, and defensible job analysis for HR managers. Under continuing development over the past 50 years, Functional Job Analysis (FJA) is acknowledged by major texts in HR and industrial/organizational psychology as one of the premier methods of job analysis used by leading-edge organizations in the private and public sectors. It is unique among job analysis methods in having its own in-depth theoretical grounding within a systems framework. In addition to providing a methodology for analyzing jobs, it offers a rich model and vocabulary for communicating about the competencies (skills) contributing to work success and about the design of the work organization through which those competencies are expressed. FJA is the right theory and methodology for future work in an increasingly competitive global economy. This book is the authoritative source describing how FJA can encourage and support an ongoing dialogue between workers and management as they jointly pursue total quality, worker growth, and organization performance. It is a flexible tool, fully recognizing the rapid changes impacting today’s organizations. It is a comprehensive tool, leading to an in-depth understanding of work, its results, and its improvement in a unique organization context. It is a humane tool, viewing workers in light of their full potential and capacity for positive growth. With FJA, workers and managers can work more constructively together in a wholesome and productive work relationship.

Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Finerty, J. F. (1994). War-path and Bivouac, Or, The Conquest of the Sioux : A Narrative of Stirring Personal Experiences and Adventures in the Big Horn and Yellowstone Expedition of 1876, and in the Campaign on the British Border in 1879. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

War-Path and Bivouac is a detailed account fo the Dakota Indian wars of 1876 and the Nez Perce Indian wars of 1877.

Finger, J. M., et al. (1996). The Uruguay Round : Statistics on Tariff Concessions Given and Received. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fink, A. L. and Y. Goto (1998). Molecular Chaperones in the Life Cycle of Proteins : Structure, Function, and Mode of Action. New York, CRC Press.

Considers the integral role of molecular chaperones at different stages of a protein’s life cycle. The text focuses on the biophysical, structural and functional properties of molecular chaperones, providing a biophysical view of chaperone problems useful in in vivo and in vitro studies, and augmenting current understanding of molecular chaperones as facilitators of de novo protein synthesis and recombinant protein folding.

Fink, D. (1998). Cutting Into the Meatpacking Line : Workers and Change in the Rural Midwest. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

The nostalgic vision of a rural Midwest populated by independent family farmers hides the reality that rural wage labor has been integral to the region’s development, says Deborah Fink. Focusing on the porkpacking industry in Iowa, Fink investigates the experience of the rural working class and highlights its significance in shaping the state’s economic, political, and social contours. Fink draws both on interviews and on her own firsthand experience working on the production floor of a pork-processing plant. She weaves a fascinating account of the meatpacking industry’s history in Iowa–a history, she notes, that has been experienced differently by male and female, immigrant and native-born, white and black workers. Indeed, argues Fink, these differences are a key factor in the ongoing creation of the rural working class. Other writers have denounced the new meatpacking companies for their ruthless destruction of both workers and communities. Fink sustains this criticism, which she augments with a discussion of union action, but also goes beyond it. She looks within rural midwestern culture itself to examine the class, gender, and ethnic contradictions that allowed–indeed welcomed–the meatpacking industry’s development.

Fink, D. (2000). Good Schools/real Schools : Why School Reform Doesn’t Last. New York, Teachers College Press.

Fink, E. and E. Husserl (1995). Sixth Cartesian Meditation : The Idea of a Transcendental Theory of Method. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Translation of: VI. cartesianische Meditation. T. 1.

Fink, E. C., et al. (1998). Game Theory Topics : Incomplete Information, Repeated Games, and N-player Games. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

‘A Sage University paper’–Cover.

Finkel, G. (1997). The Economics of the Construction Industry. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

The American construction industry, reponsible for nearly 4% of the nation’s Gross Domestic Product, directly employs over five million people and provides millions of additional support jobs in related fields. This book provides an introductory overview of the economic aspects of the industry, including the historical development of building activity from earliest times to modern day market-based construction, including the work of individual artisans to complex construction unions. The book explores current trends in labor force participation; the measurement of industry performance; the determinants of investment; government involvement; competition; wage determination; training; and worker safety.

Finkelpearl, T. and V. Acconci (2000). Dialogues in Public Art. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

By the 1990s, public art had evolved far beyond the lonely monument on an open plaza. Now public artists might design the entire plaza, create an event to alter the social dynamics of an urban environment, or help to reconstruct a neighborhood. Dialogues in Public Art presents a rich blend of interviews with the people who create and experience public art — from an artist who mounted three bronze sculptures in the South Bronx to the bureaucrat who led the fight to have them removed; from an artist who describes his work as a’cancer’on architecture to a pair of architects who might agree with him; from an artist who formed a coalition to convert twenty-two derelict row houses into an art center/community revitalization project to a young woman who got her life back on track while living in one of the converted houses.The twenty interviews are divided into four parts: Controversies in Public Art, Experiments in Public Art as Architecture and Urban Planning, Dialogues on Dialogue-Based Public Art Projects, and Public Art for Public Health. Tom Finkelpearl’s introductory essay provides a concise overview of changing attitudes toward the city as the site of public art.Interviewees : Vito Acconci, John Ahearn, David Avalos, Rufus L. Chaney, Mel Chin, Douglas Crimp, Paulo Freire, Andrew Ginzel, Linnea Glatt, Louis Hock, Ron Jensen, Kristin Jones, Maya Lin, Rick Lowe, Jackie McLean, Frank Moore, Jagoda Przybylak, Denise Scott Brown, Assata Shakur, Michael Singer, Elizabeth Sisco, Arthur Symes, Mierle Laderman Ukeles, Robert Venturi, Krzysztof Wodiczko

Finkelstein, M. S. (1999). Separatism, the Allies and the Mafia : The Struggle for Sicilian Independence, 1943-1948. Bethlehem, [PA], Lehigh University Press.

Finkelstein, N. (1992). The Ritual of New Creation : Jewish Tradition and Contemporary Literature. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Finkielkraut, A. (1992). Remembering in Vain : The Klaus Barbie Trial and Crimes Against Humanity. New York, N.Y., Perseus Books, LLC.

Finley, W. L. and V. University of (1996). The Trail of the Plume-hunter. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Finn, J. L. (1998). Tracing the Veins : Of Copper, Culture, and Community From Butte to Chuquicamata. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This tale of two cities—Butte, Montana, and Chuquicamata, Chile—traces the relationship of capitalism and community across cultural, national, and geographic boundaries. Combining social history with ethnography, Janet Finn shows how the development of copper mining set in motion parallel processes involving distinctive constructions of community, class, and gender in the two widely separated but intimately related sites. While the rich veins of copper in the Rockies and the Andes flowed for the giant Anaconda Company, the miners and their families in both places struggled to make a life as well as a living for themselves.Miner’s consumption, a popular name for silicosis, provides a powerful metaphor for the danger, wasting, and loss that penetrated mining life. Finn explores themes of privation and privilege, trust and betrayal, and offers a new model for community studies that links local culture and global capitalism.

Finn, P. J. (1999). Literacy with an Attitude : Educating Working-class Children in Their Own Self-interest. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Finn, R. (2000). Organ Transplants : Making the Most of Your Gift of Life. Beijing, O’Reilly.

Finnegan, W. (1994). Crossing the Line : A Year in the Land of Apartheid. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

William Finnegan’s compelling account of a year spent teaching in a colored high school,’across the line,’in Cape Town, South Africa brings the irrationality and injustice of apartheid into focus for the American reader. A new preface, written after the author’s observation of the historic 1994 elections evaluates the progress made – and not made – toward dismantling the apartheid system. — Publisher’s description.

Finnegan, W. (1995). Dateline Soweto : Travels with Black South African Reporters. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Dateline Soweto documents the working lives of black South African reporters caught between the mistrust of militant blacks, police harrassment, and white editors who—fearing government disapproval—may not print the stories these reporters risk their lives to get. William Finnegan revisited several of these reporters during the May 1994 election and describes their post-apartheid working experience in a new preface and epilogue.

Finney, B. R. (1994). Voyage of Rediscovery : A Cultural Odyssey Through Polynesia. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In the summer of 1985, a mostly Hawaiian crew set out aboard Hokule’a, a reconstructed ancient double canoe, to demonstrate what skeptics had steadfastly denied: that their ancestors, sailing in such canoes and navigating solely by reading stars, ocean swells, and other natural signs, could intentionally have sailed across the Pacific, exploring the vast oceanic realm of Polynesia and discovering and settling all its inhabitable islands. Their round-trip odyssey from Hawai’i to Aotearoa (New Zealand), across 12,000 nautical miles, dramatically refuted all theories declaring that—because of their unseaworthy canoes and inaccurate navigational methods—the ancient Polynesians could only have been pushed accidentally to their islands by the vagaries of wind and current.Voyage of Rediscovery is a vivid, immensely readable account of this remarkable journey through the Pacific, including tales of a curiosity attack by sperm whales and the crew’s welcome to Aotearoa by Maori tribesmen, who dubbed them their sixth tribe. It describes how Hawaiian navigator Nainoa Thompson guided the canoe over thousands of miles of open ocean without compass, sextant, charts, or any other navigational aids. In so doing, it documents the experimental voyaging approach, developed by Ben Finney, which has both transformed our ideas about Polynesian migration and voyaging and been embraced by present-day Polynesians as a way to experience and celebrate their rich ancestral heritage as premier seafarers.By sailing in the wake of their ancestors, the Hawaiians and other Polynesians who captained, navigated, and crewed Hokule’a made the journey described here a cultural as well as a scientific odyssey of exploration.

Finney, C. G. Lectures to Professing Christians. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Finney, C. G. Revivals of Religion : Also Titled Lectures on Revival. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Finney, C. G. and J. H. Fairchild Charles G. Finney’s Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Finney, P. C. (1994). The Invisible God : The Earliest Christians on Art. New York, Oxford University Press.

Finney, R. G. (1995). Essentials of Business Budgeting. New York, AMACOM.

Finney, R. G. (1999). Office Finances Made Easy : A Get-started Guide to Budgets, Purchasing, and Financial Statements. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Finnis, J. (1998). Aquinas : Moral, Political, and Legal Theory. Oxford [England], Oxford University Press.

Fiorino, D. J. (1995). Making Environmental Policy. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Who speaks for the trees, the water, the soil, and the air in American government today? Which agencies confront environmental problems, and how do they set priorities? How are the opposing claims of interest groups evaluated? Why do certain issues capture the public’s attention?In Making Environmental Policy, Daniel Fiorino combines the hands-on experience of an insider with the analytic rigor of a scholar to provide the fullest, most readable introduction to federal environmental policymaking yet published. A committed environmental advocate, he takes readers from theory to practice, demonstrating how laws and institutions address environmental needs and balance them against other political pressures.Drawing on the academic literature and his own familiarity with current trends and controversies, Fiorino offers a lucid view of the institutional and analytic aspects of environmental policymaking. A chapter on analytic methods describes policymakers’attempts to apply objective standards to complex environmental decisions. The book also examines how the law, the courts, political tensions, and international environmental agencies have shaped environmental issues. Fiorino grounds his discussion with references to numerous specific cases, including radon, global warming, lead, and hazardous wastes. Timely and necessary, this is an invaluable handbook for students, activists, and anyone wanting to unravel contemporary American environmental politics.

Firestone, W. A. and B. D. Bader (1992). Redesigning Teaching : Professionalism or Bureaucracy? Albany, State University of New York Press.

Firman, J. and A. Gila (1997). The Primal Wound : A Transpersonal View of Trauma, Addiction, and Growth. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Firth, D. and A. Leigh (1998). The Corporate Fool. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Includes index.

Fisch, M. (1997). Rational Rabbis : Science and Talmudic Culture. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Fischer, B. J. (1999). Albania at War, 1939-1945. West Lafayette, Ind, Purdue University Press.

Fischer, C. S. (1992). America Calling : A Social History of the Telephone to 1940. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The telephone looms large in our lives, as ever present in modern societies as cars and television. Claude Fischer presents the first social history of this vital but little-studied technology—how we encountered, tested, and ultimately embraced it with enthusiasm. Using telephone ads, oral histories, telephone industry correspondence, and statistical data, Fischer’s work is a colorful exploration of how, when, and why Americans started communicating in this radically new manner.Studying three California communities, Fischer uncovers how the telephone became integrated into the private worlds and community activities of average Americans in the first decades of this century. Women were especially avid in their use, a phenomenon which the industry first vigorously discouraged and then later wholeheartedly promoted. Again and again Fischer finds that the telephone supported a wide-ranging network of social relations and played a crucial role in community life, especially for women, from organizing children’s relationships and church activities to alleviating the loneliness and boredom of rural life.Deftly written and meticulously researched, America Calling adds an important new chapter to the social history of our nation and illuminates a fundamental aspect of cultural modernism that is integral to contemporary life.

Fischer, K. G. (1994). Computational Algebra. New York, N.Y., M. Dekker.

Fischer, P. (1998). Configuring Cisco Routers for ISDN. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Fischer-Lichte, E. and J. Riley (1997). The Show and the Gaze of Theatre : A European Perspective. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Theatre, in some respects, resembles a market. Stories, rituals, ideas, perceptive modes, conversations, rules, techniques, behavior patterns, actions, language, and objects constantly circulate back and forth between theatre and the other cultural institutions that make up everyday life in the twentieth century. These exchanges, which challenge the established concept of theatre in a way that demands to be understood, form the core of Erika Fischer-Lichte’s dynamic book. Each eclectic essay investigates the boundaries that separate theatre from other cultural domains. Every encounter between theatre and other art forms and institutions renegotiates and redefines these boundaries as part of an ongoing process. Drawing on a wealth of fascinating examples, both historical and contemporary, Fischer-Lichte reveals new perspectives in theatre research from quite a number of different approaches. Energetically and excitingly, she theorizes history, theorizes and historicizes performance analysis, and historicizes theory.

Fischman, D. K. (1991). Political Discourse in Exile : Karl Marx and the Jewish Question. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Fish, J. M., et al. (2008). Principles of Multicultural Counseling and Therapy. New York, NY, CRC Press.

Fishbane, M. A. (1993). The Midrashic Imagination : Jewish Exegesis, Thought, and History. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fishburn, K. (1999). The Dead Are So Disappointing : Poems. East Lansing, Michigan State University Press.

Fishel, E. C. (1996). The Secret War for the Union : The Untold Story of Military Intelligence in the Civil War. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

Fisher, A. G. and J. Geertsen (1992). Golf : Your Turn for Success. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Fisher, A. L. S. and D. Goble (1996). A Matter of Black and White : The Autobiography of Ada Lois Sipuel Fisher. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Artist. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). At the Foot of Hemlock Mountain. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). A Bird Out of the Snare. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Bliss of Solitude. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Ivanhoe and the German Measles. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Petunias : That’s for Remembrance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Piano. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Playmate. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Poet and Scullery-maid. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Portrait of a Philosopher. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Rescue. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Story of Ralph Miller. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Ugly Duckling. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, E. The Marrow of Modern Divinity. Jerusalem, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fisher, J. (1981). Henry V : Notes, Including Life of Shakespeare, Background of Henry V, Genealogical Tables, Plot Summary of Henry V, List of Characters, Summaries and Commentaries, Sixteenth-century Political Theory, Questions for Review, Selected Bibliography. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fisher, J. (1996). Fall Guys : False Confessions and the Politics of Murder. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Includes index.

Fisher, J. H. (1992). The Importance of Chaucer. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Fisher, J. T. (1997). Dr. America : The Lives of Thomas A. Dooley, 1927-1961. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Fisher, K. (2000). Leading Self-directed Work Teams : A Guide to Developing New Team Leadership Skills. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Fisher, K. and M. D. Fisher (1998). The Distributed Mind : Achieving High Performance Through the Collective Intelligence of Knowledge Work Teams. New York, AMACOM.

Fisher, N. C. (1997). War at Every Door : Partisan Politics and Guerrilla Violence in East Tennessee, 1860-1869. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

One of the most divided regions of the Confederacy, East Tennessee was the site of fierce Unionist resistance to secession, Confederate rule, and the Southern war effort. It was also the scene of unrelenting’irregular,’or guerrilla, warfare between Union and Confederate supporters, a conflict that permanently altered the region’s political, economic, and social landscape. In this study, Noel Fisher examines the military and political struggle for control of East Tennessee from the secession crisis through the early years of Reconstruction, focusing particularly on the military and political significance of the region’s irregular activity. Fisher portrays in grim detail the brutality and ruthlessness employed not only by partisan bands but also by Confederate and Union troops under constant threat of guerrilla attack and government officials frustrated by unstinting dissent. He demonstrates that, generally, guerrillas were neither the romantic, daring figures of Civil War legend nor mere thieves and murderers, but rather were ordinary men and women who fought to live under a government of their choice and to drive out those who did not share their views.

Fisher, S. (1995). Nursing Wounds : Nurse Practitioners, Doctors, Women Patients, and the Negotiation of Meaning. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Fisher, S. Y. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Personal Finance in Your 20’s and 30’s. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Fishman, D. E. (1995). Russia’s First Modern Jews : The Jews of Shklov. New York, NYU Press.

Long before there were Jewish communities in the land of the tsars, Jews inhabited a region which they called medinat rusiya, the land of Russia. Prior to its annexation by Russia, the land of Russia was not a center of rabbinic culture. But in 1772, with its annexation by Tsarist Russia, this remote region was severed from the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth; its 65,000 Jews were thus cut off from the heartland of Jewish life in Eastern Europe. Forced into independence, these Jews set about forging a community with its own religious leadership and institutions. The three great intellectual currents in East European Jewry–Hasidism, Rabbinic Mitnagdism, and Haskalah–all converged on Eastern Belorussia, where they clashed and competed. In the course of a generation, the community of Shklov—the most prominent of the towns in the area—witnessed an explosion of intellectual and cultural activity. Focusing on the social and intellectual odysseys of merchants, maskilim, and rabbis, and their varied attempts to combine Judaism and European culture, David Fishman here chronicles the remarkable story of these first modern Jews of Russia.

Fishman, J. A. (1991). Reversing Language Shift : Theoretical and Empirical Foundations of Assistance to Threatened Languages. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, J. A. (1999). Handbook of Language & Ethnic Identity. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.

Fishman, S. (1997). Hiring Independent Contractors : The Employers’ Legal Guide. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Fishman, S. (1998). Consultant & Independent Contractor Agreements. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Fishman, S. (1998). Copyright Your Software. Berkeley, Calif, Nolo.

Fishman, S. (1998). Software Development : A Legal Guide. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Fishman, S. M. and L. P. McCarthy (1998). John Dewey and the Challenge of Classroom Practice. New York, Teachers College Press.

Fiske, E. B. (1996). Decentralization of Education : Politics and Consensus. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fiske, J. The Unseen World and Other Essays. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fiske, J. and V. University of (1997). Myths and Myth-makers : Old Tales and Superstitions Interpreted by Comparative Mythology. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fiske, S. W. and S. W. Sears (1998). Mr. Dunn Browne’s Experiences in the Army : The Civil War Letters of Samuel W. Fiske. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes index.

Fiszbein, A. and P. Lowden (1999). Working Together for a Change : Government, Business, and Civic Partnerships for Poverty Reduction in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fitch, W. M., et al. (1995). Tempo and Mode in Evolution : Genetics and Paleontology 50 Years After Simpson. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Since George Gaylord Simpson published Tempo and Mode in Evolution in 1944, discoveries in paleontology and genetics have abounded. This volume brings together the findings and insights of today’s leading experts in the study of evolution, including Ayala, W. Ford Doolittle, and Stephen Jay Gould. The volume examines early cellular evolution, explores changes in the tempo of evolution between the Precambrian and Phanerozoic periods, and reconstructs the Cambrian evolutionary burst. Long-neglected despite Darwin’s interest in it, species extinction is discussed in detail. Although the absence of data kept Simpson from exploring human evolution in his book, the current volume covers morphological and genetic changes in human populations, contradicting the popular claim that all modern humans descend from a single woman. This book discusses the role of molecular clocks, the results of evolution in 12 populations of Escherichia coli propagated for 10,000 generations, a physical map of Drosophila chromosomes, and evidence for’hitchhiking’by mutations.

Fitt, J. (1999). Zip’s Missing : A Velsoft Computer Manual for Kids. Nova Scotia, Velsoft Interactive.

While visiting her Dad’s work, Lauren’s Dog Zip goes missing in the building. As Lauren sets out to find zip she discovers the many ways computers are used. Can Lauren use what she learns about computers to help find her missing dog?

Fitter, F. and B. Gulas (2002). Working in the Dark : Keeping Your Job While Dealing with Depression. Center City, Minn, Hazelden.

Fitts, K. and A. W. France (1995). Left Margins : Cultural Studies and Composition Pedagogy. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Fitz, E. E. (1991). Rediscovering The New World : Inter-American Literature in a Comparative Context. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

The concept of’American’literature is not the exclusive province of any one nation. Thanks to the historical circumstances that governed the European conquest and settlement of the Americas, we can and should approach the writings of English and French Canada, the United States, Spanish America, and Brazil as a cohesive group of American literature, worthy of study without constant reference to European texts. Now, Rediscovering the New World makes a timely addition to this expanding field on Inter-American scholarship that should help lead tothe formation of a new canon. This adventurous and ambitious work begins with an examination of Pre-Columbian literature (and shows that his powerful tradition remains alive and well in the twentieth century), then confronts the narratives of discovery and conquest, the New World epic, identity as the Ur-theme of American literature, miscegenation as another integral theme, and regionalism as a shaping force. Other striking these and juxtapositions include a comparison of Henry James and Machado de Assis as the first two great New World novelists, modernism as both a distinct literary movement and an amorphous body of aesthetic principles, and the conflict between’civilization’and’barbarism.’More in the exploratory spirit of the French Canadian voyageur than in the spirit of the conquistador, Rediscovering the New World is the first scholarly work in English to integrate an international set of American literary cultures. It should inspire other explorers as the field of Inter-American literary relations continues to evolve.

Fitz-enz, J. (1997). The 8 Practices of Exceptional Companies : How Great Organizations Make the Most of Their Human Assets. New York, AMACOM.

Fitz-enz, J. (2000). The ROI of Human Capital : Measuring the Economic Value of Employee Performance. New York, AMACOM.

Fitzgerald, F. S. (1999). This Side of Paradise. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fitzgerald, T. K. (1993). Metaphors of Identity : A Culture-communication Dialogue. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fitzgerald, W. (1995). Catullan Provocations : Lyric Poetry and the Drama of Position. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Restoring to Catullus a provocative power that familiarity has tended to dim, this book argues that Catullus challenges us to think about the nature of lyric in new ways. Fitzgerald shows how Catullus’s poetry reflects the conditions of its own consumption as it explores the terms and possibilities of the poet’s license. Reading the poetry in relation to the drama of position played out between poet, poem, and reader, the author produces a fresh interpretation of almost all of Catullus’s oeuvre. Running through the book is an analysis of the ideological stakes behind the construction of the author Catullus in twentieth-century scholarship and of the agenda governing the interpreter’s position in relation to Catullus.

Fitzmier, J. R. (1998). New England’s Moral Legislator : Timothy Dwight, 1752-1817. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Fitzwater, E. (1981). The Pearl : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fitzwater, E. and I. Cliffs Notes (1967). Doctor Faustus : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fitzwater, E. and I. Cliffs Notes (1970). Cry, the Beloved Country : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Cover title: Cliffs notes on Paton’s Cry, the beloved country.

Fixico, D. L. (1997). Rethinking American Indian History. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

‘This volume of essays is the result of two conferences, held in 1994 and in 1995 at Western Michigan University’–p.4.

Fixico, D. L. (1998). The Invasion of Indian Country in the Twentieth Century : American Capitalism and Tribal Natural Resources. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Flack, J. D. (1993). TalentEd : Strategies for Developing the Talent in Every Learner. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Flagg, B. J. (1998). Was Blind, But Now I See : White Race Concsiousness and the Law. New York, NYU Press.

‘Race’does not speak to most white people. Rather, whites tend to associate race with people of color and to equate whiteness with racelessness. As Barbara J. Flagg demonstrates in this important book, this’transparency’phenomenon–the invisibility of whiteness to white people– profoundly affects the ways in whites make decisions: they rely on criteria perceived by the decisionmaker as race-neutral but which in fact reflect white, race-specific norms. Flagg here identifies this transparently white decisionmaking as a form of institutional racism that contributes significantly, though unobtrusively, to the maintenance of white supremacy. Bringing the discussion to bear on the arena of law, Flagg analyzes key areas of race discrimination law and makes the case for reforms that would bring legal doctrine into greater harmony with the recognition of institutional racism in general and the transparency phenomenon in particular. She concludes with an exploration of the meaning of whiteness in a pluralist culture, paving the way for a positive, nonracist conception of whiteness as a distinct racial identity. An informed and substantive call for doctrinal reform, Was Blind But Now I See is the most expansive treatment yet of the relationship between whiteness and law.

Flaherty, J. (1998). Coaching : Evoking Excellence in Others. Boston, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Flaherty, J. E. (1999). Peter Drucker : Shaping the Managerial Mind. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Flaherty, L. T. and P. American Society for Adolescent (2008). Adolescent Psychiatry. New York, Routledge.

The period of adolescence can be a time of great creativity, as new intellectual capacities emerge, and as the individual adolescent attempts to make sense out of inner and outer experience. Volume 30 of Adolescent Psychiatry addresses the ways in which adolescent experience is transmuted into creative artistic production, as well as focuses on the relationship between creativity and psychopathology, and treatment for troubled adolescents. With the links between adolescence and creativity in mind, the volume opens with an in-depth examination of a young boy’s creation of his own story of Polyphemus. This is followed by a fresh look at the adolescent influences behind Austrian Symbolist painter Gustav Klimt. The next ten chapters comprise a special section devoted to creative solutions to some of the most challenging facing adolescent psychiatry. Here, numerous relevant studies are presented and conclusions drawn, as a whole addressing topics such as: an innovative residential treatment program for gifted adolescents who have failed academically and rejected previous attempts at treatment; motivational interviewing, a technique employed in the effort to find common ground between the therapist and patient; the importance of understanding adolescent sexuality and how to approach the topic with patients in an appropriate manner; and a discussion of the registration, commitment, and assessment of juvenile sex offenders. A final section investigates problematic examples of reactive attachment disorder, as well as treatment-refractory adolescent schizophrenia – when the medication doesn’t work. Volume 30 of Adolescent Psychiatry continues the wide-ranging scholarship and analytic sensibility that has been the hallmark of the series. Literary and artistic criticism reside comfortably between empirical research and case studies, all working together to broaden the horizon of research and application of psychiatric technique and theory for adolescence.

Flake, G. W. (1998). The Computational Beauty of Nature : Computer Explorations of Fractals, Chaos, Complex Systems, and Adaptation. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

‘Simulation,’writes Gary Flake in his preface,’becomes a form of experimentation in a universe of theories. The primary purpose of this book is to celebrate this fact.’In this book, Gary William Flake develops in depth the simple idea that recurrent rules can produce rich and complicated behaviors. Distinguishing’agents'(e.g., molecules, cells, animals, and species) from their interactions (e.g., chemical reactions, immune system responses, sexual reproduction, and evolution), Flake argues that it is the computational properties of interactions that account for much of what we think of as’beautiful’and’interesting.’From this basic thesis, Flake explores what he considers to be today’s four most interesting computational topics: fractals, chaos, complex systems, and adaptation.Each of the book’s parts can be read independently, enabling even the casual reader to understand and work with the basic equations and programs. Yet the parts are bound together by the theme of the computer as a laboratory and a metaphor for understanding the universe. The inspired reader will experiment further with the ideas presented to create fractal landscapes, chaotic systems, artificial life forms, genetic algorithms, and artificial neural networks.

Flamming, D. (1992). Creating the Modern South : Millhands and Managers in Dalton, Georgia, 1884-1984. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

In Creating the Modern South, Douglas Flamming examines one hundred years in the life of the mill and the town of Dalton, Georgia, providing a uniquely perceptive view of Dixie’s social and economic transformation.’Beautifully written, it combines the rich specificity of a case study with broadly applicable synthetic conclusions.’–Technology and Culture’A detailed and nuanced study of community development…. Creating the Modern South is an important book and will be of interest to anyone in the field of labor history.’–Journal of Economic History’A rich and provocative study…. Its major contribution to our knowledge of the South is its careful account of the evolution and collapse of mill culture.’–Journal of Southern History’Ambitious, and at times provocative, Creating the Modern South is a well-researched, highly readable, and engaging book.’–Journal of American History

Flanagan, D. (1997). Java Examples in a Nutshell : A Tutorial Companion to Java in a Nutshell. Cambridge [Mass.], O’Reilly.

Flanagan, D. (1998). JavaScript : Pocket Reference. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly.

Flanagan, D. (1998). JavaScript : The Definitive Guide. [N.p.], O’Reilly.

Flanagan, D. (1999). Java Enterprise in a Nutshell : A Desktop Quick Reference. Beijing, O’Reilly.

Flanagan, M. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Old West. New York, Alpha Books.

Flanagan, O. J. (1992). Consciousness Reconsidered. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Description based on print version record.

Flanagan, O. J. (1998). Self Expressions : Mind, Morals, and the Meaning of Life. New York, Oxford University Press.

In this trailblazing collection of essays on free will and the human mind, distinguished philosopher Owen Flanagan seeks to reconcile a scientific view of ourselves with an account of ourselves as meaning makers and agents of free will. He approaches this old philosophical quagmire from new angles, bringing to it the latest insights of neuroscience, cognitive science, and psychiatry. Covering a host of topics, these essays discuss whether the conscious mind can be explained scientifically, whether dreams are self-expressive or just noise, the moral socialization of children, and the nature of psychological phenomena. Ultimately, Flanagan concludes that a naturalistic view of the self need not lead to nihilism, but rather to a liberating vision of personal identity which makes sense of agency, character transformation, and the value and worth of human life.

Flannagan, R. (1970). Paradise Lost, Notes : Including Milton’s Life and Work, Brief Synopsis, List of Characters, Summaries and Commentaries, Review Questions, Selected Bibliography. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

1963 ed. by C.K. Hillegass.

Flaschel, P., et al. (1997). Dynamic Macroeconomics : Instability, Fluctuation, and Growth in Monetary Economies. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Flatau, S. K. and M. Dean (2000). Counter Culture Texas. Plano, Tex, Republic of Texas Press.

Flaubert, G. Herodias. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Flaubert, G. Salammbo. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Flaubert, G. (1999). A Simple Soul. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Flavel, J. Christ Altogether Lovely. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Flavel, J. The Fountain of Life Opened Up, Or, A Display of Christ in His Essential and Mediatorial Glory. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Flavel, J. The Method of Grace in the Gospel Redemption. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Flavel, J. On Keeping the Heart. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Flaws, B. (2000). Curing Fibromyalgia Naturally with Chinese Medicine. Boulder, CO, Blue Poppy Press.

Flax, A. H. (1993). The Future of Aerospace. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Few technological advances have affected the lives and dreams of individuals and the operations of companies and governments as much as the continuing development of flight. From space exploration to package transport, from military transport to passenger helicopter use, from passenger jumbo jets to tilt-rotor commuter planes, the future of flying is still rapidly developing. The essays in this volume survey the state of progress along several fronts of this constantly evolving frontier. Five eminent authorities assess prospects for the future of rotary-wing aircraft, large passenger aircraft, commercial aviation, manned spaceflight, and defense aerospace in the post-Cold War era.

Flax, J. (1991). Thinking Fragments : Psychoanalysis, Feminism, and Postmodernism in the Contemporary West. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Fleischner, J. (1996). Mastering Slavery : Memory, Family, and Identity in Women’s Slave Narratives. New York, NYU Press.

In Mastering Slavery, Fleischner draws upon a range of disciplines, including psychoanalysis, African-American studies, literary theory, social history, and gender studies, to analyze how the slave narratives–in their engagement with one another and with white women’s antislavery fiction–yield a far more amplified and complicated notion of familial dynamics and identity than they have generally been thought to reveal. Her study exposes the impact of the entangled relations among master, mistress, slave adults and slave children on the sense of identity of individual slave narrators. She explores the ways in which our of the social, psychological, biological–and literary–crossings and disruptions slavery engendered, these autobiographers created mixed, dynamic narrative selves.

Fleischner, J. and M. K. Reim (1997). I Was Born a Slave : The Story of Harriet Jacobs. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

Traces the life of a slave who suffered mistreatment from her master, spent years as a fugitive from slavery in North Carolina, and was eventually released to freedom with her children.

Fleisher, M. S. (1995). Beggars and Thieves : Lives of Urban Street Criminals. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.

As the incidence of violent crime rises in the United States, so does the public demand for a solution. But what will work? Mark S. Fleisher has spent years among inmates in jails and prisons and on the streets with thieves, gang members, addicts, and life-long criminals in Seattle and other cities across the country. In Beggars and Thieves, he writes about how and why they become and remain offenders, and about the actual role of jails and prisons in efforts to deter crime and rehabilitate criminals. Fleisher shows, with wrenching firsthand accounts, that parents who are addicts, abusers, and criminals beget irreversibly damaged children who become addicts, abusers, and criminals. Further, Fleisher contends that many well-intentioned educational and vocational training programs are wasted because they are offered too late to help. And, he provides sobering evidence that many youthful and adult offenders find themselves better off in prison—with work to do, medical care, a clean place to sleep, regular meals, and stable social ties—than they are in America’s cities. Fleisher calls for anti-crime policies that are bold, practical, and absolutely imperative. He prescribes life terms for violent offenders, but in prisons structured as work communities, where privileges are earned through work in expanded, productive industries that reduce the financial burden of incarceration on the public. But most important, he argues that the only way to prevent street crime, cut prison growth, and reduce the waste of money and human lives is to permanently remove brutalized children from criminal, addicted, and violent parents.

Fleisher, M. S. (1998). Dead End Kids : Gang Girls and the Boys They Know. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.

Dead End Kids exposes both the depravity and the humanity in gang life through the eyes of a teenaged girl named Cara, a member of a Kansas City gang. In this shocking yet compassionate account, Mark Fleisher shows how gang girls’lives are shaped by poverty, family disorganization, and parental neglect.

Fleisher, P. (1996). Life Cycles of a Dozen Diverse Creatures. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

Compares and contrasts the life cycles of twelve animals including the opossum, bullfrog, and jellyfish.

Fleming, A. (1998). Swaledale : Valley of the Wild River. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Fleming, J. (1998). Web Navigation : Designing the User Experience. Sebastopol, Calif, O’Reilly.

Fleming, P., et al. (1997). Speech & Language Difficulties in Education : Approaches to Collaborative Practice for Teachers and Speech & Language Therapists. Bicester, Oxon, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.

‘Reprinted: c1999, Royal College of Speech & Language Therapists, 1997′–T.p. verso.

Flemmons, J. (1997). Jerry Flemmons’ More Texas Siftings : Another Bold and Uncommon Celebration of the Lone Star State. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

Fletcher, A. C. (1995). Indian Story and Song From North America. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

‘Bison book’–P. [i].

Fletcher, G. P. (1998). Basic Concepts of Criminal Law. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.

Fletcher, I. F. (1999). Insolvency in Private International Law : National and International Approaches. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

Fletcher, J. (1997). Getting That Job : How to Make a Success of Your Job Application. [N.p.], How to Books.

Fletcher, J. K. (1999). Disappearing Acts : Gender, Power, and Relational Practice at Work. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

This study of female design engineers has profound implications for attempts to change organizational culture. Joyce Fletcher’s research shows that emotional intelligence and relational behavior are often viewed as inappropriate because they collide with powerful, gender-linked images. Fletcher describes how organizations say they need such behavior and yet ignore it, thus undermining the possibility of radical change. She shows why the’female advantage’does not seem to be benefit women employees or organizations. She offers ways that individuals and organizations can make visible the invisible work.

Flexner, J. T. (1992). Doctors on Horseback : Pioneers of American Medicine. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Originally published: New York : Viking Press, 1937.

Flexner, J. T. (1992). States Dyckman : American Loyalist. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Originally published: Boston : Little, Brown, 1980.

Flexner, J. T. (1992). Steamboats Come True : American Inventors in Action. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Originally published: New York : Viking Press, 1944.

Flexner, J. T. (1993). John Singleton Copley. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Originally published: Boston : Houghton Mifflin, 1948.

Flexner, J. T. (1996). Maverick’s Progress : An Autobiography. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes index.

Flexner, J. T. (1998). Random Harvest. Bronx, NY, Oxford University Press USA.

Flin, R. H. (1996). Sitting in the Hot Seat : Leaders and Teams for Critical Incident Management. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Flinn, C. M. (2000). Genealogy Basics Online : A Step-by-step Introduction to Finding Your Ancestors Through the Internet. Cincinnati, Ohio, Course PTR.

Flint, R. and S. C. Flint (1997). The Coronado Expedition to Tierra Nueva : The 1540-1542 Route Across the Southwest. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

The Coronado Expedition to Tierra Nueva is an engaging record of key research by archaeologists, ethnographers, historians, and geographers concerning the first organized European entrance into what is now the American Southwest and northwestern Mexico. In search of where the expedition went and what peoples it encountered, this volume explores the fertile valleys of Sonora, the basins and ranges of southern Arizona, the Zuni pueblos and the Rio Grande Valley of New Mexico, and the Llano Estacado of the Texas panhandle. The twenty-one contributors to the volume have pursued some of the most significant lines of research in the field in the last fifty years; their techniques range from documentary analysis and recording traditional stories to detailed examination of the landscape and excavation of campsites and Indian towns. With more confidence than ever before, researchers are closing in on the route of the conquistadors.

Flipper, H. O. (1998). The Colored Cadet at West Point. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Originally published: New York : Homer Lee & Co., 1978.

Flipper, H. O. and T. D. Harris (1997). Black Frontiersman : The Memoirs of Henry O. Flipper, First Black Graduate of West Point. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

Flippo, R. F. and D. C. Caverly (2000). Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research. Mahwah, N.J., Taylor and Francis Ltd.

The Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research is the most comprehensive and up-to-date source available for college reading and study strategy practitioners and administrators. In this thorough and systematic examination of theory, research, and practice, college reading teachers will find information to make better instructional decisions, administrators will find justification for programmatic implementations, and professors will find in one book both theory and practice to better prepare graduate students to understand the parameters and issues of this field. No other book currently provides a comprehensive collection of information, though college reading and study strategy programs continue to expand and can be found in four-year colleges, universities, community/junior colleges, medical schools, technical schools, and other postsecondary institutions around the world. The Handbook is an essential resource for professionals, researchers, and students as they continue to study, research, learn, and share more about college reading and study strategy issues and instruction.

Flood, R. L. and N. R. A. Romm (1996). Diversity Management : Triple Loop Learning. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Florestal, K. and R. Cooper (1997). Decentralization of Education : Legal Issues. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Flower, B. O. and V. University of (1995). An Interesting Representative of a Vanishing Race. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Flutie, D. and P. Lefko (1999). Flutie. Champaign, IL, Sports Publishing, Inc.

Flynn, L. and G. Lancaster (1996). Children’s Phonology Sourcebook. Bicester, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.

Flynn, R. (1995). Living with the Hyenas : Short Stories. Fort Worth, TX, Texas Christian University Press.

Flynn, T. M. (1997). Cryogenic Engineering. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Flynn, T. R. and D. Judovitz (1993). Dialectic and Narrative. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Flynt, J. W. (1989). Poor but Proud : Alabama’s Poor Whites. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Flynt, J. W. (1998). Alabama Baptists : Southern Baptists in the Heart of Dixie. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Flynt, J. W. and G. W. Berkley (1997). Taking Christianity to China : Alabama Missionaries in the Middle Kingdom, 1850-1950. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Flythe, S. (1990). Lent, the Slow Fast. Iowa City, University of Iowa Press.

Fodor, J. A. (1992). A Theory of Content and Other Essays. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Fodor, J. A. (1995). The Elm and the Expert : Mentalese and Its Semantics. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Written in a highly readable, irreverent style, The Elm and the Expert provides a lively discussion of semantic issues about mental representation, with special attention to issues raised by Frege’s problem, Twin cases, and the putative indeterminacy of reference.

Fodor, J. A. (1998). In Critical Condition : Polemical Essays on Cognitive Science and the Philosophy of Mind. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Fogarty, R. S. (1981). The Righteous Remnant : The House of David. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Fogelson, R. M. (1993). The Fragmented Metropolis : Los Angeles, 1850-1930. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Here with a new preface, a new foreword, and an updated bibliography is the definitive history of Los Angeles from its beginnings as an agricultural village of fewer than 2,000 people to its emergence as a metropolis of more than 2 million in 1930—a city whose distinctive structure, character, and culture foreshadowed much of the development of urban America after World War II.

Fogg, C. D. (1994). Team-based Strategic Planning : A Complete Guide to Structuring, Facilitating, and Implementing the Process. New York, AMACOM.

Fogg, C. D. (1999). Implementing Your Strategic Plan : How to Turn ‘intent’ Into Effective Action for Sustainable Change. New York, AMACOM.

Fogleman, A. S. (1996). Hopeful Journeys : German Immigration, Settlement, and Political Culture in Colonial America, 1717-1775. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Hopeful Journeys traces the German migrant groups from their origins to their places of final settlement in the colonies. The immigrants’Old World customs, beliefs, and connections did not entirely disappear as they adapted to life in the colonies; instead, the Germans’past ways helped shape behavior in the New World. Germans settled in rural, ethnic communities where family, village, and religion helped them succeed in the multi-ethnic, capitalist economy of British North America. This collective strategy carried into the political arena, as the immigrants and their descendants sought to solidify and protect their gains. Fogleman contends that, to a significant degree, the immigrants and their children developed a new ethnic identity: adapting to the strains of migration, settlement, and politicization, they became Americanized without becoming less German.

Foley, G. (1995). Photovoltaic Applications in Rural Areas of the Developing World. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Foley, G. and P. Energy Sector Management Assistance (1997). The Niger Household Energy Project : Promoting Rural Fuelwood Markets and Village Management of Natural Woodlands. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘UNDP ESMAP, Joint United Nations Development Programme/World Bank Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme’–Cover.

Foley, J. F. (1999). The Global Entrepreneur : Taking Your Business International. Chicago, IL, Kaplan Publishing.

Foley, J. M. (1990). Traditional Oral Epic : The Odyssey, Beowulf, and the Serbo-Croation Return Song. London, University of California Press.

John Miles Foley offers an innovative and straightforward approach to the structural analysis of oral and oral-derived traditional texts. Professor Foley argues that to give the vast and complex body of oral’literature’its due, we must first come to terms with the endemic heterogeneity of traditional oral epics, with their individual histories, genres, and documents, as well as both the synchronic and diachronic aspects of their poetics.Until now, the emphasis in studies of oral traditional works has been placed on addressing the correspondences among traditions—shared structures of’formula,”theme,’and’story-pattern.’Traditional Oral Epic explores the incongruencies among traditions and focuses on the qualities specific to certain oral and oral-derived works. It is certain to inspire further research in this field.

Foley, N. (1997). The White Scourge : Mexicans, Blacks, and Poor Whites in Texas Cotton Culture. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In a book that fundamentally challenges our understanding of race in the United States, Neil Foley unravels the complex history of ethnicity in the cotton culture of central Texas. This engrossing narrative, spanning the period from the Civil War through the collapse of tenant farming in the early 1940s, bridges the intellectual chasm between African American and Southern history on one hand and Chicano and Southwestern history on the other. The White Scourge describes a unique borderlands region, where the cultures of the South, West, and Mexico overlap, to provide a deeper understanding of the process of identity formation and to challenge the binary opposition between’black’and’white’that often dominates discussions of American race relations.In Texas, which by 1890 had become the nation’s leading cotton-producing state, the presence of Mexican sharecroppers and farm workers complicated the black-white dyad that shaped rural labor relations in the South. With the transformation of agrarian society into corporate agribusiness, white racial identity began to fracture along class lines, further complicating categories of identity. Foley explores the’fringe of whiteness,’an ethno-racial borderlands comprising Mexicans, African Americans, and poor whites, to trace shifting ideologies and power relations. By showing how many different ethnic groups are defined in relation to’whiteness,’Foley redefines white racial identity as not simply a pinnacle of status but the complex racial, social, and economic matrix in which power and privilege are shared.Foley skillfully weaves archival material with oral history interviews, providing a richly detailed view of everyday life in the Texas cotton culture. Addressing the ways in which historical categories affect the lives of ordinary people, The White Scourge tells the broader story of racial identity in America; at the same time it paints an evocative picture of a unique American region. This truly multiracial narrative touches on many issues central to our understanding of American history: labor and the role of unions, gender roles and their relation to ethnicity, the demise of agrarian whiteness, and the Mexican-American experience.

Folger Collective on Early Women, C. (1995). Women Critics 1660-1820 : An Anthology. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Folino, D. F. (1997). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Making Effective Decisions. Bristol, Vt, Velocity Business Pub.

Folkman, J. (1998). Employee Surveys That Make a Difference : Using Customized Feedback Tools to Transform Your Organization. Provo, UT, Novations Group.

Folkman, J. (1998). Making Feedback Work : Turning Feedback From Employee Surveys Into Change. Provo, UT, Novations Group.

Folsom, E. (1994). Walt Whitman : The Centennial Essays. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

In 1992, the year of the hundredth anniversary of Walt Whitman’s death, a major gathering of international scholars took place at the University of Iowa. Over 150 participants heard papers by 20 of the world’s most eminent critics of Whitman. Three generations of scholars offered new essays that brilliantly tracked the course of past and present Whitman scholarship. So significant was this historic celebration of the great American poet that the opening session was covered by CBS “Sunday Morning,” National Public Radio’s “Morning Edition,” the New York Times, and other newspapers across the country. Musical and theatrical performances, art exhibitions, slide shows, readings, songs, and even a recently discovered recording of Whitman’s voice were presented during the three days of the conference. But the heart of the conference was this series of original essays by some of the most innovative scholars working in the field of American literature. There has ever been a more important collection of Whitman criticism. In these essays, readers will find the most suggestive recent approaches to Whitman alongside the most reliable traditional approaches. Walt Whitman: The Centennial Essays captures Whitman’s energy and vitality, which have only increased in the century after his death.

Folsom, F. (1991). Impatient Armies of the Poor : The Story of Collective Action of the Unemployed, 1808-1942. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Folsom, F. (1994). Days of Anger, Days of Hope : A Memoir of the League of American Writers, 1937-1942. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Fondiller, S. H. and N. National League for (1999). The Writer’s Workbook : Health Professionals’ Guide to Getting Published. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Foner, N. (1995). The Caregiving Dilemma : Work in an American Nursing Home. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Along with increasing life expectancy comes the knowledge that many Americans will one day enter nursing homes. Who are the people who will care for us or for our relatives? Nancy Foner provides a major study of institutional care that focuses on nursing aides, who are the backbone of American nursing homes. She examines the strains and paradoxes facing nursing aides—asked, on the one hand, to provide compassionate care and, on the other, to cope with the pressures of the workplace and the institution.Aides are expected to look after patients, who are predominantly older women, with kindness and consideration, but nursing home regulations and bureaucratic forces often hinder even the best efforts to offer consistently supportive care. Positioned at the bottom of the nursing hierarchy, aides must cope with the needs of frail, dependent residents, pressures from patients’relatives and from their own families, and demands of supervisors and coworkers.Foner’s detailed description and analysis of caregiving dilemmas, based on intensive field research in a New York facility, brings the perspective of the nursing aides to the fore. This is a timely contribution to the study of work, bureaucracy, and the future of an aging American population.

Foner, P. S. and R. J. Branham (1998). Lift Every Voice : African American Oratory, 1787-1900. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Fong, D. S. and R. D. Ross (1998). The Diabetes Eye Care Sourcebook. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Fong, M. S. (1993). The Role of Women in Rebuilding the Russian Economy. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fonow, M. M. and J. A. Cook (1991). Beyond Methodology : Feminist Scholarship As Lived Research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Fontaine, S. I. and S. Hunter (1993). Writing Ourselves Into the Story : Unheard Voices From Composition Studies. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Fonte, M. and V. Cox (1997). The Worth of Women : Wherein Is Clearly Revealed Their Nobility and Their Superiority to Men. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

Gender equality and the responsibility of husbands and fathers: issues that loom large today had currency in Renaissance Venice as well, as evidenced by the publication in 1600 of The Worth of Women by Moderata Fonte. Moderata Fonte was the pseudonym of Modesta Pozzo (1555–92), a Venetian woman who was something of an anomaly. Neither cloistered in a convent nor as liberated from prevailing codes of decorum as a courtesan might be, Pozzo was a respectable, married mother who produced literature in genres that were commonly considered’masculine’—the chivalric romance and the literary dialogue. This work takes the form of the latter, with Fonte creating a conversation among seven Venetian noblewomen. The dialogue explores nearly every aspect of women’s experience in both theoretical and practical terms. These women, who differ in age and experience, take as their broad theme men’s curious hostility toward women and possible cures for it. Through this witty and ambitious work, Fonte seeks to elevate women’s status to that of men, arguing that women have the same innate abilities as men and, when similarly educated, prove their equals. Through this dialogue, Fonte provides a picture of the private and public lives of Renaissance women, ruminating on their roles in the home, in society, and in the arts. A fine example of Renaissance vernacular literature, this book is also a testament to the enduring issues that women face, including the attempt to reconcile femininity with ambition.

Foot, R. (1995). The Practice of Power : US Relations with China Since 1949. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

This book looks at changes in American relations with China since 1949. Focusing on some of the attributes of power, it shows how American positions on Chinese representation at the UN and the trade embargo were subtly eroded.

Foote, J. S. (1998). Live From the Trenches : The Changing Role of the Television News Correspondent. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Contributions by correspondents; includes the discussion held during a conference at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Apr. 1996.

Forbes, A. (1996). Heroes Against AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes how fundraisers, activists, epidemiologists, writers, and social workers help people suffering with AIDS.

Forbes, A. (1996). Kids with AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.

Explains, in simple terms, how AIDS and HIV viruses affect children who are infected and how family and friends can help them.

Forbes, A. (1996). Living in a World with AIDS. New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.

Introduces readers to AIDS, the disease caused by HIV viruses, tells how people become infected and how to avoid infection.

Forbes, A. (1996). Myths and Facts About AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.

Presents simple factual information to dispel misconceptions about HIV and AIDS.

Forbes, A. (1996). What Is AIDS? New York, PowerKids Press.

Presents information about the disease called AIDS by explaining such things as what causes it, how it is spread, and how to avoid getting it.

Forbes, A. (1996). What You Can Do About AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes three things everyone can do about AIDS: learn the facts, teach others, and help people with HIV or AIDS.

Forbes, A. (1996). When Someone You Know Has AIDS. New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.

Introduces AIDS, explaining what it is, how it cannot be spread by casual contact, and how to act around someone who has it.

Forbes, A. (1996). Where Did AIDS Come From? New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.

Discusses the possible origin of AIDS, how it is spread, and how it can be avoided.

Forbes, J. D. (1994). Apache, Navaho, and Spaniard. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Forbes, J. D. (1995). Only Approved Indians : Stories. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Force, L. M. (1996). Tess of the D’Urbervilles : Notes, Including Biographical and Critical Introduction, List of Characters, Synopsis of the Story … Analysis and Discussion, Character Analyses. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cover title: Cliffs notes on Hardy’s Tess of the d’Urbervilles.

Ford, C. B. (2000). The Girls : Jewish Women of Brownsville, Brooklyn, 1940-1995. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Ford, J. (1998). Coleridge on Dreaming : Romanticism, Dreams and the Medical Imagination. Cambridge, U.K, Cambridge University Press.

This book is the first in-depth investigation of Coleridge’s responses to his dreams and to contemporary debates on the nature of dreaming, a subject of perennial interest to poets, philosophers and scientists throughout the Romantic period. Coleridge wrote and read extensively on the subject, but his richly diverse and original ideas have hitherto received little attention, scattered as they are throughout his notebooks, letters and marginalia. Jennifer Ford’s emphasis is on analysing the ways in which dreaming processes were construed, by Coleridge in his dream readings, and by his contemporaries in a range of poetic and medical works. This historical exploration of dreams and dreaming allows Ford to explore previously neglected contemporary debates on’the medical imagination’. By avoiding purely biographical or psychoanalytic approaches, she reveals instead a rich historical context for the ways in which the most mysterious workings of the Romantic imagination were explored and understood.

Ford, K. J. (1997). Gender and the Poetics of Excess : Moments of Brocade. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Ford, L. S. (2000). Transforming Process Theism. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Ford, M. K. and V. University of (1996). Woman’s Progress a Comparison of Centuries. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Ford, N. D. (1998). Supercharge Your Immunity. New Canaan, Conn, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Forehand, R. L. and N. J. Long (1996). Parenting the Strong-willed Child : The Clinically Proven Five-week Program for Parents of Two- to Six-year-olds. Chicago, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Forell, C. A. and D. M. Matthews (2000). A Law of Her Own : The Reasonable Woman As a Measure of Man. New York, NYU Press.

Despite the apparent progress in women’s legal status, the law retains a profoundly male bias, and as such contributes to the pervasive violence and injustice against women. In A Law of Her Own, the authors propose to radically change law’s fundamental paradigm by introducing a’reasonable woman standard’for measuring men’s behavior. Advocating that courts apply this standard to the conduct of men-and women-in legal settings where women are overwhelmingly the injured parties, the authors seek to eliminate the victimization and objectification of women by dismantling part of the legal structure that supports their subordination. A woman-based legal standard-focusing on respect for bodily integrity, agency, and autonomy-would help rectify the imbalance in how society and its legal system view sexual and gender-based harassment, rape, stalking, battery, domestic imprisonment, violence, and death. Examining the bias of the existing’reasonable person’standard through analysis of various court cases and judicial decisions, A Law of Her Own aims to balance the law to incorporate women’s values surrounding sex and violence.

Foreman, E. K. (1991). Survey Sampling Principles. New York, CRC Press.

Foreman, G. (1938). Sequoyah. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Foreman, G. (1953). Indian Removal : The Emigration of the Five Civilized Tribes of Indians. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Foreman, G. (1989). The Five Civilized Tribes– Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek, Seminole. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Foreman, G. (1994). Pioneer Days in the Early Southwest. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Originally published: Cleveland : A.H. Clark, 1926. With new introd.

Foreman, G. and V. University of (1996). The Last of the Five Tribes. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Foreman, N. and R. Gillett (1998). A Handbook of Spatial Research Paradigms and Methodologies. East Sussex, U.K., Psychology Press.

Spatial cognition is a broad field of enquiry, emerging from a wide range of disciplines and incorporating a wide variety of paradigms that have been employed with human and animal subjects. This volume is part of a two- volume handbook reviewing the major paradigms used in each of the contributors’research areas.; This volume considers the issues of neurophysiological aspects of spatial cognition, the assessment of cognitive spatial deficits arising from neural damage in humans and animals, and the observation of spatial behaviours in animals in their natural habitats.; This handbook should be of interest to new and old students alike. The student new to spatial research can be brought up-to- speed with a particular range of techniques, made aware of the background and pitfalls of particular approaches, and directed toward useful sources. For seasoned researchers, the handbook provides a rapid scan of the available tools that they might wish to consider as alternatives when wishing to answer a particular’spatial’research problem.

Foresta, R. A. (1991). Amazon Conservation in the Age of Development : The Limits of Providence. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.

Forester, J. (1999). The Deliberative Practitioner : Encouraging Participatory Planning Processes. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Citizen participation in such complex issues as the quality of the environment, neighborhood housing, urban design, and economic development often brings with it suspicion of government, anger between stakeholders, and power plays by many — as well as appeals to rational argument. Deliberative planning practice in these contexts takes political vision and pragmatic skill. Working from the accounts of practitioners in urban and rural settings, North and South, John Forester shows how skillful deliberative practices can facilitate practical and timely participatory planning processes. In so doing, he provides a window onto the wider world of democratic governance, participation, and practical decision-making. Integrating interpretation and theoretical insight with diverse accounts of practice, Forester draws on political science, law, philosophy, literature, and planning to explore the challenges and possibilities of deliberative practice.

Form, W. H. (1995). Segmented Labor, Fractured Politics : Labor Politics in American Life. New York, Springer.

Forman, R. K. C. (1998). The Innate Capacity : Mysticism, Psychology, and Philosophy. New York, Oxford University Press.

This book is the sequel to Robert Forman’s well-received collection, The Problem of Pure Consciousness (Oxford, 1990). The essays in the earlier volume argued that some mystical experiences do not seem to be formed or shaped by the language system–a thesis that stands in sharp contradistinction to deconstruction in general and to the’constructivist’school of mysticism in particular, which holds that all mysticism is the product of a cultural and linguistic process. In The Innate Capacity, Forman and his colleagues put forward a hypothesis about the formative causes of these’pure consciousness’experiences. All of the contributors agree that mysticism is the result of an innate human capacity, rather than a learned, socially conditioned and constructive process. The innate capacity is understood in several different ways. Many perceive it as an expression of human consciousness per se, awareness itself. Some hold that consciousness should be understood as a built-in link to some hidden, transcendent aspect of the world, and that a mystical experience is the experience of that inherent connectedness. Another thesis that appears frequently is that mystics realize this innate capacity through a process of releasing the hold of the ego and the conceptual system. The contributors here look at mystical experience as it is manifested in a variety of religious and cultural settings, including Hindu Yoga, Buddhism, Sufism, and medieval Christianity. Taken together, the essays constitute an important contribution to the ongoing debate about the nature of human consciousness and mystical experience and its relation to the social and cultural contexts in which it appears.

Formisano, R. P. (1997). The Great Lobster War. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Forni, P. M. (1996). Adventures in Speech : Rhetoric and Narration in Boccaccio’s Decameron. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Parts of this work were previously published in Italian.

Forrest, S. (1998). The Preservation of the Village : New Mexico’s Hispanics and the New Deal. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico.

Forsberg, R. (1995). Nonproliferation Primer : Preventing the Spread of Nuclear, Chemical, and Biological Weapons. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Forsyth, P. (1997). Conducting Effective Negotiations : How to Get the Deal You Want. [N.p.], How To Books.

Forsyth, P. (2000). Marketing on a Tight Budget : An Action Guide to Low Cost Business Growth. London, Kogan Page.

Forsyth, P. T. The Soul of Prayer. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Forsythe, D. P. (1988). Human Rights and U.S. Foreign Policy : Congress Reconsidered. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Forsythe, D. W. (1997). Memos to the Governor : An Introduction to State Budgeting. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.

Fort, A. O. (1998). Jåivanmukti in Transformation : Embodied Liberation in Advaita and Neo-Vedanta. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Forta, B. and N. Weiss (1998). The ColdFusion 4.0 Web Application Construction Kit. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Forta, B. and N. Weiss (1999). Advanced ColdFusion 4.0 Application Development. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Fortune, J. and G. Peters (1995). Learning From Failure : The Systems Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Fossey, R. and M. Bateman (1998). Condemning Students to Debt : College Loans and Public Policy. New York, N.Y., Teachers College Press.

Foster, D. W. (1997). Sexual Textualities : Essays on Queer/ing Latin American Writing. Austin, Tex, University of Texas Press.

Foster, F. S. (1993). Written by Herself : Literary Production by African American Women, 1746-1892. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Foster, G. A. (1999). Captive Bodies : Postcolonial Subjectivity in Cinema. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Foster, H. D. (1999). Webster’s Seventh of March Speech and the Secession Movement, 1850. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Foster, J. (1996). How to Get Ideas. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Foster, K. A. (1997). The Political Economy of Special-purpose Government. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.

Foster, K. R. and P. W. Huber (1997). Judging Science : Scientific Knowledge and the Federal Courts. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Foster, L. and P. S. Herzog (1994). Defending Diversity : Contemporary Philosophical Perspectives on Pluralism and Multiculturalism. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Based on a conference sponsored by the Philosophy Dept. of the University of Massachusetts at Boston.

Foster, L. and M. L. Janson (1998). Adventure Guide to Northern California. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Foster, L. and J. W. Swanson (1970). Experience & Theory. [Amherst, Mass.], University of Massachusetts Press.

Papers originally presented at a public lecture series held at the University of Massachusetts during the academic year 1968-69.

Foster, M. and V. University of (1996). The Trial Balance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Foster, R. F. (1997). W.B. Yeats : A Life. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Foster, S., et al. (1990). A Field Guide to Medicinal Plants : Eastern and Central North America. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

‘Sponsored by the National Audubon Society, the National Wildlife Federation, and the Roger Tory Peterson Institute.’

Foster, S. and B. World (2000). Groundwater in Rural Development : Facing the Challenges of Supply and Resource Sustainability. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Foster, S. L. (1995). Choreographing History. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Foster, S. L. (1998). Choreography & Narrative : Ballet’s Staging of Story and Desire. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Foster, S. S. D., et al. (1998). Groundwater in Urban Development : Assessing Management Needs and Formulating Policy Strategies. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Foster, W. M. and D. L. Swift (1999). Air Pollutants and the Respiratory Tract. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Fott, D. (1998). John Dewey : America’s Philosopher of Democracy. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Foulke, P. and R. Foulke (1998). Romantic Weekends : New England: Coastal Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Connecticut, Coastal Massachusetts, Rhode Island. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Fountain, G. and P. Brazeau (1994). Remembering Elizabeth Bishop : An Oral Biography. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Fountain, J. F. (1996). Subject Headings for School and Public Libraries : An LCSH/Sears Companion. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Fowler, B. A. and C. National Research (1993). Measuring Lead Exposure in Infants, Children, and Other Sensitive Populations. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Lead is a ubiquitous toxic agent that is especially damaging to the young child and the developing fetus. Unlike many environmental health risks, the risks associated with lead are no longer theoretical but have been observed for many years. Indeed, the first regulation of lead in paint was enacted in the 1920s. Currently, because of growing evidence of lead toxicity at lower concentrations, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recently lowered its lead-exposure guideline to 10 ug/dl lead in blood from 25 ug/dl. Measuring Lead Exposure in Infants, Children, and Other Sensitive Populations addresses the public health concern about the logistics and feasibility of lead screening in infants and children at such low concentrations. This book will serve as the basis for all U.S. Public Health Service activities and for all state and local programs in monitoring lead.

Fowler, D. (1986). The Kingdom of Dreams in Literature and Film : Selected Papers From the Tenth Annual Florida State University Conference on Literature and Film. Tallahassee, University Press of Florida.

Fowler, L. J. and D. H. Fowler (1990). Revelations of Self : American Women in Autobiography. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fowler, R. B. (1995). The Greening of Protestant Thought. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

The Greening of Protestant Thought traces the increasing influence of environmentalism on American Protestantism since the first Earth Day, which took place in 1970. Robert Booth Fowler explores the extent to which ecological concerns permeate Protestant thought and examines contemporary controversies within and between mainline and fundamentalist Protestantism over the Bible’s teachings about the environment. Fowler explores the historical roots of environmentalism in Protestant thought, including debates over God’s relationship to nature and the significance of the current environmental crisis for the history of Christianity. Although he argues that mainline Protestantism is becoming increasingly’green,’he also examines the theological basis for many fundamentalists’hostility toward the environmental movement. In addition, Fowler considers Protestantism’s policy agendas for environmental change, as well as the impact on mainline Protestant thinking of modern eco-theologies, process and creation theologies, and ecofeminism.

Fowler, R. B. (1998). Energy & the Deregulated Marketplace : 1998 Survey. Lilburn, GA, Fairmont Press.

Fowler, V. L. and I. Federated Garden Clubs of (1997). Gardening in Iowa and Surrounding Areas. Iowa City, University of Iowa Press.

Includes index.

Fowler, W. R. (1989). The Cultural Evolution of Ancient Nahua Civilizations : The Pipil-Nicarao of Central America. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Fox, A. B. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). Canada in World Affairs. [East Lansing], Michigan State University Press.

Fox, D. (2000). Economy and Semantic Interpretation. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Fox, D. M. (1993). Power and Illness : The Failure and Future of American Health Policy. Berkeley, University of California Press.

During most of this century, American health policy has emphasized caring for acute conditions rather than preventing and managing chronic illness—even though chronic illness has caused most sickness and death since the 1920s. In this provocative and wide-ranging book, Daniel Fox explains why this has been so and offers a forceful argument for fundamental change in national health care priorities.Fox discusses how ideas about illness and health care, as well as the power of special interest groups, have shaped the ways in which Americans have treated illness. Those who make health policy decisions have increased support for hospitals, physicians, and medical research, believing that people then would become healthier. This position, implemented at considerable cost, has not adequately taken into account the growing burden of chronic disabling illness. While decision makers may have defined chronic disease as a high priority in research, they have not given it such a priority in the financing of health services.The increasing burden of chronic illness is critical. Fox suggests ways to solve this problem without increasing the already high cost of health care—but he does not underestimate the difficulties in such a strategy. Advocating the redistribution of resources within hospital and medical services, he targets those that are redundant or marginally effective.There could be no more timely subject today than American health care. And Daniel Fox is uniquely able to address its problems. A historian of medicine, with knowledge of how hospitals and physicians behave and how health policy is made at government levels, he has extensively researched published and unpublished documents on health care. What he proposes could profoundly affect all Americans.

Fox, G. Selected Epistles of George Fox. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fox, G. (1998). Office Etiquette and Protocol. New York, Learning Express.

Fox, G. and R. M. Jones George Fox : An Autobiography. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fox, J. (2000). Multiple and Generalized Nonparametric Regression. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

Fox, J. (2000). Nonparametric Simple Regression : Smoothing Scatterplots. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

Fox, J. (2000). Starting and Building Your Own Accounting Business. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Fox, J. and SoftDisk (1999). The Little Shepard of Kingdom Come. [Shreveport, La.], Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fox, J. and V. University of (1996). ‘Hell Fer Sartain’ : And Other Stories. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fox, J. and V. University of (1996). A Knight of the Cumberland. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fox, J. A. and L. D. Brown (1998). The Struggle for Accountability : The World Bank, NGOs, and Grassroots Movements. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Fox, J. C. (1997). Affirmative Action Plan Workbook. Chicago, CCH Inc.

Fox, J. W., et al. (1992). Proboscidean and Paleoindian Interactions. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.

Fox, K. (1999). Everything You Need to Know About Your Legal Rights. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Briefly discusses the legal rights of individuals, emphasizing real-life situations in which teenagers may find themselves.

Fox, R. (2002). 25 Natural Ways to Relieve Headaches. Chicago, Keats Pub.

Includes index.

Fox, R. A. (1993). Archaeology, History, and Custer’s Last Battle : The Little Big Horn Reexamined. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

On the afternoon of June 25, 1867, an overwhelming force of Sioux and Cheyenne Indians quickly mounted a savage onslaught against General George Armstrong Custer’s battalion, driving the doomed troopers of the U.S. Seventh Cavalry to a small hill overlooking the Little Bighorn River, where Custer and his men bravely erected their heroic last stand.So goes the myth of the Battle of the Little Bighorn, a myth perpetuated and reinforced for over 100 years. In truth, however,’Custer’s Last Stand’was neither the last of the fighting nor a stand.Using innovative and standard archaeological techniques, combined with historical documents and Indian eyewitness accounts, Richard Allan Fox, Jr. vividly replays this battle in astonishing detail. Through bullets, spent cartridges, and other material data, Fox identifies combat positions and tracks soldiers and Indians across the Battlefield. Guided by the history beneath our feet, and listening to the previously ignored Indian testimonies, Fox reveals scenes of panic and collapse and, ultimately, a story of the Custer battle quite different from the fatalistic versions of history. According to the author, the five companies of the Seventh Cavalry entered the fray in good order, following planned strategies and displaying tactical stability. It was the sudden disintegration of this cohesion that caused the troopers’defeat. The end came quickly, unexpectedly, and largely amid terror and disarray. Archaeological evidences show that there was no determined fighting and little firearm resistance. The last soldiers to be killed had rushed from Custer Hill.

Fox, W. F. (1994). Strategic Options for Urban Infrastructure Management. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fox-Rose, J. (2000). Opportunities in Nursing Assistant Careers. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.

Fr²lund, S. (1996). Coordinating Distributed Objects : An Actor-based Approach to Synchronization. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Fraioli, D. A. (2000). Joan of Arc : The Early Debate. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

Joan of Arc arrived at the French court claiming to be sent by God to come to the aid of the dauphin Charles. Most studies of Joan focus on her political expediency, but the starting point of this book is her assertion that she was sent by God: it is the first real exploration of the application of the Catholic doctrine of discretio spirituum(the discernment of spirits) to her case, and ofher reception as a visionary woman. The author examines contemporary theological documents which show genuine debate about Joan’s mission and whether she was diabolically or divinely inspired, also taking into account the two major literary works dealing with her, Christine de Pizan’s Ditie de Jehanne d’Arc and Martin Le Franc’s Le champion des dames, as well as Joan’s own letter tothe English. Appendices offer translations of pertinent Latin and French texts.Professor DEBORAH FRAIOLI teaches in the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures at Simmons College, Boston.

Frakes, J. C. (1994). Brides and Doom : Gender, Property, and Power in Medieval German Women’s Epic. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Francaviglia, R. V. (1996). Main Street Revisited : Time, Space, and Image Building in Small-Town America. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

As an archetype for an entire class of places, Main Street has become one of America’s most popular and idealized images. In Main Street Revisited, the first book to place the design of small downtowns in spatial and chronological context, Richard Francaviglia finds the sources of romanticized images of this archetype, including Walt Disney’s Main Street USA, in towns as diverse as Marceline, Missouri, and Fort Collins, Colorado. Francaviglia interprets Main Street both as a real place and as an expression of collective assumptions, designs, and myths; his Main Streets are treasure troves of historic patterns. Using many historical and contemporary photographs and maps for his extensive fieldwork and research, he reveals a rich regional pattern of small-town development that serves as the basis for American community design. He underscores the significance of time in the development of Main Street’s distinctive personality, focuses on the importance of space in the creation of place, and concentrates on popular images that have enshrined Main Street in the collective American consciousness.

Francaviglia, R. V. (1997). Hard Places : Reading the Landscape of America’s Historic Mining Districts. Iowa City, Iowa, University Of Iowa Press.

Working with the premise that there are much meaning and value in the’repelling beauty’of mining landscapes, Richard Francaviglia identifies the visual clues that indicate an area has been mined and tells us how to read them, showing the interconnections among all of America’s major mining districts. With a style as bold as the landscape he reads and with photographs to match, he interprets the major forces that have shaped the architecture, design, and topography of mining areas. Covering many different types of mining and mining locations, he concludes that mining landscapes have come to symbolize the turmoil between what our society elects to view as two opposing forces: culture and nature.

France, A. Penguin Island. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

France, L. B. (1996). With Rod and Line in Colorado Waters. Boulder, Colo, Pruett Pub. Co.

Originally published: Denver : Chain, Hardy & Co., c1884.

Francese, J. (1997). Narrating Postmodern Time and Space. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Franchot, J. (1994). Roads to Rome : The Antebellum Protestant Encounter with Catholicism. Berkeley, University of California Press.

‘Roads to Rome is a cultural, literary, and religious history of Protestant attitudes toward Roman Catholicism in nineteenth-century America. Jenny Franchot recounts the response of native-born Protestant Americans toward the’foreign’practices of the’immigrant church’–A response characterized by both dramatic hostility and fascination.”Franchot begins by analyzing romantic Protestant historiography; she includes an extended treatment of the century’s major historians of American empire, William Hickling Prescott and Francis Parkman. Their stories of America’s historical development returned obsessively to the question of Catholicism, as it was carried in the minds of cultures of Mesoamerican and North American Indians and as it manifested itself among the Europeans who came to conquer and convert them.”From historical accounts of Catholicism and Indian captivity, Franchot turns to the hugely popular tales of convent incarceration, narrative exposes that spawned the mob destruction of an Ursuline convent outside Boston in 1834. Such improbable tales of Protestant’maidens’who escaped the lecherous tyranny of mother superiors and father confessors extend the tradition of the Indian captivity narrative into the ethnically, theologically, and sexually charged discourse of Protestant nativism – a development central to the captivity fiction of Edgar Allan Poe and Herman Melville.’

Francina, S. (1997). The New Yoga for People Over 50 : A Comprehensive Guide for Midlife and Older Beginners. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Francis, M. and I. Zweiniger-Bargielowska (1996). The Conservatives and British Society, 1880-1990. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Papers originally presented at a conference held at the University of Wales conference centre at Gregynog, Sept. 12-14, 1995.

Francis, P. A. (1997). Listening to Farmers : Participatory Assessment of Policy Reform in Zambia’s Agriculture Sector. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Francis, P. A. and J. A. Akinwumi (1996). State, Community, and Local Development in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Francis, P. A. and B. World (1998). Hard Lessons : Primary Schools, Community, and Social Capital in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Francke, U. and M. Institute of (1994). Fetal Research and Applications : A Conference Summary. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Research involving human fetuses and fetal tissue has been a subject of national debate and rancor for more than two decades. Despite the many demonstrated medical benefits of such research and the issuance of guidelines by various governmental and private ethics advisory bodies, federal support of this research has been severely curtailed. In 1993 the Institute of Medicine (IOM) sponsored a conference on fetal research and applications. This book examines the current state of fetal research and fetal tissue research. It contains an overview of research in the field and a short history on the regulatory and legislative actions governing the field. The bulk of the volume centers on ethical and legal issues of fetal research, preembryo research, fetal research, and fetal tissue transplantation. The volume also contains a full reprinting of the summary from the 1989 IOM book Medically Assisted Conception: An Agenda for Research, including the recommendations and research agenda suggested in that volume. Readers can therefore view that information in context with the suggestions and topics discussed at the conference. The background and research summarized in Fetal Research and Applications should provide insights for future progress and contribute to a fuller understanding of the social and ethical issues involved in this field.

Francus, M. (1994). The Converting Imagination : Linguistic Theory and Swift’s Satiric Prose. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Franey, A. and C. Kaye (1998). Managing High Security Psychiatric Care. London, Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Frank, A. G. (1998). ReORIENT : Global Economy in the Asian Age. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Andre Gunder Frank asks us to ReOrient our views away from Eurocentrism—to see the rise of the West as a mere blip in what was, and is again becoming, an Asia-centered world. In a bold challenge to received historiography and social theory he turns on its head the world according to Marx, Weber, and other theorists, including Polanyi, Rostow, Braudel, and Wallerstein. Frank explains the Rise of the West in world economic and demographic terms that relate it in a single historical sweep to the decline of the East around 1800. European states, he says, used the silver extracted from the American colonies to buy entry into an expanding Asian market that already flourished in the global economy. Resorting to import substitution and export promotion in the world market, they became Newly Industrializing Economies and tipped the global economic balance to the West. That is precisely what East Asia is doing today, Frank points out, to recover its traditional dominance. As a result, the’center’of the world economy is once again moving to the’Middle Kingdom’of China. Anyone interested in Asia, in world systems and world economic and social history, in international relations, and in comparative area studies, will have to take into account Frank’s exciting reassessment of our global economic past and future.

Frank, D. (1999). Buy American : The Untold Story of Economic Nationalism. Boston, Mass, Beacon Press.

Frank, D. H. (1992). Autonomy and Judaism : The Individual and the Community in Jewish Philosophical Thought. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frank, D. H. (1993). A People Apart : Chosenness and Ritual in Jewish Philosophical Thought. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frank, D. H. (1995). Commandment and Community : New Essays in Jewish Legal and Political Philosophy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frank, E. E. (1983). Literary Architecture : Essays Toward a Tradition: Walter Pater, Gerard Manley Hopkins, Marcel Proust, Henry James. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Description based on print version record.

Frank, J. A. (1999). Precision Putting. Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics.

Includes index.

Frank, S. (1999). Crime, Cultural Conflict, and Justice in Rural Russia, 1856-1914. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

This book is the first to explore the largely unknown world of rural crime and justice in post-emancipation Imperial Russia. Drawing upon previously untapped provincial archives and a wealth of other neglected primary material, Stephen P. Frank offers a major reassessment of the interactions between peasantry and the state in the decades leading up to World War I. Viewing crime and punishment as contested metaphors about social order, his revisionist study documents the varied understandings of criminality and justice that underlay deep conflicts in Russian society, and it contrasts official and elite representations of rural criminality—and of peasants—with the realities of everyday crime at the village level.

Frank, S. L. (1993). Man’s Soul : An Introductory Essay in Philosophical Psychology. Athens, Ohio University Press.

Frankel, J., et al. (1999). MP3 Power! with Winamp. Cincinnati, OH, Course PTR.

Frankel, L. P. (1994). Kindling the Spirit : Acts of Kindness and Words of Courage for Women. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Frankena, F. (1992). Strategies of Expertise in Technical Controversies : A Study of Wood Energy Development. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Frankenberger, E. (1998). Food and Love : Dealing with Family Attitudes About Weight. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Examines the role that food plays in the home and how the family affects self-image, and provides suggestions for healthy living to protect against eating disorders.

Frankenberger, W. T. and R. A. Engberg (1998). Environmental Chemistry of Selenium. New York, CRC Press.

‘Written as a complement to the definitive work selenium in the Environment (Marcel Dekker, Inc.). Presents basic and the most recent applied research developments in selenium remediation-emphasizing field investigations as well as covering topics from analytical methods and modeling to regulatory aspects from federal and state perspectives.’

Franklin, B. Boston and London. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. London, 1757-1775. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. Paris 1776-1785. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. Philadelphia 1726-1757 : Articles of Belief and Acts of Religion. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. Philadelphia 1785-1790. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. Poor Richard Improved. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. and V. University of (1995). The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Franklin, B. M. (1994). From ‘backwardness’ to ‘at-risk’ : Childhood Learning Difficulties and the Contradictions of School Reform. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Franklin, C. G. (1997). Writing Women’s Communities : The Politics and Poetics of Contemporary Multi-Genre Anthologies. Madison, University of Wisconsin Press.

Beginning in the 1980s, a number of popular and influential anthologies organized around themes of shared identity—Nice Jewish Girls, This Bridge Called My Back, Home Girls, and others—have brought together women’s fiction and poetry with journal entries, personal narratives, and transcribed conversations. These groundbreaking multi-genre anthologies, Cynthia G. Franklin demonstrates, have played a crucial role in shaping current literary studies, in defining cultural and political movements, and in building connections between academic and other communities. Exploring intersections and alliances across the often competing categories of race, class, gender, and sexuality, Writing Women’s Communities contributes to current public debates about multiculturalism, feminism, identity politics, the academy as a site of political activism, and the relationship between literature and politics.

Franklin, J. L. (1982). Journey Toward Hope : A History of Blacks in Oklahoma. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Franklin, W. and M. Steiner (1992). Mapping American Culture. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

What connections can be drawn between oral history and the shopping mall? Gospel music and the Diablo Canyon nuclear power plant? William Carlos Williams’s Patterson and the Manhattan Project’s secret cities? The answers lie in this insightful collection of essays that read and illuminate the American landscape. Through literature and folklore, music and oral history, autobiography, architecture, and photography, eleven leading writers and thinkers explore the dialectic between space and place in modern American life. The result is an eloquent and provocative reminder of the environmental context of events—the deceptively simple fact that events “take place.”

Franko, M. (1995). Dancing Modernism/performing Politics. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Franks, B. D., et al. (1999). The Health Fitness Handbook. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.

Frantzen, A. J. (1991). Speaking Two Languages : Traditional Disciplines and Contemporary Theory in Medieval Studies. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frantzich, S. E. and J. Sullivan (1999). The C-span Revolution. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Franzen, T. (1996). Spinsters and Lesbians : Independent Womanhood in the United States. New York, NYU Press.

Americans have long held fast to a rigid definition of womanhood, revolving around husband, home, and children. Women who rebelled against this definition and carved out independent lives for themselves have often been rendered invisible in U.S. history.In this unusual comparative study, Trisha Franzen brings to light the remarkable lives of two generations of autonomous women: Progressive Era spinsters and mid-twentieth century lesbians. While both groups of women followed similar paths to independence–separating from their families, pursuing education, finding work, and creating woman-centered communities–they faced different material and cultural challenge and came to claim very different identities. Many of the turn-of-the-century women were prominent during their time, from internationally recognized classicist Edith Hamilton through two early Directors of the Women’s Bureau, Mary Anderson and Freida Miller. Maturing during the time of a broad and powerful women’s movement, they were among that era’s new women, the often-single women who were viewed as in the vanguard of women’s struggle for equality. In contrast, never-married women after World War II, especially lesbians, were considered beyond the pale of real womanhood. Before the women’s and gay/lesbian liberation movements, they had no positive contemporary images of alternative lives for women. Highlighting the similarities and differences between women-oriented women confronting changing gender and sexuality systems, Spinsters and Lesbians thus traces a continuum among women who constructed lives outside institutionalized heterosexuality.

Frappier-Mazur, L. (1996). Writing the Orgy : Power and Parody in Sade. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Fraser, I. (1998). Hegel and Marx : The Concept of Need. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Fraser, J. T. (1987). Time, the Familiar Stranger. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Fraser, L. M. and K. E. Zimon (1997). The Rule Wynn and Rule (Edmonton) Architectural Drawings : An Inventory of the Collection at the Canadian Architectural Archives at the University of Calgary Library. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Includes indexes.

Frayser, S. G. and T. J. Whitby (1995). Studies in Human Sexuality : A Selected Guide. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Frazer, J. G. (1998). The Golden Bough : A Study in Magic and Religion. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Description based on print version record.

Frazer, T. C. (1993). ‘Heartland’ English : Variation and Transition in the American Midwest. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

‘A publication in the Centennial series of the American Dialect Society in celebration of the beginning of its second century of research into language variation in America.’

Frazier, A. W. (1990). Behind the Scenes : Yeats, Horniman, and the Struggle for the Abbey Theatre. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Frazier, W. and A. Sachare (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Playing Basketball. New York, NY, Alpha.

Whether watching from a courtside seat or from the luxury of a living room couch, sports fans want to know exactly what’s going on in between those two hoops-from what the players are thinking, to why fouls are called, to anticipating what the players are going to do before they actually do it. And there is no better man to explain the ins and outs of America’s hottest sport than the Knicks’former star guard, Walt Frazier. In his inimitable voice and style,’Clyde’turns it on as he describes the basics basketball in simple terms anyone can understand, and clues readers into what makes stars such as Michael Jordan so invincible. Includes exciting action photos and a wealth of’Clyde’s Chalk Talk,”Clyde’s Record Book,’and’Clyde’s Tips’sidebars.

Frederic, H. The Damnation of Theron Ware. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Frederic, H. The Market-place. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Frederick, D. C. (1994). Rugged Justice : The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals and the American West, 1891-1941. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Few chapters in American judicial history have a past as colorful as that of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, whose jurisdiction encompasses California, Oregon, Nevada, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Arizona, Hawaii, and Alaska. In the first fifty years after its creation in 1891, this court handled a wide range of cases involving railroads, the Alaska gold rush, disputes over natural resources, and the evolution of the labor movement. David Frederick culled archival sources, including court records and lawyers’and judges’papers, in Los Angeles, St. Louis, San Francisco, Portland, Eugene, and Washington, D.C., and here explores how the court and its judges embodied the same pioneering impulse as other newcomers to the West. In 1895, for example, the Ninth Circuit adjudicated United States v. Stanford, a case of enormous ramifications that determined the liability of railroad robber barons for their unpaid loans obtained to build the transcontinental railroad. The court ruled in favor of Mrs. Jane Stanford, widow of a railroad magnate, thereby saving her fledgling college, Stanford University. Reflecting the prevailing anti-Chinese sentiment, the first Ninth Circuit judges stringently implemented Chinese exclusion laws, which severely restricted Asian immigration during the late nineteenth-century. And in one celebrated Alaska gold rush case, the court in 1900 thwarted an attempt to steal vast sums of gold by judicial process in Nome, Alaska. The court became an important institution in Western development, ruling on questions of natural resource extraction, matters relating to World War I and Prohibition, and issues arising under F.D.R.’s New Deal programs. The institutional evolution of the court also signaled significant changes in the roles of federal judges as the process of federalizing the law gained momentum in the immediate pre-New Deal era. Many of these developments led to heated arguments among the judges over institutional reforms. Rugged Justice vividly portrays and important and somewhat picaresque chapter of American judicial history and will appeal to anyone interested in American studies, Western history, and the courts.

Frederick, S. (1999). A Mother’s Guide to Raising Healthy Children– Naturally. Los Angeles, Ca, NTC Contemporary.

Fredericks, A. D. (1993). Frantic Frogs and Other Frankly Fractured Folktales for Readers Theatre. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

More than 20 reproducible scripts for side-splitting send-ups of wacky folktales and fairy tales.

Fredericks, A. D. (1997). The Librarian’s Complete Guide to Involving Parents Through Children’s Literature : Grades K-6. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Frederickson, H. G. and J. M. Johnston (1999). Public Management Reform and Innovation : Research, Theory, and Application. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

Leading scholars present the most complete, as well as the most advanced, treatment of public management reform and innovation available. The subject of reform in the public sector is not new; indeed, its latest rubric, reinventing government, has become good politics. Still, as the contributors ask in this volume, is good politics necessarily good government? Given the growing desire to reinvent government, there are hard questions to be asked: Is the private sector market model suitable and effective when applied to reforming public and governmental organizations? What are the major political forces affecting reform efforts in public management? How is public management reform accomplished in a constitutional democratic government? How do the values of responsiveness, professionalism, and managerial excellence shape current public management reforms? In this volume, editors H. George Frederickson and Jocelyn M. Johnston bring together scholars with a shared interest in empirical research to confront head-on the toughest questions public managers face in their efforts to meet the demands of reform and innovation. Throughout the book, the authors consider the bureaucratic resistance that results when downsizing and reinvention are undertaken simultaneously, the dilemma public managers face when elected executives set a reform agenda that runs counter to the law, and the mistaken belief that improved management can remedy flawed policy.

Frederickson, K. (1996). Opportunities in Nursing Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Fredrickson, G. M. (1997). The Comparative Imagination : On the History of Racism, Nationalism, and Social Movements. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this collection of essays, an eminent American historian of race relations discusses issues central to our understanding of the history of racism, the role of racism, and the possibilites for justice in contemporary society. George M. Fredrickson provides an eloquent and vigorous examination of race relations in the United States and South Africa and at the same time illuminates the emerging field of comparative history—history that is explicitly cross-cultural in its comparisons of nations, eras, or social structures. Taken together, these thought-provoking, accessible essays—several never before published—bring new precision and depth to our understanding of racism and justice, both historically and for society today.The first group of essays in The Comparative Imagination summarizes and evaluates the cross-national comparative history written in the past fifty years. These essays pay particular attention to comparative work on slavery and race relations, frontiers, nation-building and the growth of modern welfare states, and class and gender relations. The second group of essays represents some of Fredrickson’s own explorations into the cross-cultural study of race and racism. Included are new essays covering such topics as the theoretical and cross-cultural meaning of racism, the problem of race in liberal thought, and the complex relationship between racism and state-based nationalism. The third group contains Fredrickson’s recent work on anti-racist and black liberation movements in the United States and South Africa, especially in the period since World War II.In addition, Fredrickson’s provocative introduction breaks significant new intellectual ground, outlining a justification for the methods of comparative history in light of such contemporary intellectual trends as the revival of narrative history and the predominance of postmodern thought.

Fredriksson, K. (1985). American Rodeo : From Buffalo Bill to Big Business. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Fredriksson, P. and B. World (1999). Trade, Global Policy, and the Environment. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Papers presented at a World Bank conference in April 1998.

Freed, W. J. (2000). Neural Transplantation : An Introduction. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Although there are many scientific and philosophical reasons to study the brain, for William J. Freed,’the most compelling reason to study the brain is to be able to repair the brains of individuals with nervous system injury or disease.’Advances in repairing the nervous system, as well as new data on brain development, growth, and plasticity, have revolutionized the field of brain research and given rise to the technology of brain tissue transplantation. In this book Freed discusses both what may and what may not be possible.The book covers two aspects of neural tissue transplantation research. One involves the transplantation of particular cells to repair or augment specific neuronal systems. This technique could be useful for such conditions as Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, chronic pain, and epilepsy. The other line of research concerns regeneration from injury, especially of the spinal cord.After providing basic background on transplantation, brain structure, and development, the book discusses Parkinson’s disease, the use of transplants to influence localized brain functions, circuit reconstruction, and genetic engineering and other future technologies.

Freedman, D. P. (1995). Millay at 100 : A Critical Reappraisal. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Freedman, R. O. (1993). The Middle East After Iraq’s Invasion of Kuwait. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.

Freedman, S. W. (1999). Inside City Schools : Investigating Literacy in Multicultural Classrooms. New York, Teachers College Press.

Freeman, A. (1999). How to Save Your Company Big $$$ in Small Ways : True Stories of Real Companies. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Freeman, B. C. (1997). The Feminine Sublime : Gender and Excess in Women’s Fiction. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

The Feminine Sublime provides a new and startling insight into the modes and devices employed in the creation of women’s fiction since the eighteenth century. Barbara Claire Freeman argues that traditional theorizations of the sublime depend upon unexamined assumptions about femininity and sexual difference, and that the sublime could not exist without misogynistic constructions of’the feminine.’Taking this as her starting point, Freeman suggests that the’other sublime’that comes into view from this new perspective not only offers a crucial way to approach representations of excess in women’s fiction, but allows us to envision other modes of writing the sublime.Freeman reconsiders Longinus, Burke, Kant, Weiskel, Hertz, and Derrida while also engaging a wide range of women’s fiction, including novels by Chopin, Morrison, Rhys, Shelley, and Wharton. Addressing the coincident rise of the novel and concept of the sublime in eighteenth-century European culture, Freeman allies the articulation of sublime experience with questions of agency and passion in modern and contemporary women’s fiction. Arguments that have seemed merely to explain the sublime also functioned to evaluate, domesticate, and ultimately exclude an otherness that is almost always gendered as feminine. Freeman explores the ways in which fiction by American and British women, mainly of the twentieth century, responds to and redefines what the tradition has called’the sublime.’

Freeman, E. A. Race and Language. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, E. A. William the Conqueror. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Freeman, H. (1995). Industrial Pollution Prevention Handbook. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Freeman, K. S. (1997). Blake’s Nostos : Fragmentation and Nondualism in The Four Zoas. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Freeman, M. E. W. The Copy-cat and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Freeman, M. E. W. The Wind in the Rose-bush : And Other Stories of the Supernatural. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Freeman, M. E. W. The Yates Pride : A Romance. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). After the Rain. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Conflict Ended. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Criss-cross. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Eglantina. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Emancipation. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Guest in Sodom. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Last Gift. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Lost Dog. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Love and the Witches. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). An Old Arithmetician. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Poetess. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Revolt of ‘Mother’. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Revolt of Sophia Lane. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Cat. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Copy-cat & Other Stories. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Emmy. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). A Gatherer of Simples. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Humble Pie. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Prism. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Squirrel. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Three Old Sisters and the Old Beau. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). A Wandering Samaritan. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Whist-players. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1998). A Maiden Lady. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1998). The Yates Pride : A Romance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freeman, R. D. (1998). Bilingual Education and Social Change. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Freese, S. W. and D. L. Sizemore (1994). A Century in the Works : Freese and Nichols Consulting Engineers, 1894-1994. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Freilich de Segal, A. and J. Friedman (1998). Cláper. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Freiss, M. (1998). Protecting Networks with SATAN. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly.

Freitag, R. (1998). Catalogue of the Tiger Beetles of Canada and the United States. Ottawa, NRC Research Press.

Issued by the National Research Council of Canada.

Freitag, S. B. (1989). Culture and Power in Banaras : Community, Performance, and Environment, 1800-1980. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Freixas, X. (1997). Microeconomics of Banking. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

French, B. A. (1998). The Ticking Tenure Clock : An Academic Novel. Albany, State University of New York Press.

French, E. and J. Lecompte (1987). Emily, the Diary of a Hard-worked Woman. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

French, P. A. (1997). Cowboy Metaphysics : Ethics and Death in Westerns. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

For many of us, the image of the cowboy hero facing off against the villain dominates our memories of the movies. Peter French examines the world of the western, one in which death is annihilation, the culmination of life, and there is nothing else. In that world he finds alternatives to Judeo-Christian traditions that dominate our ethical theories, alternatives that also attack the views of the most prominent ethicists of the past three centuries. More than just a meditation on the portrayal of the good, the bad, and the ugly on the big screen, French’s work identifies an attitude toward life that he claims is one of the most distinctive and enduring elements of American culture.

French, R. M. (1995). The Subtlety of Sameness : A Theory and Computer Model of Analogy-making. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

French, W. E. (1996). A Peaceful and Working People : Manners, Morals, and Class Formation in Northern Mexico. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Frenkel, J. A., et al. (1996). Fiscal Policies and Growth in the World Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Covering a full array of topics in open economy macro and public economics, Fiscal Policies and Growth in the World Economy has been thoroughly revised and extended. The added material in this new edition includes stochastic rational-expectations extensions of the Mundell-Fleming model, the development of a dynamic-optimizing approach of the trade balance, and an entirely new part on issues of international economic convergence, which also contains a comprehensive policy overview.

Freud, S. and V. University of (1997). A Young Girl’s Diary. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Freudenburg, W. R. and R. Gramling (1994). Oil in Troubled Waters : Perceptions, Politics, and the Battle Over Offshore Drilling. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frey, B. J. (1998). Graphical Models for Machine Learning and Digital Communication. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

A variety of problems in machine learning and digital communication deal with complex but structured natural or artificial systems. In this book, Brendan Frey uses graphical models as an overarching framework to describe and solve problems of pattern classification, unsupervised learning, data compression, and channel coding. Using probabilistic structures such as Bayesian belief networks and Markov random fields, he is able to describe the relationships between random variables in these systems and to apply graph-based inference techniques to develop new algorithms. Among the algorithms described are the wake-sleep algorithm for unsupervised learning, the iterative turbodecoding algorithm (currently the best error-correcting decoding algorithm), the bits-back coding method, the Markov chain Monte Carlo technique, and variational inference.

Frey, H.-J. (1996). Interruptions. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Frey, N. L. (1998). Pilgrim Stories : On and Off the Road to Santiago, Journeys Along an Ancient Way in Modern Spain. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Each year thousands of men and women from more than sixty countries journey by foot and bicycle across northern Spain, following the medieval pilgrimage road known as the Camino de Santiago. Their destination is Santiago de Compostela, where the remains of the apostle James are said to be buried. These modern-day pilgrims and the role of the pilgrimage in their lives are the subject of Nancy Louise Frey’s fascinating book.Unlike the religiously-oriented pilgrims who visit Marian shrines such as Lourdes, the modern Road of St. James attracts an ecumenical mix of largely well-educated, urban middle-class participants. Eschewing comfortable methods of travel, they choose physically demanding journeys, some as long as four months, in order to experience nature, enjoy cultural and historical patrimony, renew faith, or cope with personal trauma.Frey’s anthropological study focuses on the remarkable reanimation of the Road that has gained momentum since the 1980s. Her intensive fieldwork (including making the pilgrimage several times herself) provides a colorful portrayal of the pilgrimage while revealing a spectrum of hopes, discontents, and desires among its participants, many of whom feel estranged from society. The Camino’s physical and mental journey offers them closer community, greater personal knowledge, and links to the past and to nature.But what happens when pilgrims return home? Exploring this crucial question Frey finds that pilgrims often reflect deeply on their lives and some make significant changes: an artistic voice is discovered, a marriage is ended, meaningful work is found. Other pilgrims repeat the pilgrimage or join a pilgrims’association to keep their connection to the Camino alive. And some only remain pilgrims while on the road. In all, Pilgrim Stories is an exceptional prism through which to understand the desires and dissatisfactions of contemporary Western life at the end of the millennium.’Feet are touched, discussed, massaged, [and] become signs of a journey well traveled:’I did it all on foot!’… Pilgrims give feet a power and importance not recognized in daily life, as a causeway and direct channel to the road, the past, meaningful relations, nature, and the self.’

Frey, R. (1993). The World of the Crow Indians : As Driftwood Lodges. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Frey, R. (1995). Stories That Make the World : Oral Literature of the Indian Peoples of the Inland Northwest As Told by Lawrence Aripa, Tom Yellowtail, and Other Elders. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Frey, S. R. and B. Wood (1998). Come Shouting to Zion : African American Protestantism in the American South and British Caribbean to 1830. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

The conversion of African-born slaves and their descendants to Protestant Christianity marked one of the most important social and intellectual transformations in American history. Come Shouting to Zion is the first comprehensive exploration of the processes by which this remarkable transition occurred. Using an extraordinary array of archival sources, Sylvia Frey and Betty Wood chart the course of religious conversion from the transference of traditional African religions to the New World through the growth of Protestant Christianity in the American South and British Caribbean up to 1830. p Come Shouting to Zion depicts religious transformation as a complex reciprocal movement involving black and white Christians. It highlights the role of African American preachers in the conversion process and demonstrates the extent to which African American women were responsible for developing distinctive ritual patterns of worship and divergent moral values within the black spiritual community. Finally, the book sheds light on the ways in which, by serving as a channel for the assimilation of Western culture into the slave quarters, Protestant Christianity helped transform Africans into African Americans.

Freyer, T. A. (1990). Justice Hugo Black and Modern America. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

A reprint of 2 special issues of the Alabama law review, v. 36, no. 3 (spring 1985) and v. 38, no. 2 (winter 1987).

Friberg, S. and K. Larsson (1997). Food Emulsions. New York, CRC Press.

Includes index.

Fried, B. and J. Sherma (1999). Thin-Layer Chromatography, Revised And Expanded. New York, CRC Press.

The fourth edition of this work emphasizes the general practices and instrumentation involving TLC and HPTLC, as well as their applications based on compound types, while providing an understanding of the underlying theory necessary for optimizing these techniques. The book details up-to-date qualitative and quantitative densitometric experiments on organic dyes, lipids, antibiotics, pharmaceuticals, organic acids, insecticides, and more.

Fried, G. and G. J. Hademenos (1999). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Biology. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes indexes.

Fried, R. (1999). Breathe Well, Be Well : A Program to Relieve Stress, Anxiety, Asthma, Hypertension, Migraine, and Other Disorders for Better Health. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fried, R. L. (1995). The Passionate Teacher : A Practical Guide. Boston, Beacon Press.

An inspiring handbook, enthusiastically embraced by teachers; with a new chapter Every teacher can be a passionate teacher-one who engages young people in the excitement of learning and ideas-if teaching is not undermined by the ways we’do business’in schools. The Passionate Teacher draws on voices, stories, and successes of teachers in urban, suburban, and rural classrooms to help you become, and remain, a passionate teacher despite the obstacles. This edition includes a new chapter for teachers beginning their careersFrom the Trade Paperback edition.

Frieden, K. (1995). Classic Yiddish Fiction : Abramovitsh, Sholem Aleichem, and Peretz. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Friedenberg, R. V. (1989). ‘Hear O Israel’ : The History of American Jewish Preaching, 1654-1970. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Friedfertig, M. and G. West (1998). The Electronic Day Trader. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Friedl, E. (1997). Children of Deh Koh : Young Life in an Iranian Village. Syracuse, N.Y., Syracuse University Press.

Friedl, J. E. F. (1997). Mastering Regular Expressions : Powerful Techniques for Perl and Other Tools. Sebastopol, O’Reilly.

Friedland, L. S. and V. University of (1998). Anton Chekhov. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Friedland, M. B. (1998). Lift up Your Voice Like a Trumpet : White Clergy and the Civil Rights and Antiwar Movements, 1954-1973. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

When the Supreme Court declared in 1954 that segregated publicschools were unconstitutional, the highest echelons ofProtestant, Catholic, and Jewish religious organizationsenthusiastically supported the ruling, and black civil rightsworkers expected and actively sought the cooperation of theirwhite religious cohorts. Many white southern clergy, however,were outspoken in their defense of segregation, and even thosewho supported integration were wary of risking their positions byurging parishioners to act on their avowed religious beliefs in acommon humanity. Those who did so found themselves abandoned by friends, attacked by white supremacists, and often driven fromtheir communities. p Michael Friedland here offers a collective biography of severalsouthern and nationally known white religious leaders who didstep forward to join the major social protest movements of themid-twentieth century, lending their support first to the civilrights movement and later to protests over American involvementin Vietnam. Profiling such activists as William Sloane CoffinJr., Daniel and Philip Berrigan, Abraham Joshua Heschel, EugeneCarson Blake, Robert McAfee Brown, and Will D. Campbell, hereveals the passions and commitment behind their involvement in these protests and places their actions in the context of a burgeoning ecumenical movement.

Friedlander, H. (1995). The Origins of Nazi Genocide : From Euthanasia to the Final Solution. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Tracing the rise of racist and eugenic ideologies, Henry Friedlander explores in chilling detail how the Nazi program of secretly exterminating the handicapped and disabled evolved into the systematic destruction of Jews and Gypsies. He describes how the so-called euthanasia of the handicapped provided a practical model for the later mass murder, thereby initiating the Holocaust.The Nazi regime pursued the extermination of Jews, Gypsies, and the handicapped based on a belief in the biological, and thus absolute, inferiority of those groups. To document the connection between the assault on the handicapped and the Final Solution, Friedlander shows how the legal restrictions and exclusionary policies of the 1930s, including mass sterilization, led to mass murder during the war. He also makes clear that the killing centers where the handicapped were gassed and cremated served as the models for the extermination camps.Based on extensive archival research, the book also analyzes the involvement of the German bureaucracy and judiciary, the participation of physicians and scientists, and the nature of popular opposition.

Friedlander, S. and N. Uzel (1992). The Whirling Dervishes : Being an Account of the Sufi Order Known As the Mevlevis and Its Founder the Poet and Mystic Mevlana Jalalu’ddin Rumi. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Friedman, L. G. and T. R. Furey (1999). The Channel Advantage : Going to Market with Multiple Sales Channels to Reach More Customers, Sell More Products, Make More Profit. Oxford, Routledge.

The Channel Advantage’deals with one topic, and deals with it comprehensively and rigorously: how to construct a sales channel system that will yield world-class sales performance and durable competitive advantage. This book helps readers move decisively away from the notion of channel strategy as a sideline to the core business. Building a channel advantage is the core business today, and this is an essential text and reference for all serious marketing and sales professionals and students. Channel innovation is separating market winners from market losers, and not just in leading-edge technology industries. In a business world where industry players are selling practically the same products at essentially the same prices at about the same cost, the only real source of sustainable competitive advantage is the sales channel: how you sell, not what you sell. Selling becomes a question of how to connect products with customers via the best mix of sales channels: the sales force, value-added partners, distributors, retail stores, telemarketing, and the Internet. In short, how companies sell has become as important as what they sell.’The Channel Advantage’explains how leading companies develop strategies that integrate e-commerce, telemarketing, sales forces, and distributors to achieve superior sales performance and sustainable competitive advantage.Timothy R. Furey is chairman, CEO and co-founder of Oxford Associates, a privately held consulting firm specializing in sales and market strategy, e-commerce channel integration and market research, based in Bethesda, Maryland. Oxford has achieved an annual growth of more than forty percent since its creation in 1991 and was named one of America’s 500 fastest growing private companies by Inc. Magazine in 1997. Furey, a pioneer in the use of hybrid sales and marketing strategies for blue chip companies, works extensively with senior management leadership teams to develop and implement go-to-market growth strategies. His clients include IBM, American Express, Marriott, Xerox, Fidelity Investments, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Johnson & Johnson. Under his leadership, Oxford Associates has developed leading-edge strategies, business processes and systems for deploying and integrating multi-channel sales and marketing systems. They work to align products with the right customers via an appropriate mix of the Internet, telesales, distributors, value-added partners, and traditional sales force channels.Mr. Furey is the co-author of THE CHANNEL ADVANTAGE (Butterworth-Heinemann, August 31, 1999), which is endorsed by the CEOs of America Online, Lotus Development, Ocean Spray, and Xerox. Mr. Furey also serves on the Board of Directors of Alpha Industries (Nasdaq:AHAA), a leading semiconductor manufacturer for wireless telephone applications.Previously, Mr. Furey worked with Boston Consulting Group, Strategic Planning Associates, Kaiser Associates and the Marketing Science Institute. He earned a BA in Economics, cum laude, from Harvard University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Lawrence G. Friedman is an internationally recognized channel strategy consultant whose clients have included companies such as Lotus, AT&T, Canon, Compaq Digital Equipment, Microsoft and Bell Atlantic. He also held executive level positions at Andersen Consulting and Huthwaite, Inc., the sales research firm that developed the SPIN Selling Model.In 1996, Friedman, with Neil Rackham and Richard Ruff, co-authored the best-seller, GETTING PARTNERING RIGHT (McGraw-Hill). He is on the review board of the Journal of Selling and Major Account Management, which published his article, Multiple Channel Sales Strategy, in the April, 1999 issue.His firm, The Sales Strategy In

Friedman, M. (1992). A Program for Monetary Stability. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Friedman, M. and R. D. Friedman (1982). Capitalism and Freedom : Fortieth Anniversary Edition. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

Selected by the Times Literary Supplement as one of the’hundred most influential books since the war’How can we benefit from the promise of government while avoiding the threat it poses to individual freedom? In this classic book, Milton Friedman provides the definitive statement of his immensely influential economic philosophy—one in which competitive capitalism serves as both a device for achieving economic freedom and a necessary condition for political freedom. The result is an accessible text that has sold well over half a million copies in English, has been translated into eighteen languages, and shows every sign of becoming more and more influential as time goes on.

Friedman, M. S. (1992). A Heart of Wisdom : Religion and Human Wholeness. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Friedman, M. S. (1996). Martin Buber and the Human Sciences. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Friedman, S. M., et al. (1999). Communicating Uncertainty : Media Coverage of New and Controversial Science. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Exploring the interactions that swirl around scientific uncertainty and its coverage by the mass media, this volume breaks new ground by looking at these issues from three different perspectives: that of communication scholars who have studied uncertainty in a number of ways; that of science journalists who have covered these issues; and that of scientists who have been actively involved in researching uncertain science and talking to reporters about it. In particular, Communicating Uncertainty examines how well the mass media convey to the public the complexities, ambiguities, and controversies that are part of scientific uncertainty. In addition to its new approach to scientific uncertainty and mass media interactions, this book distinguishes itself in the quality of work it assembles by some of the best known science communication scholars in the world. This volume continues the exploration of interactions between scientists and journalists that the three coeditors first documented in their highly successful volume, Scientists and Journalists: Reporting Science as News, which was used for many years as a text in science journalism courses around the world.

Friedman-Kasaba, K. (1996). Memories of Migration : Gender, Ethnicity, and Work in the Lives of Jewish and Italian Women in New York, 1870-1924. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Friedmann, J. (2000). How to Make Money Scriptwriting. Exeter, England, Intellect.

Many books deal with how to write better scripts, but this is the only one to tackle the business side of being a professional writer.Written by a leading literary agent, this is an indispensable insider’s guide to the development process – from the original idea right through to production – it provides the reader with an easy-to-read handbook for: • Identifying what audiences want and understanding their emotional needs • Developing successful ideas for film and television drama • Writing more effective treatments and step outlines • Improving one’s ability to pitch ideas and scripts • Surviving’development hell’• Handling meetings to get what you want out of them • Negotiating and understanding contracts • Protecting ideas, treatments and scripts • Establishing copyright for writers

Friedmann, R. R. (1998). Crime and Criminal Justice in Israel : Assessing the Knowledge Base Toward the Twenty-first Century. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Friel, J. (1998). Cycling Past 50. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.

Friel, J. C. and L. D. Friel (1998). The 7 Worst Things Parents Do. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Fries, A. L. The Moravians in Georgia, 1735-1740. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Fries, R. C. (1997). Reliable Design of Medical Devices. New York, CRC Press.

Presenting the basic concepts and major issues associated with medical device design, this text describes current development processes as well as standards and regulatory information, providing a basis for assessing new technologies. It aims to help manufacturers establish and operate a viable reliability assurance programme, and purchasers to formulate effective methods of vendor evaluation.

Fries, R. C. (1998). Medical Device Quality Assurance and Regulatory Compliance. New York, CRC Press.

‘Acquaints developers of medical devices with the basic concepts and major issues of medical quality assurance and regulatory documents, describes the requirements listed in these documents, and provides strategies for compliance with these requirements.’

Frigon, N. L. and H. K. Jackson (1996). The Leader : Developing the Skills & Personal Qualities You Need to Lead Effectively. New York, AMACOM.

Frink, M. and C. E. Barthelmess (1965). Photographer on an Army Mule. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Frisch, A. (1995). Essential System Administration. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.

Frisch, C. (1995). Careers Inside the World of Sales. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Frisch, C. (1999). Careers in Starting and Building Franchises. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Describes what franchises are and how they work, the education and training needed, different kinds of franchise businesses, career opportunities, and more.

Frisch, C. (2000). Everything You Need to Know About Getting a Job. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Explains how to get a job, including information on everything from social security cards to resumes and networking tips.

Frisch, H. (1998). Countdown to Statehood : Palestinian State Formation in the West Bank and Gaza. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Frisch, W. (1993). The Early Works of Arnold Schoenberg, 1893-1908. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Frischtak, L. L. (1994). Governance Capacity and Economic Reform in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Frison, G. C. (1996). The Mill Iron Site. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Frisvad, J. C., et al. (1998). Chemical Fungal Taxonomy. New York, CRC Press.

Fritsche, J. (1999). Historical Destiny and National Socialism in Heidegger’s Being and Time. Berkeley, University of California Press.

There has been much debate over the relationship of Heidegger’s philosophy—in particular his book Being and Time—to his practical involvement with National Socialism. Yet the question has never been addressed through a comparison of Being and Time with other texts on history and politics written at the time. Johannes Fritsche does this, providing a detailed interpretation of the relevant passages in Being and Time—especially sections 72-77 on fate, community, and society. He analyzes for comparison two other authors who explicitly regarded themselves as rightists—Adolf Hitler (Mein Kampf) and Max Scheler (Formalism in Ethics and other writings)—and two authors on the left—Georg Lukács (History and Class Consciousness) and Paul Tillich (The Socialist Decision).Fritsche concludes that Being and Time is a brilliant summary of right-wing politics in general, which proposes the destruction of liberal society in order to regenerate an idealized community. In addition, Heidegger rejects positions on the right, such as Scheler’s, that enabled their authors to distance themselves from the most extreme political rightists, and thus he paves the way for National Socialism. Being and Time, Fritsche demonstrates, must be seen as a clear case for the National Socialists and their project of revitalization of the Volksgemeinschaft, the community of the people.

Fritz, R. (1996). Corporate Tides : The Inescapable Laws of Organizational Structure. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Includes index.

Fritz, R. (1997). Wars of Succession : The Blessings, Curses and Lessons That Family-owned Firms Offer Anyone in Business. Santa Monica, Calif, Silver Lake Publishing.

Includes index.

Fritz, R. (1999). The Path of Least Resistance for Managers : Designing Organizations to Succeed. San Francisco, CA, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Includes index.

Fröberg, R. (1997). An Introduction to Gröbner Bases. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Froissart, J. Chronicles of Froissart. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Froment Meurice, M. (1995). Solitudes : From Rimbaud to Heidegger. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Fromer, R. (1993). The Holocaust Odyssey of Daniel Bennahmias, Sonderkommando. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Fronius, H. (2007). Women and Literature in the Goethe Era 1770-1820 : Determined Dilettantes. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

The Goethe era of German literature was dominated by men. Women were discouraged from reading and scorned as writers; Schiller saw female writers as typical’dilettantes’. But the attempt to exclude did not always succeed, and the growing literary market rewarded some women’s determination. This study combines archival research, literary analysis, and statistical evidence to give a sociological-historical overview of the conditions of women’s literary production. Highlighting many authors who have fallen into obscurity, this study tells the story of women who managed to write and publish at a time when their efforts were not welcomed. Although eighteenth-century gender ideology is an important pre-condition for women’s literary production, it does not necessarily determine the praxis of their actual experiences, as this study makes clear. Using a range of examples from a variety of sources, the real story of women who read, wrote, and published in the shadow of Goethe emerges.

Frost, C. F. (1996). Changing Forever : The Well-kept Secret of America’s Leading Companies. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

Frost, D. and L. H. Westling (1995). Witness to Injustice. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Frost, L. A. (1990). The Custer Album : A Pictorial Biography of General George A. Custer. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Reprint. Originally published: Seattle, Wash. : Superior Pub. Co., c1964.

Frost, R. and V. University of (1997). A Group of Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Frucht, W. (1999). Imaginary Numbers : An Anthology of Marvelous Mathematical Stories, Diversions, Poems, and Musings. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Fruchtman, J. (1996). Thomas Paine : Apostle of Freedom. [N.p.], Four Walls Eight Windows.

Frueh, J. (1996). Erotic Faculties. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Frugé, A. (1993). A Skeptic Among Scholars : August Frugé on University Publishing. Berkeley, University of California Press.

When August Frugé joined the University of California Press in 1944, it was part of the University’s printing department, publishing a modest number of books a year, mainly monographs by UC faculty members. When he retired as director 32 years later, the Press had been transformed into one of the largest, most distinguished university presses in the country, publishing more than 150 books annually in fields ranging from ancient history to contemporary film criticism, by notable authors from all over the world. August Frugé’s memoir provides an exciting intellectual and topical story of the building of this great press. Along the way, it recalls battles for independence from the University administration, the Press’s distinctive early style of book design, and many of the authors and staff who helped shape the Press in its formative years.

Frumkin, N. (1998). Tracking America’s Economy. Armonk, N.Y., ME Sharpe, Inc.

Fry, E. H. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). The Canadian Political System. Washington, D.C., Michigan State University Press.

Fry, H. and G. Wine (1999). Hayden Fry : A High Porch Picnic. Champaign, IL, Sports.

Fry, R. W. (1999). 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (1999). The Great Big Book of How to Study. Franklin Lakes, N.J., Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (1999). The Great Big Book of Personal Productivity. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). ‘Ace’ Any Test. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). Ask the Right Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Fry, R. W. (2000). Get Organized. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). How to Study. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Memory. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Reading. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Writing. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Fry, V. and M. United States Holocaust Memorial (1997). Surrender on Demand. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

‘Published in conjunction with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum.’

Frydman, R., et al. (1998). Capitalism with a Comrade’s Face : Studies in the Postcommunist Transition. Budapest, Hungary, Central European University Press.

Includes index.

Frydman, R., et al. (1993). The Privatization Process in Central Europe : Economic Environment, Legal and Ownership Structure, Institutions for State Regulation, Overview of Privatization Programs, Initial Transformation of Enterprises. Budapest, Central European University Press.

Frykman, G. A. (1998). Seattle’s Historian and Promoter : The Life of Edmond Stephen Meany. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

As a young man, Edmond Meany tried and failed at a couple of business ventures in Seattle before he found his niche as a promoter, specifically of Washington’s participation in the Chicago World’s Fair of 1893. He parlayed this success into a seat in the state legislature, and became one of the prime movers of Seattle’s first world’s fair, the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Exposition of 1909. Many of the buildings from that fair later became incorporated into Meany’s beloved second home, the campus of the University of Washington, where he taught history for nearly four decades. Two buildings on the UW campus have been named for him.

Fu, C. W.-h. and S. Heine (1995). Japan in Traditional and Postmodern Perspectives. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fu, L., et al. (1995). The Sea of Regret : Two Turn-of-the-century Chinese Romantic Novels. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Fuchs, R. J. and U. United Nations (1994). Mega-city Growth and the Future. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

Fuchs, S. (1992). The Professional Quest for Truth : A Social Theory of Science and Knowledge. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fudenberg, D. and D. K. Levine (1998). The Theory of Learning in Games. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

In economics, most noncooperative game theory has focused on equilibrium in games, especially Nash equilibrium and its refinements. The traditional explanation for when and why equilibrium arises is that it results from analysis and introspection by the players in a situation where the rules of the game, the rationality of the players, and the players’payoff functions are all common knowledge. Both conceptually and empirically, this theory has many problems.In The Theory of Learning in Games Drew Fudenberg and David Levine develop an alternative explanation that equilibrium arises as the long-run outcome of a process in which less than fully rational players grope for optimality over time. The models they explore provide a foundation for equilibrium theory and suggest useful ways for economists to evaluate and modify traditional equilibrium concepts.

Fuglie, K. O. and D. Schimmelpfennig (2000). Public-Private Collaboration in Agricultural Research : New Institutional Arrangements and Economic Implications. Ames, Iowa, Wiley-Blackwell.

Fuhrhop, J.-H. and C. Endisch (2000). Molecular and Supramolecular Chemistry of Natural Products and Their Model Compounds. New York, CRC Press.

An assessment of the known properties of natural products and their model compounds to determine their usefulness in biological and medical experimentation, as well as in synkinetics – the reversible synthesis of noncovalent compounds. It explores new techniques such as cryoelectron and scanning force microscopy and solid-state NMR spectroscopy of membrane systems. There are 500 figures and reaction schemes.

Fujita, F. (1993). Foo, a Japanese-American Prisoner of the Rising Sun : The Secret Prison Diary of Frank ‘Foo’ Fujita. Denton, Tex, University of North Texas Press.

Fujita, M., et al. (1999). The Spatial Economy : Cities, Regions, and International Trade. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Since 1990 there has been a renaissance of theoretical and empirical work on the spatial aspects of the economy — that is, where economic activity occurs and why. Using new tools — in particular, modeling techniques developed to analyze industrial organization, international trade, and economic growth — this’new economic geography’has emerged as one of the most exciting areas of contemporary economics.The authors show how seemingly disparate models reflect a few basic themes, and in so doing they develop a common’grammar’for discussing a variety of issues. They show how a common approach that emphasizes the three-way interaction among increasing returns, transportation costs, and the movement of productive factors can be applied to a wide range of issues in urban, regional, and international economics. This book is the first to provide a sound and unified explanation of the existence of large economic agglomerations at various spatial scales.

Fujitani, T. (1996). Splendid Monarchy : Power and Pageantry in Modern Japan. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Using ceremonials such as imperial weddings and funerals as models, T. Fujitani illustrates what visual symbols and rituals reveal about monarchy, nationalism, city planning, discipline, gender, memory, and modernity. Focusing on the Meiji Period (1868-1912), Fujitani brings recent methods of cultural history to a study of modern Japanese nationalism for the first time.

Fukao, M. (1995). Financial Integration, Corporate Governance, and the Performance of Multinational Companies. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Fuke, R. P. (1999). Imperfect Equality : African Americans and the Confines of White Racial Attitudes in Post-emancipation Maryland. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Fukui, H. (1993). Food and Population in a Northeast Thai Village. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Fulco, C., et al. (1995). The Development of Medications for the Treatment of Opiate and Cocaine Addictions : Issues for the Government and Private Sector. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Pharmacotherapy, as a means of treating drug addiction in combination with other treatment modalities, has received too little attention from the research community, the pharmaceutical industry, public health officials, and the federal government. Medications to combat drug addiction could have an enormous impact on the medical consequences and socioeconomic problems associated with drug abuse, both for drug-dependent individuals and for American society as a whole. This book examines the current environment for and obstacles to the development of anti-addiction medications, specifically those for treating opiate and cocaine addictions, and proposes incentives for the pharmaceutical industry that would help overcome those obstacles and accelerate the development of anti-addiction medications.

Fuller, A. W. and V. University of (1995). A Wife Manufactured to Order. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Fuller, R. (1995). The Brotherhood of the Common Life and Its Influence. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Fulmer, W. E. (2000). Shaping the Adaptive Organization. New York, AMACOM.

Includes bibliographical references and index.

Fulton, G. B. and E. K. Metress (1995). Perspectives on Death and Dying. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Fulton, J. (1998). Complete Idiot’s Guide to Upgrading and Repairing PCs. Indianapolis, Ind, Que.

Rev. ed. of: Complete idiot’s guide to upgrading your PC. c1996.

Fulton, M. (1998). Exploring Careers in Cyberspace. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Provides background information on the Internet and such related careers as programmer, writers, designers, sales representatives, and’Cyber-bosses,’and includes interviews with people working in the field.

Fultz, J. (1998). In Search of Donna Reed. Iowa City, Iowa, University of Iowa Press.

Fulweiler, H. W. (1993). Here a Captive Heart Busted : Studies in the Sentimental Journey of Modern Literature. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Fundaciâon Salvadoreäna para el Desarrollo Econâomico y, S. and B. World (1998). El Salvador, Rural Development Study. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Fuoss, K. (1997). Striking Performances : Performing Strikes. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.

Furdell, E. L. (1998). James Welwood : Physician to the Glorious Revolution. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.

Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Field Trip to a Coral Reef. New York, PowerKids Press.

Explains the nature of a coral reef, the conditions it needs to grow, and the plant and animal life surrounding it.

Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Field Trip to a Tide Pool. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes tide pools and the plants and animals that live in them.

Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Trip to a Beehive. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes how bees live together in colonies, how they make honey, find food, and communicate, and explains why bees are important to flowers and humans.

Furht, B. (1998). Multimedia Technologies and Applications for the 21st Century : Visions of World Experts. Boston, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Furlong, P. J. (1991). Between Crown and Swastika : The Impact of the Radical Right on the Afrikaner Nationalist Movement in the Fascist Era. [Middletown, Conn.], Wesleyan University Press.

Furlough, E. and V. De Grazia (1996). The Sex of Things : Gender and Consumption in Historical Perspective. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This volume brings together the most innovative historical work on the conjoined themes of gender and consumption. In thirteen pioneering essays, some of the most important voices in the field consider how Western societies think about and use goods, how goods shape female, as well as male, identities, how labor in the family came to be divided between a male breadwinner and a female consumer, and how fashion and cosmetics shape women’s notions of themselves and the society in which they live. Together these essays represent the state of the art in research and writing about the development of modern consumption practices, gender roles, and the sexual division of labor in both the United States and Europe.Covering a period of two centuries, the essays range from Marie Antoinette’s Paris to the burgeoning cosmetics culture of mid-century America. They deal with topics such as blue-collar workers’survival strategies in the interwar years, the anxieties of working-class consumers, and the efforts of the state to define women’s—especially wives’and mothers’—consumer identity. Generously illustrated, this volume also includes extensive introductions and a comprehensive annotated bibliography. Drawing on social, economic, and art history as well as cultural studies, it provides a rich context for the current discourse around consumption, particularly in relation to feminist discussions of gender.

Furman, A. (1997). Israel Through the Jewish-American Imagination : A Survey of Jewish-American Literature on Israel, 1928-1995. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Furman, L. S. and V. University of (1995). Hard-hearted Barbary Allen. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Furman, L. S. and V. University of (1995). A Special Providence. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Furnham, A. (1998). The Psychology of Managerial Incompetence : A Sceptic’s Dictionary of Modern Organizational Issues. London, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Furst, D. and L. R. Furst (1994). Home Is Somewhere Else : Autobiography in Two Voices. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Furst, L. R. (1992). Through the Lens of the Reader : Explorations of European Narrative. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Furst, P. T. and S. B. Schaefer (1996). People of the Peyote : Huichol Indian History, Religion, & Survival. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

‘An international and multidisciplinary collection on the Huichol. Chapters on contemporary life include the discussion of gender, religion, healing and ceremonial practices, peyotism, and cultural change. Particularly interesting are Nahmad Sitton’s piece on Huichol religion and the Mexican State; Shaefer’s chapter on peyotism and meaning; and the conclusions co-authored by Furst and Schaefer that offers an excellent illustration of the challenges and dynamism of Huichol contemporary life’–Handbook of Latin American Studies, v. 57.

Furth, C. (1999). A Flourishing Yin : Gender in China’s Medical History: 960–1665. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This book brings the study of gender to Chinese medicine and in so doing contextualizes Chinese medicine in history. It examines the rich but neglected tradition of fuke, or medicine for women, over the seven hundred years between the Song and the end of the Ming dynasty. Using medical classics, popular handbooks, case histories, and belles lettres, it explores evolving understandings of fertility and menstruation, gestation and childbirth, sexuality, and gynecological disorders.Furth locates medical practice in the home, where knowledge was not the monopoly of the learned physician and male doctors had to negotiate the class and gender boundaries of everyday life. Women as healers and as patients both participated in the dominant medical culture and sheltered a female sphere of expertise centered on, but not limited to, gestation and birth. Ultimately, her analysis of the relationship of language, text, and practice reaches beyond her immediate subject to address theoretical problems that arise when we look at the epistemological foundations of our knowledge of the body and its history.

Furubotn, E. G. and R. Richter (1991). The New Institutional Economics : A Collection of Articles From the Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Fusarelli, L. D., et al. (2015). Handbook of Education Politics and Policy. New York, Routledge.

This revised edition of the Handbook of Education Politics and Policy presents the latest research and theory on the most important topics within the field of the politics of education. Well-known scholars in the fields of school leadership, politics, policy, law, finance, and educational reform examine the institutional backdrop to our educational system, the political behaviors and cultural influences operating within schools, and the ideological and philosophical positions that frame discussions of educational equity and reform. In its second edition, this comprehensive handbook has been updated to capture recent developments in the politics of education, including Race to the Top and the Common Core State Standards, and to address the changing role politics play in shaping and influencing school policy and reform. Detailed discussions of key topics touch upon important themes in educational politics, helping leaders understand issues of innovation, teacher evaluation, tensions between state and federal lawmakers over new reforms and testing, and how to increase student achievement. Chapter authors also provide suggestions for improving the political behaviors of key educational groups and individuals with the hope that an understanding of political goals, governance processes, and policy outcomes may contribute to ongoing school reform.

Fuster, V. and I. S. Nash (1999). Efficacy of Myocardial Infarction Therapy : An Evaluation of Clinical Trials Evidence. New York, Dekker.

Futrell, R. F. (1989). Ideas, Concepts, Doctrine : Basic Thinking in the United States Air Force, 1961-1984. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Gaag, J. v. d. and B. World (1995). Public and Private Initiatives : Working Together for Health and Education. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

This booklet seeks to examine the change in Bank focus on lending towards an approach to economic growth via a human resources development method. The forward cites a need for a better understanding of the importance of and interconnections among two essential prerequesites for development: 1) a thriving, growing economy and public policies that make that possible, and 2) investment in people through education, health and other basic services. In response to this combination the Bank is giving high priority to helping countries respond to the challenges and opportunities before them by lending for education, health, nutrition and other aspects of human capital development. As part of these efforts, the Bank assists countries to arrive at whatever form of public/private mix is best for their particular circumstances. This booklet decribes that work with two main purposes. The first is to help redress an information gap. Many decision makers and others involved in choices about public/private roles have limited information on, or experience with, the diversity and subtleties of issues and possible solutions on what private entities can and do contribute in the health and education fields. The public side they may know well, but the private possibilities much less so. The examples presented here of different approaches from different countries and situations are meant to help correct that informational imbalance. The second purpose is to bring together recent instances of the Bank’s support for health and education initiatives involving the private sector, including some where non-governmental organizations and community-based groups have played an important role. A cross-section from various regions and subsectors of human development projects, these cases indicate the breadth and new directions of strategies now emerging. Some are still in their early stages, others more advanced.

Gâandara, P. C. (2000). The Dimensions of Time and the Challenge of School Reform. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Gabarro, J. J. (1987). The Dynamics of Taking Charge. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Gabbard, D. (2000). Knowledge and Power in the Global Economy : Politics and the Rhetoric of School Reform. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

Gabbert, L. (1999). An American Rodeo : Riding and Roping. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes the work that cowboys do and how events at a rodeo evolved as a test of cowboys’skills.

Gabehart, S. (1997). The Upstart Guide to Buying, Valuing, and Selling Your Business. Chicago, Ill, Kaplan Publishing.

‘Bonus software Windows friendly’–Cover.

Gable, F. B. (1990). Opportunities in Pharmacy Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Gaboriau, E. The Mystery of Orcival. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaboriau, E. (1999). The Count’s Millions. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaboriau, E. (1999). Other People’s Money. Champaigne, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaboriau, E. (2000). Baron Trigault’s Vengeance. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gabriel, K. (1996). Country Towns of New Mexico. Oaks, PA, NTC Contemporary.

Gabriel, K. (1996). Gambler Way : Indian Gaming in Mythology, History, and Archaeology in North America. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

Gad, S. C. (1999). Product Safety Evaluation Handbook. New York, CRC Press.

‘Provides comprehensive, single-source coverage of the latest toxicity testing requirements and methods for personal care products, industrial and agricultural chemicals, and consumer goods. Second Edition, contains a new chapter on toxicokinetic testing and modeling, offers the latest solutions to common problems in testing and risk assessment, supplies an updated bibliography and more than 1300 references-over 100 new to this edition, and more.’

Gadamasetti, K. G. (1999). Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry. New York, CRC Press.

Providing guidance for chemists and other scientists entering pharmaceutical discovery and development, this up-to-the-minute reference presents contributions from an international group of nearly 50 renowned researchers—offering a solid grounding in synthetic and physical organic chemistry, and clarifying the roles of various specialties in the development of new drugs. Featuring over 1000 references, tables, and illustrations, Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry is sure to find its way to the bookshelves of organic, physical, analytical, process, and medicinal chemists and biochemists; pharmacists; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines.

Gadamer, H. G. (1994). Literature and Philosophy in Dialogue : Essays in German Literary Theory. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gadamer, H. G., et al. (1997). Gadamer on Celan : ‘Who Am I and Who Are You?’ and Other Essays. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gadamer, H. G., et al. (1992). Hans-Georg Gadamer on Education, Poetry, and History : Applied Hermeneutics. Albany, SUNY Press.

In these essays, appearing for the first time in English, Gadamer addresses practical questions about recent politics in Europe, about education and university reform, and about the role of poetry in the modern world. This book also includes a series of interviews that the editors conducted in 1986. Gadamer elaborates on his experiences in education and politics, touching on the collapse of the Weimar Republic, the early Frankfurt School, Heidegger and the Nazis, university life in East Germany, and the prospects for Europe in the coming years.Hans-Georg Gadamer was probably Heidegger’s leading interpreter in Germany, and in the 1950s and 1960s he became the world’s leading exponent of hermeneutics. His hermeneutical theory explains how it is that ancient art and philosophy still speak to us today. His influential idea of the “fusion of horizons” also shows how it is that we understand what is remote form our own culture.

Gadd, G. M. and N. A. R. Gow (1995). The Growing Fungus. New York, Springer.

Gaddie, R. K. and J. L. Regens (2000). Regulating Wetlands Protection : Environmental Federalism and the States. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gadjigo, S. (1993). Ousmane Sembáene : Dialogues with Critics and Writers. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

‘This book first appeared in October 1993 as a special issue of Contributions in black studies’–Verso t.p.

Gadotti, M. (1994). Reading Paulo Freire : His Life and Work. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gadotti, M. (1996). Pedagogy of Praxis : A Dialectical Philosophy of Education. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gaertner, J. T. (1990). North Bank Road : The Spokane, Portland & Seattle Railway. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Gaffney, A. and W. University of (1998). Aftermath : Remembering the Great War in Wales. Cardiff, University of Wales.

‘Published on behalf of the History and Law Committee of the Board of Celtic Studies.’

Gaffney, P. D. (1994). The Prophet’s Pulpit : Islamic Preaching in Contemporary Egypt. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Muslim preaching has been central in forming public opinion, building grassroots organizations, and developing leadership cadres for the wider Islamist agenda. Based on in-depth field research in Egypt, Patrick Gaffney focuses on the preacher and the sermon as the single most important medium for propounding the message of Islam. He draws on social history, political commentary, and theological sources to reveal the subtle connections between religious rhetoric and political dissent.Many of the sermons discussed were given during the rise of Islamic fundamentalism, and Gaffney attempts to describe this militant movement and to compare it with official Islam. Finally, Gaffney presents examples of the sermons, so readers can better understand the full range of contemporary Islamic expression.

Gage, S. M. (1999). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Extraordinary Customer Service. Bristol, Vt, Velocity Business Pub.

Gage, T. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Cigars. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Gage, T. (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to Choosing Cigars. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Gagel, D. V. (1998). Ohio Photographers, 1839-1900. Nevada City, CA, Carl Mautz Pub.

Gaines, A. D. and A. American Anthropological (1992). Ethnopsychiatry : The Cultural Construction of Professional and Folk Psychiatries. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gaines, G. S. and J. P. Pate (1998). The Reminiscences of George Strother Gaines : Pioneer and Stateman of Early Alabama and Mississippi, 1805-1843. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This first book-length, annotated edition of Gaines’Reminiscences provides a fascinating glimpse into the early history of the Mississippi-Alabama Territory and antebellum Alabama. The two sections of the Reminiscences of George Strother Gaines form one of the most important primary sources on the early history of Alabama and Mississippi. The Reminiscences cover the years 1805 to 1843, during which time Gaines served as assistant factor and then factor of the Choctaw trading house (1805-18), cashier of Tombeckbee Bank in St. Stephens (1818-22), a merchant in Demopolis (1822-32), and finally a banker and merchant in Mobile (1832-43). In addition, Gaines played a key role in Indian-white relations during the Creek War of 1813-14, served a two-year term in the Alabama Senate (1825-27), led a Choctaw exploring party to the new Choctaw lands in the West following the Treaty of Dancing Rabbit Creek (1830-31), and served as the superintendent for Choctaw removal (1831-32). Gaines dictated his Reminiscences in 1871 at the age of eighty-seven. Part of the Reminiscences, referred to as the’first series,’was originally published in five issues of the Mobile Register in June-July 1872 as’Notes on the Early Days of South Alabama.’Nearly a century later, the first series and the previously unpublished second series,’Reminiscences of Early Times in Mississippi Territory,’were published in a 1964 issue of the Alabama Historical Quarterly as’Gaines’Reminiscences.’In this first book-length edition of the Reminiscences, James Pate has provided an extensive biographical introduction, notes, illustrations, maps, and appendixes to aid the general reader and the scholar. The appendixes include additional unpublished primary materials-including interviews conducted by Albert James Pickett in 1847 and 1848 that provide further information about this important early pioneer and statesman.

Gaines, J. (1991). Contested Culture : The Image, the Voice, and the Law. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Jane M. Gaines examines the phenomenon of images as property, focusing on the legal staus of mechanically produced visual and audio images from popular culture. Bridging the fields of critical legal studies and cultural studies, she analyzes copyright, trademark, and intellectual property law, asking how the law constructs works of authorship and who owns the country’s cultural heritage.

Gaines, W. C. (1998). Civil War Gold and Other Lost Treasures. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.

Gâisli, P. and E. P. Durrenberger (1996). Images of Contemporary Iceland : Everyday Lives and Global Contexts. Iowa City, IA, University Of Iowa Press.

The Anthropology of Iceland presents the first perspectives on Icelandic anthropology from both Icelandic and foreign anthropologists. The thirteen essays in this volume are divided into four themes: ideology and action; kinship and gender; culture, class, and ethnicity; and the Commonwealth period of circa 930 to 1220, which saw the flowering of sagas. Insider and outsider viewpoints on such topics as the Icelandic women’s movement, the transformation of the fishing industry, the idea of mystical power in modern Iceland, and archaeological research in Iceland merge to form an international, comparative discourse. Individually and collectively, by bringing the insights of anthropology to bear on Iceland, the native and foreign authors of this volume carry Iceland into the realm of modern anthropology, advancing our understanding of the island’s people and the practice of anthropology.

Gaitachew, B. (1993). The Emperor’s Clothes : A Personal Viewpoint of Politics and Administration in the Imperial Ethiopian Government, 1941-1974. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

… An engaging personal account of a public service career n the period leading to the 1974 revolution. It…persuades and provides real insight into the genuine noblesse oblige of the first generation of technocrats drawn from the social elite of the post- war period. -James McCann, Boston University

Gaither, C. C. and A. E. Cavazos-Gaither (1998). Mathematically Speaking : A Dictionary of Quotations. Bristol, CRC Press.

For the first time, a book has brought together in one easily accessible form the best expressed thoughts that are especially illuminating and pertinent to the discipline of mathematics. Mathematically Speaking: A Dictionary of Quotations provides profound, wise, and witty quotes from the most famous to the unknown. You may not find all the quoted’jewels’that exist, but you will definitely a great many of them here. The extensive author and subject indexes provide you with the perfect tools for locating quotations for practical use or pleasure, and you will soon enjoy discovering what others have said on topics ranging from addition to zero.This book will be a handy reference for the mathematician or scientific reader and the wider public interested in who has said what on mathematics.

Galal, A. (1994). Welfare Consequences of Selling Public Enterprises : An Empirical Analysis: a Summary. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Summary of a book published by Oxford University Press for the World Bank’–P. [ii].

Galal, A., et al. (1994). Does Privatization Deliver? : Highlights From a World Bank Conference. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Galanti, G.-A. (1997). Caring for Patients From Different Cultures : Case Studies From American Hospitals. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Galbraith, J. K. (1983). The Anatomy of Power. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

Galbraith, J. K. (1987). Economics in Perspective : A Critical History. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

Galbraith, J. K. (1994). A Journey Through Economic Time : A Firsthand View. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

Galbraith, J. K. (1996). The Good Society : The Humane Agenda. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

Includes index.

Galbraith, J. K. (1998). The Affluent Society. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

‘Updated and with a new introduction by the author’–Cover.

Gale, F. G. (1994). Political Literacy : Rhetoric, Ideology, and the Possibility of Justice. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Gale, X. L. (1996). Teachers, Discourses, and Authority in the Postmodern Composition Classroom. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gale, X. L. and F. G. Gale (1999). (Re)visioning Composition Textbooks : Conflicts of Culture, Ideology, and Pedagogy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gale, Z. and V. University of (1997). Friday. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Gale, Z. and V. University of (1998). The Secret Dove. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Galilei, G. and M. A. Finocchiaro (1989). The Galileo Affair : A Documentary History. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In 1633 the Roman Inquisition concluded the trial of Galileo Galilei with a condemnation for heresy. The trial was itself the climax of a series of events which began two decades earlier (in 1613) and included another series of Inquisition proceedings in 1615-1616. Besides marking the end of the controversy that defines the original episode, the condemnation of 1633 also marks the beginning of another classic controversy-about the Galileo affair, its causes, its implications, and its lessons; about whether, for example, John Milton was right when in the Areopagitica he commented on his visit to Galileo in Florence by saying:’There it was that I found and visited the famous Galileo, grown old a prisoner to the Inquisition, for thinking in astronomy otherwise than the Franciscan and Dominican licensers thought.’I happen to be extremely interested in this second story and second controversy, and a critical interpretation of the affair remains one of my ultimate goals. But that is not the subject of the present work, which is rather concerned with something more fundamental, namely with the documentation of the original episode. To be more exact, the aim of this book is to provide a documentary history of the series of developments which began in 1613 and culminated in 1633 with the trial and condemnation of Galileo. That is, it aims to provide a collection of the essential texts and documents containing information about both the key events and the key issues. The documents have been translated into English from the original languages, primarily Italian and partly Latin; they have been selected, are arranged, annotated, introduced, and otherwise edited with the following guiding principles in mind: to make the book as self-contained as possible and to minimize contentious interpretation and evaluation. The Galileo affair is such a controversial and important topic that one needs a sourcebook from which to learn firsthand about the events and the issues; since no adequate volume of the kind exists, this work attempts to fill the lacuna. The originals of the documents translated and collected here can all be found in printed sources. In fact, with one exception they are all contained in the twenty volumes of the National Edition of Galileo’s works, edited by Antonio Favaro and first published in 1890-1909. The exception is the recently discovered’Anonymous Complaint About The Assayer,’whose original was discovered and first published in 1983 by Pietro Redondi; this document is also contained in the critical edition of the Inquisition proceedings edited by Sergio M. Pagano and published in 1984 by the Pontifical Academy of Sciences. My selection was affected partly by the criterion of importance insofar as I chose documents that I felt to be (more or less) essential. Since I was also influenced by the double focus of this documentary history on events and issues, I therefore included two types of documents: the first consists of relatively short documents which are mostly either Inquisition proceedings (Chapters V and IX) or letters (Chapters I, VII, and VIII) and which primarily (though not exclusively) record various occurrences; the second type consists of longer essays by Galileo (Chapters II, Ill, IV, and VI) which discuss many of the central scientific and philosophical issues and have intrinsic importance independent of the affair. Finally, my goal of maximizing the autonomy of this volume suggested another reason for including some of these longer informative essays on the scientific issues (Chapters IV and VI).

Galilei, G. and M. A. Finocchiaro (1997). Galileo on the World Systems : A New Abridged Translation and Guide. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Galileo’s 1632 book, Dialogue on the Two Chief World Systems, Ptolemaic and Copernican, comes alive for twentieth-century readers thanks to Maurice Finocchiaro’s brilliant new translation and presentation. Condemned by the Inquisition for its heretical proposition that the earth revolves around the sun, Galileo’s masterpiece takes the form of a debate, divided into four’days,’among three highly articulate gentlemen.Finocchiaro sets the stage with his introduction, which not only provides the human and historical framework for the Dialogue but also admits the reader gracefully into the basic non-Copernican understanding of the universe that would have been shared by Galileo’s original audience. The translation of the Dialogue is abridged in order to highlight its essential content, and Finocchiaro gives titles to the various parts of the debate as a guide to the principal topics. By explicating his own critical reading of this text that is itself an exercise in critical reasoning on a gripping real-life controversy, he illuminates those universal, perennial activities of the human mind that make Galileo’s book a living document. This is a concrete, hands-on introduction to critical thinking. The translation has been made from the Italian text provided in volume 7 of the Critical National Edition of Galileo’s complete works edited by Antonio Favaro. The translator has also consulted the 1632 edition, as well as the other previous English translations, including California’s 1967 version.Galileo on the World Systems is a remarkably nuanced interpretation of a classic work and will give readers the tools to understand and evaluate for themselves one of the most influential scientific books in Western civilization.

Galin, M. (1997). Between East and West : Sufism in the Novels of Doris Lessing. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gall, G. J. (1999). Pursuing Justice : Lee Pressman, the New Deal, and the CIO. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gallagher, B. J. and W. H. Schmidt (1997). A Peacock in the Land of Penguins : A Tale of Diversity and Discovery. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Gallagher, C. (1995). Nobody’s Story : The Vanishing Acts of Women Writers in the Marketplace, 1670-1920. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Exploring the careers of five influential women writers of the Restoration and eighteenth century, Catherine Gallagher reveals the connections between the increasing prestige of female authorship, the economy of credit and debt, and the rise of the novel. The’nobodies’of her title are not ignored, silenced, or anonymous women. Instead, they are literal nobodies: the abstractions of authorial personae, printed books, intellectual property rights, literary reputations, debts and obligations, and fictional characters. These are the exchangeable tokens of modern authorship that lent new cultural power to the increasing number of women writers through the eighteenth century. Women writers, Gallagher discovers, invented and popularized numerous ingenious similarities between their gender and their occupation. The terms’woman,”author,”marketplace,’and’fiction’come to define each other reciprocally.Gallagher analyzes the provocative plays of Aphra Behn, the scandalous court chronicles of Delarivier Manley, the properly fictional nobodies of Charlotte Lennox and Frances Burney, and finally Maria Edgeworth’s attempts in the late eighteenth century to reform the unruly genre of the novel.

Gallagher, G. W. (1991). Struggle for the Shenandoah : Essays on the 1864 Valley Campaign. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Few geographical regions played a more critical role in the American Civil War than the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia. At no time did the Valley loom larger on the military landscape than in the late summer and fall of 1864, when the armies of Jubal A. Early and Philip H. Sheridan waged their bitter struggle. The military and political stakes were immense. War on civilians first became policy on a theater-wide scale, and tactical operations ranged from guerrilla activity to the grand encounter at Cedar Creek. Without an appreciation of why the Shenandoah Valley became first a battleground and then a wasteland, it is impossible to understand fully the last year of the war. These essays seek to illuminate various facets of the 1864 Valley campaign. The authors question the relative importance of operations in the Shenandoah, the respective performances of Early and Sheridan, and the roles of Confederate guerrillas and cavalry. Often departing from conventional views and sometimes disagreeing with one another, the essays should spark further debate on one of the more important an dramatic military events of the conflict.

Gallagher, G. W. (1992). The First Day at Gettysburg : Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

The Battle of Gettysburg exerts a unique hold on the national imagination. Many writers have argued that it represented the turning point of the Civil War, after which Confederate fortunes moved inexorably toward defeat. Successive generations of historians have not exhausted the topic of leadership at Gettysburg, especially with regard to the first day of the battle. Often overshadowed by more famous events on the second and third days, the initial phase of the contest offers the most interesting problems of leadership, including Lee’s strategy and tactics, the conduct of Confederate corps commanders Richard S. Ewell and A.P. Hill, Oliver Otis Howard’s role on the Union side, and a series of notable debacles among Lee’s brigadiers. Drawing on a range of sources, the contributors combine interpretation and fresh evidence that should challenge students of the battle, Civil War buffs, and military historians to reconsider their understanding of the events of July 1, 1863.

Gallagher, G. W. (1993). The Second Day at Gettysburg : Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Notable Civil War historians herein continue the evaluation of select commanders begun in The First Day at Gettysburg: Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Using fresh manuscript sources coupled with a careful consideration of the existing literature, they explore issues such as Robert E. Lee’s decision to renew the tactical offensive on July 2; James Longstreet’s effectiveness in executing Lee’s plan; the origin and impact of Daniel E. Sickle’s decision to advance his Third Corps, which formed the infamous Sickle’s Salient; the little-understood role of Henry W Slocum and his Union Twelfth Corps; and the contribution of John C. Caldwell’s division in the maelstrom of the Wheatfield. Provocative and occasionally at odds with one another, these essays present new evidence to expand understanding of the battle and offer sometimes controversial interpretations to prompt re-evaluation of several officers who played crucial roles during the second day at Gettysburg. Historians and other students of the battle who are not persuaded by all of the essays nonetheless will find they cannot lightly dismiss their arguments.

Gallagher, J. (1998). The World Wars Through the Female Gaze. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Gallagher, S. E. (1998). The Rule of the Rich? : Adam Smith’s Argument Against Political Power. University Park, Pa, Pennsylvania State University Press.

Gallardo, J. S., et al. (1997). A Commercial Bank’s Microfinance Program : The Case of Hatton National Bank in Sri Lanka. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Gallas, K. (1998). ‘Sometimes I Can Be Anything’ : Power, Gender, and Identity in a Primary Classroom. New York, Teachers College Press.

Gallaway, B. P. (1994). Texas, the Dark Corner of the Confederacy : Contemporary Accounts of the Lone Star State in the Civil War. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Gallegos, S. (1996). Stone Horses. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Galliers, R. and W. Currie (1999). Rethinking Management Information Systems : An Interdisciplinary Perspective. New York, OUP Oxford.

This book examines influential ideas within Management Information Systems (MIS). Leading international contributors summarize key topics and explore a variety of issues currently being discussed in the field. They re-visit influential ideas such as socio-technical theory, systems thinking, and structuration theory and demonstrate their relevance to newer ideas such as re-engineering, hybrid management, knowledge workers, and outsourcing. In locating MIS within an interdisciplinary context, particularly in the light of rapid technological changes, this book will form the link between past and future approaches to MIS.

Gallimore, R. (1999). Developmental Perspectives on Children with High-incidence Disabilities. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

This volume has two purposes. The first is to summarize, substantiate, and extend current knowledge on the development of children with high incidence disabilities–most notably, learning disabilities, behavioral disorders, and mild mental retardation. The second is to honor the career of Professor Barbara K. Keogh and her contributions to the developmental study of children with high incidence disabilities. Internationally recognized for her accomplishments, Keogh is esteemed for her originality and clarity of thought. For nearly forty years, she has set an extraordinary model of analytic rigor combined with a kind and generous manner that inspires, supports, and sets an exacting standard of scholarship. The contributing authors to this volume represent only a fraction of the students and scholars touched by her distinguished career. In conceiving this volume, the editors sought to represent the topics, problems, and issues to which Keogh has devoted herself. They invited chapters that summarize what is known about the high incidence handicapping conditions that her research has mainly addressed and sought to reflect the probing, questioning style that she brings to her own work. Researchers, policymakers, and graduate students in special education and associated disciplines who seek to stay current will find this volume crucial reading.

Gallmeister, B. O. (1995). POSIX. 4–programming for the Real World. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.

Galnoor, I. (1995). The Partition of Palestine : Decision Crossroads in the Zionist Movement. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Galt, J. Annals of the Parish. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Galt, J. The Ayrshire Legatees. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Galt, J. The Provost. Champaign Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Galvin, B. (1998). Hotel Malabar. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Galvin, P. J. (1995). Opportunities in Plumbing and Pipe Fitting Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Gambhir, V. (1995). The Teaching and Acquisition of South Asian Languages. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Gamble, E. B. (1999). The God-idea of the Ancients or Sex in Religion. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gamble, E. B. and V. University of (1997). The God-idea of the Ancients, Or, Sex in Religion. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Gamble, S. (1997). Angela Carter : Writing From the Front Line. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Gambles, A. (1999). Protection and Politics : Conservative Economic Discourse, 1815-1852. [Suffolk, England], Boydell & Brewer.

The complex and troubled relationship between protectionism and Conservatism in nineteenth-century Britain is the focus of this book. It looks at how the developing free-trade orthodoxy was challengedwithin Conservatism, and offers new perspectives on the intellectual controversies which precipitated the Conservative party’s split of 1846 and the intricate denouement of 1846-52. In contrast to traditional accounts, it also seeks to explore the intellectual character of opposition to the evolving mid-Victorian consensus framed around free trade, laissez-faire and sound money, revealing how Conservatives debated key aspects of economic policy. Through an exhaustive reading of Conservative journals, pamphlets and contributions to parliamentary debates, the author is able to expose an alternative set of ideas about the direction of British economic and social change and the role of government in moulding it. Dr ANNA GAMBLES is lecturer in modern British history, University of Kent atCanterbury.

Gamman, J. K. (1994). Overcoming Obstacles in Environmental Policymaking : Creating Partnerships Through Mediation. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gammel, I. (1994). Sexualizing Power in Naturalism : Theodore Dreiser and Frederick Philip Grove. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Gammel, I. (1999). Confessional Politics : Women’s Sexual Self-representations in Life Writing and Popular Media. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Gamst, F. C. (1995). Meanings of Work : Considerations for the Twenty-first Century. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gandara, P. C. (1995). Over the Ivy Walls : The Educational Mobility of Low-income Chicanos. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gander, E. (1999). The Last Conceptual Revolution : A Critique of Richard Rorty’s Political Philosophy. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Gandhi, L. (1998). Postcolonial Theory : A Critical Introduction. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Ganim, B. (1998). Approach an Advertising Agency and Walk Away with the Job You Want. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.

Originally published: How to approach an advertising agency and walk away with the job you want. Lincolnwood, Ill. : VGM Career Horizons, c1993.

Gannett, C. (1992). Gender and the Journal : Diaries and Academic Discourse. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Gansler, J. S. (1996). Defense Conversion. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Author of two widely-read books on the defense industry, Jacques Gansler takes a hard look at the need to convert the industry from an inefficient and noncompetitive part of the U.S. economy to an integrated, civilian/military operation. He defines the challenges, especially the influence of old-line defense interests, and presents examples of restructuring. Gansler discusses growing foreign involvement, lessons of prior industrial conversions, the best structure for the next century, current barriers to integration, a three-part transformation strategy, the role of technological leadership, and the critical workforce. He concludes by outlining sixteen specific actions for achieving civil/military integration.In Gansler’s view, the end of the Cold War with the former Soviet Union represents a permanent downturn rather than a cyclical decline in the defense budget. He argues that this critical transition period requires a restructuring of the defense acquisitions process to achieve a balance between economic concerns and national security, while maintaining a force size and equipment modernization capable of deterring future conflicts.Gansler argues that for the defense industry to survive and thrive, the government must make its acquisitions process more flexible, specifically by lowering barriers to integration. This includes, among other things, rethinking the production specifications for new equipment and changing bids for contracts from a cost basis to a price basis.Gansler point out that by making primarily political and procedural changes (rather than legislative ones), companies will be able to produce technology for both civilian and military markets, instead of exclusively for one or the other as has been the norm. This dual-use approach would save the government billions of dollars annually and would enable the military to diversify by utilizing state-of-the-art.

Ganzevoort, H. and H. Ganzevoort (1999). The Last Illusion : Letters From Dutch Immigrants in the ‘land of Opportunity’. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Letters translated from original Dutch.

Gâomez, A. R. (1994). Quest for the Golden Circle : The Four Corners and the Metropolitan West, 1945-1970. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Gâomez-Quiänones, J. (1990). Chicano Politics : Reality and Promise, 1940-1990. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Gâomez-Quiänones, J. (1994). Roots of Chicano Politics, 1600-1940. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Gaonkar, A. G. (1995). Ingredient Interactions : Effects on Food Quality. New York, CRC Press.

This work examines how major food ingredients such as water, salt, hydrocolloids, starches, lipids, proteins, flavours and additives interact with other constituents of food and affect food quality with respect to microstructure, texture, flavour and appearance. The intention is to provide new opportunities for food product development. It considers both real foods and model food systems.

Gapenski, L. C. (1996). Understanding Health Care Financial Management : Text, Cases, and Models. Chicago, Ill, AUPHA Press/Health Administration Press.

Gapenski, L. C. (1999). Healthcare Finance : An Introduction to Accounting and Financial Management. Chicago, IL, Health Administration Press.

‘Louis Gapenski introduces the primary concepts and managerial applications of healthcare finance to nonfinancial managers, clinicians, and students. By giving equal treatment to both accounting and finance concepts, this book teaches not only how to measure financial performance, but how to use that information to make better management decisions.’–BOOK JACKET.

Garavaglia, L. A. and C. G. Worman (1997). Firearms of the American West, 1866-1894. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Reprint. Originally published: Albuquerque, N.M. : University of New Mexico Press, 1985.

Garavaglia, L. A. and C. G. Worman (1998). Firearms of the American West, 1803-1865. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Originally published: Albuquerque : University of New Mexico Press, c1984.

Garay, M. S. and S. A. Bernhardt (1998). Expanding Literacies : English Teaching and the New Workplace. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Garbade, K. D. (1996). Fixed Income Analytics. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A collection of articles… that appeared between 1983 and 1990 in Topics in money and securities markets, a series of occasional papers written by members of the Cross Markets Research group at Bankers Trust Company’–P. [ix].

Garbassi, F., et al. (1998). Polymer Surfaces : From Physics to Technology. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Garber, A. M. and R. National Bureau of Economic (1998). Frontiers in Health Policy Research. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

This is the first volume of a new annual series that will present policy-relevant economic research on health care and health policy issues. The emphasis will be on less technical papers written primarily for a policy audience. Each volume will contain approximately five papers from an annual conference to be held in spring in Washington, D.C. Topics to be covered include the implications of health care policy provisions, health care organization and management, health outcomes, health care output and productivity, health-related behavior, health and aging, and health and children.ContributorsLaurence Baker, Ernst Berndt, David Cutler, Alan M. Garber, Thomas Macurdy, Mark McClellan, Louise Sheiner, Richard Zeckhauser

Garbey, M. and H. G. Kaper (1991). Asymptotic Analysis and the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations. New York, CRC Press.

Integrates two fields generally held to be incompatible, if not downright antithetical, in 16 lectures from a February 1990 workshop at the Argonne National Laboratory, Illinois. The topics, of interest to industrial and applied mathematicians, analysts, and computer scientists, include singular per

Garcâia, K. S. (1994). Broken Bars : New Perspectives From Mexican Women Writers. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Garcâia, M. (1997). Affirmative Action’s Testament of Hope : Strategies for a New Era in Higher Education. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Garcâia, V. F. (1997). Black December : Banking Instability, the Mexican Crisis, and Its Effect on Argentina. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

García, M. a. C. (1996). Havana USA : Cuban Exiles and Cuban Americans in South Florida, 1959-1994. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In the years since Fidel Castro came to power, the migration of close to one million Cubans to the United States continues to remain one of the most fascinating, unusual, and controversial movements in American history. María Cristina García—a Cuban refugee raised in Miami—has experienced firsthand many of the developments she describes, and has written the most comprehensive and revealing account of the postrevolutionary Cuban migration to date. García deftly navigates the dichotomies and similarities between cultures and among generations. Her exploration of the complicated realm of Cuban American identity sets a new standard in social and cultural history.

García, M. T. (1995). Memories of Chicano History : The Life and Narrative of Bert Corona. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Who is Bert Corona? Though not readily identified by most Americans, nor indeed by many Mexican Americans, Corona is a man of enormous political commitment whose activism has spanned much of this century. Now his voice can be heard by the wide audience it deserves. In this landmark publication—the first autobiography by a major figure in Chicano history—Bert Corona relates his life story.Corona was born in El Paso in 1918. Inspired by his parents’participation in the Mexican Revolution, he dedicated his life to fighting economic and social injustice. An early labor organizer among ethnic communities in southern California, Corona has agitated for labor and civil rights since the 1940s. His efforts continue today in campaigns to organize undocumented immigrants.This book evolved from a three-year oral history project between Bert Corona and historian Mario T. García. The result is a testimonio, a collaborative autobiography in which historical memories are preserved more through oral traditions than through written documents. Corona’s story represents a collective memory of the Mexican-American community’s struggle against discrimination and racism. His narration and García’s analysis together provide a journey into the Mexican-American world.Bert Corona’s reflections offer us an invaluable glimpse at the lifework of a major grass-roots American leader. His story is further enriched by biographical sketches of others whose names have been little recorded during six decades of American labor history.

Garciagodoy, J. (1998). Digging the Days of the Dead : A Reading of Mexico’s Dâias De Muertos. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Gard, W. (1979). The Chisholm Trail. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Gardiner, M. E., et al. (2000). Coloring Outside the Lines : Mentoring Women Into School Leadership. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Gardner, B. (1997). The Sai Prophecy : A Novel. Deerfield Beach, FL, Health Communications, Inc.

Gardner, C. B. (1995). Passing By : Gender and Public Harassment. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Catcalls, wolf whistles, verbal slurs, pinches, stalking—virtually every woman has experienced some form of unwanted public attention by men. Off the street, in semi-public places such as restaurants and department stores, women often suffer the insult of being passed over by employees eager to serve men. How pervasive is this behavior? How dangerous can it be? What, if anything, should be done about it?Passing By, an illuminating, unsettling work, explores the important yet little-examined issue of gender-related public harassment. Based on extensive research—including in-depth interviews with nearly five-hundred midwestern women and men—it documents the many types of indignity visited on women in public places. As Carol Brooks Gardner demonstrates, these indignities cross all lines of age, class, and ethnicity and follow a typical pattern whereby a man or men take advantage of a woman’s momentary or permanent vulnerability. Beyond describing the scope and variety of harassing behaviors, the book investigates the different ways women and men respond to and interpret them.Gardner concludes, provocatively, that gender-based public harassment exerts a powerful control over women’s feelings of comfort in the towns and communities where they live and work. Further, she defines it as a new category of social problem that shares much in common with sexual harassment and, in its more menacing form, requires legal remedy.

Gardner, E. B. (1999). Opportunities in Arts and Crafts Careers. Lincolnwood, Il, NTC Contemporary.

Gardner, E. G. (1999). The Cell of Self-knowledge : Seven Early Mystical Treatises. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Gardner, J. (1967). Sir Gawain and the Green Knight: Notes : With Notes on Pearl and Brief Commentary on Purity and Patience. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

First published under title: The Gawain-poet; notes on Pearl and Sir Gawain and the green knight.

Gardner, J. and A. H. Bell (2000). Overcoming Anxiety, Panic, and Depression : New Ways to Regain Your Confidence. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Gardner, K. (1997). Songs at the River’s Edge : Stories From a Bangladeshi Village. London, Pluto Press.

Gardner, K. and D. Lewis (1996). Anthropology, Development, and the Post-modern Challenge. London, Pluto Press.

Gardner, L. C. and T. Gittinger (1997). Vietnam : The Early Decisions. Austi, Tex, University of Texas Press.

Garfield, L. R., et al. (1994). Crete and James : Personal Letters of Lucretia and James Garfield. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

Garfinkel, S. (2000). Database Nation : The Death of Privacy in the 21st Century. Beijing, O’Reilly.

Garfinkel, S. and H. Abelson (1999). Architects of the Information Society : Thirty-Five Years of the Laboratory for Computer Science at MIT. Cambridge, MA, The MIT Press.

The Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Laboratory for Computer Science (LCS) has been responsible for some of the most significant technological achievements of the past few decades. Much of the hardware and software driving the information revolution has been, and continues to be, created at LCS. Anyone who sends and receives email, communicates with colleagues through a LAN, surfs the Web, or makes decisions using a spreadsheet is benefiting from the creativity of LCS members.LCS is an interdepartmental laboratory that brings together faculty, researchers, and students in a broad program of study, research, and experimentation. Their principal goal is to pursue innovations in information technology that will improve people’s lives. LCS members have been instrumental in the development of ARPAnet, the Internet, the Web, Ethernet, time-shared computers, UNIX, RSA encryption, the X Windows system, NuBus, and many other technologies.This book, published in celebration of LCS’s thirty-fifth anniversary, chronicles its history, achievements, and continued importance to computer science. The essays are complemented by historical photographs.

Garg, H. G. and M. T. Longaker (2000). Scarless Wound Healing. New York, CRC Press.

Applies recent molecular discoveries to the evolving treatment of skin therapy and points out future research areas.Presenting the most up-to-date research in wound treatment, this comprehensive reference analyzes the critical alterations in the composition and organization of the extracellular matrix following injury. Beginning with a chemicobiological history of wound healing and leading into a study of artificial wound coverings, the book progresses toward the application of fetal wound materials for adult scarless repair and the role of different macromolecules in wound repair. With nearly 40 recognized specialists addressing the most recent developments in wound care today, Scarless Wound Healing investigates the multifaceted role of hyaluronan in epithelial recovery the effects of changes in sulfation on skin proteoglycans distribution and composition changes of proteoglycans, including syndecans in scarring the role of the hyaluronan receptors RHAMM and CD44 in wound recovery the biology of fibroproliferative disorders the influence of transforming growth factors (TGF) to stimulate cell recovery fetal wound healing and more!Supplemented with over 1500 literature references, drawings, and tables, Scarless Wound Healing is invaluable reading for all plastic, reconstructive, cosmetic, maxillofacial, and general surgeons; dermatologists; glyco- and chemical biologists; and medical school students.

Gargan, J. J. (2000). Handbook of State Government Administration. New York, CRC Press.

Garis, H. R. and V. University of (1996). Johnnie and Billie Bushytail. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garland, H. and V. University of (1994). Two Stories of Oklahoma. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garland, H. and V. University of (1995). Drifting Crane. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garland, M. (1995). The Postal Confessions. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Garner, G. O. (1993). Careers in Engineering. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Garner, G. O. (1994). Careers in Social and Rehabilitation Services. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Garner, G. O., et al. (1996). Great Jobs for Engineering Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Garner, J. (1997). Careers in Horticulture and Botany. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Garner, R. J., et al. (1999). Ernst & Young’s Financial Planning Essentials. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

Garnett, J. L. and A. Kouzmin (1997). Handbook of Administrative Communication. New York, CRC Press.

Garnier, R. The Tragedie of Antonie. Eugene, Or, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garnier, R. and J. Taylor (1996). 100% Mathematical Proof. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Garoian, C. R. (1999). Performing Pedagogy : Toward an Art of Politics. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Garrard, L. H. (1973). Wah-to-yah and the Taos Trail, Or, Prairie Travel and Scalp Dances, with a Look at Los Rancheros From Muleback and the Rocky Mountain Campfire. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Original copyright 1955.

Garretón Merino, M. A., et al. (1992). Fear at the Edge : State Terror and Resistance in Latin America. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Despite the emergence of fragile democracies in Latin America in the 1980s, a legacy of fear and repression haunts this region. This provocative volume chronicles the effect of systematic state terror on the social fabric in Chile, Argentina, Brazil, and Uruguay from the 1960s to the mid-1980s.The contributors, primarily Latin American scholars, examine the deep sense of insecurity and the complex social psychology of people who live in authoritarian regimes. There is Argentina, where the brutal repression of the 1976 coup almost completely smothered individuals who might once have opposed government practices, and Uruguay, where the government forced the population into neutrality and isolation and cast a silent pall on everyday life. Accounts of repression and resistance in Chile and Brazil are also vividly presented. The denial and rationalization by citizens in all four countries can only be understood in the context of the generalized fear and confusion created by the violent military campaigns, which included abductions, torture, and disappearances of alleged terrorists.The recent transition to civilian rule in these countries has spotlighted their powerful legacy of fear. These important essays reveal disturbing insights into how fear is generated, legitimized, accommodated, and resisted among people living under totalitarian rule.

Garrett, J. K. (1996). Fort Worth : A Frontier Triumph. Ft. Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

Facsim. of: Austin, Tex. : Encino Press, 1972.

Garrett, P. F. (1988). The Authentic Life of Billy the Kid. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

A reprint of the 1st ed.: The authentic life of Billy, the Kid, the noted desperado of the Southwest, whose deeds of daring and blood made his name a terror in New Mexico, Arizona, and northern Mexico. By Pat. F. Garrett, by whom he was finally hunted down and captured by killing him. Santa Fe, N. M., New Mexican Print. and Pub. co., 1882.

Garrison, T. P. The Laying of the Monster. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Garrison, W. L. and J. D. Ward (2000). Tomorrow’s Transportation : Changing Cities, Economies, and Lives. Boston, Artech House, Inc.

Garrod, S. C. and M. J. Pickering (1999). Language Processing. Hove, East Sussex, U.K., Psychology Press.

Language Processing questions what happens when we process language – what mental operations occur during processing and how they are organised over time. The last decade has seen real advances in the study of language processing that have wide ranging implications for human cognition in general. Language Processing gives an account of these developments both as they relate to experimental studies of processing and as they relate to computational modelling of the processes. In addition to chapters covering core topics, such as lexical processing, syntactic parsing and the comprehension of discourse, special topics of recent interest are also included.

Garry, P. M. (1992). Liberalism and American Identity. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Since, 1968, liberalism as a viable political ideology has been under attack, with the most aggressive assault occurring in the 1988 presidential campaign. While conservatives denounced the L-word and proclaimed its death as a political ideology, liberals and Democrats failed to defend America’s proud liberal tradition. Liberals have yet to take the ideological offensive. Indeed, without a clear ideological identity, it is not surprising that the Democratic party appears uncertain as to its future political message, particularly as it prepares for the 1992 election. In Liberalism and American Identity, Patrick Garry presents a coherent and well-argued thesis of t he meaning and importance of liberalism in American politics. His is the first work that attempts to rejuvenate political liberalism since the devastating attack on it during the 1980s. Presenting a workable definition of liberalism, Garry demonstrates the vital role it has played, and can continue to play, in American history. His examination of the liberal ideology and tradition in American politics reveals not only the nation’s liberal identity, but also the conservative tendency to label liberalism un-American as a means to circumvent discussion of social problems. Garry defines liberalism through historical examples and the beliefs and leadership of prominent Americans, namely Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman and John Kennedy. He then applies these principles to a discussion of current politics and the problems of crime, poverty, and national defense. Although arguing that the conservative attack during the 1980s greatly misrepresented the American liberal tradition, Garry also acknowledges that changes within accepted liberal doctrines during the 1960s and 1970s led to a deviation of contemporary liberalism from its roots. This betrayal of liberalism and its degeneration into special interest politics, he asserts, caused an identity crisis among liberals and alienated large segments of the American electorate previously supportive of the politics of Roosevelt, Truman and Kennedy. In an effort to resolve the recent problems of liberals, Garry outlines a future direction for liberalism in America. For a public uncertain of its political course, and for liberals seeking a reinvigoration of their creed, this is an important and timely book.

Garshin, V. M. and V. University of (1996). The Red Flower of the Mad. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garshin, V. M. and V. University of (1998). The Gipsy’s Bear : A Story. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Garson, G. D. (2000). Handbook of Public Information Systems. New York, CRC Press.

Includes index.

Garson, R. A. and S. S. Kidd (1999). The Roosevelt Years : New Perspectives on American History, 1933-1945. Edinburgh, Scotland, Edinburgh University Press.

Garthoff, R. L. (1994). The Great Transition : American-Soviet Relations and the End of the Cold War. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Gartner, R. (1993). Exploring Careers in the National Parks. New York, Rosen Pub. Co.

Explores the different careers available within the National Park Service and offers career tips and information on training.

Garton-Good, J. (1999). All About Mortgages. Chicago, Kaplan Publishing.

Includes index.

Garver, J. W. (1997). Face Off : China, the United States, and Taiwan’s Democratization. Seattle, University of Washington Press.

Taiwan’s first presidential election, in 1996, sparked a Sino-U.S. military showdown that resulted in the biggest show of U.S. naval force in East Asia since the Vietnam War. This book is the first to explore the origins and triangular dynamics of that historic confrontation. Analyzing the key decisions and misperceptions that led to the Taiwan Strait crisis, Garver warns that it may usher in a more confrontational era of Sino-U.S. relations.China is already emerging as an economic powerhouse and fears of its becoming an expansionist military power have grown in recent years as China has rapidly built up its armed forces since 1989. It has also adopted a more assertive stance in several territorial disputes with its neighbors, arousing new security concerns for Asia as a whole.When China tried to intimidate Taiwan’s voters by firing missiles and conducting large-scale military exercises off its coasts in the period preceding the 1996 election, the U.S. dispatched two aircraft carrier battle groups to Taiwan. The prestige of all sides was fully engaged as powerful do domestic interests demanded an assertive posture. Eventually, China adopted a more cautious stance and the crisis passed. But it marked the first instance of Chinese nuclear coercion of the U.S. and gave the’China threat’new credence in the U.S. and elsewhere in Asia.The author has studied the Taiwan question for more than 30 years and has witnessed first-hand the growth and culmination of Taiwan’s democratization. This sober, mature reflection of decades of thought is certain to inform the debate on the’China threat’and the future of Sino-U.S. relations.

Garvey, P. R. (2000). Probability Methods for Cost Uncertainty Analysis : A Systems Engineering Perspective. New York, CRC Press [CAM].

Garvie, E. (1990). Story As Vehicle : Teaching English to Young Children. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Includes index.

Gaskell, E. C. Cranford, and Other Tales. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaskell, E. C. The Life of Charlotte Brontë. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaskell, E. C. The Life of Charlotte Brontë. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaskell, E. C. (1999). The Old Nurse’s Story. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gaskell, P. (1998). Landmarks in English Literature. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Gaskell, P. (1999). Landmarks in European Literature. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Gately, D. and S. S. Streifel (1997). The Demand for Oil Products in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Gates, J. T., et al. (1988). Music Education in the United States : Contemporary Issues. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Based on proceedings of symposia sponsored by the Alabama Project: Music, Society, and Education in America.

Gatta, J. (1997). American Madonna : Images of the Divine Woman in Literary Culture. New York, Oxford University Press.

This book explores a notable if unlikely undercurrent of interest in Mary as mythical Madonna that has persisted in American life and letters from fairly early in the nineteenth century into the later twentieth. This imaginative involvement with the Divine Woman — verging at times on devotional homage — is especially intriguing as manifested in the Protestant writers who are the focus of this study: Nathaniel Hawthorne, Margaret Fuller, Harriet Beecher Stowe, Harold Frederic, Henry Adams, and T.S. Eliot. John Gatta argues that flirtation with the Marian cultus offered Protestant writers symbolic compensation for what might be culturally diagnosed as a deficiency of psychic femininity, or anima, in America. He argues that the literary configurations of the mythical Madonna express a subsurface cultural resistance to the prevailing rationalism and pragmatism of the American mind in an age of entrepreneurial conquest.

Gaukroger, S. (1995). Descartes : An Intellectual Biography. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

Gaulier, S., et al. (1997). Buddhism in Afghanistan and Central Asia. Leiden, Brill.

Gaulke, S. (1997). 101 Ways to Captivate a Business Audience. New York, AMACOM.

Gaunilo and Anselm (2000). Gaunilo, in Behalf of the Fool, and Anselm, Reply. New York, N.Y., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Gauron, A. (2000). European Misunderstanding. New York, Algora Publishing.

An advisor to Lionel Jospin, this author paints a picture of the messy march toward a unified Europe and calls for a more representative system, starting with a Constitution for al or Europe.

Gautier, T. o. (1999). Captain Fracasse : Subtitle. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Gautreau, R. and W. Savin (1999). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Modern Physics. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Gavin, L. (1997). American Women in World War I : They Also Served. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Interweaving personal stories with historical photos and background, this lively account documents the history of the more than 40,000 women who served in relief and military duty during World War I. Through personal interviews and excerpts from diaries, letters, and memoirs, Lettie Gavin relates poignant stories of women’s wartime experiences and provides a unique perspective on their progress in military service. American Women in World War I captures the spirit of these determined patriots and their times for every reader and will be of special interest to military, women’s, and social historians.

Gawain, S. (2000). The Four Levels of Healing : A Guide to Balancing the Spiritual, Mental, Emotional, and Physical Aspects of Life. Novato, CA, Nataraj Pub.

Gawain, S. (2000). The Path of Transformation : How Healing Ourselves Can Change the World. Novato, Calif, Nataraj Pub.

Originally published: 1993.

Gawthrop, L. C. (1998). Public Service and Democracy : Ethical Imperatives for the 21st Century. New York, Chatham House Publishers.

Gay, G. (2000). Culturally Responsive Teaching : Theory, Research, and Practice. New York, Teachers College Press.

Gay, J. The Beggar’s Opera. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Gaynor, C. (1998). Decentralization of Education : Teacher Management. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Gazzaniga, M. S. (1997). Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences is a brief, informative yet informal guide to recent developments in the cognitive neurosciences by the scientists who are in the thick of things.’Getting a fix on important questions and how to think about them from an experimental point of view is what scientists talk about, sometimes endlessly. It is those conversations that thrill and motivate,’observes Michael Gazzaniga. Yet all too often these exciting interactions are lost to students, researchers, and others who are’doing’science. Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences brings together a series of interviews with prominent individuals in neuroscience, linguistics, philosophy, and psychology that have appeared over the past few years in the Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience.The ten interviews are divided into five sections: basic neuroscience approaches to cognition (Floyd Bloom and Mark Raichle), attentional and perceptual processes (Michael I. Posner and William T. Newsome), neural basis of memory (Randy Gallistel and Endel Tulving), language (Steven Pinker and Alfonso Caramazza), and imagery and consciousness (Stephen M. Kosslyn and Daniel C. Dennett).A Bradford Book

Gazzaniga, M. S. (1998). The Mind’s Past. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Why does the human brain insist on interpreting the world and constructing a narrative? In this ground-breaking work, Michael S. Gazzaniga, one of the world’s foremost cognitive neuroscientists, shows how our mind and brain accomplish the amazing feat of constructing our past—a process clearly fraught with errors of perception, memory, and judgment. By showing that the specific systems built into our brain do their work automatically and largely outside of our conscious awareness, Gazzaniga calls into question our everyday notions of self and reality. The implications of his ideas reach deeply into the nature of perception and memory, the profundity of human instinct, and the ways we construct who we are and how we fit into the world around us.Over the past thirty years, the mind sciences have developed a picture not only of how our brains are built but also of what they were built to do. The emerging picture is wonderfully clear and pointed, underlining William James’s notion that humans have far more instincts than other animals. Every baby is born with circuits that compute information enabling it to function in the physical world. Even what helps us to establish our understanding of social relations may have grown out of perceptual laws delivered to an infant’s brain. Indeed, the ability to transmit culture—an act that is only part of the human repertoire—may stem from our many automatic and unique perceptual-motor processes that give rise to mental capacities such as belief and culture.Gazzaniga explains how the mind interprets data the brain has already processed, making’us’the last to know. He shows how what’we’see is frequently an illusion and not at all what our brain is perceiving. False memories become a part of our experience; autobiography is fiction. In exploring how the brain enables the mind, Gazzaniga points us toward one of the greatest mysteries of human evolution: how we become who we are.

Gèardenfors, P. (2000). Conceptual Spaces : The Geometry of Thought. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Within cognitive science, two approaches currently dominate the problem of modeling representations. The symbolic approach views cognition as computation involving symbolic manipulation. Connectionism, a special case of associationism, models associations using artificial neuron networks. Peter Gärdenfors offers his theory of conceptual representations as a bridge between the symbolic and connectionist approaches.Symbolic representation is particularly weak at modeling concept learning, which is paramount for understanding many cognitive phenomena. Concept learning is closely tied to the notion of similarity, which is also poorly served by the symbolic approach. Gärdenfors’s theory of conceptual spaces presents a framework for representing information on the conceptual level. A conceptual space is built up from geometrical structures based on a number of quality dimensions. The main applications of the theory are on the constructive side of cognitive science: as a constructive model the theory can be applied to the development of artificial systems capable of solving cognitive tasks. Gärdenfors also shows how conceptual spaces can serve as an explanatory framework for a number of empirical theories, in particular those concerning concept formation, induction, and semantics. His aim is to present a coherent research program that can be used as a basis for more detailed investigations.

Gèattens, M.-L. (1995). Women Writers and Fascism : Reconstructing History. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Geber, S. Z. (1996). How to Manage Stress for Success. New York, AMACOM.

Gedda, N., et al. (1999). Nicolai Gedda : My Life & Art. Portland, Or, Amadeus Press.

Geddes, B. (1994). Politician’s Dilemma : Building State Capacity in Latin America. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In Latin America as elsewhere, politicians routinely face a painful dilemma: whether to use state resources for national purposes, especially those that foster economic development, or to channel resources to people and projects that will help insure political survival and reelection. While politicians may believe that a competent state bureaucracy is intrinsic to the national good, political realities invariably tempt leaders to reward powerful clients and constituents, undermining long-term competence. Politician’s Dilemma explores the ways in which political actors deal with these contradictory pressures and asks the question: when will leaders support reforms that increase state capacity and that establish a more meritocratic and technically competent bureaucracy?Barbara Geddes brings rational choice theory to her study of Brazil between 1930 and 1964 and shows how state agencies are made more effective when they are protected from partisan pressures and operate through merit-based recruitment and promotion strategies. Looking at administrative reform movements in other Latin American democracies, she traces the incentives offered politicians to either help or hinder the process.In its balanced insight, wealth of detail, and analytical rigor, Politician’s Dilemma provides a powerful key to understanding the conflicts inherent in Latin American politics, and to unlocking possibilities for real political change.

Gee, H. (1996). Before the Backbone : Views on the Origin of the Vertebrates. London, Springer.

This book provides the first unbiased guide to a field newly invigorated by technical advances in molecular and developmental biology. This book will be essential reading for students and researchers in areas such as developmental biology, vertebrate zoology and palaeontology.

Gee, H. (1997). Limelight : A Greenwich Village Photography Gallery and Coffeehouse in the Fifties: a Memoir. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

In the late 1950s, Limelight was the busiest coffeehouse in New York and the only photography gallery in the country. This is the story of Helen Gee’s efforts to open Limelight and her fight to keep it afloat for seven years. The major figures in photography appear in this story – Edward Steichen, Robert Frank, W. Eugene Smith, Berenice Abbott, and others – and so do the big events of the period: the opening of The Family of Man, the publication of The Americans. Gee has her own personal stories as well, raising her Asian American daughter alone, dealing with a landlord with underworld ties and bookies who did business in the hall of her apartment house, and coping with unwelcome advances, quixotic employees, and suicidal photographers. This is also a portrait of a time when Greenwich Village was a center of creative activity, when actors, writers, painters, and photographers were part of a burgeoning coffeehouse scene.

Gee, J. and V. Gee (1999). Super Service : Seven Keys to Delivering Great Customer Service Even When You Don’t Feel Like It: Even When They Don’t Deserve It. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Geer, B., et al. (1998). Notes for Serials Cataloging. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Rev. ed. of: Notes for serials cataloging / Nancy G. Thomas. 1st ed. 1986.

Gehr, P. and J. Heyder (2000). Particle-lung Interactions. New York, CRC Press.

This wide-ranging, comprehensive reference presents the latest developments in aerosol science and interactions between particles and the respiratory tract-utilizing an inter-disciplinary approach that integrates advances in physics, chemistry, and engineering with the epidemiological and biomedical sciences, and focusing on the dynamics of particle deposition, retention, and clearance. Containing the work of more than 40 internationally recognized experts, Particle-Lung Interactionscovers therapeutic and diagnostic aspects of particle inhalation surveys particles ranging in size from 0.01-10 microns interacting with pulmonary cells analyzes stereological estimation of particle retention reveals the sentinel of the pulmonary surveillance system highlights the correlation between particulate air pollution and cardiovascular mortality describes airborne irritants that activate neural reflexes investigates particulate matter in clearance kinetics and inflammatory responses in the lungs explores particle-surfactant interaction, keying on fine ambient particles at air-liquid interfaces and more! Abundantly referenced with over 2700 bibliographic citations, Particle-Lung Interactions is an indispensable resource for pulmonologists, physiologists, clinical immunologists, allergists, toxicologists, pediatricians and general practitioners, pharmacists, biochemists, surface physicists, and upper-level undergraduate, graduate, and medical school students in these disciplines.

Gehring, W. D. (1994). Groucho and W.C. Fields : Huckster Comedians. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Geiger, R. L. (2015). The History of American Higher Education : Learning and Culture From the Founding to World War II. Princeton, Princeton University Press.

This book tells the compelling saga of American higher education from the founding of Harvard College in 1636 to the outbreak of World War II. The most in-depth and authoritative history of the subject available, The History of American Higher Education traces how colleges and universities were shaped by the shifting influences of culture, the emergence of new career opportunities, and the unrelenting advancement of knowledge.Roger Geiger, arguably today’s leading historian of American higher education, vividly describes how colonial colleges developed a unified yet diverse educational tradition capable of weathering the social upheaval of the Revolution as well as the evangelical fervor of the Second Great Awakening. He shows how the character of college education in different regions diverged significantly in the years leading up to the Civil War—for example, the state universities of the antebellum South were dominated by the sons of planters and their culture—and how higher education was later revolutionized by the land-grant movement, the growth of academic professionalism, and the transformation of campus life by students. By the beginning of the Second World War, the standard American university had taken shape, setting the stage for the postwar education boom.Breathtaking in scope and rich in narrative detail, The History of American Higher Education is the most comprehensive single-volume history of the origins and development of American higher education.

Geikie, A. Geographical Evolution. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Geiogamah, H. (1980). New Native American Drama : Three Plays. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Geisler, H. (1997). Storytelling Professionally : The Nuts and Bolts of a Working Performer. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Geladi, P. and H. Grahn (1996). Multivariate Image Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Gelbart, N. R. (1998). The King’s Midwife : A History and Mystery of Madame Du Coudray. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

This unorthodox biography explores the life of an extraordinary Enlightenment woman who, by sheer force of character, parlayed a skill in midwifery into a national institution. In 1759, in an effort to end infant mortality, Louis XV commissioned Madame Angélique Marguerite Le Boursier du Coudray to travel throughout France teaching the art of childbirth to illiterate peasant women. For the next thirty years, this royal emissary taught in nearly forty cities and reached an estimated ten thousand students. She wrote a textbook and invented a life-sized obstetrical mannequin for her demonstrations. She contributed significantly to France’s demographic upswing after 1760.Who was the woman, both the private self and the pseudonymous public celebrity? Nina Rattner Gelbart reconstructs Madame du Coudray’s astonishing mission through extensive research in the hundreds of letters by, to, and about her in provincial archives throughout France. Tracing her subject’s footsteps around the country, Gelbart chronicles du Coudray’s battles with finance ministers, village matrons, local administrators, and recalcitrant physicians, her rises in power and falls from grace, and her death at the height of the Reign of Terror. At a deeper level, Gelbart recaptures du Coudray’s interior journey as well, by questioning and dismantling the neat paper trail that the great midwife so carefully left behind. Delightfully written, this tale of a fascinating life at the end of the French Old Regime sheds new light on the histories of medicine, gender, society, politics, and culture.

Gelber, S. (1988). Hard-core Delinquents : Reaching Out Through the Miami Experiment. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Chism, D. M. (1997). The High-risk Pregnancy Sourcebook. Los Angeles, CA, NTC Contemporary.

Chittenden, H. M. and R. A. Bartlett (1973). The Yellowstone National Park. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes bibliographical references (p. 196-199).

Chittick, W. C. (1992). Faith and Practice of Islam : Three Thirteenth Century Sufi Texts. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Chittick, W. C. (1994). Imaginal Worlds : Ibn Al-áArabåi and the Problem of Religious Diversity. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Chittick, W. C. (1998). The Self-Disclosure of God : Principles of Ibn Al-‘Arabi’s Cosmology. Albany, SUNY Press.

Explicates the cosmology of Ibn al-‘Arabi, the greatest mystical thinker of Islamic civilization.

Chmelynski, C. A. C. (1998). Opportunities in Restaurant Careers. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.

Chmelynski, C. A. C. (2000). Opportunities in Food Service Careers. Lincolnwood, IL, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Cho, S., et al. (1999). Complex Carbohydrates in Foods. New York, CRC Press.

‘Explores the effects of complex carbohydrates (starch, gums, and dietary fibers) on human physiological function and establishes an appropriate dietary intake level for inclusion on nutritional labels. Addresses current research, applications, and implementation issues.’

Chodkiewicz, M. (1993). An Ocean Without Shore : Ibn ÁArabãi, the Book, and the Law. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Cholakian, P. F. (1991). Rape and Writing in the Heptamâeron of Marguerite De Navarre. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Choldin, H. M. (1994). Looking for the Last Percent : The Controversy Over Census Undercounts. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Chopin, K. The Awakening and Selected Short Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Chopin, K., et al. (1998). Kate Chopin’s Private Papers. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Chopin, K. and V. University of (1995). Ozeme’s Holiday. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Chopin, K. and V. University of (1995). Regret. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Chopin, K. and V. University of (1997). The Awakening. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Chouraqui, A. (1975). The People and the Faith of the Bible. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Translation of La vie quotidienne des Hâebreux au temps de la Bible.

Chow, C. K. (2000). Fatty Acids in Foods and Their Health Implications. New York, M. Dekker.

Chow, E. N.-l. and C. W. Berheide (1994). Women, the Family, and Policy : A Global Perspective. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Chow, R. (1993). Writing Diaspora : Tactics of Intervention in Contemporary Cultural Studies. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Chow, R. (1998). Ethics After Idealism : Theory, Culture, Ethnicity, Reading. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Chow, S.-C. and J.-p. Liu (2000). Design and Analysis of Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies. New York, CRC Press.

‘Provides a comprehensive summary of the continuously growing literature and research activities on the regulatory requirements, scientific and practical issues, and statistical methodology of the design and analysis of bioavailability and bioequivalence studies. Includes several new chapters.’

Chowning, M. (1999). Wealth and Power in Provincial Mexico : Michoacán From the Late Colony to the Revolution. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.

Chrétien Four Arthurian Romances. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Chrisler, J. C., et al. (1995). Variations on a Theme : Diversity and the Psychology of Women. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Chrisman, L., et al. (2000). Postcolonial Theory and Criticism. Woodbridge [England], Boydell & Brewer.

Contemporary postcolonial studies represent a controversial area of debate. This collection seeks a more pragmatic approach to the subject, taking into account its historical, social and political realities, rather than ignoring a consideration of material conditions. The contributors look at the oppositional power held and exercised by anti-colonial movements, a neglected topic; address the literary strategies devised by metropolitan writers to contain the insecurities of empire, given that unrest and opposition were integral to British imperialism; contest the charges of nativism and essentialism made by postcolonial critics against liberation writings; and investigate the voices of both inhabitants of post-independence nation states, and those scattered by colonialism itself. Dr LAURA CHRISMAN teaches at Sussex University; BENITA PARRY is Honorary Professor at Warwick University. Contributors: Vilashini Cooppan, Fernando Coronil, Gautam Premnath, Ato Quayson,Tim Watson, Lawrence Phillips, Sukhdev Sandhu

Chrispeels, M. J. and D. E. Sadava (1994). Plants, Genes, and Agriculture. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Christ, W. G. (1999). Leadership in Times of Change : A Handbook for Communication and Media Administrators. Annandale, Va, Routledge.

This book addresses many of the issues facing new and seasoned communication and media administrators. Though there are business-oriented management and leadership books, there is no handbook–to the editor’s knowledge–that emphasizes academic administration. This book fills an important gap in the literature by providing–in one place–interesting, important, and useful information that will help administrators by anticipating problems and suggesting strategies for the variety of challenges they face. This scholarly, anecdotal, useful, and very readable volume is conceived as an action handbook that contains philosophical, theoretical, and practical information. It is divided into three sections: background material, programmatic challenges facing administrators, and specific challenges facing administrators. It contains information that both the seasoned administrator and those faculty who are thinking about moving into administration will find useful. Although aimed at the communication and media disciplines, administrators in other fields will also find it valuable. In addition, deans and vice presidents outside the discipline who are responsible for communication and media programs will view the book a’must’read.

Christensen, G. and R. L. J. Lacroix (1997). Competitiveness and Employment : A Framework for Rural Development in Poland. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Christensen, P. A. and A. Hamnett (1994). Techniques and Mechanisms in Electrochemistry. London, Blackie Academic & Professional.

The core subject matter of electrochemistry is the chemical reactivity of the surface, how this is determined by its structure, and how it behaves as a function of electric field. This book presents the subject as an integral part of modern physical chemistry, in particular as a branch of surface chemistry, without excessive mathematical complexity, and with an emphasis on the mechanisms of electrochemical reactions and how they may be explored using modern techniques.

Christensen, S. (1993). Thailand : The Institutional and Political Underpinnings of Growth. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Christian, G. L. (1995). Black Soldiers in Jim Crow Texas, 1899-1917. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Christian, K. (1997). Show and Tell : Identity As Performance in U.S. Latina/o Fiction. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Christian, W. A. (1996). Visionaries : The Spanish Republic and the Reign of Christ. Berkeley, University of California Press.

‘In June 1931, on a hillside in the Spanish Basque country, two children reported seeing the Virgin Mary. Within weeks, hundreds of seers were attracting tens of thousands of onlookers, and the nightly spectacle gave rise to others in dozens of towns across Spain. Visionaries explores the experience and the larger meaning of this wave of sightings of Mary and the saints which began shortly after Spain became a republic and anticlerical mobs burned religious houses in several cities. Before repression from the government and condemnation from the Vatican finally drove the visionaries into secrecy, more than a million people had visited the original apparition site at Ezkioga.”William Christian writes about two kinds of visionaries and their relation to each other: the seers who had visions of Mary and the saints, and the believers who had a vision for the future which they hoped Mary and the saints would confirm. Together, these visionaries attempted to convince a skeptical world that heavenly beings were appearing on the Iberian peninsula.”Christian immersed himself in the lives of these visionaries, retracing their steps and recreating their world. He spoke with hundreds of witnesses, who led him to caches of vision messages, diaries, clandestine publications, and eloquent photographs in, for example, a clinic in Dijon, a garage in southern France, a cloistered convent in Valladolid, a farm attic in the Basque country, a house in a Catalan mill town, and a chapel in an orange grove in Valencia.”By turns intense, poignant, fierce, and funny, this long-hidden history demonstrates the vital role of the extraordinary in giving voice to a society’s hope and anguish. What do people want to learn from heaven that they cannot learn on earth? How are their churches failing them in these needs? How are we affected by seers and the kinds of believers who nudge seers along? How do vision messages converge on certain themes?’–BOOK JACKET.

Christiansen, H. (1997). Recreating Relationships : Collaboration and Educational Reform. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Christiansen, T. and N. Torkington (1998). Perl Cookbook. Sebastopol, Calif, O’Reilly.

Christie, A. The Secret Adversary. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Detective duo Tommy and Tuppence Beresford apply their wits, charms, and adventurous spirits to a menacing mystery that spells certain poisonous death for a missing lady at the hands of dangerous unknown foe.-Amazon.com.

Christie, A. and V. University of (1997). The Mysterious Affair at Styles. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Christie, J. F. (1991). Play and Early Literacy Development. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Christopher, R. (1995). The Viet Nam War/the American War : Images and Representations in Euro-American and Vietnamese Exile Narratives. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

This book seeks to reformulate the canon of writings on what is called’the Viet Nam War’in America and’the American War’in Viet Nam. Until recently, the accepted canon has consisted almost exclusively of American white male combat narratives, which often reflect and perpetuate Asian stereotypes. Renny Christopher introduces material that displays a bicultural perspective, including works by Vietnamese exile writers and by lesser-known Euro-Americans who attempt to bridge the cultural gap.

Chrvala, C. A., et al. (1999). Leading Health Indicators for Healthy People 2010 : Final Report. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Chrvala, C. A., et al. (1999). Definition of Serious and Complex Medical Conditions. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Based on a workshop convened on June 14, 1999.

Chu, L. and R. King (1998). Snake’s Pillow and Other Stories. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Chua, J. and C. Achebe (1996). Things Fall Apart : Notes. [N.p.], Cliffs Notes.

Chui, C. K. and L. L. Schumaker (1998). Approximation Theory IX. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Proceedings of the Ninth International Symposium on Approximation Theory hosted by Vanderbilt University in Nashville, January 3-6, 1998.

Chun, G. H. (2000). Of Orphans and Warriors : Inventing Chinese American Culture and Identity. New Brunswick, New Jersey, Rutgers University Press.

Chung, E. Y. J. (1995). The Korean Neo-Confucianism of Yi Táoegye and Yi Yulgok : A Reappraisal of the ‘Four-Seven Thesis’ and Its Practical Implications for Self-cultivation. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Church, P. P. (1998). The House at Otowi Bridge : The Story of Edith Warner and Los Alamos. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Churchill, W. and V. University of (1995). The Crossing. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Churchland, P. M. (1995). The Engine of Reason, the Seat of the Soul : A Philosophical Journey Into the Brain. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Churchland, P. M. and P. S. Churchland (1998). On the Contrary : Critical Essays, 1987-1997. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Paul M. and Patricia S. Churchland are towering figures in the fields of philosophy, neuroscience, and consciousness. This collection was prepared in the belief that the most useful and revealing of anyone’s writings are often those shorter essays penned in conflict with or criticism of one’s professional colleagues. The essays present the Churchlands’critical responses to a variety of philosophical positions advanced by some two dozen philosophical theorists. The book is divided into three parts: part I, Folk Psychology and Eliminative Materialism; part II, Meaning, Qualia, and Emotion: The Several Dimensions of Consciousness; and part III, the Philosophy of Science. V. S. Ramachandran and Rick Grush are coauthors on two of the essays.

Churchland, P. S. and T. J. Sejnowski (1992). The Computational Brain. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

How do groups of neurons interact to enable the organism to see, decide, and move appropriately? What are the principles whereby networks of neurons represent and compute? These are the central questions probed by The Computational Brain. Churchland and Sejnowski address the foundational ideas of the emerging field of computational neuroscience, examine a diverse range of neural network models, and consider future directions of the field. The Computational Brain is the first unified and broadly accessible book to bring together computational concepts and behavioral data within a neurobiological framework.Computer models constrained by neurobiological data can help reveal how — networks of neurons subserve perception and behavior — bow their physical interactions can yield global results in perception and behavior, and how their physical properties are used to code information and compute solutions. The Computational Brain focuses mainly on three domains: visual perception, learning and memory, and sensorimotor integration. Examples of recent computer models in these domains are discussed in detail, highlighting strengths and weaknesses, and extracting principles applicable to other domains. Churchland and Sejnowski show how both abstract models and neurobiologically realistic models can have useful roles in computational neuroscience, and they predict the coevolution of models and experiments at many levels of organization, from the neuron to the system.The Computational Brain addresses a broad audience: neuroscientists, computer scientists, cognitive scientists, and philosophers. It is written for both the expert and novice. A basic overview of neuroscience and computational theory is provided, followed by a study of some of the most recent and sophisticated modeling work in the context of relevant neurobiological research. Technical terms are clearly explained in the text, and definitions are provided in an extensive glossary. The appendix contains a précis of neurobiological techniques.The Computational Brain is the first unified and broadly accessible book to bring together computational concepts and behavioral data within a neurobiological framework. Churchland and Sejnowski address the foundational ideas of the emerging field of computational neuroscience, examine a diverse range of neural network models, and consider future directions of the field.A Bradford BookComputational Neuroscience series

Chyzhevskyi, D. (1971). Comparative History of Slavic Literatures. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Translation of Vergleichende Geschichte der slavischen Literaturen.

Chyzhevskyi, D. (1974). History of Nineteenth-century Russian Literature. Nashville, Tenn, Vanderbilt University Press.

Translation of Russische Literaturgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts.

Chyzhevskyi, D. (1974). History of Nineteenth-century Russian Literature. Nashville, Tenn, Vanderbilt University Press.

Translation of Russische Literaturgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts.

Cicala, R. (1999). The Brain Disorders Sourcebook. Los Angeles, Calif, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Cicala, R. and D. v. Alstine (2001). The Cancer Pain Sourcebook. Los Angeles, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Cicchetti, D. and S. L. Toth (1997). Developmental Perspectives on Trauma : Theory, Research, and Intervention. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

This volume addresses an issue with far-reacing societal implications. The contributions, by eminent scholars in the field, bring theoretical perspectives and research knowledge to bear on elucidatingthe impact of traumatic experiences on developmental processes; they cover topics covered include areas such as war-related trauma, community and domestic violence, physical and sexual abuse, and divorce. As a whole, the volume will be an important addition to the libraries of those conducting research on traumatised populations, as well as clinicians who are striving to prevent or ameliorate theadverse effects of trauma on development.

Cicero, M. T. M. Tulli Ciceronis Oratio in Catilinam Prima in Senatu Habita. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cicero, M. T. On Friendship, or Laelius. New York, N.Y., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cicero, M. T., et al. (1998). The Republic and The Laws. Oxford, OUP Oxford.

`However one defines Man, the same definition applies to us all. This is sufficient proof that there is no essential difference within mankind.'(Laws l.29-30) Cicero’s The Republic is an impassioned plea for responsible governement written just before the civil war that ended the Roman Republic in a dialogue following Plato. Drawing on Greek political theory, the work embodies the mature reflections of a Roman ex-consul on the nature of political organization, on justice in society, and on the qualities needed in a statesman. Its sequel, The Laws, expounds the influential doctrine of Natural Law, which applies to all mankind, and sets out an ideal code for a reformed Roman Republic, already half in the realm of utopia. This is the first complete English translation of both works for over sixty years and features a lucid Introduction, a Table of Dates, notes on the Roman constitution, and an Index of Names. ABOUT THE SERIES: For over 100 years Oxford World’s Classics has made available the widest range of literature from around the globe. Each affordable volume reflects Oxford’s commitment to scholarship, providing the most accurate text plus a wealth of other valuable features, including expert introductions by leading authorities, helpful notes to clarify the text, up-to-date bibliographies for further study, and much more.

Cicero, M. T. and E. S. Shuckburgh Letters of Cicero. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cicero, M. T. and E. S. Shuckburgh Old Age. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cicero, M. T. and P. G. Walsh (1997). The Nature of the Gods. New York, OUP Oxford.

`My present intention is to clear myself of any suspicion of partiality by presenting the views of the generality of philosophers concerning the nature of the gods.’Cicero’s philosophical works are now exciting renewed interest, in part because he provides vital evidence of the views of the (largely lost) Greek philosophers of the Hellenistic age, and partly because of the light he casts on the intellectual life of first century Rome. The Nature of the Gods is a text of central significance, presenting a detailed account of the theologies of the Epicureans and of the Stoics, together with the critical objections to these doctrines raised by the Academic school. When these Greek theories of deity are translated into the Roman context, a fascinating clash of ideologies results. This fine translation by P. G. Walsh includes a summary of the Text, and an Index and Glossary of Names. ABOUT THE SERIES: For over 100 years Oxford World’s Classics has made available the widest range of literature from around the globe. Each affordable volume reflects Oxford’s commitment to scholarship, providing the most accurate text plus a wealth of other valuable features, including expert introductions by leading authorities, helpful notes to clarify the text, up-to-date bibliographies for further study, and much more.

Cichoke, A. J. (1999). The Back Pain Bible. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Cimbala, P. A. and R. M. Miller (1999). The Freedmen’s Bureau and Reconstruction. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes index.

Cimbala, S. J. (1998). Coercive Military Strategy. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Cimet, A. (1997). Ashkenazi Jews in Mexico : Ideologies in the Structuring of a Community. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Cirafici, J. L. (1995). Airhead Operations–where AMC Delivers : The Linchpin of Rapid Force Projection. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Citro, C. F. (1997). Small-area Estimates of School-age Children in Poverty. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1998). Small-area Estimates of School-age Children in Poverty. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1997). Assessing Policies for Retirement Income : Needs for Data, Research, and Models. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The retirement income security of older Americans and the cost of providing that security are increasingly the subject of major debate. This volume assesses what we know and recommends what we need to know to estimate the short- and long-term effects of policy alternatives. It details gaps in data and research and evaluates possible models to estimate the impact of policy changes that could affect retirement income from Social Security, pensions, personal savings, and other sources.

Citro, C. F. and G. Kalton (1999). Small-Area Estimates of School-Age Children in Poverty : Interim Report 3. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S. Department of Education uses estimates of school-age children in poverty to allocate federal funds under Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act for education programs to aid disadvantaged children. Historically, the allocations have been made by a two-stage process: the department’s role has been to allocate Title I funds to counties; the states have then distributed these funds to school districts. Until recently, the department has based the county allocations on the numbers and proportions of poor school-age children in each county from the most recent decennial census. States have used several different data sources, such as the decennial census and the National School Lunch Program, to distribute the department’s county allocations to districts. In 1994 Congress authorized the Bureau of the Census to provide updated estimates of poor school-age children every 2 years, to begin in 1996 with estimates for counties and in 1998 with estimates for school districts. The Department of Education is to use the school district estimates to allocate Title I basic and concentration grants directly to districts for the 1999-2000 and later school years, unless the Secretaries of Education and Commerce determine that they are’inappropriate or unreliable’on the basis of a study by the National Research Council. That study is being carried out by the Committee on National Statistics’Panel on Estimates of Poverty for Small Geographic Areas.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1993). The Future of the Survey of Income and Program Participation. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book evaluates changes needed to improve the usefulness and cost-effectiveness of the Survey of Income and Program Participation (SIPP). Conducted by the Census Bureau, SIPP is a major continuing survey that is designed to provide information about the economic well-being of the U.S. population and its need for and participation in government assistance programs (e.g., social security, Medicare, Medicaid, food stamps, AFDC). This volume considers the goals for the survey, the survey and sample design, data collection and processing systems, publications and other data products, analytical techniques for using the data, the methodological research and evaluation to implement and assess the redesign,and the management of the program at the Census Bureau.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1998). Providing National Statistics on Health and Social Welfare Programs in an Era of Change : Summary of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1995). Measuring Poverty : A New Approach. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Each year’s poverty figures are anxiously awaited by policymakers, analysts, and the media. Yet questions are increasing about the 30-year-old measure as social and economic conditions change. In Measuring Poverty a distinguished panel provides policymakers with an up-to-date evaluation of Concepts and procedures for deriving the poverty threshold, including adjustments for different family circumstances. Definitions of family resources. Procedures for annual updates of poverty measures. The volume explores specific issues underlying the poverty measure, analyzes the likely effects of any changes on poverty rates, and discusses the impact on eligibility for public benefits. In supporting its recommendations the panel provides insightful recognition of the political and social dimensions of this key economic indicator. Measuring Poverty will be important to government officials, policy analysts, statisticians, economists, researchers, and others involved in virtually all poverty and social welfare issues.

Citro, C. F., et al. (1997). The Bureau of Transportation Statistics : Priorities for the Future. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

How can the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS), the nation’s newest federal statistical agency, contribute to the work of the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT)? What is the appropriate role for such an agency as a part of a major department? BTS was authorized in 1991 by the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) in recognition of the need for more and better data for transportation officials at local, state, and federal levels. While the USDOT has many long-standing data collection programs for particular transportation modes (highways, rail, air, etc.), it has never had a statistical agency with a mandate to improve the quality and relevance of transportation data for important system-wide, cross-modal analyses of the nation’s transportation system. This book examines how BTS can provide statistical leadership for USDOT, define and maintain quality standards for transportation data, and improve data documentation. It considers BTS’s role in developing national transportation indicators, coordinating data collection throughout USDOT, filling gaps, identifying user needs, and developing analysis programs for transportation data. Anyone concerned with having high-quality, relevant transportation indicators and other data available for policy planning, evaluation, and research will be interested in this book, as will students of effective government.

Cizek, G. J. (1999). Cheating on Tests : How to Do It, Detect It, and Prevent It. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

Claassen, C. (1994). Women in Archaeology. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

‘Pt. 1 of this collection presents a history of women in Americanist archaeology, including a biography of Dorothy Hughes Popenoe who conducted early stratigraphic excavations in Honduras. Pt. 2 focuses on the current status of North American women in Mesoamerican archaeology and problems of gender bias. Valuable discussion of issues, but non-US archaeologists are not covered’–Handbook of Latin American Studies, v. 57.

Claessens, S., et al. (2000). East Asian Corporations : Heroes or Villains? Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Claessens, S., et al. (1997). Are Financial Sector Weaknesses Undermining the East Asian Miracle? Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Paper presented at a seminar at Hofstra University, on Apr. 11, 1997.

Clair, R. P. (1998). Organizing Silence : A World of Possibilities. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Claire, H., et al. (1993). Equality Matters : Case Studies From the Primary School. Clevedon, Avon, England, Multilingual Matters.

Clancey, W. J. (1999). Conceptual Coordination : How the Mind Orders Experience in Time. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

This book bridges the gap between models of human behavior that are based on cognitive task analysis and those based on neural networks. The author argues that these approaches are incomplete and not properly related to each other. His synthesis reconciles the very different conceptualizations of human memory assumed by these two approaches by assuming that’what the brain remembers’is not a collection of symbols or neurons or even networks of either of these, but rather how to coordinate behavior in time, relating different modalities of conception and movement. A second premise is that behavior sequences are categorized, with perceptual categorizations (sounds, images) comprising the first order of categorization and conceptual categorizations of perceptions and actions in time comprising the second order. The conceptual categorizations are themselves sequenced and categorized, corresponding to the familiar classification hierarchies in cognitive models. Inspired by Bartlett’s work, the author seeks to develop a theory of’process memory’–memory for experience in time. Following the methodology of situated cognition, he finds clues in the particulars of human activity, such as typing errors, how a computer interface is used, how a child learns to play in a swimming pool, odd limitations in language comprehension, and so on. Throughout, he examines existing (and often famous) cognitive and neural models with respect to these phenomena. In each case, he attempts to show that the experienced behavior can be understood as sequences of categories being reactivated, substituted, and composed. Ultimately, this analysis is shown to be the link that may lead to improvement of both symbolic and neurally based models of memory and behavior, with concomitant implications for cognitive psychology, artificial intelligence, and cognitive science as a whole.

Clancy, J. J. (1999). The Invisible Powers : The Language of Business. Lexington, Mass, Lexington Books.

Clancy, J. P. (1999). Other Words : Essays on Poetry and Translation. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Clancy, M. (1998). The Business Guide to Taiwan. Singapore, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Includes index.

Clancy-Smith, J. A. (1994). Rebel and Saint : Muslim Notables, Populist Protest, Colonial Encounters (Algeria and Tunisia, 1800-1904). Berkeley, University of California Press.

Julia Clancy-Smith’s unprecedented study brings us a remarkable view of North African history from the perspective of the North Africans themselves. Focusing on the religious beliefs and political actions of Muslim elites and their followers in Algeria and Tunisia, she provides a richly detailed analysis of resistance and accommodation to colonial rule.Clancy-Smith demonstrates the continuities between the eras of Turkish and French rule as well as the importance of regional ties among elite families in defining Saharan political cultures. She rejects the position that Algerians and Tunisians were invariably victims of western colonial aggression, arguing instead that Muslim notables understood the outside world and were quite capable of manipulating the massive changes occurring around them.

Clapp, J. F. (1998). Exercising Through Your Pregnancy. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.

Clare, S. (1998). Raising the Successful Child : How to Encourage Your Child on the Road to Emotional and Learning Competence. [N.p.], How To Books.

Clare, S. (1999). Trusting Your Intuition : Rediscover Your True Self to Achieve a Richer, More Rewarding Life. [N.p.], How To Books.

Claridge, L. P. and E. Langland (1990). Out of Bounds : Male Writers and Gender(ed) Criticism. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Clark, A. (1993). Associative Engines : Connectionism, Concepts, and Representational Change. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Clark, A. (1997). Being There : Putting Brain, Body, and World Together Again. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Brain, body, and world are united in a complex dance of circular causation and extended computational activity. In Being There, Andy Clark weaves these several threads into a pleasing whole and goes on to address foundational questions concerning the new tools and techniques needed to make sense of the emerging sciences of the embodied mind. Clark brings together ideas and techniques from robotics, neuroscience, infant psychology, and artificial intelligence. He addresses a broad range of adaptive behaviors, from cockroach locomotion to the role of linguistic artifacts in higher-level thought.

Clark, A. K. (1998). The Redemptive Work : Railway and Nation in Ecuador, 1895-1930. Wilmington, Del, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Book! Professor Kim Clark explores a time period and country for which little has been published in English. By studying the dimensions of politics and culture as one, Professor Clark argues that the local railroad case served as a demonstration of some of the problems that were most important during the liberal period. At the turn of the century, diverse political, economic, and social conditions divided Ecuador. During the construction of the Guayaquil-Quito Railway, the people of Ecuador faced the challenge of working together. The Redemptive Work: Railway and Nation in Ecuador, 1895D1930 examines local, regional, and national perspectives on the building of the railway and analyzes the contradictory processes of national incorporation. Rather than examining the formation of Ecuador’s national identity, Professor Clark analyzes the methods of two groups working on the same project but with opposing goals. The elite landowners of the highlands were concerned with the transportation of their agricultural products to the coast, while the agro-export elite of the coast were more interested in forming a labor market. Because the underlying objectives were contradictory, only a partial consensus was reached on the nature of national development. This tense agreement channeled the conflicting opinions but did not eliminate them. The Redemptive Work is the first text to deal with these complex issues in Ecuador’s history. The Redemptive Work is useful for undergraduate and graduate courses in Latin American history, social history, anthropology, political science, and nation and state formation.

Clark, B. R. (1993). The Research Foundations of Graduate Education : Germany, Britain, France, United States, Japan. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Clark, B. R. (1995). Places of Inquiry : Research and Advanced Education in Modern Universities. Berkeley, University of California Press.

A distinguished work by one of America’s leading scholars of higher education, Places of Inquiry explores one of the major issues in university education today: the relationship among research, teaching, and study. Based on cross-national research on the university systems of Germany, Britain, France, the United States, and Japan—which was first reported in the edited volume The Research Foundations of Graduate Education (California, 1993)—this book offers in-depth comparative analysis and draws provocative conclusions about the future of the research-teaching-study nexus.With characteristic clarity and vision, Burton R. Clark identifies the main features and limitations of each national system: governmental and industrial dominance in Japan, for example, and England’s collegiate form of university. He examines the forces drawing research, teaching, and study apart and those binding them together. Highlighting the fruitful integration of teaching and research in the American graduate school, Clark decries the widely held view that these are antithetical activities. Rather, he demonstrates that research provides a rich basis for instruction and learning. Universities, he maintains, are places of inquiry, and the future lies with institutions firmly grounded in this belief.

Clark, C. (1997). Radium Girls, Women and Industrial Health Reform : 1910-1935. Chapel Hill, NC, University of North Carolina Press.

In the early twentieth century, a group of women workers hired to apply luminous paint to watch faces and instrument dials found themselves among the first victims of radium poisoning. Claudia Clark’s book tells the compelling story of these women, who at first had no idea that the tedious task of dialpainting was any different from the other factory jobs available to them. But after repeated exposure to the radium-laced paint, they began to develop mysterious, often fatal illnesses that they traced to conditions in the workplace. Their fight to have their symptoms recognized as an industrial disease represents an important chapter in the history of modern health and labor policy. Clark’s account emphasizes the social and political factors that influenced the responses of the workers, managers, government officials, medical specialists, and legal authorities involved in the case. She enriches the story by exploring contemporary disputes over workplace control, government intervention, and industry-backed medical research. Finally, in appraising the dialpainters’campaign to secure compensation and prevention of further incidents–efforts launched with the help of the reform-minded, middle-class women of the Consumers’League–Clark is able to evaluate the achievements and shortcomings of the industrial health movement as a whole.

Clark, C. (1998). Misery and Company : Sympathy in Everyday Life. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

In a kind of social tour of sympathy, Candace Clark reveals that the emotional experience we call sympathy has a history, logic, and life of its own. Although sympathy may seem to be a natural, reflexive reaction, people are not born knowing when, for whom, and in what circumstances sympathy is appropriate. Rather, they learn elaborate, highly specific rules—different rules for men than for women—that guide when to feel or display sympathy, when to claim it, and how to accept it. Using extensive interviews, cultural artifacts, and’intensive eavesdropping’in public places, such as hospitals and funeral parlors, as well as analyzing charity appeals, blues lyrics, greeting cards, novels, and media reports, Clark shows that we learn culturally prescribed rules that govern our expression of sympathy.’Clark’s… research methods [are] inventive and her glimpses of U.S. life revealing…. And you have to love a social scientist so respectful of Miss Manners.’—Clifford Orwin, Toronto Globe and Mail’Clark offers a thought-provoking and quite interesting etiquette of sympathy according to which we ought to act in order to preserve the sympathy credits we can call on in time of need.’—Virginia Quarterly Review

Clark, D. (1999). IT Manager’s Guide to Virtual Private Networks. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Clark, D. and M. Gale (1997). Puppies for Sale, and Other Inspirational Tales : A ‘litter’ of Stories & Anecdotes That Hug the Heart & Snuggle the Soul. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Clark, D. J. (1997). Like Night & Day : Unionization in a Southern Mill Town. Chapel Hill, NC, University of North Carolina Press.

Daniel Clark demonstrates the dramatic impact unionization made on the lives of textile workers in Henderson, North Carolina, in the decade after World War II. Focusing on the Harriet and Henderson Cotton Mills, he shows that workers valued the Textile Workers Union of America for more than the higher wages and improved benefits it secured for them. Specifically, Clark points to the importance members placed on union-instituted grievance and arbitration procedures, which most labor historians have seen as impediments rather than improvements. p From the signing of contracts in 1943 until a devastating strike fifteen years later, the union gave local workers the tools they needed to secure at least some measure of workplace autonomy and respect from their employer. Union-instituted grievance procedures were not without flaws, says Clark, but they were the linchpin of these efforts. When arbitration and grievance agreements collapsed in 1958, the result was the strike that ultimately broke the union. Based on complete access to company archives and transcripts of grievance hearings, this case study recasts our understanding of labor-management relations in the postwar South.

Clark, E. E. (1966). Indian Legends From the Northern Rockies. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Clark, F. D., et al. (1997). Applied Cost Engineering. New York, CRC Press.

Includes index.

Clark, H. J., et al. (1998). Glass Plates & Wagon Ruts : Images of the Southwest by Lisle Updike and William Pennington. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Clark, J. and J. Stuart (1972). Tennessee Hill Folk. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Clark, J. F. and J. Dantzler (1998). Hiking South Carolina. Helena, Mont, Falcon.

Clark, J. H. (2014). Triumph in Defeat : Military Loss and the Roman Republic. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Although a great deal of historical work has been done in the past decade on Roman triumphs, defeats and their place in Roman culture have been relatively neglected. Why should we investigate the defeats of a society that almost never lost a war? In Triumph in Defeat, Jessica H. Clark answers this question by showing what responses to defeat can tell us about the Roman definition of victory. First opening with a general discussion of defeat and commemoration at Rome and then following the Second Punic War from its commencement to its afterlife in Roman historical memory through the second century BCE, culminating in the career of Gaius Marius, Clark examines both the successful production of victory narratives within the Senate and the gradual breakdown of those narratives. The result sheds light on the wars of the Republic, the Romans who wrote about these wars, and the ways in which both the events and their telling informed the political landscape of the Roman state. Triumph in Defeat not only fills a major gap in the study of Roman military, political, and cultural life, but also contributes to a more nuanced picture of Roman society, one that acknowledges the extent to which political discourse shaped Rome’s status as a world power. Clark’s work shows how defeat shaped the society whose massive reputation was-and still often is-built on its successes.

Clark, K. B. and S. C. Wheelwright (1994). The Product Development Challenge : Competing Through Speed, Quality, and Creativity. Boston, Harvard Business School Press.

Includes index.

Clark, N. (1997). Nancy Clark’s Sports Nutrition Guidebook. Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics.

Clark, P. and J. L. Roberts (1966). The Emperor Jones, The Hairy Ape & Mourning Becomes Electra : Notes, Including O’Neill’s Life and Background, Brief Synopses, Scene-by-scene Summaries and Commentaries, Character Analyses, Critical Notes, Questions for Review, Selected Bibliography. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Clark, R. P. (1979). The Basques : The Franco Years And Beyond. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.

Clark, T. D. (1964). Pills, Petticoats, and Plows : The Southern Country Store. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Clark, T. D. and J. D. W. Guice (1996). The Old Southwest, 1795-1830 : Frontiers in Conflict. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: Frontiers in conflict. Albuquerque : University of New Mexico Press, 1989, in series: Histories of the American frontier.

Clark, W. P. (1982). The Indian Sign Language. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

In 1876 and 1877, Captain W. P. Clark commanded a detachment of Indian scouts—including Pawnees, Shoshones, Arapahoes, Cheyennes, Crows, and Sioux—who conversed in sign language. They made requests, relayed information, and told stories with their hands, communicating in a language indispensable for quick understanding between Indians of different tribes. The scouts patiently taught Clark the sign system, which he patiently recorded in this book.Originally written in 1884 for use by the United States Army, The Indian Sign Language is far more than a grammar book or curiosity. Clark worked closely with the Indians who taught him the language, and his respect for them and their way of thinking informs every page. Written for future officers in Indian regions, The Indian Sign Language corrects the sentimental and brutal stereotypes of Indians that led to much misunderstanding.Clark believed that sign language could assist him’to think like the Indians,’which he considered essential for a conscientious officer. His book discusses reliably and soberly the facts of plains Indian life as he encountered them in the 1870s and 1880s. Now a classic, The Indian Sign Language is a monument to the desire for understanding between radically different peoples.

Clarke, A. (1998). Disciplining Reproduction : Modernity, American Life Sciences, and ‘the Problems of Sex’. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Clarke, A. (1999). Coping with Self-mutilation : A Helping Book for Teens Who Hurt Themselves. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Discusses self-mutilating behavior in teens, including possible causes and avenues for recovery.

Clarke, A. B. and T. Alford (1999). John Wilkes Booth : A Sister’s Memoir. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

First paperback printing, 1999.

Clarke, C. F., et al. (1997). Above a Common Soldier : Frank and Mary Clarke in the American West and the Civil War. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Originally published: To form a more perfect union. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1941. With new introduction, chapter introductions, and bibliographies.

Clarke, D. (1994). Robbing the Mother : Women in Faulkner. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Clarke, D. S. (1990). Sources of Semiotic : Readings with Commentary From Antiquity to the Present. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Clarke, E. (1996). Our Southern Zion : A History of Calvinism in the South Carolina Low Country, 1690-1990. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

The South Carolina low country has long been regarded–not only in popular imagination and paperback novels but also by respected scholars–as a region dominated by what earlier historians called’a cavalier spirit’and by what later historians have simply described as’a wholehearted devotion to amusement and the neglect of religion and intellectual pursuits.’Such images of the low country have been powerful interpreters of the region because they have had some foundation in social and cultural realities. It is a thesis of this study, however, that there has been a strong Calvinist community in the Carolina low country since its establishment as a British colony and that this community (including in its membership both whites and after the 1740s significant numbers of African Americans) contradicts many of the images of the’received version’of the region. Rather than a devotion to amusement and a neglect of religion and intellectual interests, this community has been marked throughout most of its history by its disciplined religious life, its intellectual pursuits, and its work ethic. The complex character of this Calvinist community guides Clarke to an exploration of the ways a particular religious tradition and a distinct social context have interacted over a 300-year period, including the unique story of the oldest and largest African American Calvinist community in America.

Clarke, G. (2000). Marketing a Service for Profit : A Practical Guide to Key Service Marketing Concepts. London, Kogan Page.

Clarke, J. N. and D. McCool (1996). Staking Out the Terrain : Power and Performance Among Natural Resource Agencies. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Clarke, R. (1996). Environmental Management : A Guide for Facility Managers. New York, N.Y., Fairmont Press.

Clarke, S. and B. Lehaney (2000). Human Centered Methods in Information Systems : Current Research and Practice. Hershey, Pa, IGI Global.

Clarke, W. C. and R. R. Thaman (1993). Agroforestry in the Pacific Islands : Systems for Sustainability. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

Clarke, W. N. (1993). Person and Being. Milwaukee, Wis, Marquette University Press.

‘Under the auspices of the Wisconsin-Alpha Chapter of Phi Sigma Tau.’

Clarkson, M. (1999). Competitive Fire. Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics.

Clarkson, P. (1995). The Therapeutic Relationship in Psychoanalysis, Counselling Psychology and Psychotherapy. London, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Clasby, N. T. (2000). New Jerusalem : Myth, Literature, and the Sacred. Scranton, University of Scranton Press.

Clausen, C. (1994). My Life with President Kennedy. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

As its title implies, this book reflects in varying ways the experiences and attitudes of one who came of age in the first half of that now mythical decade, the 1960s. In an unusual combination of history, criticism, and autobiography, one of our best literary and cultural critics explores life and death in the late twentieth century and some of the older worlds that made American culture what it is today. Sixties survivors, as Christopher Clausen points out, do not necessarily hold more beliefs or tastes in common than any other group. Nevertheless they may be more likely than most people born earlier or later to consider the relations between public and private life—the political and the personal—a problem, sometimes even an unresolvable problem. While this is not primarily a book about the 1960s, most of it occupies the noisy crossroads where public worlds intersect the private, mysterious lives of individuals and families, where ordinary people pursue their own destinies and desires while submitting consciously or unconsciously to the pressures of the public sphere—a set of demands or aspirations common to people in a particular time and place. In modern America, where most of these essays are set, any individual is likely to live in several worlds at any given moment, as well as to pass through several more over a lifetime. Because of rapid transitions in public life and culture while they were still at an impressionable age, members of the “Kennedy generation” became almost morbidly conscious of the persistence of the past in the present. The often unpredictable effect on individual lives of historical forces is the main subject of Clausen’s fascinating account.

Clausen, S.-E. (1998). Applied Correspondence Analysis : An Introduction. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

Clausewitz, C. v. and J. J. Graham On War. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Clawson, D. (1998). Required Reading : Sociology’s Most Influential Books. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Claxton, J. (1999). Managing Your Personal Finances : How to Achieve Financial Security, Wealth and Independence. [N.p.], How To Books.

Claxton, W. J. The Mastery of the Air. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Clay, H. and A. J. Adam Henry Clay’s Remarks Before the House and Senate of the United States of America. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Clayton, J. J. (1991). Gestures of Healing : Anxiety & the Modern Novel. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Clayton, L. (1995). Everything You Need to Know About Sports Injuries. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Clayton, L. and J. Morrison (1999). Coping with a Learning Disability. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Clayton, P. (1997). God and Contemporary Science. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Clayton, W. H. H. and D. C. Elder (1998). A Damned Iowa Greyhound : The Civil War Letters of William Henry Harrison Clayton. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

William Henry Harrison Clayton was one of nearly 75,000 soldiers from Iowa to join the Union ranks during the Civil War. Possessing a high school education and superior penmanship, Clayton served as a company clerk in the 19th Infantry, witnessing battles in the Trans-Mississippi theater. His diary and his correspondence with his family in Van Buren County form a unique narrative of the day-to-day soldier life as well as an eyewitness account of critical battles and a prisoner-of-war camp. Clayton participated in the siege of Vicksburg and took part in operations against Mobile, but his writings are unique for the descriptions he gives of lesser-known but pivotal battles of the Civil War in the West. Fighting in the Battle of Prairie Grove, the 19th Infantry sustained the highest casualties of any federal regiment on the field. Clayton survived that battle with only minor injuries, but he was later captured at the Battle of Stirling’s Plantation and served a period of ten months in captivity at Camp Ford, Texas. Clayton’s writing reveals the complicated sympathies and prejudices prevalent among Union soldiers and civilians of that period in the country’s history. He observes with great sadness the brutal effects of war on the South, sympathizing with the plight of refugees and lamenting the destruction of property. He excoriates draft evaders and Copperheads back home, conveying the intra-sectional acrimony wrought by civil war. Finally, his racist views toward blacks demonstrate a common but ironic attitude among Union soldiers whose efforts helped lead to the abolition of slavery in the United States.

Cleal, C. J. and B. A. Thomas (1999). Plant Fossils : The History of Land Vegetation. New York, Boydell & Brewer.

Plants have played a central role in the evolution of life on Earth and the colonisation of land, to the extent that without them we would not exist, yet even to scientists the history of land vegetation and plant fossils is not well-known. This book describes plants’origins and development, illustrated with a unique selection of plant portraits, many of which have never been seen before. The fossil record shows that plants first `invaded’the land some 400 or more million years ago, as tiny leafless stems which only grew upright for a few centimeters and were restricted to lowlying, waterlogged habitats; from these unpromising beginnings, the whole of Earth’s flora has evolved. Each of the major groups of plants is described in general order of appearance in the records, from the first giant clubmosses, horsetails and ferns, which contributed so much to the developing forests, through the seed plants to the angiosperms, the flowering plants, which dominate the landscapes of today. The authors conclude the book with an account of the scientists who have contributed to the development of the story, and hazard some predictions about the directions which future research may take.CHRISTOPHER J. CLEALis Head of the Vegetational History Section at the National Museum and Gallery of Wales at Cardiff; BARRY A. THOMASholds a personal chair in the Department of Geography at Lampeter. They have made lifetime studies of ancient flora.

Clear, T. R. (1994). Harm in American Penology : Offenders, Victims, and Their Communities. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Cleary, T. F. (1983). Entry Into the Inconceivable : An Introduction to Hua-yen Buddhism. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Cleaver, K. M. (1993). A Strategy to Develop Agriculture in Sub-Saharan Africa and a Focus for the World Bank. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Cleaver, K. M. (1997). Rural Development Strategies for Poverty Reduction and Environmental Protection in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Cleaver, K. M. and W. G. Donovan (1995). Agriculture, Poverty, and Policy Reform in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Cleaves, F. (1960). Meade of Gettysburg. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cleaves, F. (1974). Rock of Chickamauga, the Life of General George H. Thomas. Westport, Conn, University of Oklahoma Press.

Reprint of the ed. published by University of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Clegg, B. (2000). Instant Motivation. London, Kogan Page.

Clegg, B. (2000). The Invisible Customer : Strategies for Successful Customer Service Down the Wire. London, Kogan Page.

Subtitle on cover: Strategies for successful customer service down the wire.

Clegg, B. (2000). Training Plus : Revitalizing Your Training. London, Kogan Page.

Clegg, J. (1996). Mainstreaming ESL : Case-studies in Integrating ESL Students Into the Mainstream Curriculum. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Cleland, J. Fanny Hill. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Clemens, L. P. and A. T. Dolph (1995). How to Hit the Ground Running in Your New Job. Lincolnwood, Ill, VGM Career Horizons.

Clément, P., et al. (2014). Topics and Trends in Current Science Education : 9th ESERA Conference Selected Contributions. Dordrecht, Springer.

This book features 35 of best papers from the 9th European Science Education Research Association Conference, ESERA 2011, held in Lyon, France, September 5th-9th 2011. The ESERA international conference featured some 1,200 participants from Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe as well as North and South America offering insight into the field at the end of the first decade of the 21st century. This book presents studies that represent the current orientations of research in science education and includes studies in different educational traditions from around the world. It is organized into six parts around the three poles (content, students, teachers) and their interrelations of science education: after a general presentation of the volume (first part), the second part concerns SSI (Socio-Scientific Issues) dealing with new types of content, the third the teachers, the fourth the students, the fifth the relationships between teaching and learning, and the sixth the teaching resources and the curricula.

Clemente, M. N. and D. S. Greenspan (1999). Empowering Human Resources in the Merger and Acquisitions Process : Guidance for HR Professionals in the Key Areas of M & A Planning and Integration. Glen Rock, N.J., Clemente, Greenspan & Co.

Clements, A. L. (1990). Poetry of Contemplation : John Donne, George Herbert, Henry Vaughan, and the Modern Period. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Clements, B. (1997). Essays Against Ruin. Huntsville, Tex, Texas Review Press.

Clements, M. P. and D. F. Hendry (1999). Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Clements, P. (1998). Jan Morris. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Clendenning, J. (1999). The Life and Thought of Josiah Royce. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Cleveland, J., et al. (2000). Women and Men in Organizations : Sex and Gender Issues at Work. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

The gender and racial composition of the American workforce is rapidly changing. As more women in particular enter the workforce and as they enter jobs that have traditionally been dominated by men, issues related to sex and gender in work settings have become increasingly important and complex. Research addressing sex and gender in the workplace is conducted in several distinct disciplines, ranging from psychology and sociology to management and economics. Further, books on gender at work often reflect either a more traditional management perspective or a more recent feminist perspective; rarely however, are these two orientations on women and work acknowledged within the same text. Thus, the principle goal of the book is to communicate a variety of social psychological literatures and research on gender issues that affect work behaviors to upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in applied psychology and business.

Clifford, D. (1997). Nolo’s Will Book. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Clifford, D. (1999). Estate Planning Basics. Berkeley, CA, Nolo.com.

Clifford, D. (1999). Quick & Legal Will Book. Berkeley, CA, Nolo Press.

Clifford, M. (1998). Troubled Tiger : Businessmen, Bureaucrats, and Generals in South Korea. Armonk, N.Y., ME Sharpe, Inc.

‘An East gate book.’

Cliffs Notes, I. (1968). Tristram Shandy : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

The original CliffsNotes study guides offer expert commentary on major themes, plots, characters, literary devices, and historical background – all to help you gain greater insight into great works you’re bound to study for school or pleasure. In CliffsNotes on Sterne’s Tristram Shandy, you find help in making sense of the complexities of Laurence Sterne’s popular 18th-century novel. Filled with humor, lots of twists and turns, and many digressions from the story, Tristam Shandy provides unparalleled insight into humanity, as well as the author’s own life. In this study guide, you’ll find Life.

Cliffs Notes, I. (1991). Shakespeare’s Minor Plays : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Summaries and critical commentaries, including Henry VI, parts 1, 2, 3 ; Titus Andronicus ; King John ; The merry wives of Windsor ; All’s well that ends well ; Coriolanus ; Troilus and Cressida ; Timon of Athens ; Pericles ; Cymbeline ; Henry VIII.

Cliffs Notes, I. (1999). Shakespeare’s Tragedies : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

‘Editor, Gary Carey.’

Climate Research, C., et al. (1998). Capacity of U.S. Climate Modeling to Support Climate Change Assessment Activities. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S. government has pending before it the ratification of the Kyoto Protocol, an agreement to limit the emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs), which is largely based on the threat GHGs pose to the global climate. Such an agreement would have significant economic and national security implications, and therefore any national policy decisions regarding this issue should rely in part on the best possible suite of scenarios from climate models. The U.S. climate modeling research community is a world leader in intermediate and smaller climate modeling efforts-research that has been instrumental in improving the understanding of specific components of the climate system. Somewhat in contrast, the United States has been less prominent in producing high-end climate modeling results, which have been featured in recent international assessments of the impacts of climate change. The fact that U.S. contributions of these state-of-the-art results have been relatively sparse has prompted a number of prominent climate researchers to question the current organization and support of climate modeling research in the United States, and has led ultimately to this report.

Cline, T. and N. Frederickson (1996). Curriculum Related Assessment, Cummins and Bilingual Children. Clevedon, Avon, England, Multilingual Matters.

Clingman, S. (1992). The Novels of Nadine Gordimer : History From the Inside. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Based on the author’s thesis (doctoral)–Oxford, 1983.

Clingman, S. (1998). Bram Fischer : Afrikaner Revolutionary. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Clinton, B. Inaugural Address. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Clinton, J. W. (1995). The Loyal Opposition : Americans in North Vietnam, 1965-1972. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Includes index.

Clinton, P. (1997). Guide to Writing for the Business Press. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

‘The Business Press, Educational Foundation, Inc.’

Clippinger, J. H. (1999). The Biology of Business : Decoding the Natural Laws of Enterprise. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Clooney, F. X. (1996). Seeing Through Texts : Doing Theology Among the Sråivaisnavas of South India. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Closter, K., et al. (1998). Fiction, Food, and Fun : The Original Recipe for the Read ‘n’ Feed Program. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

‘Grades 6-10’–Cover, p. [4].

Clote, P. and R. Backofen (2000). Computational Molecular Biology : An Introduction. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cloud, B. L. (1992). Business of Newspapers. Reno, University of Nevada Press.

Clough, A. H. Amours De Voyage. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Clough, R. N. (1998). Cooperation or Conflict in the Taiwan Strait? Lanham, Rowman & Littlefield.

Clouston, J. S. and V. University of (1995). Count Bunker. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Clouston, J. S. and V. University of (1996). The Lunatic at Large. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Coalson, J. J. and R. D. Bland (2000). Chronic Lung Disease in Early Infancy. New York, CRC Press.

This definitive volume presents the clinical and pathological features of bronchopulmonary dysplasia, a disease that accounts for the majority of long-term hospitalizations, slow growth, and recurrent early childhood respiratory ailments that are common in low-birth-weight newborns. Highlights relevant animal models for studying the process of chronic lung disease through its evolution and during recovery!Written by nearly 75 leading international authorities on lung disease during early childhood development who describe the clinical, radiographic, and pathological changes that have occurred in the 30 years since bronchopulmonary dysplasia was first discovered, Chronic Lung Disease in Early Infancy focuses on the development of technology, notably changes in the application of assisted ventilation traces the evolution and impact of new therapies, including prenatal glucocorticoids and postnatal surfactants suggests effective therapeutic and preventive strategies explains how the lungs develop structurally and functionally explores how lung development is altered by injury and the repair process critically examines research in the field of pediatric lung pathology reviews what is known and emphasizes what needs to be learned about bronchopulmonary dysplasia provides direction for future research into chronic lung disease and more!

Coates, I. T. and W. J. D. Kennedy (1997). On the Plains with Custer and Hancock : The Journal of Isaac Coates, Army Surgeon. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

Cobb, I. S. Cobb’s Anatomy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cobb, I. S. A Plea for Old Cap Collier. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cobb, I. S. ‘Speaking of Operations–‘. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cobb, M. and J. D. Ellis (1998). A Sampler View of Colonial Life. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

Describes the samplers stitched by girls in colonial America and explains what these samplers tell about the lives of their makers. Includes simple projects.

Cobb, P., et al. (2000). Symbolizing and Communicating in Mathematics Classrooms : Perspectives on Discourse, Tools, and Instructional Design. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

This volume grew out of a symposium on discourse, tools, and instructional design at Vanderbilt University in 1995 that brought together a small international group to grapple with issues of communicating, symbolizing, modeling, and mathematizing, particularly as these issues relate to learning in the classroom. The participants invited to develop chapters for this book–all internationally recognized scholars in their respective fields–were selected to represent a wide range of theoretical perspectives including mathematics education, cognitive science, sociocultural theory, and discourse theory. The work is distinguished by the caliber of the contributors, the significance of the topics addressed in the current era of reform in mathematics education, and the diversity of perspectives taken to a common set of themes and issues. The book is intended for those who are seeking to expand their understanding of the complexity of learning in order to enhance the learning experiences students have in schools, primarily researchers, instructional designers, and graduate students in mathematics education, as well as those in other fields including science education, instructional design in general, discourse theory, and semiotics.

Cochran, D. C. (1999). The Color of Freedom : Race and Contemporary American Liberalism. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cochran, L. and J. Laub (1994). Becoming an Agent : Patterns and Dynamics for Shaping Your Life. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Cochran-Smith, M. (2008). Handbook of Research on Teacher Education : Enduring Questions in Changing Contexts. London, Routledge.

Co-Published by Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group and the Association of Teacher Educators. The Handbook of Research on Teacher Education was initiated to ferment change in education based on solid evidence. The publication of the First Edition was a signal event in 1990. While the preparation of educators was then – and continues to be – the topic of substantial discussion, there did not exist a codification of the best that was known at the time about teacher education. Reflecting the needs of educators today, the Third Edition takes a new approach to achieving the same purpose. Beyond simply conceptualizing the broad landscape of teacher education and providing comprehensive reviews of the latest research for major domains of practice, this edition: stimulates a broad conversation about foundational issues brings multiple perspectives to bear provides new specificity to topics that have been undifferentiated in the past includes diverse voices in the conversation. The Editors, with an Advisory Board, identified nine foundational issues and translated them into a set of focal questions: What’s the Point?: The Purposes of Teacher Education What Should Teachers Know? Teacher Capacities: Knowledge, Beliefs, Skills, and Commitments Where Should Teachers Be Taught? Settings and Roles in Teacher Education Who Teaches? Who Should Teach? Teacher Recruitment, Selection, and Retention Does Difference Make a Difference? Diversity and Teacher Education How Do People Learn to Teach? Who’s in Charge? Authority in Teacher Education How Do We Know What We Know? Research and Teacher Education What Good is Teacher Education? The Place of Teacher Education in Teachers’Education. The Association of Teacher Educators (ATE) is an individual membership organization devoted solely to the improvement of teacher education both for school-based and post secondary teacher educators. For more information on our organization and publications, please visit: www.ate1.org

Cockrell, A. (1995). Tail of the Storm : Flying Missions in the First Gulf War. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

Within days of Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Kuwait, the far reaching arm of American airpower sprang into action. The skyscapes of the North Atlantic, Europe, and the Mediterranean became laced with the contrails of great jets flowing day and night toward the Persian Gulf. From the skies, manpower and material poured onto the bleak sands under the ominous clouds of the gathering storm, and in only a few weeks the size of the effort eclipsed that of the Berlin Airlift. The thousands of crewmembers flying the jets, as well as those servicing and managing them, became the backbone of history’s largest air logistical operation. Many of these men and women were Air Force reservists, and the author participated as a pilot of a C-141B Starlifter with the Mississippi Air National Guard. Cockrell writes lyrically about flying and about the emotional and intellectual satisfaction enjoyed by those who fly. His focus is on the people recalled to active duty, who flew thousands of hours, coping with fatigue, cracked wings, missile attacks, and, in some cases, deteriorating businesses and families at home. Tail of the Storm gives expression to their love of flight, as well as their dedication to the endangered values of duty, honor, country. This story is good reading—not only for those who share the author’s enthusiasm for flying but also for those who read for pleasure and have a curiosity about a pilot’s world.

CODATA, U. S. N. C. f. (1995). Finding the Forest in the Trees : The Challenge of Combining Diverse Environmental Data. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

During the last few decades of the 20th century, the development of an array of technologies has made it possible to observe the Earth, collect large quantities of data related to components and processes of the Earth system, and store, analyze, and retrieve these data at will. Over the past ten years, in particular, the observational, computational, and communications technologies have enabled the scientific community to undertake a broad range of interdisciplinary environmental research and assessment programs. Sound practice in database management are required to deal with the problems of complexity in such programs and a great deal of attention and resources has been devoted to this area in recent years. However, little guidance has been provided on overcoming the barriers frequently encountered in the interfacing of disparate data sets. This book attempts to remedy that problem by providing analytical and functional guidelines to help researchers and technicians to better plan and implement their supporting data management activities.

CODATA, U. S. N. C. f. (1997). Bits of Power : Issues in Global Access to Scientific Data. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Since Galileo corresponded with Kepler, the community of scientists has become increasingly international. A DNA sequence is as significant to a researcher in Novosibirsk as it is to one in Pasadena. And with the advent of electronic communications technology, these experts can share information within minutes. What are the consequences when more bits of scientific data cross more national borders and do it more swiftly than ever before? Bits of Power assesses the state of international exchange of data in the natural sciences, identifying strengths, weaknesses, and challenges. The committee makes recommendations about access to scientific data derived from public funding. The volume examines: Trends in the electronic transfer and management of scientific data. Pressure toward commercialization of scientific data, including the economic aspects of government dissemination of the data. The implications of proposed changes to intellectual property laws and the role of scientists in shaping legislative and legal solutions. Improving access to scientific data by and from the developing world. Bits of Power explores how these issues have been addressed in the European Community and includes examples of successful data transfer activities in the natural sciences. The book will be of interest to scientists and scientific data managers, as well as intellectual property rights attorneys, legislators, government agencies, and international organizations concerned about the electronic flow of scientific data.

Code, C. (1996). Classic Cases in Neuropsychology. Hove, Psychology Press.

The importance of detailed examination and theoretical interpretation of the single case has been increasingly recognized in neuropsychology. This book brings together in one volume discussion of the classic cases which have shaped the way we think about the relationships between brain, behaviour and cognition. The single cases covered may be ancient or modern, famous or less well-known. But the book is comprehensive in its coverage of contemporary neuropsychological issues. Represented are classic cases in language, memory, perception, attention and praxis. Some of the cases included are rare, or have acted as catalysts to the development of theory. Some have remained the definitive case; many were the first of their type to be described and gave rise to the development of new syndrome entities. Some are still controversial. In some instances, the cases resulted in major paradigm shifts. Some, while still highly influential, were misinterpreted. But most of them were read only by a few in their original form. Each chapter highlights the relevance of the case for the development of neuropsychology, describes the particular features of the case that are interesting and discusses the theoretical implications.

Coe, B. W. (1996). John Wesley and Marriage. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Coe, U. C. (1996). Frontier Doctor : Observations on Central Oregon and the Changing West. Corvallis, Or, Oregon State University Press.

Reprint. Originally published: Macmillan Co., 1940.

Coel, M. (1988). Chief Left Hand, Southern Arapaho. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

This is the first biography of Chief Left Hand, diplomat, linguist, and legendary of the Plains Indians. Working from government reports, manuscripts, and the diaries and letters of those persons—both white and Indian—who knew him, Margaret Coel has developed an unusually readable, interesting, and closely documented account of his life and the life of his tribe during the fateful years of the mid-1800s. It was in these years that thousands of gold-seekers on their way to California and Oregon burst across the plains, first to traverse the territory consigned to the Indians and then, with the discovery of gold in 1858 on Little Dry Creek (formerly the site of the Southern Arapaho winter campground and presently Denver, Colorado), to settle. Chief Left Hand was one of the first of his people to acknowledge the inevitability of the white manÆs presence on the plain, and thereafter to espouse a policy of adamant peacefulness —if not, finally, friendship—toward the newcomers. Chief Left Hand is not only a consuming story—popular history at its best—but an important work of original scholarship. In it the author: • Clearly establishes the separate identities of the original Left Hand, the subject of her book, and the man by the same name who succeeded Little Raven in 1889 as the principal chief of the Southern Arapahos in Oklahoma—a longtime source of confusion to students of western history; • Lays to rest, with a series of previously unpublished letters by George Bent, a century-long dispute among historians as to Left HandÆs fate at Sand Creek; • Examines the role of John A. Evans, first governor of Colorado, in the Sand Creek Massacre. Colonel Chivington, commander of the Colorado Volunteers, has always (and justly) been held responsible for the surprise attack. But Governor Evans, who afterwards claimed ignorance and innocence of the colonelÆs intentions, was also deeply involved. His letters, on file in the Colorado State Archives, have somehow escaped the scrutiny of historians and remain, for the most part, unpublished. These Coel has used extensively, allowing the governor to tell, in his own words, his real role in the massacre. The author also examines EvansÆs motivations for coming to Colorado, his involvement with the building of the transcontinental railroad, and his intention of clearing the Southern Arapahos from the plains —an intention that abetted ChivingtonÆs ambitions and led to their ruthless slaughter at Sand Creek.

Coel, M. (1995). The Eagle Catcher. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

When an Indian tribal chief is killed in Wyoming, police arrest the chief’s nephew. Father John O’Malley, a priest on the reservation, joins forces with a pretty Indian attorney to clear the nephew’s name. Lots of insights on life in a reservation.

Coelho, E. (1998). Bilingual Education and Bilingualism : An Integrated Approach. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Coen, E. (1999). The Art of Genes : How Organisms Make Themselves. New York, OUP Oxford.

‘Coen’s book is spiced with historic quotations and examples of plants’and animals’intriguing behaviour contains a wealth of interesting material Coen communicates his immense learning with a hundred appealing tales’Max Perutz How is a tiny fertilised egg able to turn itself into a human being? How can an acorn transform itself into an oak tree? Over the past twenty years there has been a revolution in biology. For the first time we have begun to understand how organisms make themselves. The Art of Genes gives an account of these new and exciting findings, and of their broader significance for how we view ourselves. Through a highly original synthesis of science and art, Enrico Coen vividly describes this revolution in our understanding of how plants and animals develop. Drawing on a wide range of examples–from flowers growing petals instead of sex organs, and flies that develop an extra pair of wings, to works of art by Leonardo and Magritte–he explains in lively, accessible prose the language and meaning of genes.’I would have loved this book at 16, and so should anyone–aged 16 to 60–who really wants to understand development.’John Maynard Smith, Nature

Coen, S. (1991). Geometry and Complex Variables : Proceedings of an International Meeting on the Occasion of the IX Centennial of the University of Bologna. New York, CRC Press.

‘The meeting was for the most part carried on within a period of approximately twelve months from July 1988 to June 1989 and consisted of a series of 38 conferences with a more intensive series in February 1989 and a historical session in March of the same year’–Pref.

Coffey, F. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Elvis. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Coffman Crocker, M. E. (1990). Schaum’s Outline of French Grammar. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Coffman Crocker, M. E. (1998). Schaum’s Outline of French Vocabulary. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Coffman Crocker, M. E. (1999). Schaum’s Outline of French Grammar. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Coffman Crocker, M. E. and R. T. Pickens (2000). French : Based on Schaum’s Outline of French Grammar and French Vocabulary. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Cogan, M. (1999). The Design in the Wax : The Structure of the Divine Comedy and Its Meaning. Notre Dame, University of Notre Dame Press.

‘The Design in the Wax recovers the specifically medieval interpretation of the structure which underlies each part of the poem and the poem as a whole, and shows readers how to discover the single consistent principle which organizes each part and the poem overall.’–BOOK JACKET.’The Design in the Wax is a thought-provoking tool for all students of the Divine Comedy interested in studying Dante’s calculated use of poetry to overcome the limits of human understanding.’–Jacket.

Cohan, P. S. (1999). Net Profit : How to Invest and Compete in the Real World of Internet Business. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Cohan, P. S. (2000). E-profit : High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-commerce Edge. New York, AMACOM.

Cohan, S. (1997). Masked Men : Masculinity and the Movies in the Fifties. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Cohen, A. (1993). Masquerade Politics : Explorations in the Structure of Urban Cultural Movements. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Carnival, that image of sensuous frivolity, is shown by Abner Cohen to be a masquerade for the dynamic relations between culture and politics. His masterful study details the transformation of a local, polyethnic London fair to a massive, exclusively West Indian carnival, known as’Europe’s biggest street festival,’which in 1976 occasioned a bloody confrontation between black youth and the police and which has since become a fiercely contested cultural event.Cohen contrasts the development of the London carnival with the development of other carnivalesque movements, including the Renaissance Pleasure Faire of California. His valuable analysis of these relatively little-explored urban cultural movements advances further the theoretical formulations developed in his previous studies.

Cohen, A. (1998). Israel and the Bomb. New York, N.Y., Perseus Books, LLC.

Cohen, A. C. (1991). Truncated and Censored Samples : Theory and Applications. New York, CRC Press.

Cohen, B. and J. Trussell (1996). Preventing and Mitigating AIDS in Sub-Saharan Africa : Research and Data Priorities for the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Cohen, B. J. and C. Lipson (1999). Issues and Agents in International Political Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Cohen, C. B. and R. National Advisory Board on Ethics in (1996). New Ways of Making Babies : The Case of Egg Donation. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Cohen, D. (1994). Cults. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

Cohen, D. (1995). Misfortunes of Prosperity : An Introduction to Modern Political Economy. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

translated by Jacqueline Lindenfeld Are robust economic growth and tight social cohesion something of the past, or is contemporary stagnation simply part of a long economic cycle that is bound to bring brighter days? Should government step in to boost productivity and income, or does economic globalization necessitate a new laissez-faire model for the twenty-first century?The Misfortunes of Prosperity elucidates the current debates on these and other questions in a fast-paced and incisive tour of the dominant ideas in political economy, summarizing historical and theoretical perspectives on the causes of economic growth in the United States, Western Europe, Japan and elsewhere as the twentieth-century draws to a close.Daniel Cohen discusses the effects of the showdown of productivity in Europe and the United States and explains the origin of the apparent tradeoff between unemployment in Europe and wage inequalities in the United States. On questions of economic policy and the competing academic views (new classical and Keynesian) of the efficacy of government intervention, Cohen inverts the Keynesian belief that government intervention causes growth, and explains why waves of government interventions (including wars) usually follow upward economic trends (rather than create it). But he also advocates government discretion rather than government neutrality by showing the disastrous consequences of hands off approach to debt, inflation, and social security.

Cohen, D. (1998). The Wealth of the World and the Poverty of Nations. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

The present situation, in which poor nations are becoming richer and rich nations poorer, gives credence to the idea that the former phenomenon is responsible for the latter. The great fear of many in the West is that trade with India, China, or the former Soviet Union will cause a collapse of the welfare state and of society’s well-being.’Globalization’has become a loaded term. Should we believe, literally, that trade with poor nations can be blamed for our’impoverishment’? In this book, Daniel Cohen claims that there is practically no foundation for such an alarmist position. We need to reverse the commonly held view that globalization has caused today’s insecure labor market. On the contrary, Cohen argues, our own propensity for transforming the nature of work has created a niche for globalization and given it an ominous dimension, causing some to reject it. Pursuing this erroneous line of thought will place the battle for social welfare’on the sidelines’when it should be fought’on the inside.’Such errors in analysis must not persist; as Cohen says, the stakes are too high.

Cohen, D. A. (1997). The Female Marine and Related Works : Narratives of Cross-dressing and Urban Vice in America’s Early Republic. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Cohen, D. B. (1999). Stranger in the Nest : Do Parents Really Shape Their Child’s Personality, Intelligence, or Character? New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Cohen, D. M. (2001). The Vital Link : The Tanker’s Role in Winning America’s Wars. Maxwell Air Force Base, AL, Air University Press.

This paper focuses on the unique and vital capabilities of the US Air Force’s KC-135 tanker fleet. It analyzes historic and current tanker usage, tanker operational employment, and the capability of today’s tanker fleet, with emphasis on force structure and force management. In light of decreasing budgets, aging airframes, increase downtime for maintenance, and an explosion in the operations tempo, this paper proposes a four-pronged methodology addressing tanker vision, organization, training and employment, as the correction needed to get the KC-135 weapon system back on centerline. This will allow the tanker to effectively aid the Air Force in successfully deterring conflict and, if needed, quickly win the nation’s future wars.

Cohen, E. (1999). Alzheimer’s Disease : Prevention, Intervention, and Treatment. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Cohen, G. (1996). Memory in the Real World. East Sussex, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Cohen, G. M. (1995). The Hellenistic Settlements in Europe, the Islands, and Asia Minor. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This compendium provides historical narratives, detailed references, citations, and commentaries on all the cities founded or refounded in Europe, The Islands, and Asia Minor during the Hellenistic period. Organized coherently in more than 180 entries, it is one of the most significant reference works in the field of Greek history to be completed in the past decade.

Cohen, H. and D. Yannella (1991). Herman Melville’s Malcolm Letter : ‘man’s Final Lore’. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Cohen, I. B. (1999). Howard Aiken : Portrait of a Computer Pioneer. Cambridge, MA, The MIT Press.

Howard Hathaway Aiken (1900-1973) was a major figure of the early digital era. He is best known for his first machine, the IBM Automatic Sequence Controlled Calculator or Harvard Mark I, conceived in 1937 and put into operation in 1944. But he also made significant contributions to the development of applications for the new machines and to the creation of a university curriculum for computer science.This biography of Aiken, by a major historian of science who was also a colleague of Aiken’s at Harvard, offers a clear and often entertaining introduction to Aiken and his times. Aiken’s Mark I was the most intensely used of the early large-scale, general-purpose automatic digital computers, and it had a significant impact on the machines that followed. Aiken also proselytized for the computer among scientists, scholars, and businesspeople and explored novel applications in data processing, automatic billing, and production control. But his most lasting contribution may have been the students who received degrees under him and then took prominent positions in academia and industry. I. Bernard Cohen argues convincingly for Aiken’s significance as a shaper of the computer world in which we now live.

Cohen, I. B., et al. (1999). Makin’ Numbers : Howard Aiken and the Computer. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

with the cooperation of Robert V. D. CampbellThis collection of technical essays and reminiscences is a companion volume to I. Bernard Cohen’s biography, Howard Aiken: Portrait of a Computer Pioneer. After an overview by Cohen, Part I presents the first complete publication of Aiken’s 1937 proposal for an automatic calculating machine, which was later realized as the Mark I, as well as recollections of Aiken’s first two machines by the chief engineer in charge of construction of Mark II, Robert Campbell, and the principal programmer of Mark I, Richard Bloch. Henry Tropp describes Aiken’s hostility to the exclusive use of binary numbers in computational systems and his alternative approach.Part II contains essays on Aiken’s administrative and teaching styles by former students Frederick Brooks and Peter Calingaert and an essay by Gregory Welch on the difficulties Aiken faced in establishing a computer science program at Harvard. Part III contains recollections by people who worked or studied with Aiken, including Richard Bloch, Grace Hopper, Anthony Oettinger, and Maurice Wilkes. Henry Tropp provides excerpts from an interview conducted just before Aiken’s death. Part IV gathers the most significant of Aiken’s own writings. The appendixes give the specs of Aiken’s machines and list his doctoral students and the topics of their dissertations.

Cohen, J. (1999). Guides for an Age of Confusion : Studies in the Thinking of Avraham Y. Kook and Mordecai M. Kaplan. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Cohen, J., et al. (1990). Voices of Israel : Essays on and Interviews with Yehuda Amichai, A.B. Yehoshua, T. Carmi, Aharon Appelfeld, and Amos Oz. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cohen, K. (1991). Writing in a Film Age : Essays by Contemporary Novelists. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Cohen, L. (1998). No Aging in India : Alzheimer’s, The Bad Family, and Other Modern Things. Berkeley, University of California Press.

From the opening sequence, in which mid-nineteenth-century Indian fishermen hear the possibility of redemption in an old woman’s madness, No Aging in India captures the reader with its interplay of story and analysis. Drawing on more than a decade of ethnographic work, Lawrence Cohen links a detailed investigation of mind and body in old age in four neighborhoods of the Indian city of Varanasi (Banaras) with events and processes around India and around the world. This compelling exploration of senility—encompassing not only the aging body but also larger cultural anxieties—combines insights from medical anthropology, psychoanalysis, and postcolonial studies. Bridging literary genres as well as geographic spaces, Cohen responds to what he sees as the impoverishment of both North American and Indian gerontologies—the one mired in ambivalence toward demented old bodies, the other insistent on a dubious morality tale of modern families breaking up and abandoning their elderly. He shifts our attention irresistibly toward how old age comes to matter in the constitution of societies and their narratives of identity and history.

Cohen, L. J. (1995). An Essay on Belief and Acceptance. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Cohen, M. (1993). Profane Illumination : Walter Benjamin and the Paris of Surrealist Revolution. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Margaret Cohen’s encounter with Walter Benjamin, one of the twentieth century’s most influential cultural and literary critics, has produced a radically new reading of surrealist thought and practice. Cohen analyzes the links between Breton’s surrealist fusion of psychoanalysis and Marxism and Benjamin’s post-Enlightenment challenge to Marxist theory. She argues that Breton’s surrealist Marxism played a formative role in shaping postwar French intellectual life and is of continued relevance to the contemporary intellectual scene.

Cohen, M. L. (1992). Asia, Case Studies in the Social Sciences : A Guide for Teaching. Armonk, N.Y., ME Sharpe, Inc.

‘An East gate book.’

Cohen, M. L., et al. (1998). Statistics, Testing, and Defense Acquisition : New Approaches and Methodological Improvements. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

For every weapons system being developed, the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) must make a critical decision: Should the system go forward to full-scale production? The answer to that question may involve not only tens of billions of dollars but also the nation’s security and military capabilities. In the milestone process used by DOD to answer the basic acquisition question, one component near the end of the process is operational testing, to determine if a system meets the requirements for effectiveness and suitability in realistic battlefield settings. Problems discovered at this stage can cause significant production delays and can necessitate costly system redesign. This book examines the milestone process, as well as the DOD’s entire approach to testing and evaluating defense systems. It brings to the topic of defense acquisition the application of scientific statistical principles and practices.

Cohen, M. L., et al. (1999). Statistics, Testing, and Defense Acquisition : Background Papers. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Panel on Statistical Methods for Testing and Evaluating Defense Systems had a broad mandate-to examine the use of statistics in conjunction with defense testing. This involved examining methods for software testing, reliability test planning and estimation, validation of modeling and simulation, and use of modem techniques for experimental design. Given the breadth of these areas, including the great variety of applications and special issues that arise, making a contribution in each of these areas required that the Panel’s work and recommendations be at a relatively general level. However, a variety of more specific research issues were either brought to the Panel’s attention by members of the test and acquisition community, e.g., what was referred to as Dubin’s challenge (addressed in the Panel’s interim report), or were identified by members of the panel. In many of these cases the panel thought that a more in-depth analysis or a more detailed application of suggestions or recommendations made by the Panel would either be useful as input to its deliberations or could be used to help communicate more individual views of members of the Panel to the defense test community. This resulted in several research efforts. Given various criteria, especially immediate relevance to the test and acquisition community, the Panel has decided to make available three technical or background papers, each authored by a Panel member jointly with a colleague. These papers are individual contributions and are not a consensus product of the Panel; however, the Panel has drawn from these papers in preparation of its final report: Statistics, Testing, and Defense Acquisition. The Panel has found each of these papers to be extremely useful and they are strongly recommended to readers of the Panel’s final report.

Cohen, M. L., et al. (1999). Measuring a Changing Nation : Modern Methods for the 2000 Census. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This final report of the Panel on Alternative Census Methodologies provides an assessment of the Census Bureau’s plans for the 2000 census as of the time of the 1998 census dress rehearsal. It examines changes in census plans following, and to a modest extent in reaction to, the panel’s second interim report, regarding the use of sampling for nonresponse follow-up, construction of the master address file, use of multiple response modes and respondent-friendly questionnaires, and the use of administrative records. It also describes evaluation plans for the census dress rehearsal and plans for data collection and experimentation during the 2000 census. Most of the results from the dress rehearsal were not yet available to the panel, so this report does not offer any suggested changes to 2000 census plans in response to the dress rehearsal.

Cohen, P., et al. (1999). Historical and Geographical Influences on Psychopathology. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

This book begins with the assumption that a deep understanding of the origins of psychopathology, human dysfunction, and their course is fundamental to the quest for the good society, and perhaps, even to our survival as a species. The studies presented compare prevalences and risk factors across time and place, and make use of concepts and methods from history, geography, sociology, anthropology, economics, psychology, social and medical services research, social policy, psychiatry, and epidemiology. Collectively, they illustrate the methods and methodological difficulties involved in the effort to achieve a deep understanding and provide important insights into the disorders and dysfunctions that are investigated.

Cohen, P. and J. Verity (1999). Feeling Good for No Good Reason. [N.p.], Essentials.

Cohen, P. M. (1997). Freedom’s Moment : An Essay on the French Idea of Liberty From Rousseau to Foucault. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

What kind of freedom, and what kind of individual, has the French Revolutionary tradition sought to propagate? Paul Cohen finds a distinctly French articulation of freedom in the texts and lives of eight renowned cultural critics who lived between the eighteenth century and the present day. Arranged not according to the lives and times of its protagonists but to the narrative themes and structures they held in common, Cohen’s study discerns a single master narrative of liberty in modern France. He captures these radicals, whose tradition bids them to resist the authority of power structures and public opinion. They denounce bourgeois and utilitarian values, the power of Church and State, and the corrupting influence of everyday politics, and they dream of a revolutionary rupture, a fleeting instant of sometimes violent but always meaningful transgression. An eloquent and insightful work on French political culture, Freedom’s Moment also helps explain how France, even as it has oscillated between political stagnation and crisis, has held onto its faith that liberty, equality, and fraternity remain within its grasp. Examines the ideas of Rousseau, Robespierre, Stendahl, Michelet, Bergson, Peguy, Sartre, and Foucault.

Cohen, R. and F. M. Deng (1998). Masses in Flight : The Global Crisis of Internal Displacement. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Cohen, R. I. (1987). The Burden of Conscience : French Jewish Leadership During the Holocaust. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Cohen, R. I. (1998). Jewish Icons : Art and Society in Modern Europe. Berkeley, University of California Press.

With the help of over one hundred illustrations spanning three centuries, Richard Cohen investigates the role of visual images in European Jewish history. The interaction of Jews with the visual arts takes place, as Cohen says, in a vast gallery of prints, portraits, books, synagogue architecture, ceremonial art, modern Jewish painting and sculpture, political broadsides, monuments, medals, and memorabilia. Pointing to recent scholarship that overturns the stereotype of Jews as people of the text, unconcerned with the visual, Cohen shows how the coming of the modern period expanded the relationship of Jews to the visual realm far beyond the religious context. Toward the end of the nineteenth century, the study and collecting of Jewish art became a legitimate and even passionate pursuit, and signaled the entry of Jews into the art world as painters, collectors, and dealers.

Cohen, S. (1996). Adventure Guide to the High Southwest. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Cohen, S. (1997). Adventure Guide to Colorado. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Cohen, S. (1998). Targeting Autism : What We Know, Don’t Know, and Can Do to Help Young Children with Autism and Related Disorders. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Cohen, S. B. (1994). Cynthia Ozick’s Comic Art : From Levity to Liturgy. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Cohen, S. J. D. (1999). The Beginnings of Jewishness : Boundaries, Varieties, Uncertainties. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In modern times, various Jewish groups have argued whether Jewishness is a function of ethnicity, of nationality, of religion, or of all three. These fundamental conceptions were already in place in antiquity. The peculiar combination of ethnicity, nationality, and religion that would characterize Jewishness through the centuries first took shape in the second century B.C.E. This brilliantly argued, accessible book unravels one of the most complex issues of late antiquity by showing how these elements were understood and applied in the construction of Jewish identity—by Jews, by gentiles, and by the state.Beginning with the intriguing case of Herod the Great’s Jewishness, Cohen moves on to discuss what made or did not make Jewish identity during the period, the question of conversion, the prohibition of intermarriage, matrilineal descent, and the place of the convert in the Jewish and non-Jewish worlds. His superb study is unique in that it draws on a wide range of sources: Jewish literature written in Greek, classical sources, and rabbinic texts, both ancient and medieval. It also features a detailed discussion of many of the central rabbinic texts dealing with conversion to Judaism.

Cohen, T. (1999). Jokes : Philosophical Thoughts on Joking Matters. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

Abe and his friend Sol are out for a walk together in a part of town they haven’t been in before. Passing a Christian church, they notice a curious sign in front that says’$1,000 to anyone who will convert.”I wonder what that’s about,’says Abe.’I think I’ll go in and have a look. I’ll be back in a minute; just wait for me.’Sol sits on the sidewalk bench and waits patiently for nearly half an hour. Finally, Abe reappears.’Well,’asks Sol,’what are they up to? Who are they trying to convert? Why do they care? Did you get the $1,000?’Indignantly Abe replies,’Money. That’s all you people care about.’Ted Cohen thinks that’s not a bad joke. But he also doesn’t think it’s an easy joke. For a listener or reader to laugh at Abe’s conversion, a complicated set of conditions must be met. First, a listener has to recognize that Abe and Sol are Jewish names. Second, that listener has to be familiar with the widespread idea that Jews are more interested in money than anything else. And finally, the listener needs to know this information in advance of the joke, and without anyone telling him or her. Jokes, in short, are complicated transactions in which communities are forged, intimacy is offered, and otherwise offensive stereotypes and cliches lose their sting—at least sometimes.Jokes is a book of jokes and a book about them. Cohen loves a good laugh, but as a philosopher, he is also interested in how jokes work, why they work, and when they don’t. The delight at the end of a joke is the result of a complex set of conditions and processes, and Cohen takes us through these conditions in a philosophical exploration of humor. He considers questions of audience, selection of joke topics, the ethnic character of jokes, and their morality, all with plenty of examples that will make you either chuckle or wince. Jokes: more humorous than other philosophy books, more philosophical than other humor books.’Befitting its subject, this study of jokes is… light, funny, and thought-provoking…. [T]he method fits the material, allowing the author to pepper the book with a diversity of jokes without flattening their humor as a steamroller theory might. Such a book is only as good as its jokes, and most of his are good…. [E]ntertainment and ideas in one gossamer package.’—Kirkus Reviews’One of the many triumphs of Ted Cohen’s Jokes-apart from the not incidental fact that the jokes are so good that he doesn’t bother to compete with them-is that it never tries to sound more profound than the jokes it tells…. [H]e makes you feel he is doing an unusual kind of philosophy. As though he has managed to turn J. L. Austin into one of the Marx Brothers…. Reading Jokes makes you feel that being genial is the most profound thing we ever do-which is something jokes also make us feel-and that doing philosophy is as natural as being amused.’—Adam Phillips, London Review of Books'[A] lucid and jargon-free study of the remarkable fact that we divert each other with stories meant to make us laugh…. An illuminating study, replete with killer jokes.’—Kevin McCardle, The Herald (Glasgow)’Cohen is an ardent joke-maker, keen to offer us a glimpse of how jokes are crafted and to have us dwell rather longer on their effects.’—Barry C. Smith, Times Literary Supplement’Because Ted Cohen loves jokes, we come to appreciate them more, and perhaps think further about the quality of good humor and the appropriateness of laughter in our lives.’—Steve Carlson, Christian Science Monitor

Cohen, W. A. (1991). How to Make It Big As a Consultant. New York, NY, AMACOM.

Cohen-Almagor, R. (1994). The Boundaries of Liberty and Tolerance : The Struggle Against Kahanism in Israel. Gainesville, FL, University Press of Florida.

Revision of the author’s thesis.

Cohn, D. N. (1999). History and Memory in the Two Souths : Recent Southern and Spanish American Fiction. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Cohn, P. F. (2000). Silent Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction. New York, CRC Press.

This newly revised and expanded reference documents the ascendancy of silent coronary artery disease from an esoteric phenomenon in the early 1970s to a key component of the ischemic spectrum in the new millennium. Containing nearly 500 citations, including work published in 1998 and 1999, the Fourth Edition of Silent Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction examines the latest pathophysiological evaluations of chest pain assesses the prevalence of newly recognized types and presentations of myocardial disease determines the most reliable and most recent noninvasive methods of detecting myocardial ischemic syndromes identifies indications for cardiac catheterization in asymptomatic patients considers patients’prognoses in light of new long-term follow-ups discusses when, if, and how silent myocardial ischemia should be treated based on current studies and more!Written by a pioneer in the field and including more than 140 tables, drawings, and photographs, Silent Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction, Fourth Edition continues to be crucial for cardiologists, cardiovascular and thoracic surgeons, internists, family physicians specializing in cardiology, public health physicians, physiologists, and medical school students in these disciplines.

Cointreau-Levine, S. and P. Urban Management (1994). Private Sector Participation in Municipal Solid Waste Services in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

At head of title: UNDP/UNCHS/World Bank.

Coke, H. J. Tracks of a Rolling Stone. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Coker, D. (2000). High Performance Sales Organizations : Achieving Competitive Advantage in the Global Marketplace. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Colangelo, J. and L. Sherman (1999). How You Play the Game : Lessons for Life From the Billion-Dollar Business of Sports. New York, N.Y., AMACOM.

This is a story of passion and commitment and faith—qualities that drove one working-class kid to not only build a sports empire, but also to change the way the entire sports industry has done business. In How You Play the Game, Jerry Colangelo, in his own words, tells how he emerged from the tough streets of Chicago Heights as a high school and college sports star…how he helped create and build the Chicago Bulls—at a time when the NBA was a second-tier professional league, and two basketball teams had already failed in the Windy City…how he moved to Arizona and started the Phoenix Suns, an organization that fought its way to become the ninth richest franchise in all of sports…and how he then began baseball’s newest team, the Arizona Diamondbacks. This is a tale of determination, faith, and, most assuredly, good timing and good luck. In truth, this isn’t one story—but many. Jerry weaves together a lifetime of great moments in sports and tense times in business. Peppered with stories about players and coaches, including Charles Barkley and Connie Hawkins, Red Holzman, and Buck Showalter, as well as owners, general managers, investors, reporters, and more, How You Play the Game is truly an insider’s look at the sports world. Mr. Colangelo’s 30-year history mirrors the evolution of sports to the global marketing and media mega-industry it is today.

Colapietro, V. M. and J. E. Smith (1997). Reason, Experience, and God : John E. Smith in Dialogue. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Essays presented at a conference in honor of John E. Smith, Fordham University, Dec. 13, 1993.

Colbert, J. (1999). Country Towns of Maryland & Delaware : Charming Small Towns and Villages to Explore. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Golden Bullet : A Joe Muller Detective Story. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Lamp That Went Out. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Pocket Diary Found in the Snow. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Pocket Diary Found in the Snow. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Pool of Blood in the Pastor’s Study. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Case of the Registered Letter : A Joe Muller Detective Story. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colbron, G. I. and A. Groner The Lamp That Went Out. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Colburn, R. (2000). Using SQL. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Cole, B. S. (2000). Gifts of Sobriety : When the Promises of Recovery Come True. Center City, Minn, Perseus Books, LLC.

Cole, G. (1984). Travels in America From the Voyages of Discovery to the Present : An Annotated Bibliography of Travel Articles in Periodicals, 1955-1980. Norman, [Okla.], University of Oklahoma Press.

Cole, J. (1999). About Face. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Cole, R. (2000). Born Again Texan! : A Newcomer’s Guide to Texas. Plano, Tex, Republic of Texas Press.

Cole, R. E., et al. (1997). Improving Theory and Research on Quality Enhancement in Organizations : Report of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Summaries of papers and discussion from a workshop convened by the Commission at the request of the National Science Foundation.

Coleman, B. (2000). The Colony of Georgia. New York, PowerKids Press.

An introduction to the ideas that led to the colonization of the present State of Georgia in the 18th century and to what life was like there for the early settlers.

Coleman, B. (2000). The Colony of Maryland. New York, PowerKids Press.

An introduction to the early days of the settlement of Maryland, describing the daily life and economy of the colony and its religious tolerance.

Coleman, B. (2000). The Colony of Virginia. New York, PowerKids Press.

Introduces important people and events from the early years of the Virginia Colony.

Coleman, B. (2000). Roanoke : The Lost Colony. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes the two attempts by English colonists to establish a settlement on Roanoke Island at the end of the 16th century.

Coleman, H. and L. Cameron (1996). Change and Language : Papers From the Annual Meeting of the British Association for Applied Linguistics Held at the University of Leeds, September 1994. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Coleman, J. A. and B. Rollet (1997). Television in Europe. Exeter, England, Intellect Books.

Coleman, K. M. and G. C. Herring (1991). Understanding the Central American Crisis : Sources of Conflict, U.S. Policy, and Options for Peace. Wilmington, Del, Scholarly Resources, Inc.

Coleman, M. C. (1985). Presbyterian Missionary Attitudes Toward American Indians, 1837-1893. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Includes index.

Coleman, M. C. (1993). American Indian Children at School, 1850-1930. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Coleridge, S. T. Christabel. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Coleridge, S. T. Kubla Khan. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Coleridge, S. T. (On) Poesy or Art. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Coleridge, S. T. Poems of Samuel Taylor Coleridge. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Coleridge, S. T. The Rime of the Ancient Mariner. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Coles, R. (1993). A Robert Coles Omnibus. Iowa City, University of Iowa Press.

Colignon, R. A. (1997). Power Plays : Critical Events in the Institutionalization of the Tennessee Valley Authority. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Colker, R. (1992). Abortion & Dialogue : Pro-choice, Pro-life, and American Law. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Colker, R. (1994). Pregnant Men : Practice, Theory, and the Law. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Collett, E. (1993). Polarized Light : Fundamentals and Applications. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Colletta, N. J., et al. (1996). The Condition of Young Children in Sub-Saharan Africa : The Convergence of Health, Nutrition, and Early Education. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Colletta, N. J. and M. L. Cullen (2000). Violent Conflict and the Transformation of Social Capital : Lessons From Rwanda, Somalia, Cambodia, and Guatemala. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Colletta, N. J., et al. (1996). Case Studies in War-to-peace Transition : The Demobilization and Reintegration of Ex-combatants in Ethiopia, Namibia, and Uganda. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Colletti, J. A. and M. S. Fiss (1999). Compensating New Sales Roles : How to Design Rewards That Work in Today’s Selling Environment. New York, AMACOM.

Collier, J. and M. Collier (1986). Visual Anthropology : Photography As a Research Method. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Includes index.

Collings, E. and A. England (1971). The 101 Ranch. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Reprint of the 1937 ed.

Collingwood, R. G., et al. (1999). The Principles of History : And Other Writings in Philosophy of History. New York, Oxford University Press.

Collins, A. (1997). The Security Dilemma and the End of the Cold War. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Collins, B. C. (1997). Emotional Unavailability : Recognizing It, Understanding It, and Avoiding Its Trap. Chicago, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Collins, C. (1991). The Poetics of the Mind’s Eye : Literature and the Psychology of Imagination. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Collins, C. (1997). Local Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Collins, C. (1999). An Apache Nightmare : The Battle at Cibecue Creek. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Collins, H. E., et al. (1998). Warpath and Cattle Trail. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Originally published: New York : W. Morrow, 1928.

Collins, H. M. and M. Kusch (1998). The Shape of Actions : What Humans and Machines Can Do. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

What can humans do? What can machines do? How do humans delegate actions to machines? In this book, Harry Collins and Martin Kusch combine insights from sociology and philosophy to provide a novel answer to these increasingly important questions.The authors begin by distinguishing between two basic types of intentional behavior, which they call polimorphic actions and mimeomorphic actions. Polimorphic actions (such as writing a love letter) are ones that community members expect to vary with social context. Mimeomorphic actions (such a swinging a golf club) do not vary. Although machines cannot act, they can mimic mimeomorphic actions. Mimeomorphic actions are thus the crucial link between what humans can do and what machines can do.Following a presentation of their detailed categorization of actions, the authors apply their approach to a broad range of human-machine interactions and to learning. Key examples include bicycle riding and the many varieties of writing machines. They also show how their theory can be used to explain the operation of organizations such as restaurants and armies. Finally, they look at a historical case — the technological development of the air pump — applying their categorization of actions to the processes of mechanization and automation. Automation, they argue, can occur only where what we want to bring about can be brought about through mimeomorphic action.

Collins, J. J. and M. A. Fishbane (1995). Death, Ecstasy, and Other Worldly Journeys. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Collins, L. C. (2000). Caring for Your Child with Severe Food Allergies : Emotional Support and Practical Advice From a Parent Who’s Been There. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Collins, L. N. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Tax Deductions. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Collins, S. (1998). Getting Into Banking and Finance : How to Launch a Rewarding Career. [N.p.], How To Books.

Collins, S. (1999). Making Your Money Work for You : How to Use Simple Investment Principles to Increase Your Wealth. Oxford, U.K., How To Books, Ltd.

Collins, W. After Dark. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. Armadale. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Black Robe. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Evil Genius. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. A Fair Penitent. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Frozen Deep. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Haunted Hotel. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Law and the Lady. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Legacy of Cain. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. Little Novels. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. Man and Wife. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. Miss or Mrs.? Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Moonstone. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. My Lady’s Money. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The New Magdalen. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. No Name. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Queen of Hearts. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. A Rogue’s Life. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Two Destinies. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. The Woman in White. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Collins, W. (1915). I Say No. Champaign, Ill, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Collins, W. and S. Farmer (1996). Heart and Science : A Story of the Present Time. Peterborough, Ont, Broadview Press.

Collins, W. and S. Farmer (1999). The Moonstone. Peterborough, Ont, Broadview Press.

Collins, W. and V. University of (1993). The Haunted Hotel : A Mystery of Modern Venice. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Collins, W. A., et al. (1999). Relationships As Developmental Contexts. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.

The volume’s topic was chosen in part because of the rapidly growing salience of dyadic research perspectives in developmental psychology, but also in social psychology and in fields such as communication and family studies. It provides the most complete representation now available on current theory and research on the significance of personal relationships in child and adolescent development. This volume addresses the ways in which the study of social development has been altered by an emphasis on research questions and techniques for studying children and adolescents in the context of their significant dyadic relationships. Leading scholars–many of them pioneers in the concepts and methods of dyadic research–have contributed chapters in which they both report findings from recent research and reflect on the implications for developmental psychology. Their work encompasses studies of relationships with parents, siblings, friends, and romantic partners. Opening chapters set the stage by describing the key characteristics of social-development research from a dyadic perspective and outlining key themes and contemporary issues in the field. It concludes with commentaries from distinguished senior scholars identifying important directions for future research.

Collinson, F. and M. W. Clarke (1997). Life in the Saddle. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: Norman : University of Oklahoma Press, [1963]. With new foreword.

Collodi, C. The Adventures of Pinocchio. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cologne-Brookes, G. (1995). The Novels of William Styron : From Harmony to History. [Baton Rouge], Louisiana State University Press.

Colombat, A. (1993). The Holocaust in French Film. Metuchen, N.J., Scarecrow Press.

Filmography: p. 389-395.

Colt, M. D. Went to Kansas. Lawrence, Kan, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Colt, S. B. (1998). The Sales Compensation Handbook. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Coltman, R. R. (1998). The Language of Hermeneutics : Gadamer and Heidegger in Dialogue. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Colton, H. S. (1959). Hopi Kachina Dolls : With a Key to Their Identification. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Colton, R. C. (1959). The Civil War in the Western Territories : Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Columbus, C. Christopher Columbus, Letter to the King and Queen of Spain. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Columbus, C. and L. d. Santángel Letter of Columbus to Luis De Sant Angel Announcing His Discovery. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Colwell, R. (1991). Basic Concepts in Music Education, II. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Colwell, S. D. and A. R. Shulman (1998). Trouble-free Travel … and What to Do When Things Go Wrong. Berkeley, Calif, Nolo Press.

Colyer, V. and V. University of (1995). Notes Among the Indians. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Comer, B. (1999). The Secret Caribbean : Hideaways of the Rich & Famous. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Comer, D. C. (1996). Ritual Ground : Bent’s Old Fort, World Formation, and the Annexation of the Southwest. Berkeley, University of California Press.

From about 1830 to 1849, Bent’s Old Fort, located in present-day Colorado on the Mountain Branch of the Santa Fe Trail, was the largest trading post in the Southwest and the mountain-plains region. Although the raw enterprise and improvisation that characterized the American westward movement seem to have little to do with ritual, Douglas Comer argues that the fort grew and prospered because of ritual and that ritual shaped the subsequent history of the region to an astonishing extent.At Bent’s Old Fort, rituals of trade, feasting, gaming, marriage, secret societies, and war, as well as the’calcified ritual’provided by the fort itself, brought together and restructured Anglo, Hispanic, and American Indian cultures. Comer sheds new light on this heretofore poorly understood period in American history, building at the same time a powerfully convincing case to demonstrate that the human world is made through ritual.Comer gives his narrative an anthropological and philosophical framework; the events at Bent’s Old Fort provide a compelling example not only of’world formation’but of a world’s tragic collapse, culminating in the Sand Creek massacre. He also calls attention to the reconstructed Bent’s Old Fort on the site of the original. Here visitors reenact history, staff work out personal identities, and groups lobby for special versions of history by ritual recasting of the past as the present.

Comer, J. P. (1996). Rallying the Whole Village : The Comer Process for Reforming Education. New York, N.Y., Teachers College Press.

Commander, S. (1998). Enterprise Restructuring and Unemployment in Models of Transition. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Commins, D. D. (1996). Historical Dictionary of Syria. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

Commins, P. (1999). Remembering Mother, Finding Myself : A Journey of Love and Self-acceptance. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Committee for a Study on Promoting Access to, S., et al. (1999). A Question of Balance : Private Rights and the Public Interest in Scientific and Technical Databases. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

New legal approaches, such as the European Union’s 1996 Directive on the Legal Protection of Databases, and other legal initiatives now being considered in the United States at the federal and state level, are threatening to compromise public access to scientific and technical data available through computerized databases. Lawmakers are struggling to strike an appropriate balance between the rights of database rights holders, who are concerned about possible commercial misappropriation of their products, and public-interest users of the data such as researchers, educators, and libraries. A Question of Balance examines this balancing act. The committee concludes that because database rights holders already enjoy significant legal, technical, and market-based protections, the need for statutory protection has not been sufficiently substantiated. Nevertheless, although the committee opposes the creation of any strong new protective measures, it recognizes that some additional limits against wholesale misappropriation of databases may be necessary. In particular, a new, properly scoped and focused U.S. statute might provide a reasonable alternative to the European Union’s highly protectionistic database directive. Such legislation could then serve as a legal model for an international treaty in this area. The book recommends a number of guiding principles for such possible legislation, as well as related policy actions for the administration.

Committee on Academic Careers for Experimental Computer, S., et al. (1994). Academic Careers for Experimental Computer Scientists and Engineers. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

The information age has grown out of the work of experimental computer science, which is dedicated to the development of new hardware, software, graphics, interfaces, and other computer system technologies. While it is important to society in this larger sense, experimental computer science has found an awkward fit in university environments. This volume examines what is special about experimental computer science and what can be done to achieve a better fit for its practitioners in the academic context.

Committee on Advanced, M., et al. (1997). Microelectromechanical Systems : Advanced Materials and Fabrication Methods. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Microelectromenchanical systems (MEMS) is a revolutionary field that adapts for new uses a technology already optimized to accomplish a specific set of objectives. The silicon-based integrated circuits process is so highly refined it can produce millions of electrical elements on a single chip and define their critical dimensions to tolerances of 100-billionths of a meter. The MEMS revolution harnesses the integrated circuitry know-how to build working microsystems from micromechanical and microelectronic elements. MEMS is a multidisciplinary field involving challenges and opportunites for electrical, mechanical, chemical, and biomedical engineering as well as physics, biology, and chemistry. As MEMS begin to permeate more and more industrial procedures, society as a whole will be strongly affected because MEMS provide a new design technology that could rival–perhaps surpass–the societal impact of integrated circuits.

Committee on Advanced Technology for Human Support in, S., et al. (1997). Advanced Technology for Human Support in Space. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Advanced Technology for Human Support in Space was written in response to a request from NASA’s Office of Life and Microgravity Sciences and Applications (OLMSA) to evaluate its Advanced Human Support Technology Program. This report reviews the four major areas of the program: advanced life support (ALS), environmental monitoring and control (EMC), extravehicular activities (EVA), and space human factors (SHF). The focus of this program is on long-term technology development applicable to future human long-duration space missions, such as for a hypothetical new mission to the Moon or Mars.

Committee on Application of Digital, I., et al. (1997). Digital Instrumentation and Control Systems in Nuclear Power Plants : Safety and Reliability Issues. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The nuclear industry and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC) have been working for several years on the development of an adequate process to guide the replacement of aging analog monitoring and control instrumentation in nuclear power plants with modern digital instrumentation without introducing off-setting safety problems. This book identifies criteria for the USNRC’s review and acceptance of digital applications in nuclear power plants. It focuses on eight areas: software quality assurance, common-mode software failure potential, systems aspects of digital instrumentation and control technology, human factors and human-machine interfaces, safety and reliability assessment methods, dedication of commercial off-the-shelf hardware and software, the case-by-case licensing process, and the adequacy of technical infrastructure.

Committee on Beam Technologies: Opportunities in Attaining Fully Integrated Processing, S., et al. (1992). Beam Technologies for Integrated Processing. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Beam technologies play an important role in microelectronic component fabrication and offer opportunities for application in other manufacturing schemes. Emerging beam technologies that incorporate potential for sensors, control, and information processing have created new opportunities for integrated processing of materials and components. This volume identifies various beam technologies and their applications in electronics and other potential manufacturing processes. Recommendations for research and development to enhance the understanding, capabilities, and applications of beam technologies are presented.

Committee on Bioprocess, E., et al. (1992). Putting Biotechnology to Work : Bioprocess Engineering. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The ability of the United States to sustain a dominant global position in biotechnology lies in maintaining its primacy in basic life-science research and developing a strong resource base for bioprocess engineering and bioproduct manufacturing. This book examines the status of bioprocessing and biotechnology in the United States; current bioprocess technology, products, and opportunities; and challenges of the future and what must be done to meet those challenges. It gives recommendations for action to provide suitable incentives to establish a national program in bioprocess-engineering research, development, education, and technology transfer.

Committee on Body Composition, N., et al. (1998). Assessing Readiness in Military Women : The Relationship of Body, Composition, Nutrition, and Health. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

U.S. military personnel are required to adhere to standards of body composition, fitness, and appearance to achieve and maintain readiness–that is, the maintenance of optimum health and performance so they are ready for deployment at any moment. In 1992, the Committee on Military Nutrition Research reviewed the existing standards and found, among other things, that the standards for body composition required for women to achieve an appearance goal seemed to conflict with those necessary to ensure the ability to perform many types of military tasks. This report addresses that conflict, and reviews and makes recommendations about current policies governing body composition and fitness, as well as postpartum return-to-duty standards, Military Recommended Dietary Allowances, and physical activity and nutritional practices of military women to determine their individual and collective impact on the health, fitness, and readiness of active-duty women.

Committee on, C.-M., et al. (1999). Condensed-Matter and Materials Physics : Basic Research for Tomorrow’s Technology. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book identifies opportunities, priorities, and challenges for the field of condensed-matter and materials physics. It highlights exciting recent scientific and technological developments and their societal impact and identifies outstanding questions for future research. Topics range from the science of modern technology to new materials and structures, novel quantum phenomena, nonequilibrium physics, soft condensed matter, and new experimental and computational tools. The book also addresses structural challenges for the field, including nurturing its intellectual vitality, maintaining a healthy mixture of large and small research facilities, improving the field’s integration with other disciplines, and developing new ways for scientists in academia, government laboratories, and industry to work together. It will be of interest to scientists, educators, students, and policymakers.

Committee on Currency Features Usable by the Visually, I., et al. (1995). Currency Features for Visually Impaired People. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Committee on Currency Features for the Visually Impaired evaluated features that could be incorporated in the production of U.S. banknotes that would enable blind and visually disabled people to more easily determine the denomination of a banknote. This volume describes several features and the assessment methodology used to determine which features could be recommended for inclusion in the short term, which could be recommended for research and possible inclusion in future currency redesigns, and which features were impractical for use in U.S. banknotes. Also included is an outline of the various types of visual disabilities that impair an individual’s ability to denominate banknotes. Recommended features and areas of research are described in detail. Banknote and other security document producers, and people interested in addressing needs and opportunities for visually disabled people in the United States will find this book useful.

Committee on, D. and D. Research for Policy on Illegal (1999). Assessment of Two Cost-effectiveness Studies on Cocaine Control Policy. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Committee on Declassification of Information for the Department of Energy Environmental, R., et al. (1995). A Review of the Department of Energy Classification : Policy and Practice. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

With the end of the Cold War, the Department of Energy is engaged in a review of its policies regarding the classification of information. In 1994, the Secretary of Energy requested the assistance of the National Research Council in an effort to’lift the veil of Cold War secrecy.’This book recommends fundamental principles to guide declassification policy. It also offers specific suggestions of ways to improve public access while protecting truly sensitive information.

Committee on Design, C., et al. (2000). Laboratory Design, Construction, and Renovation : Participants, Process, and Product. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Laboratory facilities are complex, technically sophisticated, and mechanically intensive structures that are expensive to build and to maintain. Hundreds of decisions must be made before and during new construction or renovation that will determine how successfully the facility will function when completed and how successfully it can be maintained once put into service. This book provides guidance on effective approaches for building laboratory facilities in the chemical and biochemical sciences. It contains both basic and laboratory-specific information addressed to the user community-the scientists and administrators who contract with design and construction experts. The book will also be important to the design and construction communities-the architects, laboratory designers, and engineers who will design the facility and the construction personnel who will build it-to help them communicate with the scientific community for whom they build laboratory facilities.

Committee on, D. N. A. T. i. F. S., et al. (1992). DNA Technology in Forensic Science. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Matching DNA samples from crime scenes and suspects is rapidly becoming a key source of evidence for use in our justice system. DNA Technology in Forensic Science offers recommendations for resolving crucial questions that are emerging as DNA typing becomes more widespread. The volume addreses key issues: Quality and reliability in DNA typing, including the introduction of new technologies, problems of standardization, and approaches to certification. DNA typing in the courtroom, including issues of population genetics, levels of understanding among judges and juries, and admissibility. Societal issues, such as privacy of DNA data, storage of samples and data, and the rights of defendants to quality testing technology. Combining this original volume with the new update–The Evaluation of Forensic DNA Evidence–provides the complete, up-to-date picture of this highly important and visible topic. This volume offers important guidance to anyone working with this emerging law enforcement tool: policymakers, specialists in criminal law, forensic scientists, geneticists, researchers, faculty, and students.

Committee on Drinking Water, C., et al. (1999). Setting Priorities for Drinking Water Contaminants. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The provision of safe drinking water has been an important factor in the improvement of the health status of U.S. communities since the turn of the last century. Nonetheless, outbreaks of waterborne disease and incidences of chemical contamination of drinking water continue to occur. Setting Priorities for Drinking Water Contaminants recommends a new process for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to use in deciding which potential drinking water contaminants should be regulated in public water supplies to provide the greatest protection against waterborne illnesses. The book covers chemical and microbiological contaminants and includes a historical review of past approaches to setting priorities for drinking water contaminants and other environmental pollutants. It emphasizes the need for expert judgment in this process and for a conservative approach that considers public health protection as the first priority.

Committee on Earth-to-Orbit Transportation, O., et al. (1992). From Earth to Orbit : An Assessment of Transportation Options. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

If the United States hopes to continue as a leader in space, it must invest now in better earth-to-orbit technology by replacing obsolete launch facilities while also developing a new class of more robust and reliable vehicles. From Earth to Orbit provides strategies to reduce launch costs while increasing the reliability and resilency of vehicles. It also recommends continued improvements for the Space Shuttle Orbiter and its subsystems and the development of a Space Transportation Main Engine (STME).

Committee on Evolution of Untethered, C., et al. (1997). The Evolution of Untethered Communications. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In response to a request from the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, the committee studied a range of issues to help identify what strategies the Department of Defense might follow to meet its need for flexible, rapidly deployable communications systems. Taking into account the military’s particular requirements for security, interoperability, and other capabilities as well as the extent to which commercial technology development can be expected to support these and related needs, the book recommends systems and component research as well as organizational changes to help the DOD field state-of-the-art, cost-effective untethered communications systems. In addition to advising DARPA on where its investment in information technology for mobile wireless communications systems can have the greatest impact, the book explores the evolution of wireless technology, the often fruitful synergy between commercial and military research and development efforts, and the technical challenges still to be overcome in making the dream of’anytime, anywhere’communications a reality.

Committee on Future Technologies for Army Multimedia, C., et al. (1995). Commercial Multimedia Technologies for Twenty-First Century Army Battlefields : A Technology Management Strategy. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book responds to an request by the U.S. Army to study the applicability of commercial multimedia technologies to command, control, communications and intelligence needs on future battlefields. After reviewing Army’s needs and discussing relevant commercial technologies within the context of a generic architecture, the book recommends approaches for meeting the Army’s needs. Battlefield potential is illustrated, and–drawing on lessons learned from the private sector–a technology management strategy consisting of specific recommendations to the Army is provided. The key to future benefits is for the Army to accommodate the rapid changes taking place in the commercial world of multimedia technologies.

Committee on Halcion: An Assessment of Data, A., et al. (1997). Halcion : An Independent Assessment of Safety and Efficacy Data. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Regulatory agencies within the United States and the United Kingdom, among several other countries, have reviewed extensively the safety and efficacy of Halcion (triazolam)–a once commonly used hypnotic drug. Concerns began to emerge about the safety of Halcion when a Dutch physician reported a possible link between it and a syndrome that included such effects as depression, amnesia, hallucinations, and increased anxiety. In addition, in 1991 its manufacturer, Upjohn, noted that’errors had been identified in a report of one of the clinical studies included in the original’application for approval. Since then, the drug has been removed from the market in several countries, whereas in the United States and Canada, the drug’s labeling has been modified to reduce the recommended dose and duration of treatment and to heighten awareness of possible side effects. Yet different data and analyses have resulted in conflicting messages that are difficult to reconcile and interpret. In response to a request from the Food and Drug Administration to resolve these controversial issues related to the safety and efficacy of Halcion, this IOM book assesses the adequacy of the drug’s clinical trials; the quality and quantity of data on adverse reactions; overall confidence in the data on effectiveness, adverse events, and side effects at different doses; and whether additional studies are needed.

Committee on Hardrock Mining on Federal, L., et al. (1999). Hardrock Mining on Federal Lands. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book, the result of a congressionally mandated study, examines the adequacy of the regulatory framework for mining of hardrock minerals–such as gold, silver, copper, and uranium–on over 350 million acres of federal lands in the western United States. These lands are managed by two agencies–the Bureau of Land Management in the Department of the Interior, and the Forest Service in the Department of Agriculture. The committee concludes that the complex network of state and federal laws that regulate hardrock mining on federal lands is generally effective in providing environmental protection, but improvements are needed in the way the laws are implemented and some regulatory gaps need to be addressed. The book makes specific recommendations for improvement, including: The development of an enhanced information management system and a more efficient process to review new mining proposals and issue permits. Changes to regulations that would require all mining operations, other than’casual use’activities that negligibly disturb the environment, to provide financial assurances for eventual site cleanup. Changes to regulations that would require all mining and milling operations (other than casual use) to submit operating plans in advance.

Committee on High Performance Synthetic Fibers for, C., et al. (1990). High Performance Synthetic Fibers for Composites. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

High performance synthetic fibers are key components of composite materials–a class of materials vital for U.S. military technology and for the civilian economy. This book addresses the major research and development opportunities for present and future structural composite applications and identifies steps that could be taken to accelerate the commercialization of this critical fiber technology in the United States. The book stresses the need for redesigning university curricula to reflect the interdisciplinary nature of fiber science and technology. It also urges much greater government and industry cooperation in support of academic instruction and research and development in fiber-related disciplines.

Committee on Industrial Environmental Performance, M., et al. (1999). Industrial Environmental Performance Metrics : Challenges and Opportunities. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Industrial Environmental Performance Metrics is a corporate-focused analysis that brings clarity and practicality to the complex issues of environmental metrics in industry. The book examines the metrics implications to businesses as their responsibilities expand beyond the factory gate–upstream to suppliers and downstream to products and services. It examines implications that arise from greater demand for comparability of metrics among businesses by the investment community and environmental interest groups. The controversy over what sustainable development means for businesses is also addressed. Industrial Environmental Performance Metrics identifies the most useful metrics based on case studies from four industries–automotive, chemical, electronics, and pulp and paper–and includes specific corporate examples. It contains goals and recommendations for public and private sector players interested in encouraging the broader use of metrics to improve industrial environmental performance and those interested in addressing the tough issues of prioritization, weighting of metrics for meaningful comparability, and the longer term metrics needs presented by sustainable development.

Committee on Information Technology, L., et al. (1999). Being Fluent with Information Technology. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Computers, communications, digital information, software-the constituents of the information age-are everywhere. Being computer literate, that is technically competent in two or three of today’s software applications, is not enough anymore. Individuals who want to realize the potential value of information technology (IT) in their everyday lives need to be computer fluent-able to use IT effectively today and to adapt to changes tomorrow. Being Fluent with Information Technology sets the standard for what everyone should know about IT in order to use it effectively now and in the future. It explores three kinds of knowledge-intellectual capabilities, foundational concepts, and skills-that are essential for fluency with IT. The book presents detailed descriptions and examples of current skills and timeless concepts and capabilities, which will be useful to individuals who use IT and to the instructors who teach them.

Committee on Intellectual Property Rights in the Emerging Information, I., et al. (2000). The Digital Dilemma : Intellectual Property in the Information Age. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Imagine sending a magazine article to 10 friends-making photocopies, putting them in envelopes, adding postage, and mailing them. Now consider how much easier it is to send that article to those 10 friends as an attachment to e-mail. Or to post the article on your own site on the World Wide Web. The ease of modifying or copying digitized material and the proliferation of computer networking have raised fundamental questions about copyright and patent–intellectual property protections rooted in the U.S. Constitution. Hailed for quick and convenient access to a world of material, the Internet also poses serious economic issues for those who create and market that material. If people can so easily send music on the Internet for free, for example, who will pay for music? This book presents the multiple facets of digitized intellectual property, defining terms, identifying key issues, and exploring alternatives. It follows the complex threads of law, business, incentives to creators, the American tradition of access to information, the international context, and the nature of human behavior. Technology is explored for its ability to transfer content and its potential to protect intellectual property rights. The book proposes research and policy recommendations as well as principles for policymaking.

Committee on International, S., et al. (1997). The Future of U.S. Nuclear Weapons Policy. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The debate about appropriate purposes and policies for U.S. nuclear weapons has been under way since the beginning of the nuclear age. With the end of the Cold War, the debate has entered a new phase, propelled by the post-Cold War transformations of the international political landscape. This volume–based on an exhaustive reexamination of issues addressed in The Future of the U.S.-Soviet Nuclear Relationship (NRC, 1991)–describes the state to which U.S. and Russian nuclear forces and policies have evolved since the Cold War ended. The book evaluates a regime of progressive constraints for future U.S. nuclear weapons policy that includes further reductions in nuclear forces, changes in nuclear operations to preserve deterrence but enhance operational safety, and measures to help prevent proliferation of nuclear weapons. In addition, it examines the conditions and means by which comprehensive nuclear disarmament could become feasible and desirable.

Committee on International, S., et al. (1994). Management and Disposition of Excess Weapons Plutonium. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Within the next decade, many thousands of U.S. and Russian nuclear weapons are slated to be retired as a result of nuclear arms reduction treaties and unilateral pledges. A hundred tons or more of plutonium and tons of highly enriched uranium will no longer be needed. The management and disposition of these fissile materials, the essential ingredients of nuclear weapons, pose urgent challenges for international security. This book offers recommendations for all phases of the problem, from dismantlement of excess warheads, through intermediate storage of the fissle materials they contain, to ultimate disposition of the plutonium.

Committee on Mathematical Challenges from Computational, C., et al. (1995). Mathematical Challenges From Theoretical/Computational Chemistry. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Computational methods are rapidly becoming major tools of theoretical, pharmaceutical, materials, and biological chemists. Accordingly, the mathematical models and numerical analysis that underlie these methods have an increasingly important and direct role to play in the progress of many areas of chemistry. This book explores the research interface between computational chemistry and the mathematical sciences. In language that is aimed at non-specialists, it documents some prominent examples of past successful cross-fertilizations between the fields and explores the mathematical research opportunities in a broad cross-section of chemical research frontiers. It also discusses cultural differences between the two fields and makes recommendations for overcoming those differences and generally promoting this interdisciplinary work.

Committee on Mathematical Sciences Applied to Materials, S., et al. (1993). Mathematical Research in Materials Science : Opportunities and Perspectives. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

This book describes fruitful past collaborations between the mathematical and materials sciences and indicates future challenges. It seeks both to encourage mathematical sciences research that will complement vital research in materials science and to raise awareness of the value of quantitative methods. The volume encourages both communities to increase cross-disciplinary collaborations, emphasizing that each has much to gain from such an increase, and it presents recommendations for facilitating such work. This book is written for both mathematical and materials science researchers interested in advancing research at this interface; for federal and state agency representatives interested in encouraging such collaborations; and for anyone wanting information on how such cross-disciplinary, collaborative efforts can be accomplished successfully.

Committee on New Materials for Advanced Civil, A., et al. (1996). New Materials for Next-Generation Commercial Transports. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The major objective of this book was to identify issues related to the introduction of new materials and the effects that advanced materials will have on the durability and technical risk of future civil aircraft throughout their service life. The committee investigated the new materials and structural concepts that are likely to be incorporated into next generation commercial aircraft and the factors influencing application decisions. Based on these predictions, the committee attempted to identify the design, characterization, monitoring, and maintenance issues that are critical for the introduction of advanced materials and structural concepts into future aircraft.

Committee on Opportunities in Drug Abuse, R. (1996). Pathways of Addiction : Opportunities in Drug Abuse Research. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Drug abuse persists as one of the most costly and contentious problems on the nation’s agenda. Pathways of Addiction meets the need for a clear and thoughtful national research agenda that will yield the greatest benefit from today’s limited resources. The committee makes its recommendations within the public health framework and incorporates diverse fields of inquiry and a range of policy positions. It examines both the demand and supply aspects of drug abuse. Pathways of Addiction offers a fact-filled, highly readable examination of drug abuse issues in the United States, describing findings and outlining research needs in the areas of behavioral and neurobiological foundations of drug abuse. The book covers the epidemiology and etiology of drug abuse and discusses several of its most troubling health and social consequences, including HIV, violence, and harm to children. Pathways of Addiction looks at the efficacy of different prevention interventions and the many advances that have been made in treatment research in the past 20 years. The book also examines drug treatment in the criminal justice setting and the effectiveness of drug treatment under managed care. The committee advocates systematic study of the laws by which the nation attempts to control drug use and identifies the research questions most germane to public policy. Pathways of Addiction provides a strategic outline for wise investment of the nation’s research resources in drug abuse. This comprehensive and accessible volume will have widespread relevance–to policymakers, researchers, research administrators, foundation decisionmakers, healthcare professionals, faculty and students, and concerned individuals.

Committee on Organ, P., et al. (1999). Organ Procurement and Transplantation : Assessing Current Policies and the Potential Impact of the DHHS Final Rule. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Each day, nearly 60 Americans receive a transplanted kidney, liver, or other organ-a literal’second chance at life’-but 11 others die waiting for an organ transplant. The number of donors, although rising, is not growing fast enough to meet the increasing demand. Intended to improve the current system of organ procurement and allocation, the’Final Rule,’a 1998 regulation issued by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, sparked further controversy with its attempts to eliminate the apparent geographic disparities in the time an individual must wait for an organ. This book assesses the potential impact of the Final Rule on organ transplantation. It also presents new, original analyses of data, and assesses medical practices, social and economic observations, and other information on: access to transplantation services for low-income populations and racial and ethnic minority groups; organ donation rates; waiting times for transplantation; patient survival rates and organ failure rates leading to retransplantation; and cost of organ transplantation services.

Committee on, P., et al. (1998). Exploration of Near Earth Objects. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Comets and asteroids are in some sense the fossils of the solar system. They have avoided most of the drastic physical processing that shaped the planets and thus represent more closely the properties of the primordial solar nebula. What processing has taken place is itself of interest in decoding the history of our solar neighborhood. Near-Earth objects are also of interest because one or more large ones have been blamed for the rare but devastating events that caused mass extinctions of species on our planet, as attested by recent excitement over the impending passage of asteroid 1997 XF11. The comets and asteroids whose orbits bring them close to Earth are clearly the most accessible to detailed investigation, both from the ground and from spacecraft. When nature kindly delivers the occasional asteroid to the surface of Earth as a meteorite, we can scrutinize it closely in the laboratory; a great deal of information about primordial chemical composition and primitive processes has been gleaned from such objects. This report reviews the current state of research on near-Earth objects and considers future directions. Attention is paid to the important interplay between ground-based investigations and spaceborne observation or sample collection and return. This is particularly timely since one U.S. spacecraft is already on its way to rendezvous with a near-Earth object, and two others plus a Japanese mission are being readied for launch. In addition to scientific issues, the report considers technologies that would enable further advances in capability and points out the possibilities for including near-Earth objects in any future expansion of human exploration beyond low Earth orbit.

Committee on, P., et al. (1999). A Science Strategy for the Exploration of Europa. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Since its discovery in 1610, Europa – one of Jupiter’s four large moons – has been an object of interest to astronomers and planetary scientists. Much of this interest stems from observations made by NASA’s Voyager and Galileo spacecraft and from Earth-based telescopes indicating that Europa’s surface is quite young, with very little evidence of cratering, and made principally of water ice. More recently, theoretical models of the jovian system and Europa have suggested that tidal heating may have resulted in the existence of liquid water, and perhaps an ocean, beneath Europa’s surface. NASA’s ongoing Galileo mission has profoundly expanded our understanding of Europa and the dynamics of the jovian system, and may allow us to constrain theoretical models of Europa’s subsurface structure. Meanwhile, since the time of the Voyagers, there has been a revolution in our understanding of the limits of life on Earth. Life has been detected thriving in environments previously thought to be untenable – around hydrothermal vent systems on the seafloor, deep underground in basaltic rocks, and within polar ice. Elsewhere in the solar system, including on Europa, environments thought to be compatible with life as we know it on Earth are now considered possible, or even probable. Spacecraft missions are being planned that may be capable of proving their existence. Against this background, the Space Studies Board charged its Committee on Planetary and Lunar Exploration (COMPLEX) to perform a comprehensive study to assess current knowledge about Europa, outline a strategy for future spacecraft missions to Europa, and identify opportunities for complementary Earth-based studies of Europa. (See the preface for a full statement of the charge.)

Committee on Pesticides in the Diets of, I., et al. (1993). Pesticides in the Diets of Infants and Children. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Many of the pesticides applied to food crops in this country are present in foods and may pose risks to human health. Current regulations are intended to protect the health of the general population by controlling pesticide use. This book explores whether the present regulatory approaches adequately protect infants and children, who may differ from adults in susceptibility and in dietary exposures to pesticide residues. The committee focuses on four major areas: Susceptibility: Are children more susceptible or less susceptible than adults to the effects of dietary exposure to pesticides? Exposure: What foods do infants and children eat, and which pesticides and how much of them are present in those foods? Is the current information on consumption and residues adequate to estimate exposure? Toxicity: Are toxicity tests in laboratory animals adequate to predict toxicity in human infants and children? Do the extent and type of toxicity of some chemicals vary by species and by age? Assessing risk: How is dietary exposure to pesticide residues associated with response? How can laboratory data on lifetime exposures of animals be used to derive meaningful estimates of risk to children? Does risk accumulate more rapidly during the early years of life? This book will be of interest to policymakers, administrators of research in the public and private sectors, toxicologists, pediatricians and other health professionals, and the pesticide industry.

Committee on, R., et al. (1994). Recommendations for the Disposal of Chemical Agents and Munitions. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S. Army’s chemical stockpile is aging and gradually deteriorating. Its elimination has public, political, and environmental ramifications. The U.S. Department of Defense has designated the Department of the Army as the executive agent responsible for the safe, timely, and effective elimination of the chemical stockpile. This book provides recommendations on the direction the Army should take in pursuing and completing its Chemical Stockpile Disposal Program.

Committee on, R., et al. (1996). Review of Systemization of the Tooele Chemical Agent Disposal Facility. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In 1993, at Tooele Army Depot, Utah, the Army completed construction of the Tooele Chemical Agent Disposal Facility (TOCDF), the first complete facility for destruction of lethal unitary chemical agents and munitions to be built in the continental United States. The TOCDF will employ the Army’s baseline incineration system to destroy the depot’s increment of the nation’s aging unitary chemical stockpile. This book assesses Army changes and improvements to the TOCDF in response to recommendations contained in earlier reports of the committee. It assesses aspects of the facility’s readiness for safe agent handling and destruction operations, its agent monitoring system, and its site specific risk assessment.

Committee on, R., et al. (1999). Carbon Filtration for Reducing Emissions From Chemical Agent Incineration. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This report reviews the Army’s evaluation of carbon filters for use in the baseline incineration PAS, as well as the Army’s change management process (the Army’s tool for evaluating major equipment and operational changes to disposal facilities). In preparing this report, members of the Stockpile Committee evaluated exhaust gas emissions testing at the two operating baseline incineration systems, JACADS and the TOCDF; evaluated the development of the dilute SOPC carbon filter simulation model; and evaluated the conceptual design of a modified PAS with an activated carbon filter. The two major risk assessments conducted for each continental disposal site that use the baseline system, namely, (1) the quantitative risk assessment, which evaluates the risks and consequences of accidental agent releases, and (2) the health risk assessment, which evaluates the potential effects of nonagent emissions on human health and the environment, were also examined.

Committee on Radiological Safety in the Marshall, I., et al. (1994). Radiological Assessments for the Resettlement of Rongelap in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

As a result of contamination by radionuclides released during nuclear weapons testing by the United States during the 1940s and 1950s, the residents of Rongelap Atoll were evacuated from the Marshall Islands. This book provides an assessment of issues surrounding their resettlement and an evaluation of radiological conditions on certain Marshall Islands, particularly Rongelap Atoll.

Committee on Reducing Porpoise Mortality from Tuna, F., et al. (1992). Dolphins and the Tuna Industry. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book presents key conclusions about the controversial killing of thousands of dolphins each year during tuna fishing in the eastern tropical Pacific. Dolphins drown in nets that are set to catch yellowfin tuna, which tend to swim beneath dolphin herds. After 20 years of intense debate among environmentalists, the tuna industry, and policymakers, this fatal by-product of tuna fishing remains a high-profile public issue. Dolphins and the Tuna Industry provides a neutral examination of the scientific and technical questions at the core of the problem. Recommendations for solutions are offered in two areas: Developing new techniques that promise to reduce dolphin mortality with the existing purse-seine method of tuna fishing, and developing entirely new methods of finding tuna that are not swimming with dolphins. Dolphins and the Tuna Industry provides a comprehensive, highly readable overview of the dolphin-tuna controversy, useful to experts and newcomers to the issue. It explores the processes of tuna fishing and dolphin mortality, the status of the tuna industry, and the significant progress made in reducing dolphin mortality through modifications in fishing practice. The volume includes An overview of U.S. laws and policies relating to tuna and dolphins. An illustrated look at how tuna fishing crews use their equipment, focusing on the purse seine, which is the method most economical to the industry but most deadly to the dolphins. An overview of what is known about tuna and dolphin populations and the remarkable bond between them. A step-by-step description of the fishing process and efforts to let dolphins escape from the nets. An analysis of possible approaches to reducing dolphin kill, including more stringent regulatory approaches and incentives for the tuna industry. This book will be indispensible to environmental and animal protection groups, tuna fishing crews and processors, companies that market tuna products, policymakers, regulators, and concerned individuals.

Committee on Remediation of, B., et al. (1998). Systems Analysis and Systems Engineering in Environmental Remediation Programs at the Department of Energy Hanford Site. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The primary purpose of systems engineering is to organize information and knowledge to assist those who manage, direct, and control the planning, development, production, and operation of the systems necessary to accomplish a given mission. However, this purpose can be compromised or defeated if information production and organization becomes an end unto itself. Systems engineering was developed to help resolve the engineering problems that are encountered when attempting to develop and implement large and complex engineering projects. It depends upon integrated program planning and development, disciplined and consistent allocation and control of design and development requirements and functions, and systems analysis. The key thesis of this report is that proper application of systems analysis and systems engineering will improve the management of tank wastes at the Hanford Site significantly, thereby leading to reduced life cycle costs for remediation and more effective risk reduction. The committee recognizes that evidence for cost savings from application of systems engineering has not been demonstrated yet.

Committee on Research, O., et al. (1997). Building a Foundation for Sound Environmental Decisions. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Over the past decades, environmental problems have attracted enormous attention and public concern. Many actions have been taken by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and others to protect human health and ecosystems from particular threats. Despite some successes, many problems remain unsolved and new ones are emerging. Increasing population and related pressures, combined with a realization of the interconnectedness and complexity of environmental systems, present new challenges to policymakers and regulators. Scientific research has played, and will continue to play, an essential part in solving environmental problems. Decisions based on incorrect or incomplete understanding of environmental systems will not achieve the greatest reduction of risk at the lowest cost. This volume describes a framework for acquiring the knowledge needed both to solve current recognized problems and to be prepared for the kinds of problems likely to emerge in the future. Many case examples are included to illustrate why some environmental control strategies have succeeded where others have fallen short and how we can do better in the future.

Committee on Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate, M., et al. (1998). Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate Matter : I. Immediate Priorities and a Long-Range Research Portfolio. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

New National Ambient Air Quality Standards for airborne particles smaller than 2.5 micrometers, called PM2.5, were issued by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) amidst scientific uncertainty and controversy. In response to a request from Congress, Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate Matter, the first of four books in a series, offers a conceptual framework for an integrated national program of particulate-matter research, identifies the 10 most critical research needs linked to key policy-related scientific uncertainties, and describes the recommended timing and estimated costs of such research. The committee concludes that EPA should devote more resources to investigating the relationships between fixed-site outdoor monitoring data and actual human breathing-zone exposures to ambient particulate matter and to identifying the most biologically important constituents and characteristics of particulate matter through toxicological studies. The recommended research activities are critical to determining actual exposures of human subpopulations most susceptible to harm from the most hazardous constituents of particulate matter. Future research will be an investment in public health and a means to ensure that resources spent on control technology and regulatory compliance will have a reasonable probability of success.

Committee on Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate, M., et al. (1999). Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate Matter : II. Evaluating Research Progress and Updating the Portfolio. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In the effort to reduce the scientific and technical uncertainties over regulation of airborne particulate matter in the United States, Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate Matter: II. Evaluating Research Progress and Updating the Portfolio, the second book in a four-part series requested by Congress, describes the plans of the committee to monitor the progress of the research on particulate matter conducted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), other federal and state government agencies, and nongovernmental organizations. The book also reviews and updates the committee’s portfolio of recommended research in its first volume, Research Priorities for Airborne Particulate Matter: I. Immediate Priorities and a Long-Range Research Portfolio (NRC, 1998). The committee substantially revised two of the ten high-priority research areas recommended in Part I. Part II notes that Congress, EPA, and the scientific community have given strong support to the committee’s recommendations and have implemented substantial changes in research efforts in response to Part I of the series. One important research area-studies of the effects of long-term exposure to particulate matter and other major air pollutants-however, does not appear to be underway or planned.

Committee on Reserve Forces, f., et al. (1999). Technology-Based Pilot Programs : Improving Future U.S. Military Reserve Forces. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

As the twenty-first century approaches, the number of full-time, active duty personnel in the U.S. military (excluding the Reserves and National Guard) is about 1.4 million, the lowest level since before World War II. Nevertheless, the U.S. military is supposed to be prepared to fight two major-theater wars almost simultaneously while conducting peacekeeping operations and other assignments around the globe. To fulfill this wide range of missions, the U.S. military must continue to rely on the Reserves and National Guard, which are known collectively as the reserve components. The current number of reserve components is almost equal to the number of active duty personnel. In the case of the U.S. Army, the number of reserves is double the number of active personnel. This study addresses how technology can be used to improve the readiness and effectiveness of the reserve components and their integration with the active components. Many technologies are expected to enhance the capabilities of the U.S. military in the twenty-first century, including precision weapons, high-fidelity sensors, long-range surveillance, enhanced stealth characteristics, and advanced communications and information systems. This study reaffirms the importance of improved communication and information systems, for improving comprehensive training and accelerating the mobilization of reserve components for military missions in the coming decade. Although programs using these technologies are already under way in both the reserve and active components of the military, this study focuses on the effectiveness of reserve components and active-reserve integration.

Committee on, S., et al. (2000). Radiation and the International Space Station : Recommendations to Reduce Risk. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

A major objective of the International Space Station is learning how to cope with the inherent risks of human spaceflight–how to live and work in space for extended periods. The construction of the station itself provides the first opportunity for doing so. Prominent among the challenges associated with ISS construction is the large amount of time that astronauts will be spending doing extravehicular activity (EVA), or’space walks.’EVAs from the space shuttle have been extraordinarily successful, most notably the on-orbit repair of the Hubble Space Telescope. But the number of hours of EVA for ISS construction exceeds that of the Hubble repair mission by orders of magnitude. Furthermore, the ISS orbit has nearly twice the inclination to Earth’s equator as Hubble’s orbit, so it spends part of every 90-minute circumnavigation at high latitudes, where Earth’s magnetic field is less effective at shielding impinging radiation. This means that astronauts sweeping through these regions will be considerably more vulnerable to dangerous doses of energetic particles from a sudden solar eruption. Radiation and the International Space Station estimates that the likelihood of having a potentially dangerous solar event during an EVA is indeed very high. This report recommends steps that can be taken immediately, and over the next several years, to provide adequate warning so that the astronauts can be directed to take protective cover inside the ISS or shuttle. The near-term actions include programmatic and operational ways to take advantage of the multiagency assets that currently monitor and forecast space weather, and ways to improve the in situ measurements and the predictive power of current models.

Committee on Scholarly Communication with the People’s Republic of, C. (1992). Grasslands and Grassland Sciences in Northern China. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This volume describes one of the most extensive grassland ecosystems and the efforts of Chinese scientists to understand it. Leading Chinese scientists attribute the decline in China’s grasslands to overgrazing and excessive cultivation of marginal areas and discuss measures to limit the damage. The book gives its view on the Chinese approach to the study of grasslands and the relevance of this activity in China to global scientific concerns.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (1994). Major Award Decisionmaking at the National Science Foundation. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

As part of its mission to foster high-quality scientific and engineering research, the National Science Foundation (NSF) plans, grants, and administers major awards to universities and other research institutions for national research facilities, multidisciplinary research centers, and other large-scale research projects. Although few in number, less than 100, such projects account for about 30 percent of NSF’s annual research budget. This book provides a useful overview of how such projects are planned, reviews proposals for merit, and evaluates ongoing projects for renewal awards. The panel makes a series of recommendations for strengthening major award decisionmaking.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (1996). Careers in Science and Engineering : A Student Planning Guide to Grad School and Beyond. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

As science and technology advance, the needs of employers change, and these changes continually reshape the job market for scientists and engineers. Such shifts present challenges for students as they struggle to make well-informed education and career choices. Careers in Science and Engineering offers guidance to students on planning careers–particularly careers in nonacademic settings–and acquiring the education necessary to attain career goals. This booklet is designed for graduate science and engineering students currently in or soon to graduate from a university, as well as undergraduates in their third or fourth year of study who are deciding whether or not to pursue graduate education. The content has been reviewed by a number of student focus groups and an advisory committee that included students and representatives of several disciplinary societies. Careers in Science and Engineering offers advice on not only surviving but also enjoying a science- or engineering-related education and career– how to find out about possible careers to pursue, choose a graduate school, select a research project, work with advisers, balance breadth against specialization, obtain funding, evaluate postdoctoral appointments, build skills, and more. Throughout, Careers in Science and Engineering lists resources and suggests people to interview in order to gather the information and insights needed to make good education and career choices. The booklet also offers profiles of science and engineering professionals in a variety of careers. Careers in Science and Engineering will be important to undergraduate and graduate students who have decided to pursue a career in science and engineering or related areas. It will also be of interest to faculty, counselors, and education administrators.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (1998). Observations on the President’s Fiscal Year 1999 Federal Science and Technology Budget. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In this report, the Committee on Science, Engineering, and Public Policy (COSEPUP) provides its observations on the federal science and technology (FS&T) portion of the president’s fiscal year (FY) 1999 submission. The FS&T budget (see box) reflects the federal investment in the creation of new knowledge and technologies and excludes such activities as the testing and evaluating of new weapons systems.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (1999). Capitalizing on Investments in Science and Technology. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Although the United States is currently capitalizing on its investment in science and technology effectively, there remains much room for improvement. This volume identifies the ingredients for success in capitalizing on such investments to produce national benefits, assesses current U.S. performance, and identifies future challenges. The book cites specific examples and examines several cross-cutting issues. It explores the possibility that the national research portfolio is losing diversity as a result of less long-term research in critical fields such as networking and materials. It also examines the implications of imbalances in the supply of and demand for science and engineering talent in emerging interdisciplinary fields such as bioinformatics.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (1999). Evaluating Federal Research Programs : Research and the Government Performance and Results Act. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Committee on Science, E. and P. Public (2000). Experiments in International Benchmarking of U.S. Research Fields. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

How can the federal government gauge the overall health of scientific research–as a whole and in its parts–and determine whether national funding adequately supports national research objectives? It is feasible to monitor US performance with field-by-field peer assessments. This might be done through the establishment of independent panels consisting of researchers who work in a field, individuals who work in closely related fields, and research’users’who follow the field closely. Some of these individuals should be outstanding foreign scientists in the field being examined. This technique of comparative international assessments is also known as international benchmarking. Experiments in International Benchmarking of U.S. Research Fields evaluates the feasibility and utility of the benchmarking technique. In order to do this, the report internationally benchmarks three fields: mathematics, immunology, and materials science and engineering, then summarizes the results of these experiments.

Committee on Science, E., et al. (1988). Research Briefings 1986. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Prepared for the Office of Science and Technology Policy and the National Science Foundation, these briefings examine areas important to the progress of U.S. science and technology: the science of interfaces and thin films, decision making and problem solving, protein structure and biological function, and the prevention and treatment of viral diseases.

Committee on Science Education, K., et al. (1999). Global Perspectives for Local Action : Using TIMSS to Improve U.S. Mathematics and Science Education. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Third International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) raised the alarm about U.S. mathematics and science education. Most Americans are now aware that U.S. students lag behind their peers in other developed nations. In one state, the legislature reacted by lengthening the school year, assuming that more time on academic content would boost student performance. Some educators have fixed the blame on the mathematics and science curricula typically used in U.S. schools. Does the problem lie in the curricula, instruction, or the system of support available to teachers? This book presents the first comprehensive analysis of TIMSS study–a half-million students from 15,000 schools around the world. It presents detailed reports on three major aspects of education, including curriculum issues, teaching practices, and school support.

Committee on Science, T., et al. (1999). The Pervasive Role of Science, Technology, and Health in Foreign Policy : Imperatives for the Department of State. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Issues involving science, technology, and health (STH) have moved to the forefront of the international diplomatic agenda. Other vital issues linked to technological developments pervade longer-range foreign policy concerns. Thus, STH considerations are often central to the Department of State’s bilateral and multilateral interactions with other governments. STH aspects play a large role in discussions of such critical topics as nuclear nonproliferation, use of outer space, population growth, adequate and safe food supply, climate change, infectious diseases, energy resources, and competitiveness of industrial technologies. In addressing these issues, expert STH knowledge is essential to the anticipation and resolution of problems and to the achievement of foreign policy goals. The Department, recognizing that it requires strengthened capabilities to address such an array of topics, asked for suggestions by the National Research Council as to how it could better deal with foreign policy issues with STH content.

Committee on Scientific Evaluation of, W. I. C. N. R. C. and M. Institute of (1996). WIC Nutrition Risk Criteria : A Scientific Assessment. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book reviews the scientific basis for nutrition risk criteria used to establish eligibility for participation in the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC). The volume also examines the specific segments of the WIC population at risk for each criterion, identifies gaps in the scientific knowledge base, formulates recommendations regarding appropriate criteria, and where applicable, recommends values for determining who is at risk for each criterion. Recommendations for program action and research are made to strengthen the validity of nutrition risk criteria used in the WIC program.

Committee on Space, D., et al. (1995). Orbital Debris : A Technical Assessment. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Since the beginning of space flight, the collision hazard in Earth orbit has increased as the number of artificial objects orbiting the Earth has grown. Spacecraft performing communications, navigation, scientific, and other missions now share Earth orbit with spent rocket bodies, nonfunctional spacecraft, fragments from spacecraft breakups, and other debris created as a byproduct of space operations. Orbital Debris examines the methods we can use to characterize orbital debris, estimates the magnitude of the debris population, and assesses the hazard that this population poses to spacecraft. Potential methods to protect spacecraft are explored. The report also takes a close look at the projected future growth in the debris population and evaluates approaches to reducing that growth. Orbital Debris offers clear recommendations for targeted research on the debris population, for methods to improve the protection of spacecraft, on methods to reduce the creation of debris in the future, and much more.

Committee on, T., et al. (1996). Toxicological and Performance Aspects of Oxygenated Motor Vehicle Fuels. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book reviews a draft report from the federal government that assesses the effects of oxygenated gasoline on public health, air quality, fuel economy, engine performance, and water quality. In addition to evaluating the scientific basis of the report, the book identifies research needed to better understand the impacts of oxygenated fuels. Methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE), which is intended to reduce carbon monoxide pollution during winter, is the most commonly used additive in the federal oxygenated fuels program. MTBE has been implicated in complaints by the public of headaches, coughs, and nausea. Other questions have been raised about reduced fuel economy and engine performance and pollution of ground water due to the use of MTBE in gasoline. The book provides conclusions and recommendations about each major topic addressed in the government’s report.

Committee on Technology Policy Options in a Global, E. and E. National Academy of (1993). Mastering a New Role : Shaping Technology Policy for National Economic Performance. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book examines the changing character of commercial technology development and diffusion in an integrated global economy and its implications for U.S. public policies in support of technological innovation. The volume considers the history, current practice, and future prospects for national policies to encourage economic development through both direct and indirect government support of technological advance.

Committee on the Department of Energy-Office of, S., et al. (1997). Peer Review in the Department of Energy-Office of Science and Technology : Interim Report. Washington, D.C, National Academies Press.

The Office of Science and Technology (OST) of the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE’s) Office of Environmental Management (EM) recently has instituted a peer review program that uses the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), with administrative and technical support provided by the Institute for Regulatory Science (RSI), to conduct peer reviews of technologies (or groups of technologies) at various stages of development. OST asked the NRC to convene an expert committee to evaluate the effectiveness of its new peer review program and to make specific recommendations to improve the program, if appropriate. This is the first of two reports to be prepared by this committee on OST’s new peer review program. OST requested this interim report to provide a preliminary assessment of OST’s new peer review program. In the final report, the committee will provide a more detailed assessment of OST’s peer review program after its first complete annual cycle.

Committee on the Human Dimensions of Global, C., et al. (1999). Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Change : Research Pathways for the Next Decade. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This publication is extracted from a much larger report, Global Environmental Change: Research Pathways for the Next Decade, which addresses the full range of the scientific issues concerning global environmental change and offers guidance to the scientific effort on these issues in the United States. This volume consists of Chapter 7 of that report,”Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Change,”which was written for the report by the Committee on the Human Dimensions of Global Change of the National Research Council (NRC). It provides findings and conclusions on the key scientific questions in human dimensions research, the lessons that have been learned over the past decade, and the research imperatives for global change research funded from the United States.

Committee on the, P., et al. (1997). Ada and Beyond : Software Policies for the Department of Defense. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Ada programming language was created by the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) nearly two decades ago to provide a general-purpose programming language for defense and commercial use, but has evolved into a niche solution for safety-critical systems, primarily in defense applications. Ada and Beyond presents an approach for the DOD to move beyond the debate over its policy that requires the use of Ada for all new software development. It describes the importance of the software engineering process and recommends to DOD mechanisms for more effective review of software development and improved collection of data on software project outcomes. The volume also analyzes the technical, empirical, and business cases for using Ada and other programming languages, makes recommendations regarding the appropriate conditions under which DOD should continue to require the use of Ada, and details activities that require funding by DOD in order for Ada to remain a viable programming language.

Committee on the Possible Effects of Electromagnetic Fields on Biologic, S., et al. (1997). Possible Health Effects of Exposure to Residential Electric and Magnetic Fields. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Can the electric and magnetic fields (EMF) to which people are routinely exposed cause health effects? This volume assesses the data and draws conclusions about the consequences of human exposure to EMF. The committee examines what is known about three kinds of health effects associated with EMF: cancer, primarily childhood leukemia; reproduction and development; and neurobiological effects. This book provides a detailed discussion of hazard identification, dose-response assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization for each. Possible Health Effects of Exposure to Residential Electric and Magnetic Fields also discusses the tools available to measure exposure, common types of exposures, and what is known about the effects of exposure. The committee looks at correlations between EMF exposure and carcinogenesis, mutagenesis, neurobehavioral effects, reproductive and developmental effects, effects on melatonin and other neurochemicals, and effects on bone healing and stimulated cell growth.

Committee on the, S., et al. (1993). Solid-Earth Sciences and Society. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

As environmental problems move upward on the public agenda, our knowledge of the earth’s systems and how to sustain the habitability of our world becomes more critical. This volume reports on the state of earth science and outlines a research agenda, with priorities keyed to the real-world challenges facing human society. The product of four years of development with input from more than 200 earth-science specialists, the volume offers a wealth of historical background and current information on Plate tectonics, volcanism, and other heat-generated earth processes. Evolution of our global environment and of life itself, as revealed in the fossil record. Human exploitation of water, fossil fuels, and minerals. Interaction between human populations and the earth’s surface, discussing the role we play in earth’s systems and the dangers we face from natural hazards such as earthquakes and landslides. This volume offers a comprehensive look at how earth science is currently practiced and what should be done to train professionals and adequately equip them to find the answers necessary to manage more effectively the earth’s systems. This well-organized and practical book will be of immediate interest to solid-earth scientists, researchers, and college and high school faculty, as well as policymakers in the environmental arena.

Committee on the Scientific Bases for the Preservation of the, H., et al. (1992). The Scientific Bases for the Preservation of the Hawaiian Crow. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Hawaiian Crow, or’Alala, once an inhabitant of large forested areas of Hawaii, is now found only in the wild in a relatively small area of the central Kona coast. The decline of the’Alala is part of a larger phenomenon of reduction and extinction of forest birds throughout Polynesia that has been associated with human colonization. It is a symptom of underlying ecological problems. In this book, a committee of experts in ornithology, captive propagation, conservation biology, population genetics, and ecology analyzes existing data about the’Alala and details its findings, conclusions, and recommendations concerning recovery efforts for this endangered bird.

Committee on the Strategic Assessment of the, U. S. D. o. E. s. C. P., et al. (1999). Coal : Energy for the Future. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) was given a mandate in the 1992 Energy Policy Act (EPACT) to pursue strategies in coal technology that promote a more competitive economy, a cleaner environment, and increased energy security. Coal evaluates DOE’s performance and recommends priorities in updating its coal program and responding to EPACT. This volume provides a picture of likely future coal use and associated technology requirements through the year 2040. Based on near-, mid-, and long-term scenarios, the committee presents a framework for DOE to use in identifying R&D strategies and in making detailed assessments of specific programs. Coal offers an overview of coal-related programs and recent budget trends and explores principal issues in future U.S. and foreign coal use. The volume evaluates DOE Fossil Energy R&D programs in such key areas as electric power generation and conversion of coal to clean fuels. Coal will be important to energy policymakers, executives in the power industry and related trade associations, environmental organizations, and researchers.

Committee on the Study of Live Fire Survivability Testing of the, F. A., et al. (1995). Live Fire Testing of the F-22. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The Live Fire Test Law mandates realistic survivability and lethality testing of covered systems or programs. A provision of the law permits the Secretary of Defense to waive tests if live fire testing would be’unreasonably expensive and impractical.’Though no waiver was requested before the F-22 program entered engineering and manufacturing development, the Defense Department later asked that Congress enact legislation to permit a waiver to be granted retroactively. Rather than enact such legislation, Congress requested a study to explore the pros and cons of full-scale, full-up testing for the F-22 aircraft program. The book discusses the origin of testing requirements, evaluates the practicality, affordability, and cost-benefit of live fire tests, and examines the role of testing, modeling, and data bases in vulnerability assessment.

Committee on Time, H., et al. (1992). Time Horizons and Technology Investments. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

It is frequently argued that U.S. corporations have shorter time horizons for planning and investment than their Japanese and German competitors. This argument, though widely accepted in studies of U.S. competitiveness, has rarely been examined in depth. Time Horizons and Technology Investments explores the evidence that some U.S. corporations consistently select projects biased toward short-term return and addresses factors influencing the time-related preferences of U.S. corporate managers in selecting projects for investment. It makes recommendations to policymakers and managers about policies to mitigate negative external influences and about strategies to remove internal biases toward noncompetitive decisions.

Committee on Undergraduate Science, E. (1997). Science Teaching Reconsidered : A Handbook. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Effective science teaching requires creativity, imagination, and innovation. In light of concerns about American science literacy, scientists and educators have struggled to teach this discipline more effectively. Science Teaching Reconsidered provides undergraduate science educators with a path to understanding students, accommodating their individual differences, and helping them grasp the methods–and the wonder–of science. What impact does teaching style have? How do I plan a course curriculum? How do I make lectures, classes, and laboratories more effective? How can I tell what students are thinking? Why don’t they understand? This handbook provides productive approaches to these and other questions. Written by scientists who are also educators, the handbook offers suggestions for having a greater impact in the classroom and provides resources for further research.

Committee on Undersea, V., et al. (1996). Undersea Vehicles and National Needs. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The United States faces decisions requiring information about the oceans in vastly expanded scales of time and space and from oceanic sectors not accessible with the suite of tools now used by scientists and engineers. Advances in guidance and control, communications, sensors, and other technologies for undersea vehicles can provide an opportunity to understand the oceans’influence on the energy and chemical balance that sustains humankind and to manage and deliver resources from and beneath the sea. This book assesses the state of undersea vehicle technology and opportunities for vehicle applications in science and industry. It provides guidance about vehicle subsystem development priorities and describes how national research can be focused most effectively.

Committee on, U. S. G. S., et al. (1997). Watershed Research in the U.S. Geological Survey. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Watershed research is conducted by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) to expand our understanding of basic hydrologic mechanisms and their responses at the watershed scale and to provide information that serves as the basis for water and environmental management activities carried out largely by other governmental and private entities. The work of the USGS in this area is carried out by its Water Resources Division and occurs in three general program areas: basic research, regional and site assessments, and data collection. These activities are becoming increasingly important, especially in the context of water and environmental management, where contemporary problems are being approached more than ever on an integrated ecosystems or watershed basis and where the underlying physical, chemical, and biological science is complex. Although the value of this type of hydrologic research is well recognized within the USGS, available financial resources to support it remain modest. Thus, this study seeks to help maximize the effectiveness of the agency’s work. The study took two years, during which time the committee visited field sites, received briefings, reviewed descriptive materials, deliberated toward conclusions, and wrote this report. Recommendations are intended to assist the USGS in improving its overall strategy for work in this area; descriptions of a number of scientific opportunities are included, and appropriate circumstances for collaboration with and support for others are identified.

Committee on Utilization of Technologies Developed at Russian, R. and I. Educational (1998). Technology Commercialization : Russian Challenges, American Lessons. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

This collection of papers-by American and Russian specialists-addresses a variety of legal, regulatory, institutional, and financial issues that can promote or hinder technology commercialization. The book is the result of a series of workshops organized by the National Research Council with the Russian Academy of Sciences on commercialization of technologies, particularly those developed at research and educational institutions. Technology Commercialization concludes with a list of actions, programs, and policies which warrant further consideration as Russia tries to improve the success of technology commercialization. This book will be of interest to those concerned with small-business development in post-communist states, university technology management, and comparative technology commercialization.

Committee on Xenograft Transplantation: Ethical, I., et al. (1996). Xenotransplantation : Science, Ethics, and Public Policy. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Xenotransplantation involves the transplantation of cells, tissues, and whole organs from one species to another. Interest in animal-to-human xenotransplants has been spurred by the continuing shortage of donated human organs and by advances in knowledge concerning the biology of organ and tissue rejection. The scientific advances and promise, however, raise complex questions that must be addressed. This book considers the scientific and medical feasibility of xenotransplantation and explores the ethical and public policy issues surrounding the possibility of renewed clinical trials. The volume focuses on the science base of xenotransplantation, public health risks of infectious disease transmission, and ethical and public policy issues, including the views of patients and their families.

Committee to Evaluate the, U. S. N. s. E. L. F. S. C. E. M. P., et al. (1997). An Evaluation of the U.S. Navy’s Extremely Low Frequency Submarine Communications Ecological Monitoring Program. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

The U.S. Navy established an ecological monitoring program to determine whether electric and magnetic fields from extremely low frequency (ELF) communications systems influenced plant and animal populations near the transmitting facilities. Although some of the researchers believe that a few biological changes might have occurred, they concluded that the results do not indicate significant adverse ecological effects. This book evaluates the 11 ecological studies of the Navy’s monitoring program and examines the adequacy of experimental design, the data collection and analysis, and the soundness of the conclusions. It also addresses whether the monitoring program was capable of detecting subtle effects due to ELF exposure and examines the biological changes observed by some program researchers, such as enhanced tree growth.

Committee to Identify Strategies to Raise the Profile of Substance, A., et al. (1997). Dispelling the Myths About Addiction : Strategies to Increase Understanding and Strengthen Research. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Every year about half a million men, women, and children in the United States die from the effects of using nicotine, alcohol, and illegal drugs: one of every four American deaths. Yet research to solve this terrible problem is often perceived as less important than other types of biomedical investigation. Focusing on four major classes of drugs with the greatest social and economic impact–nicotine, alcohol, opioids, and stimulants–Dispelling the Myths About Addiction examines what is known about addiction and what is needed to develop a talented cadre of investigators and to educate the public about addiction research. The committee explores these areas: Economic costs of addiction. What has been learned about addiction from research into basic neurobiology and the brain, psychosocial and behavioral factors, and epidemiology. Education and training of researchers and the research infrastructure. Public perceptions and their impact on public policy in this field. This volume outlines the challenges and opportunities in addiction research today and makes recommendations to educators, treatment professionals, public and private institutions, and others for how to build support for addiction research and treatment.

Committee to Review the Health Effects in Vietnam Veterans of Exposure to, H. and M. Institute of (1996). Veterans and Agent Orange : Update 1996. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book updates and evaluates the available scientific evidence regarding statistical associations between diseases and exposure to dioxin and other chemical compounds in herbicides used in Vietnam, focusing on new scientific studies and literature published since the release of Veterans and Agent Orange (1994). The update gives special attention to the relationship between exposure to herbicides and the development of birth defects and transient peripheral neuropathy, as well as the relationship between exposure to herbicides and the subsequent development of prostate, hepatobiliary, nasopharyngeal, and other cancers. The book also explores the relationship between the length of time since first exposure and the possible risk of cancer development. It reviews and summarizes the strength of scientific evidence concerning the association between herbicide use in Vietnam and each disease suspected to be associated with such exposure.

Committee to Review the Health Effects in Vietnam Veterans of Exposure to, H. and M. Institute of (1999). Veterans and Agent Orange : Update 1998. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Third in a series of six congressionally mandated studies occurring biennially, this book is an updated review and evaluation of the available scientific evidence regarding the statistical association between exposure to herbicides used in Vietnam and various adverse health outcomes suspected to be linked with such exposures. As part of the review, the committee convened a workshop at which issues surrounding the reanalysis and the combination of existing data on the health effects of herbicide and dioxin exposure were addressed. This book builds upon the information developed by the IOM committees responsible for the 1994 original report, Veterans and Agent Orange, and Veterans and Agent Orange: Update 1996, but will focus on scientific studies and other information developed since the release of these reports. The two previous volumes have noted that sufficient evidence exists to link soft tissue sarcoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, Hodgkin’s disease, and chloracne with exposure. The books also noted that there is’limited or suggestive’evidence to show an association with exposure and a neurological disorder in veterans and with the congenital birth defect spina bifida in veterans’children. This volume will be critically important to both policymakers and physicians in the federal government, Vietnam veterans and their families, veterans organizations, researchers, and health professionals.

Committee to Review the, U. S. A. B. C. s. E. V. B. R., et al. (1998). Effectiveness of the United States Advanced Battery Consortium As a Government-Industry Partnership. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This study by the National Research Council (NRC) was requested by DOE’s Office of Advanced Automotive Technologies. The study focuses on the processes used by the USABC to select, evaluate, and manage R&D projects on EV batteries in Phases I and II of the program.

Comnes, G. (1994). The Ethics of Indeterminacy in the Novels of William Gaddis. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Compa, L. A. and S. F. Diamond (1996). Human Rights, Labor Rights, and International Trade. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Compaine, B. M. and W. H. Read (1999). The Information Resources Policy Handbook : Research for the Information Age. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

To understand the Information Age one must understand the concept of information as a resource. Like other basic resources such as energy and materials, information resources are building blocks of society. But unlike energy and materials, they are far more abundant and versatile. Information resources includes computers, telecommunications, the mass media, and financial services, all created or changed by the movement from analog to digital. This collection looks at the factors underlying digital technologies as well as the resulting public and strategic policy issues.In a rapidly evolving discipline, certain judgments are likely to change. To strike a balance between the more abstract concepts of enduring value and writings focused on current examples, each part of the book opens with a timeless’evergreen’chapter, followed by one or more’contemporary’chapters.ContributorsDaniel Bell, Anne Wells Branscomb, Benjamin M. Compaine, Derrick C. Huang, Martin C. Libicki, Patricia Hirl Longstaff, Robert Lucky, John F. McLaughlin, Lee McKnight, Vincent Mosco, W. Russell Neuman, Eli Noam, Anthony G. Oettinger, Ithiel deSola Pool, William H. Read, Jerome S. Rubin, Richard J. Solomon, Debra Spar, Ronald Alan Weiner, Janet Wikler

Conan, E. and H. Rousso (1998). Vichy : An Ever-present Past. Hanover, University Press of New England.

Description based on print version record.

Conant, J. B. Organic Syntheses. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conard, R. (1997). Places of Quiet Beauty : Parks, Preserves, and Environmentalism. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Resource protection and public recreation policies have always been subject to the shifting winds of management philosophy governing both national and state parks. Somewhere in the balance, however, parks and preserves have endured as unique places of mind as well as matter. Places of Quiet Beauty allows us to see parks and preserves, forests and wildlife refuges—all those special places that the term “park” conjures up—as measures of our own commitment to caring for the environment. In this broad-ranging book, historian Rebecca Conard examines the complexity of American environmentalism in the twentieth century as manifest in Iowa’s state parks and preserves.

Concord, B. and J. Concord (1998). Cancun & Cozumel Alive. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Includes index.

Condon, R. G. and J. Ogina (1996). The Northern Copper Inuit : A History. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cone, H. G. and V. University of (1996). Woman in American Literature. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cone, J. and S. Ridlington (2000). The Northwest Salmon Crisis : A Documentary History. Corvallis, Or, Oregon State University Press.

Cone, J. H. (1999). Risks of Faith : The Emergence of a Black Theology of Liberation, 1968-1998. Boston, Beacon Press.

Cone, R. J. and P. L. Barnes-Svarney (1998). How the New Technology Works : A Guide to High-tech Concepts. Phoenix, AZ, Greenwood Publishing Group.

Confino, A. (1997). The Nation As a Local Metaphor : Wèurttemberg, Imperial Germany, and National Memory, 1871-1918. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

All nations make themselves up as they go along, but not all make themselves up in the same way. In this study, Alon Confino explores how Germans turned national and argues that they imagined the nation as an extension of their local place. In 1871, the work of political unification had been completed, but Germany remained a patchwork of regions with different histories and traditions. Germans had to construct a national memory to reconcile the peculiarities of the region and the totality of the nation. This identity project, examined by Confino as it evolved in the southwestern state of WArttemberg, oscillated between failure and success. The national holiday of Sedan Day failed in the 1870s and 1880s to symbolically commingle localness and nationhood. Later, the idea of the Heimat, or homeland, did prove capable of representing interchangeably the locality, the region, and the nation in a distinct national narrative and in visual images. The German nationhood project was successful, argues Confino, because Germans made the nation into an everyday, local experience through a variety of cultural forms, including museums, school textbooks, popular poems, travel guides, posters, and postcards. But it was not unique. Confino situates German nationhood within the larger context of modernity, and in doing so he raises broader questions about how people in the modern world use the past in the construction of identity.

Confucius The Sayings of Confucius. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Congar, Y. M. J. (1953). After Nine Hundred Years : The Background of the Schism Between the Eastern and Western Churches. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Translation of Neuf cents ans apráes, originally published as v. 1, pt. 1 of L’Eglise et les áeglises, 1054-1954.

Conger, J. A., et al. (1999). The Leader’s Change Handbook : An Essential Guide to Setting Direction and Taking Action. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Congreve, W. The Double-dealer, a Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Congreve, W. Love for Love, a Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Congreve, W. The Old Bachelor. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Congreve, W. The Way of the World. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conkin, P. K. (1995). The Uneasy Center : Reformed Christianity in Antebellum America. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

Distinguished intellectual historian Paul Conkin offers the first comprehensive examination of mainline Protestantism in America, from its emergence in the colonial era to its rise to predominance in the early nineteenth century and the beginnings of its gradual decline in the years preceding the Civil War. He clarifies theological traditions and doctrinal arguments and includes substantive discussions of institutional development and of the order and content of worship. Conkin defines Reformed Christianity broadly, to encompass Presbyterians, Episcopalians, Congregationalists, Methodists, Calvinist Baptists, and all other denominations originating in the work of reformers other than Luther. He portrays growing unease and conflict within this center of American Protestantism before the Civil War as a result of doctrinal disputes (especially regarding salvation), scholarly and scientific challenges to evangelical Christianity, differences in institutional practices, and sectional disagreements related to the issue of slavery. Conkin grounds his study in a broad history of Western Christianity, and he integrates the South into his discussion, thereby offering a truly national perspective on the history of the Reformed tradition in America.

Conkin, P. K. (1997). American Originals : Homemade Varieties of Christianity. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

In a work of striking breadth and clarity, Paul Conkin offers an even-handed and in-depth look at the major American-made forms of Christianity–a diverse group of religious traditions, each of which reflects a significant break from western Christian orthodoxy. Identifying six distinctive types, Conkin examines the major denominations representative of each original variety of American Christianity: restoration (Churches of Christ, Disciples of Christ); humanistic (Unitarians, Universalists); apocalyptic (Adventists, Jehovah’s Witnesses); Mormon (Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints); spiritual (Christian Science, Unity); and ecstatic (Holiness and Pentecostal denominations). Focusing on the early years and maturation of these groups, he discusses their founders and leaders, origins and Old World roots, and essential doctrines and practices. Conkin closes each chapter with a guide to further reading. The first comprehensive survey of these American originals, this book will serve as a valuable resource on a number of religious traditions whose members not only comprise a significant percentage of the American population but also make up an increasing proportion of Christian converts worldwide.

Conkin, P. K. (1998). When All the Gods Trembled : Darwinism, Scopes, and American Intellectuals. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Conkling, H. and V. University of (1995). Poems by a Little Girl. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conley, D. (1999). Being Black, Living in the Red : Race, Wealth, and Social Policy in America. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Conley, J. J. and J. W. Koterski (1999). Prophecy and Diplomacy : The Moral Doctrine of John Paul II: a Jesuit Symposium. Bronx, N.Y., Oxford University Press USA.

Conley, R. J. (1995). Mountain Windsong : A Novel of the Trail of Tears. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Set against the tragic events of the Cherokees’removal from their traditional lands in North Carolina to Indian Territory between 1835-1838, Mountain Windsong is a love story that brings to life the suffering and endurance of the Cherokee people. It is the moving tale of Waguli (Whippoorwill’) and Oconeechee, a young Cherokee man and woman separated by the Trail of Tears. Just as they are about to be married, Waguli is captured be federal soldiers and, along with thousands of other Cherokees, taken west, on foot and then by steamboat, to what is now eastern Oklahoma. Though many die along the way, Waguli survives, drowning his shame and sorrow in alcohol. Oconeechee, among the few Cherokees who remain behind, hidden in the mountains, embarks on a courageous search for Waguli. Robert J. Conley makes use of song, legend, and historical documents to weave the rich texture of the story, which is told through several, sometimes contradictory, voices. The traditional narrative of the Trail of Tears is told to a young contemporary Cherokee boy by his grandfather, presented in bits and pieces as they go about their everyday chores in rural North Carolina. The telling is neiter bitter nor hostile; it is sympathetic by unsentimental. An ironic third point of view, detached and often adversarial, is provided by the historical documents interspersed through the novel, from the text of the removal treaty to Ralph Waldo Emerson’s letter to the president of the United States in protest of the removal. In this layering of contradictory elements, Conley implies questions about the relationships between history and legend, storytelling and myth-making. Inspired by the lyrics of Don Grooms’s song’Whippoorwill,’which open many chapters in the text, Conley has written a novel both meticulously accurate and deeply moving.

Conley, R. J. (1998). The Meade Solution. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Conn, H. O., et al. (2000). Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis : The Disease, Pathogenesis, and Treatment. New York, CRC Press.

The only book published devoted entirely to spontaneous bacterial peritonitis (SBP), this unique volume details the discovery, pathophysiology, diagnosis, prevalence, prognosis, treatment, and prevention of SBP, analyzing the various syndromes that constitute SBP and its related disorders. Highlights disorders, procedures, and substances that encourage or prevent bacterial translocation, the essence of SBP.Written by the clinicians who first recognized, defined, and studied this syndrome and its variants, Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitisdiscusses in-depth the critical role of bacterial translocation in SBP and the many factors that may induce and prevent its occurrence compares the efficacy and adverse effects of antibiotic agents, their routes of administration, dosages, and durations of therapy presents in detail antibiotics and other therapies that prevent SBP examines the prevalence and significance of renal dysfunction in SBP focuses on liver transplantation in managing and preventing SBP and cirrhosis considers why SBP may occur in patients with disorders other than and in the absence of cirrhosis or liver disease assesses studies that compare large volume paracentesis with diuretic therapy, portal decompressive procedures, and peritoneovenous anastomoses and more!Citing more than 1000 references that document clinical trials performed around the world, Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis is an all-inclusive reference ideally suited for internists, hepatologists, gastroenterologists, family practitioners, infectious disease specialists and researchers, and medical students.

Connah, R. (1998). Welcome to the Hotel Architecture. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Departing from conventional genres of architectural writing, Roger Connah presents an original and wry reflection on the fickle but exciting role that language, semantics, and philosophy have played this century in relation to architecture. Welcome to the Hotel Architecture is a five-part’anti-epic’poem on the culture of architecture–its tribes and inventions, the spectacular and vernacular, and the processes through which names and movements are secured, erased, forgotten, and manipulated.Using various styles and poetic approaches mimetic of the restless adventures, swerves, and hijacks of language and philosophy in architecture, Connah takes us on an eccentric hop, skip, and jump along the compound walls of architecture and eventually to the Hotel Architecture itself, where we witness a New Year’s Eve symposium on December 31, 1999, that is truly carnivalesque. As we wander through the foyer to the Digital Lounge, where the DITTO conference is taking place, we hear some guests raising their glasses to Gin and Tectonica, others saying good-bye to the rhetoric of the last century, while others still cling to literary theory and philosophical thinness. Following the midnight hour, the crews finally arrive to clean up the mess left over from the architecture wars of the last century. Welcome to the Hotel Architecture! A project to build, a new accommodation, from degree zero to top speed, an architecture of true’unrest’for the next millennium.Along with Paul Valéry’s Eupalonius, or the Architect, Le Corbusier’s Poem of the Right Angle, and Paul Muldoon’s Shining Brow, this is one of only a handful of long poems devoted to the subject of architecture written in the twentieth century. Certainly, it is one of the most unorthodox treatments of architecture in any genre since Connah’s last tour de force of criticism, Writing Architecture: Fantomas Fragments Fictions, insinuated itself upon the discipline.

Connell, N. D. and R.-A. Ollar (1999). Molecular Mycobacteriology : [techniques and Clinical Applications]. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Connellan, T. K. and R. Zemke (1993). Sustaining Knock Your Socks off Service. New York, AMACOM.

Connelly, T. L. and B. L. Bellows (1982). God and General Longstreet : The Lost Cause and the Southern Mind. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.

Conniff, J. (1994). The Useful Cobbler : Edmund Burke and the Politics of Progress. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Conniff, M. L. (1999). Populism in Latin America. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.

Connolly, J. and A. âO Cathasaigh (1997). The Lost Writings. London, Pluto Press.

Connolly, T. E. (1965). Swinburne’s Theory of Poetry. [Albany], State University of New York Press.

Connon, B. (2000). Beverley Nichols : A Life. Portland, Or, Timber Press, Inc.

Conord, B. W. and J. Conord (1998). Adventure Guide to the Yucatan Including Cancun & Cozumel. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.

Conover, C. T. (1998). The Art of Astute Investing : Building Wealth with No-load Mutual Funds. New York, AMACOM.

Conrad, D. C. and B. E. Frank (1995). Status and Identity in West Africa : Nyamakalaw of Mande. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Conrad, J. Almayer’s Folly. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Amy Foster. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. The Arrow of Gold. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Chance – a Tale of Two Cities. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. The End of the Tether. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Falk. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Lord Jim. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Stripped of his seaman’s license, convinced of his own cowardice, Jim sets out on a tragic and transcendent search for redemption.

Conrad, J. The Mirror of the Sea. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Nostromo : A Tale of the Seaboard. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Notes on Life and Letters. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. The Rescue. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. The Secret Sharer. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Some Reminiscences. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. To-morrow. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. ‘Twixt Land and Sea. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Typhoon: Selections. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Within the Tides. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. Youth. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Conrad, J. and D. C. R. A. Goonetilleke (1999). Heart of Darkness. Peterborough, Ont, Broadview Press.

Edited by a leading figure in’the Conrad controversy’

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). Falk : Amy Foster, To-morrow. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). Heart of Darkness. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). An Outcast of the Islands. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). The Secret Sharer. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). The Shadow Line : A Confession. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1996). Youth and Two Other Stories. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1997). A Personal Record. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1998). Tales of Unrest. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. and V. University of (1998). Typhoon. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conrad, J. L. (1997). The Young Lions : Confederate Cadets at War. Mechanicsburg, Pa, Stackpole Books [NBN].

Focusing on the military school cadets who fought for the Confederacy in the Civil War, this is’the first thorough examination of the interrelationships and common challenges of the South’s major military colleges, giving a detailed history of these Southern institutions. The author discusses the cadets’day-to-day lives as well as the academic and military systems of the schools.’–Jacket.

Conroy, M. S. (1998). Emerging Democracy in Late Imperial Russia : Case Studies on Local Self-government (the Zemstvos), State Duma Elections, the Tsarist Government, and the State Council Before and During World War I. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Conser, W. H. and S. B. Twiss (1992). Experience of the Sacred : Readings in the Phenomenology of Religion. Hanover, N.H., University Press of New England.

Description based on print version record.

Constable, G. (1995). Three Studies in Medieval Religious and Social Thought : The Interpretation of Mary and Martha, the Ideal of the Imitation of Christ, the Orders of Society. Cambridge [England], Cambridge University Press.

This volume concentrates on the changes in religious thought and institutions in the eleventh and twelfth centuries, and includes not only monks and nuns but also less organised types of life such as hermits, recluses, crusaders, and penitents. It is complimentary to Professor Constable’s subsequent book, The Reformation of the Twelfth Century (now also published as a paperback), but is dissimilar to it in examining three themes over a long period, from late Antiquity to the seventeenth century, in order to show how they changed over time.

Constable, H. Diana : Or, The Excellent Conceitful Sonnets of H.C. Augmented with Diuers Quatorzains of Honorable and Lerned Personages. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Constable, N. (1994). Christian Souls and Chinese Spirits : A Hakka Community in Hong Kong. Berkeley, University of Calif. Press.

Consulting, A. L. M., et al. (1996). Doing Business in Russia. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Conte, G. B. (1996). The Hidden Author : An Interpretation of Petronius’s Satyricon. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The Satyricon of Petronius, a comic novel written in the first century A.D., is famous today primarily for its amazing banquet tale,’Trimalchio’s Feast.’But this episode is only one part of the larger picture of life during Nero’s rule presented in the work. In this accessible discussion of Petronius’s masterful use of parody, Gian Biagio Conte offers an interpretation of the Satyricon as a whole. He combines the scholarly precision of close reading with a significant, original theoretical model.At the heart of his interpretation, Conte reveals the technique of the’hidden author’that Petronius employs at the expense of his characters, in particular the teller of the story, Enclopius. By remaining hidden outside the narrative, Petronius invites the reader to smile at the folies de grandeur that occur in a culture of scholars and declaimers. Yet as Conte shows, behind the parody and inexhaustible humor of the Satyricon lies an unexpectedly serious lament. For those familiar with the Satyricon, as well as for new readers, Conte’s book will be a reliable, enjoyable guide to the wonders the Satyricon contains.

Contino, R. M. (1998). Negotiating Business Equipment Leases. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Converse, E. V. (2005). Circling the Earth : United States Plans for a Postwar Overseas Military Base System, 1942-1948. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Convery, F. J. (1995). Applying Environmental Economics in Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Conway, A. and V. Jones (1998). Canadian Companies in Japan : Lessons From Experience. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Conwell, R. H., et al. (1995). Acres of Diamonds. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Conyers, J. L. (1999). Black Lives : Essays in African American Biography. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

The chapters in this text comprise biographical sketches of previously unknown (or lesser known) African-Americans, among them General Daniel Chappie James Jr; William Levi Dawson (composer); Vinnette Carroll (director and playwright); and Elizabeth Ross Haynes (political speaker and activist).

Cook, A. (1993). Canons and Wisdoms. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Cook, C. E. (1998). Lobbying for Higher Education : How Colleges and Universities Influence Federal Policy. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Cook, F. A. and V. University of (1996). The Giant Indians of Tierra Del Fuego. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cook, H. F. (1998). The Protection and Conservation of Water Resources : A British Perspective. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cook, H. F. and T. Williamson (1999). Water Management in the English Landscape : Field, Marsh and Meadow. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Cook, J. H. (1992). Fifty Years on the Old Frontier As Cowboy, Hunter, Guide, Scout, and Ranchman. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cover title: 50 years on the old frontier.

Cook, J. S. (1991). The Elements of Speechwriting and Public Speaking. New York, Macmillan.

Cook, J. W. (1999). Morality and Cultural Differences. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.

The scholars who defend or dispute moral relativism, the idea that a moral principle cannot be applied to people whose culture does not accept it, have concerned themselves with either the philosophical or anthropological aspects of relativism. This study shows that in order to arrive at a definitive appraisal of moral relativism, it is necessary to understand and investigate both its anthropological and philosophical aspects. Carefully examining the arguments for and against moral relativism, Cook exposes not only that anthropologists have failed in their attempt to support relativism with evidence of cultural differences, but that moral absolutists have been equally unsuccessful in their attempts to refute it. He argues that these conflicting positions are both guilty of an artificial and unrealistic view of morality and proposes a more subtle and complex account of morality.

Cook, M. (1998). Personnel Selection : Adding Value Through People. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Rev. ed. of: Personnel selection and productivity. 2nd ed. c1993.

Cook, M. and C. W. Cook (2000). Competitive Intelligence : Create an Intelligent Organization and Compete to Win. London, Kogan Page.

Cook, M. F. and A. American Management (1992). The AMA Handbook for Employee Recruitment and Retention. New York, AMACOM.

Cook, N. D. and W. G. Lovell (1991). Secret Judgments of God : Old World Disease in Colonial Spanish America. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Selected and edited papers from the 46th International Congress of Americanists, held in Amsterdam, Netherlands, in 1988.

Cook, P. R. (1999). Music, Cognition, and Computerized Sound : An Introduction to Psychoacoustics. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

How hearing works and how the brain processes sounds entering the ear to provide the listener with useful information are of great interest to psychologists, cognitive scientists, and musicians. However, while a number of books have concentrated on individual aspects of this field, known as psychoacoustics, there has been no comprehensive introductory coverage of the multiple topics encompassed under the term. Music, Cognition, and Computerized Sound is the first book to provide that coverage, and it does so via a unique and useful approach.The book begins with introductory chapters on the basic physiology and functions of the ear and auditory sections of the brain, then proceeds to discuss numerous topics associated with the study of psychoacoustics, including cognitive psychology and the physics of sound. The book has a particular emphasis on music and computerized sound. An accompanying download includes many sound examples to help explicate the text and is available with the code included in the book at http://mitpress.mit.edu/mccs. The contributing authors include John Chowning, Perry R. Cook, Brent Gillespie, Daniel J. Levitin, Max Mathews, John Pierce, and Roger Shepard.

Cook, R. J. (1994). Human Rights of Women : National and International Perspectives. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Cook, S. (2000). Customer Care : How to Create an Effective Customer Focus. London, Kogan Page.

Cooke, A. Z. (1994). Natural Wonders of Southern California : A Guide to Parks, Preserves & Wild Places. Castine, Me, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Cooke, E. The Sot-weed Factor. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooke, J. (1996). Early Sensory Skills. Bicester, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.

Cooke, J. P. and V. University of (1997). Religion and Chemistry. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooke, M. (1996). Women and the War Story. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In a book that radically and fundamentally revises the way we think about war, Miriam Cooke charts the emerging tradition of women’s contributions to what she calls the’War Story,’a genre formerly reserved for men. Concentrating on the contemporary literature of the Arab world, Cooke looks at how alternatives to the master narrative challenge the authority of experience and the permission to write. She shows how women who write themselves and their experiences into the War Story undo the masculine contract with violence, sexuality, and glory. There is no single War Story, Cooke concludes; the standard narrative—and with it the way we think about and conduct war—can be changed.As the traditional time, space, organization, and representation of war have shifted, so have ways of describing it. As drug wars, civil wars, gang wars, and ideological wars have moved into neighborhoods and homes, the line between combat zones and safe zones has blurred. Cooke shows how women’s stories contest the acceptance of a dyadically structured world and break down the easy oppositions—home vs. front, civilian vs. combatant, war vs. peace, victory vs. defeat—that have framed, and ultimately promoted, war.

Cooke, M. (1998). Britten and the Far East : Asian Influences in the Music of Benjamin Britten. Woodbridge, Suffolk, Boydell & Brewer.

Benjamin Britten’s interest in the musical traditions of the Far East had a far-reaching influence on his compositional style; this book is the first to investigate the highly original cross-culturalsynthesis he was able to achieve through the use of material borrowed from Balinese, Japanese and Indian music. Britten’s visit to Indonesia and Japan in 1955-6 is reconstructed from archival sources,and shown to have had a profound impact on his subsequent work: the techniques of Balinese gamelan music were used in the ballet The Prince of the Pagodas (1957), and then became an essentialfeature of Britten’s compositional style, at their most potent in Death in Venice(1973). The No drama and Gagaku court music of Japan were the inspiration for the trilogy of church parables Britten composed in the 1960s. The precise nature of these influences is discussed; Britten’s sporadic borrowings from Indian music are also fully analysed. There is a survey of critical response to Britten’s cross-cultural experiments.Dr MERVYN COOKElectures in music at the University of Nottingham.

Cookman, L. (1998). Writing a Pantomime : How to Write and Deliver a Successful Traditional Script. [N.p.], How to Books.

Cookson, P. W. and J. Halberstam (1998). A Parent’s Guide to Standardized Tests : A Practical Guide to Your Child’s Success. New York, LearningExpress.

Coombs, N. The Black Experience in America. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooper, A. (1996). Philip Roth and the Jews. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cooper, A. J., et al. (1998). The Voice of Anna Julia Cooper : Including a Voice From the South and Other Important Essays, Papers, and Letters. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Recently Anna Julia Cooper has emerged as the most important classic writer in the tradition of African American feminist thought. Mary Helen Washington described Cooper’s work as’the most precise, forceful, well-argued statement of black feminist thought to come out of the nineteenth century.’This is the first collection of all of Cooper’s major writings, including many never before published. It includes all of the essays from her famous book, A Voice from the South, in addition to many other essays and letters accessible only in archives until now. The organization of this important new collection lends itself to a clearer understanding of the major themes and contributions of Cooper’s thought, her development as a thinker and writer, and the critiques and controversies surrounding her work. Lemert and Bhan introduce Cooper as an activist, settlement founder, school teacher, college president, linguist, and scholar—a life that paralleled the prodigious accomplishments of W.E.B. Du Bois in so many ways.

Cooper, C. L. and I. T. Robertson (1999). International Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 1999. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cooper, F. T. and V. University of (1996). Representative American Story Tellers : Ellen Glasgow. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooper, F. T. and V. University of (1996). Representative English Story Tellers : Joseph Conrad. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooper, G. M. (1995). Oncogenes. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Cooper, J. F. The Last of the Mohicans. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cooper, J. F. The Pathfinder, Or, The Inland Sea. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

This fourth novel in Cooper’s Leatherstocking series recounts Natty Bumppo’s courtship of a young woman against the backdrop of the French and Indian War.

Cooper, J. F. (1999). Tenacious of Their Liberties : The Congregationalists in Colonial Massachusetts. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.

Although the importance of Congregationalism in early Massachusetts has engaged historians’attention for generations, this study is the first to approach the Puritan experience in Congregational church government from the perspective of both the pew and the pulpit. For the past decade, author James F. Cooper, Jr. has immersed himself in local manuscript church records. These previously untapped documents provide a fascinating glimpse of lay-clerical relations in colonial Massachusetts, and reveal that ordinary churchgoers shaped the development of Congregational practices as much as the clerical and elite personages who for so long have populated histories of this period. Cooper’s new findings will both challenge existing models of church hierarchy and offer a new dimension to our understanding of the origins of New England democracy. Refuting the idea of clerical predominance in the governance of colonial Massachusetts churches, Cooper shows that the laity were both informed and empowered to rule with ministers, rather than beneath them. From the outset of the Congregational experiment, ministers articulated–and lay people embraced–principles of limited authority, higher law, and free consent in the conduct of church affairs. These principles were codified early on in the Cambridge Platform, which the laity used as their standard in resisting infringements upon their rights. By neglecting the democratic components of Congregationalism, Cooper argues, scholars have missed the larger political significance of the movement. Congregational thought and practice in fact served as one indigenous seedbed of several concepts that would later flourish during the Revolutionary generation, including the notions that government derives its legitimacy from the voluntary consent of the governed, that governors should be chosen by the governed, that rulers should be accountable to the ruled, and that constitutional checks should limit both the governors and the people. By examining the development of church government through the perspective of lay-clerical interchange, Cooper comes to a fresh understanding of the sometimes noble, sometimes sordid, and sometimes rowdy nature of church politics. His study casts new light upon Anne Hutchinson and the’Antinomian Controversy,’the Cambridge Platform, the Halfway Covenant, the Reforming Synod of 1679, and the long-standing debate over Puritan’declension.’Cooper argues that, in general, church government did not divide Massachusetts culture along lay-clerical lines, but instead served as a powerful component of a popular religion and an ideology whose fundamentals were shared by churchgoers and most ministers throughout much of the colonial era. His is a book that will interest students of American culture, religion, government, and history.

Cooper, J. F., et al. (1990). The Two Admirals : A Tale. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cooper, J. F. and V. University of (1995). The Eclipse. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cooper, P. (1999). Understanding and Supporting Children with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties. London, Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Cooper, R. (1995). When Lean Enterprises Collide : Competing Through Confrontation. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Cooper, R. N. (1994). Environment and Resource Policies for the World Economy. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Cooper, R. S., et al. (1997). Industrial Research and Innovation Indicators : Report of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Workshop held at the National Academy of Sciences, Wash., D.C., Feb. 28, 1997.

Cooper, S. F. Elinor Wyllys : Or, The Young Folk of Longbridge. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cooper, T. (1999). The Last Generation of English Catholic Clergy : Parish Priests in the Diocese of Coventry and Lichfield in the Early Sixteenth Century. Woodbridge, Suffolk, Boydell & Brewer.

A central paradox of the English reformation is that the call to the Catholic priesthood was never more eagerly answered than on the very eve of religious upheaval. In this important new study, basedon the records of the third largest diocese in the country, covering six counties of the midlands and north-west, Dr Cooper traces the careers of the pastoral clergy from their preparatory education,through ordination and job-hunting, to the writing of their wills, often in ripe old age and having served a single parish through the entirety of the main period of reform. In this highly `clericalised’society, in which ten new priests were ordained each year for every arising vacancy, it was those priests without livings who were the main point of contact between the church and its people. This`clerical proletariat’, and, indeed, the majority of parochial incumbents, emerge as conscientious servants of their native communities, distinguishable from their neighbours by virtue of their sacramental function rather than their social backgrounds and general concerns. Throughout, the book argues that the parish clergy, whose services were in greater demand than ever before, were remarkably well integrated into the communities they served and that popular anticlericalism as an explanatory factor of the English reformation is difficult to sustain.Dr TIM COOPER has taught history at theuniversities of Sheffield, Manchester and Hull.

Cooperman, R. (1993). In the Household of Percy Bysshe Shelley : Poems. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Copeland, E. L. (1999). A New Meeting of the Religions : Interreligious Relationships and Theological Questioning. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.

Copeland, F. (1997). Kendall of the Picayune : Being His Adventures in New Orleans, on the Texan Santa Fâe Expedition, in the Mexican War, and in the Colonization of the Texas Frontier. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: 1943.

Copeland, J. H. (2000). Where the Jobs Are : The Hottest Careers for the 21st Century. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.

Includes index.

Copp, D. and P. Canadian Association for Publishing in (1990). Canadian Philosophers : Celebrating Twenty Years of the CJP. Calgary, Alberta, University of Calgary Press.

Copp, D. and J. J. MacIntosh (1985). New Essays in Philosophy of Mind. Guelph, Ont, University of Calgary Press.

Copper, J. F. (2000). Historical Dictionary of Taiwan (Republic of China). Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

Rev. ed. of: Historical dictionary of Taiwan. 1993.

Corbett, J. (1997). Language and Scottish Literature. Edinburgh, Scotland, Edinburgh University Press.

Corbett, J. (1999). Written in the Language of the Scottish Nation : A History of Literary Translation Into Scots. Clevedon, U.K., Multilingual Matters.

Corbett, M. and J. M. Corbett (1999). Politics and Religion in the United States. New York, Routledge.

This text examines the interaction between politics and religion in the United States from the days of the early colonial period through the 1990s. It sets the contemporary discussion of politics and religion in the larger context of the entire scope of US history, and traces significant themes over time showing students how the events of the 1990s have their roots in a long process of development.

Corbridge, J. N. and W. A. Weber (1998). Rocky Mountain Lichen Primer. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Corby, W. and L. F. Kohl (1992). Memoirs of Chaplain Life : Three Years with the Irish Brigade in the Army of the Potomac. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes index.

Corcoran, N. (1999). Poets of Modern Ireland : Text, Context, Intertext. Carbondale, University of Wales.

Cordes, K. A. (1999). America’s National Historic Trails. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cordier, M. H. (1998). Schoolwomen of the Prairies and Plains : Personal Narratives From Iowa, Kansas and Nebraska, 1860s-1920s. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Corduneanu, C. and N. H. Pavel (1994). Optimal Control of Differential Equations : A Festschrift in Honor of Constantin Corduneanu. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Corey, E. and P. L. Gerber (1990). Bachelor Bess : The Homesteading Letters of Elizabeth Corey, 1909-1919. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

In July 1909 twenty-one-year-old Elizabeth Corey left her Iowa farm to stake her claim to a South Dakota homestead. Over the next ten years, as she continued her schoolteaching career and carved out a home for herself in this inhospitable territory, she sent a steady stream of letters to her family back in Iowa. From the edge of modern America, Bess wrote long, gossipy accounts—’our own continuing adventure story,’according to her brother Paul—of frontier life on the high plains west of the Missouri River. Irrepressible, independent-minded, and evidently fearless, the self-styled Bachelor Bess gives us a firsthand, almost daily account of her homesteading adventures. We can all stake a claim in her energetic letters.

Corey, E. J. and X.-m. Cheng (1995). The Logic of Chemical Synthesis. New York, John Wiley.

Corey, E. R. (1997). Technology Fountainheads : The Management Challenge of R&D Consortia. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Corneille, P. and T. Constable Polyeucte. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cornell, A. D. (1999). Money Saving Mortgages : How to Take Years Off a Mortgage and Save Thousands of Pound. [N.p.], How to Books.

Cornell, C. (1996). The Dogon of West Africa. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes the history and customs of the Dogon, who live in Mali and Burkina Faso.

Cornell, C. (1996). The Zulu of Southern Africa. New York, PowerKids Press.

Describes the history and customs of the Zulu people of South Africa.

Corner, J. (1998). Studying Media : Problems of Theory and Method. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Cornford, D. A. (1995). Working People of California. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Corngold, S. and I. Giersing (1991). Borrowed Lives. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cornyetz, N. (1999). Dangerous Women, Deadly Words : Phallic Fantasy and Modernity in Three Japanese Writers. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.

Correia, C. P. (1998). The Ovary of Eve : Egg and Sperm and Preformation. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

The Ovary of Eve is a rich and often hilarious account of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century efforts to understand conception. In these early years of the Scientific Revolution, the most intelligent men and women of the day struggled to come to terms with the origins of new life, and one theory—preformation—sparked an intensely heated debate that continued for over a hundred years. Clara Pinto-Correia traces the history of this much maligned theory through the cultural capitals of Europe.’The most wonderfully eye-opening, or imagination-opening book, as amusing as it is instructive.’—Mary Warnock, London Observer'[A] fascinating and often humorous study of a reproductive theory that flourished from the mid-17th century to the mid-18th century.’—Nina C. Ayoub, Chronicle of Higher Education’More than just a good story, The Ovary of Eve is an object lesson about the history of science: Don’t trust it…. Pinto-Correia says she wants to tell the story of history’s losers. In doing so, she makes defeat sound more appealing than victory.’—Emily Eakin, Nation.’A sparkling history of preformation as it once affected every facet of European culture.’—Robert Taylor, Boston Globe

Corrin, C. (1996). Women in a Violent World : Feminist Analyses and Resistance Across ‘Europe’. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Corrington, R. S. (1992). Nature and Spirit : An Essay in Ecstatic Naturalism. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Spine title: Nature & spirit.

Corrington, R. S. (1994). Ecstatic Naturalism : Signs of the World. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Corrington, R. S. (1997). Nature’s Religion. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Corrothers, J. D. and V. University of (1996). Blind Tom, Singing. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Corrothers, J. D. and V. University of (1996). Paul Laurence Dunbar. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Corrothers, J. D. and V. University of (1997). An Indignation Dinner. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Corrothers, J. D. and V. University of (1997). The Negro Singer. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Corson, D. (1990). Language Policy Across the Curriculum. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Corson, D. (1991). Education for Work : Background to Policy and Curriculum. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Reprint. Originally published: Palmerston North, New Zealand : Dunmore Press, 1988.

Corson, D. (1999). Language Policy in Schools : A Resource for Teachers and Administrators. Mahwah, NJ, Routledge.

Language Policy in Schools provides school administrators and teachers a practical approach for designing a language policy for their school and for dealing with the language issues that confront schools, particularly those operating in settings of linguistic and cultural diversity. It can be used as a text in teacher and administrator preparation programs, graduate programs, and in-service and professional development programs. Special features include: • a clear, jargon-free writing style that invites careful reading; • abundant examples that students of education everywhere can learn from–including samples of school language policies developed for real schools by real teacher-researchers; • questions at the end of each chapter to highlight key points and stimulate informed discussion among pre-service and experienced teachers and administrators; and • an up-to-date international and cross-cultural biography.

Corson, D. R. and C. National Research (1993). Research to Protect, Restore, and Manage the Environment. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book assesses the strengths and weaknesses of current environmental research programs, describes the desirable characteristics of an effective program, and recommends cultural and organizational changes to improve the performance of environmental research. Research areas in need of greater emphasis are identified, and overall directions for environmental research are recommended. The book also comments on the proposal to establish a National Institute for the Environment and on the elevation of the Environmental Protection Agency to cabinet status.

Corson, H. An Introduction to the Study of Robert Browning’s Poetry. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cort, J. (1998). Open Boundaries : Jain Communities and Culture in Indian History. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cortada, J. W. and J. A. Woods (1999). The Knowledge Management Yearbook 1999-2000. Boston, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Includes index.

Cortâes y de Olarte, J. M. and E. A. H. John (1994). Views From the Apache Frontier : Report on the Northern Provinces of New Spain. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Translation of: Memorias sobre las provincias del norte de Nueva Espaäna.

Corti, D. (1997). Successful Grandparenting : How to Manage Family Relationships and Practical Issues. [N.p.], How To Books.

Cortina, J. M. and H. Nouri (2000). Effect Size for ANOVA Designs. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

Corvino, J. (1997). Same Sex : Debating the Ethics, Science, and Culture of Homosexuality. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Corwin, D. G. (1999). The Tween Years : A Parent’s Guide for Surviving Those Terrific, Turbulent, and Trying Times Between Childhood and Adolescence. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Cosmas, G. A. (1998). An Army for Empire : The United States Army in the Spanish-American War. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Originally published: Columbia : University of Missouri Press, 1971.

Coss, P. R. (1996). Knight in Medieval England, 1000-1400. [N.p.], Combined Books.

Costa, R. (2000). Nonassociative Algebra and Its Applications : The Fourth International Conference. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Costa, R. H. (1994). An Appointment with Somerset Maugham : And Other Literary Encounters. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Costa-Pierce, B. A. (1997). From Farmers to Fishers : Developing Reservoir Aquaculture for People Displaced by Dams. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Costello, E. J. (1996). Controlling Conflict : Alternative Dispute Resolution for Business. Chicago, IL, CCH Inc.

Costello, P. J. M. and S. Mitchell (1995). Competing and Consensual Voices : The Theory and Practice of Argument. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Result of an international conference, held at the University of York in March 1993.

Costenbader, C. W. (1997). The Big Book of Preserving the Harvest. Pownal, Vt, Storey Communications.

Costin, C. (1999). The Eating Disorder Sourcebook : A Comprehensive Guide to the Causes, Treatments, and Prevention of Eating Disorders. Los Angeles, Calif, NTC Contemporary.

Cotham, E. T. (1998). Battle on the Bay : The Civil War Struggle for Galveston. Austin, University of Texas Press.

A narrativehistory of the Civil War years in Galveston, Texas.

Cotlar, M. and C. Sadosky (1990). Analysis and Partial Differential Equations : A Collection of Papers Dedicated to Mischa Cotlar. New York, Dekker.

Cotterill, R. S. (1954). The Southern Indians : The Story of the Civilized Tribes Before Removal. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cottingham, J. (1998). Descartes. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Cottington, D., et al. (1997). Architecture and Cubism. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

A fundamental tenet of the historiography of modern architecture holds that cubism forged a vital link between avant-garde practices in early twentieth-century painting and architecture. This collection of essays, commissioned by the Canadian Centre for Architecture, takes a close look at that widely accepted but little scrutinized belief. In the first historically focused examination of the issue, the volume returns to the original site of cubist art in pre-World War I Europe and proceeds to examine the historical, theoretical, and socio-political relationships between avant-garde practices in painting, architecture, and other cultural forms, including poetry, landscape, and the decorative arts. The essays look at works produced in France, Germany, the Netherlands, and Czechoslovakia during the early decades of the twentieth century.Together, the essays show that although there were many points of intersection—historical, metaphorical, theoretical, and ideological—between cubism and architecture, there was no simple, direct link between them. Most often the connections between cubist painting and modern architecture were construed analogically, by reference to shared formal qualities such as fragmentation, spatial ambiguity, transparency, and multiplicity; or to techniques used in other media such as film, poetry, and photomontage. Cubist space itself remained two-dimensional; with the exception of Le Cobusiers work, it was never translated into the three dimensions of architecture. Cubism’s significance for architecture also remained two-dimensional—a method of representing modern spatial experience through the ordering impulses of art.Copublished with the Canadian Centre for Architecture/CentreCanadien d’Architecture

Cottle, T. J. (1977). Private Lives and Public Accounts. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Cotton, R. T. and E. American Council on (1997). Personal Trainer Manual : The Resource for Fitness Professionals. San Diego, Calif, American Council on Exercise.

Cotton, R. T. and R. Andersen (1999). Clinical Exercise Specialist Manual : ACE’s Source for Training Special Populations. San Diego, Calif, American Council on Exercise.

Cotton, W. Everybody’s Guide to Money Matters. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cottrell, R. C. (1997). The Social Gospel of E. Nicholas Comfort : Founder of the Oklahoma School of Religion. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cotts, D. G. (1999). The Facility Management Handbook. New York, AMACOM.

Coulter, J. M. Preliminary Revision of the North American Species of Cactus, Anhalonium, and Lophophora. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Coultrap-McQuin, S. M. (1990). Doing Literary Business : American Women Writers in the Nineteenth Century. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

Coupland, N. and A. R. Thomas (1990). English in Wales : Diversity, Conflict, and Change. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Courlander, H. and O. Sako (1994). The Heart of the Ngoni : Heroes of the African Kingdom of Segu. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Courtine, J.-F. (1993). Of the Sublime : Presence in Question. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Courtney, R. D. (1997). Normandy to the Bulge : An American Infantry GI in Europe During World War II. Carbondale [Ill.], Southern Illinois University Press.

Includes index.

Couser, G. T. (1997). Recovering Bodies : Illness, Disability, and Life Writing. Madison, University of Wisconsin Press.

This is a provocative look at writing by and about people with illness or disability—in particular HIV/AIDS, breast cancer, deafness, and paralysis—who challenge the stigmas attached to their conditions by telling their lives in their own ways and on their own terms. Discussing memoirs, diaries, collaborative narratives, photo documentaries, essays, and other forms of life writing, G. Thomas Couser shows that these books are not primarily records of medical conditions; they are a means for individuals to recover their bodies (or those of loved ones) from marginalization and impersonal medical discourse. Responding to the recent growth of illness and disability narratives in the United States—such works as Juliet Wittman’s Breast Cancer Journal, John Hockenberry’s Moving Violations, Paul Monette’s Borrowed Time: An AIDS Memoir, and Lou Ann Walker’s A Loss for Words: The Story of Deafness in a Family—Couser addresses questions of both poetics and politics. He examines why and under what circumstances individuals choose to write about illness or disability; what role plot plays in such narratives; how and whether closure is achieved; who assumes the prerogative of narration; which conditions are most often represented; and which literary conventions lend themselves to representing particular conditions. By tracing the development of new subgenres of personal narrative in our time, this book explores how explicit consideration of illness and disability has enriched the repertoire of life writing. In addition, Couser’s discussion of medical discourse joins the current debate about whether the biomedical model is entirely conducive to humane care for ill and disabled people. With its sympathetic critique of the testimony of those most affected by these conditions, Recovering Bodies contributes to an understanding of the relations among bodily dysfunction, cultural conventions, and identity in contemporary America.

Couture, B. (1998). Toward a Phenomenological Rhetoric : Writing, Profession, and Altruism. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Couture, J. and K. Nielsen (1996). On the Relevance of Metaethics : New Essays on Metaethics. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Couture, J., et al. (1998). Rethinking Nationalism. Calgary, Alta., Canada, University of Calgary Press.

Covarrubias, A. J. and B. World (1996). Lending for Electric Power in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Covington, J. W. (1993). The Seminoles of Florida. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Covington, S. (2000). Awakening Your Sexuality : A Guide for Recovering Women. Center City, MN, Perseus Books, LLC.

Covino, W. A. (1994). Magic, Rhetoric, and Literacy : An Eccentric History of the Composing Imagination. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Coward, H. G. (1990). Derrida and Indian Philosophy. New York, State University of New York Press.

Coward, H. G. (1995). Population, Consumption, and the Environment : Religious and Secular Responses. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Coward, H. G. (1998). Traditional and Modern Approaches to the Environment on the Pacific Rim : Tensions and Values. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Coward, H. G., et al. (2000). The South Asian Religious Diaspora in Britain, Canada, and the United States. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Explores religious experience in the South Asian immigrant communities of Britain, Canada, and the United States.

Coward, H. G. and D. C. Maguire (1999). Visions of a New Earth : Religious Perspectives on Population, Consumption, and Ecology. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Cowdrey, M. L. and M. Drew (1995). Basic Law for the Allied Health Professions. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Cowie, F. (1999). What’s Within? : Nativism Reconsidered. New York, Oxford University Press.

This powerfully iconoclastic book reconsiders the influential nativist position toward the mind. Nativists assert that some concepts, beliefs, or capacities are innate or inborn:’native’to the mind rather than acquired. Fiona Cowie argues that this view is mistaken, demonstrating that nativism is an unstable amalgam of two quite different–and probably inconsistent–theses about the mind. Unlike empiricists, who postulate domain-neutral learning strategies, nativists insist that some learning tasks require special kinds of skills, and that these skills are hard-wired into our brains at birth. This’faculties hypothesis’finds its modern expression in the views of Noam Chomsky. Cowie, marshaling recent empirical evidence from developmental psychology, psycholinguistics, computer science, and linguistics, provides a crisp and timely critique of Chomsky’s nativism and defends in its place a moderately nativist approach to language acquisition. Also in contrast to empiricists, who view the mind as simply another natural phenomenon susceptible of scientific explanation, nativists suspect that the mental is inelectably mysterious. Cowie addresses this second strand in nativist thought, taking on the view articulated by Jerry Fodor and other nativists that learning, particularly concept acquisition, is a fundamentally inexplicable process. Cowie challenges this explanatory pessimism, and argues convincingly that concept acquisition is psychologically explicable. What’s Within? is a clear and provocative achievement in the study of the human mind.

Cowley, A. (Of) Agriculture. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cowley, A. Poems of Abraham Cowley. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cowley, M. and E. Domb (1997). Beyond Strategic Vision : Effective Corporate Action with Hoshin Planning. Boston, Mass, Routledge.

Hoshin is a system which was developed in Japan in the 1960’s, and is a derivative of Management By Objectives (MBO). It is a Management System for determining the appropriate course of action for an organization, and effectively accomplishing the relevant actions and results. Having recognized the power of this system, Beyond Strategic Vision tailors the Hoshin system to fit the culture of North American and European organizations. It is a’how-to’guide to the Hoshin method for executives, managers, and any other professionals who must plan as part of their normal job. The management of an organization, whether it be large or small, has as one of its principal responsibilities setting the direction of the organization for the future. The most effective way to set the future direction is to develop a shared vision of what the organization will be in the future, contrast it to the way the organization is now, and then to create a plan for bridging the gap: the Strategic Plan. Beyond Strategic Vision shows you how to do this effectively and efficiently.Michael Cowley has been a teacher and practitioner of management and strategic planning methodologies since 1972. He is a certified instructor for GOAL/QPC and has worked with a wide variety of clients in the automotive, manufacturing, financial, military, healthcare, and educational fields. Dr. Cowley is President of Cowley & Associates, management consultants in Carnelian Bay, California.Ellen Domb is President of the PQR Group, a consulting firm specializing in the application of TQM in Upland, California. She has a successful history of teaching and consulting for planning, management, manufacturing, product development, and business systems. Dr. Domb is the author of numerous articles and books on quality management practices.

Cowley, R., et al. (1996). The Reader’s Companion to Military History. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

‘Sponsored by the Society for Military History.’

Cowper, W. The Olney Hymns. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cowper, W. The Task. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cowper, W. Translations From the French of Madame De La Mothe Guion. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cox, D. A. and U. Air (2006). Airpower Leadership on the Front Line : Lt Gen George H. Brett and Combat Command. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Cox, G. W. and M. D. McCubbins (1993). Legislative Leviathan : Party Government in the House. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This book provides an incisive new look at the inner workings of the House of Representatives in the post-World War II era. Reevaluating the role of parties and committees, Gary Cox and Mathew McCubbins view parties in the House—especially majority parties—as a species of’legislative cartel.’These cartels usurp the power, theoretically resident in the House, to make rules governing the structure and process of legislation. Possession of this rule-making power leads to two main consequences. First, the legislative process in general, and the committee system in particular, is stacked in favor of majority party interests. Second, because the majority party has all the structural advantages, the key players in most legislative deals are members of that party and the majority party’s central agreements are facilitated by cartel rules and policed by the cartel’s leadership.Debunking prevailing arguments about the weakening of congressional parties, Cox and McCubbins powerfully illuminate the ways in which parties exercise considerable discretion in organizing the House to carry out its work.This work will have an important impact on the study of American politics, and will greatly interest students of Congress, the presidency, and the political party system.

Cox, K. and H. W. Morgan (1986). An American Art Student in Paris : The Letters of Kenyon Cox, 1877-1882. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Cox, K. and H. W. Morgan (1995). An Artist of the American Renaissance : The Letters of Kenyon Cox, 1883-1919. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.

Cox, K. M. and A. E. Karn (2000). Vastu Living : Creating a Home for the Soul. [N.p.], Marlowe & Company.

Cox, M. (1999). Remorse and Reparation. London, Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Cox, M. (1999). Texas Ranger Tales II. Plano, Republic of Texas Press.

Cox, M. J., et al. (1999). Conflict and Cohesion in Families : Causes and Consequences. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Based on a summer institute of the Family Research Consortium, this book presents theory and research from leading scholars working on issues of risk and resilience in families. Focusing on the splits and bonds that shape children’s development, this volume’s primary goal is to stimulate theoretical and empirical advances in research on family processes. It will be valuable to developmental, social, and clinical psychologists, sociologists, and family studies specialists.

Cox, S. and J. Keady (1999). Younger People with Dementia : Planning, Practice, and Development. London, Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

This book is not one to be just read. Because of its academic nature it is to be studied, discussed with colleagues and used as a reference tool. It embraces medical, sociological and psychological approaches in addressing and understanding the particular needs of persons with younger onset dementia.’Younger’is defined as being anyone under the age of 65, and particularly those in their third, fourth, fifth and sixth decade. In addition to scholarly essays, there are also many accounts from people with dementia as well as their caregiver… What we especially like about this book is the collaborative effort of various disciplines from several countries. As it is not limited to national boundaries, it gives a window into writings and practices from around the world… The result is an impressive and informative book from which all of us working in the Alzeimer’s community can benefit. Sylvia Cox and John Keady are to be commended for taking on the task of editing this excellent book – This is a timely book that argues that’information from the wide range of existing practice and clinical knowledge can be shared and built upon; the contributers call for a callaborative, interprofessional and multidisciplinary approach to all stages of the provision of services.’This they have accomplished with their contributions to this book.’- Early Alzheimer’s Despite the growth of interest in dementia and dementia care over the past two decades, services and interventions for younger people with dementia and their carers remain, on the whole, fragmented and poorly developed. The focus of social, psychological and biomedical research has been almost exclusively on older people and their carers. The first book to address the subject in its own right, Younger People with Dementia addresses good practice and stimulates an agenda for change. The contributors explore the implications for younger people with dementia and their families at personal, planning and service-development levels. Arguing that information from the wide range of existing practice and clinical knowledge can be shared and built upon, the contributors call for a collaborative, interprofessional and multi-disciplinary approach to all stages of the provision of services.

Coxon, A. P. M. (1999). Sorting Data : Collection and Analysis. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

If you need hints on how to collect, describe, compare and analyze data, you will find them in this handy guide. The author addresses specification elaboration, and sampling of the’domain’or what is to be sorted. There is also help on setting the criterion, the pre-test, administration, and recording of results. The author gives special consideration to problems of categorization illustrated with a real research example.

Coyle, D. (1998). The Weightless World : Strategies for Managing the Digital Economy. Cambridge, Mass, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Coyle, D. (1998). The Weightless World : Strategies for Managing the Digital Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Coyle, D. J. (1993). Property Rights and the Constitution : Shaping Society Through Land Use Regulation. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Coyne, R. (1995). Designing Information Technology in the Postmodern Age : From Method to Metaphor. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Coyne examines the entire range of contemporary philosophical thinking—including logical positivism, analytic philosophy, pragmatism, phenomenology, critical theory, hermeneutics, and deconstruction—comparing them and showing how they differ in their consequences for design and development issues in electronic communications, computer representation, virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and multimedia.

Coyne, R. (1999). Technoromanticism : Digital Narrative, Holism, and the Romance of the Real. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Coyner, D. H. and D. J. Weber (1995). The Lost Trappers. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: 1847.

Craft, R. (1994). Stravinsky : Chronicle of a Friendship. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Includes indexes.

Craft, W. and V. University of (1999). Running a Thousand Miles for Freedom. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cragg, D. (1997). Guide to Military Installations. Mechanicsburg, Pa, Stackpole Books [NBN].

Craig, B. H. and D. M. O’Brien (1993). Abortion and American Politics. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House.

Chronicles the abortion issue from the Supreme Court’s 1973 ruling to the present day as it has become a national debate.

Craig, C. (1998). The Modern Scottish Novel : Narrative and the National Imagination. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Craig, G. A. (1995). The Politics of the Unpolitical : German Writers and the Problem of Power, 1770-1871. New York, Oxford University Press.

In a book written during the First World War, Thomas Mann wrote that political activity was alien to the German spirit and that’in fact the political element was absent from the German concept of education.’The Politics of the Unpolitical demonstrates the essential unreliability of this generalization by focusing on the political activity of ten of Germany’s most widely respected writers in the period from the French Revolution to the founding of the Bismarck Reich in 1871. Gordon A. Craig’s book shows how Goethe, Schiller, Heinrich von Kleist, Wilhelm von Humboldt, Holderlin, and Heine were fascinated by the political issues of their day and reacted either by entering public service or threw themselves into efforts to change society for the better. In his study of ten of Germany’s most important intellectuals Craig, focuses on their political views and activities and argues that they were not, in fact, representatives of the genre of the’unpolitical German.’

Craig, P. P. and G. De Bâurca (1999). The Evolution of EU Law. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Craighead, W. E. and C. B. Nemeroff (2001). The Corsini Encyclopedia of Psychology and Behavioral Science. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Craik, D. M. M. The Little Lame Prince and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

A young crippled prince must reclaim his kingdom from his evil uncle, with the help of a magic cape from his godmother.

Craik, F. I. M. and T. A. Salthouse (2000). The Handbook of Aging and Cognition. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

Crain, E. E. (1994). Historic Architecture in the Caribbean Islands. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Crainer, S. (1997). The Ultimate Book of Business Quotations. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crainer, S. (1998). The Ultimate Business Guru Book : 50 Thinkers Who Made Management. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crainer, S. (1999). The 75 Greatest Management Decisions Ever Made. New York, AMACOM.

Crainer, S. (1999). Business the Jack Welch Way : Ten Secrets of the World’s Greatest Turnaround King. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crainer, S. (1999). Business the Rupert Murdoch Way : 10 Secrets of the World’s Greatest Deal-maker. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crainer, S. (1999). The Ultimate Business Library : 75 Books That Made Management. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Previous ed.: 1997.

Crainer, S., et al. (1999). A Freethinker’s A-Z of the New World of Business. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crandall, B. C. (1996). Nanotechnology : Molecular Speculations on Global Abundance. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Nanotechnology, otherwise known as molecular engineering, will soon create effective machines as small as DNA. This capacity to manipulate matter – to program matter – with atomic precision will utterly change the economic, ecological, and cultural fabric of our lives

Crandall, N. F. and M. J. Wallace (1998). Work & Rewards in the Virtual Workplace : A ‘new Deal’ for Organizations & Employees. New York, AMACOM.

Crandon-Malamud, L. (1993). From the Fat of Our Souls : Social Change, Political Process, and Medical Pluralism in Bolivia. Berkeley, University of California Press.

From the Fat of Our Souls offers a revealing new perspective on medicine, and the reasons for choosing or combining indigenous and cosmopolitan medical systems, in the Andean highlands. Closely observing the dialogue that surrounds medicine and medical care among Indians and Mestizos, Catholics and Protestants, peasants and professionals in the rural town of Kachitu, Libbet Crandon-Malamud finds that medical choice is based not on medical efficacy but on political concerns. Through the primary resource of medicine, people have access to secondary resources, the principal one being social mobility. This investigation of medical pluralism is also a history of class formation and the fluidity of both medical theory and social identity in highland Bolivia, and it is told through the often heartrending, often hilarious stories of the people who live there.

Crane, D. P. and W. A. Jones (1991). The Public Manager : Contemporary Challenges and Responsibilities. Atlanta, Ga, Michigan State University Press.

‘First edition published in 1982. Published as the Public manager’s guide’– T.p. verso.

Crane, G. (1998). Thucydides and the Ancient Simplicity : The Limits of Political Realism. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Thucydides’History of the Peloponnesian War is the earliest surviving realist text in the European tradition. As an account of the Peloponnesian War, it is famous both as an analysis of power politics and as a classic of political realism. From the opening speeches, Thucydides’Athenians emerge as a new and frightening source of power, motivated by self-interest and oblivious to the rules and shared values under which the Greeks had operated for centuries. Gregory Crane demonstrates how Thucydides’history brilliantly analyzes both the power and the dramatic weaknesses of realist thought. The tragedy of Thucydides’history emerges from the ultimate failure of the Athenian project. The new morality of the imperialists proved as conflicted as the old; history shows that their values were unstable and self-destructive. Thucydides’history ends with the recounting of an intellectual stalemate that, a century later, motivated Plato’s greatest work. Thucydides and the Ancient Simplicity includes a thought-provoking discussion questioning currently held ideas of political realism and its limits. Crane’s sophisticated claim for the continuing usefulness of the political examples of the classical past will appeal to anyone interested in the conflict between the exercise of political power and the preservation of human freedom and dignity.

Crane, H., et al. (1997). O My Land, My Friends : The Selected Letters of Hart Crane. [N.p.], Four Walls Eight Windows.

Crane, S. Black Riders and Other Lines. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. Maggie : A Girl of the Streets. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1995). Flanagan and His Short Filibustering Adventure. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1995). A Man and Some Others. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1995). The Open Boat. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1995). The Veteran. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Blue Hotel. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Bride Comes to Yellow Sky. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Carriage-lamps. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The City Urchin and the Chaste Villagers. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). A Dark-brown Dog. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Desertion. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Fight. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). God Rest Ye Merry Gentlemen. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Great Boer Trek. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). His New Mittens. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Judgement of the Sage. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Kicking Twelfth. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Knife. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). A Little Pilgrim. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Little Regiment. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Lone Charge of William B. Perkins. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Lover and the Telltale. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Lynx-hunting. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Making an Orator. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Marines Signaling Under Fire at Guantanamo. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Men in the Storm. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Monster. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). An Ominous Baby. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Red Badge of Courage. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Revenge of the Adolphus. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Scotch Express. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Second Generation. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). A Self-made Man. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Sergeant’s Private Madhouse. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Shame. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Showin’ off. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Shrapnel of Their Friends. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Stove. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). A Tent in Agony. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Trial, Execution, and Burial of Homer Phelps. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). Twelve O’clock. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Upturned Face. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). War Is Kind. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1996). The Woof of Thin Red Threads. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1997). The Angel Child. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crane, S. and V. University of (1997). Manacled. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cranmer, D. C. and D. W. Richerson (1998). Mechanical Testing Methodology for Ceramic Design and Reliability. New York, N.Y., CRC Press.

Describing the theoretical aspects of chemistry and microstructure that affect mechanical properties, this work offers coverage of ceramic mechanical property measurement techniques for use in component design as well as lifetime and reliability predictions. It presents procedures from both room- and elevated-temperature applications.

Cranmer-Byng, L. A Lute of Jade : Being Selections From the Classical Poets of China. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cranor, C. F. (1993). Regulating Toxic Substances : A Philosophy of Science and the Law. New York, Oxford University Press.

Crary, J. (1999). Suspensions of Perception : Attention, Spectacle, and Modern Culture. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Suspensions of Perception is a major historical study of human attention and its volatile role in modern Western culture. It argues that the ways in which we intently look at or listen to anything result from crucial changes in the nature of perception that can be traced back to the second half of the nineteenth century.Focusing on the period from about 1880 to 1905, Jonathan Crary examines the connections between the modernization of subjectivity and the dramatic expansion and industrialization of visual/auditory culture. At the core of his project is the paradoxical nature of modern attention, which was both a fundamental condition of individual freedom, creativity, and experience and a central element in the efficient functioning of economic and disciplinary institutions as well as the emerging spaces of mass consumption and spectacle.Crary approaches these issues through multiple analyses of single works by three key modernist painters — Manet, Seurat, and Cezanne — who each engaged in a singular confrontation with the disruptions, vacancies, and rifts within a perceptual field. Each in his own way discovered that sustained attentiveness, rather than fixing or securing the world, led to perceptual disintegration and loss of presence, and each used this discovery as the basis for a reinvention of representational practices.Suspensions of Perception decisively relocates the problem of aesthetic contemplation within a broader collective encounter with the unstable nature of perception — in psychology, philosophy, neurology, early cinema, and photography. In doing so, it provides a historical framework for understanding the current social crisis of attention amid the accelerating metamorphoses of our contemporary technological culture.

Craven, J. (1996). Tickling Catfish : A Texan Looks at Culture From Amarillo to Borneo. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Cravens, H. (1993). Before Head Start : The Iowa Station & America’s Children. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Between the 1920s and the 1950s, the child welfare movement that had originated as a moral reform effort in the Progressive era evolved into the science of child development. In Before Head Start, Hamilton Cravens chronicles this transformation, both on the national level and from the perspective of the field’s best-known research center, the University of Iowa’s Child Welfare Research Station. Addressing the changing role played by women and the importance of Rockefeller philanthropy, he shows how a women’s reform movement became a male-dominated, conservative profession and demonstrates how lay pressure groups can influence the structures and processes of science. Animated by the reformist goals of the child welfare movement, scientists at the Iowa Station challenged the pervasive idea that an individual’s development was determined by such group traits as race, class, and gender. Instead, their research suggested that early social intervention could rescue a child from a grim future. Cravens argues that this individualistic perspective, rejected in the 1940s by a scientific community that mirrored society’s deterministic notions, anticipated the national social reforms of the post-1950s era, including Head Start.

Crawford, C. (1995). To Nietzsche : Dionysus, I Love You! Ariadne. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Crawford, M. (1997). Lords of the Plain : A Novel. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Crawford, R. (1993). The American Musical Landscape : The Business of Musicianship From Billings to Gershwin, Updated With a New Preface. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this refreshingly direct and engaging historical treatment of American music and musicology, Richard Crawford argues for the recognition of the distinct and vital character of American music. What is that character? How has musical life been supported in the United States and how have Americans understood their music? Exploring the conditions within which music has been made since the time of the American Revolution, Crawford suggests some answers to these questions.Surveying the history of several musical professions in the United States—composing, performing, teaching, and distributing music—Crawford highlights the importance of where the money for music comes from and where it goes. This economic context is one of his book’s key features and gives a real-life view that is both fascinating and provocative. Crawford discusses interconnections between classical and popular music, using New England psalmody, nineteenth-century songs, Duke Ellington, and George Gershwin to illustrate his points.Because broad cultural forces are included in this unique study, anyone interested in American history and American Studies will find it as appealing as will students and scholars of American music.

Crawford, R. (1997). Robert Burns and Cultural Authority. Iowa City, Iowa, Edinburgh University Press.

Crawford, S. C. (1995). Dilemmas of Life and Death : Hindu Ethics in North American Context. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Crawford, T. H. (1993). Modernism, Medicine & William Carlos Williams. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Crease, R. P. (1993). The Play of Nature : Experimentation As Performance. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Creemers, B. P. M. and L. n. Kyriakidēs (2008). The Dynamics of Educational Effectiveness : A Contribution to Policy, Practice and Theory in Contemporary Schools. London, Routledge.

This book brings together the current thinking and research of two major investigators in the field of educational effectiveness. After defining educational effectiveness, the authors analyse the various theories and strands of research within educational effectiveness, especially with respect to the comprehensive model developed by Creemers. Written by one of the worlds leading experts in the field, this book will both elucidate our current understanding of educational effectiveness and carry the discipline forward by proposing profound changes to accepted views.

Creese, R. C. (1999). Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and Materials. New York, CRC Press.

Crehan, K. A. F. (1997). The Fractured Community : Landscapes of Power and Gender in Rural Zambia. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Creighton, J. L. and J. W. R. Adams (1998). CyberMeeting : How to Link People and Technology in Your Organization. New York, AMACOM.

Creighton, L. and J. T. Covert (1994). Memoir of a Victorian Woman : Reflections of Louise Creighton, 1850-1936. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Creighton, S. H. (1998). Greening the Ivory Tower : Improving the Environmental Track Record of Universities, Colleges, and Other Institutions. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Universities can teach and demonstrate environmental principles and stewardship by taking action to understand and reduce the environmental impacts of their own activities. Greening the Ivory Tower, a motivational and how-to guide for staff, faculty, and students, offers detailed’greening’strategies for those who may have little experience with institutional change or with the latest environmentally friendly technologies.The author was project manager of Tufts CLEAN!, a program whose mission was to reduce Tufts University’s environmental impact. After analyzing the campus’s overall environmental impact (each year the main campus serves 5 million meals; makes 14 million photocopies; uses 65 tons of paper towels, 110 million gallons of water, and 23 million kWh of electricity; and generates over 2,000 tons of solid waste), the team decided to focus on food waste, transportation, energy efficiency, and procurement practices. An essential discovery was that to change practices requires the personal commitment and direct involvement of those who have the responsibility for operating the institution on a daily basis. Although the Tufts experience forms the basis for many of the proposals in the book, the story goes well beyond Tufts; the author includes examples of successful practices from many other institutions.

Cremlyn, R. J. W. (1996). An Introduction to Organosulfur Chemistry. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cresswell, S. E. (1995). Multiparty Politics in Mississippi, 1877-1902. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Cressy, D. (1999). Birth, Marriage, and Death : Ritual, Religion, and the Life-cycle in Tudor and Stuart England. Oxford, OUP Premium.

Description based on print version record.

Crewe, J. V. (1990). Trials of Authorship : Anterior Forms and Poetic Reconstruction From Wyatt to Shakespeare. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Crickhowell, N. (1997). Opera House Lottery : Zaha Hadid and the Cardiff Bay Project. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Includes index.

Crile, G. W., et al. (1998). The Origin and Nature of the Emotions : Miscellaneous Papers. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Crim, M. (1996). Second Thoughts : One Hundred Upbeat Messages for Beat-up Americans. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Crimmins, M. (1992). Talk About Beliefs. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Crisfield, D. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Soccer. New York, Alpha Books.

Crisfield, M. A. (2000). Non-linear Finite Element Analysis of Solids and Structures. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

‘Reprinted with corrections December 1988, April 2000.’– T.p. verso.

Crisfield, M. A. (2000). Non-linear Finite Element Analysis of Solids and Structures. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crissey, F. Tattlings of a Retired Politician. [S.l.], Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cristescu, N. and U. Hunsche (1998). Time Effects in Rock Mechanics. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cristol, G. (1998). A Light in the Prairie : Temple Emanu-El of Dallas, 1872-1997. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.

Critchley, S. (1999). The Ethics of Deconstruction : Derrida and Levinas. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Crocker, D. A. and T. Linden (1998). Ethics of Consumption : The Good Life, Justice, and Global Stewardship. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Scholars in diverse fields now agree on the importance of investigating the impact of consumption practices on the global environment, quality of life, and international justice. In this comprehensive collection of essays, most of which appear for the first time, eminent scholars from many disciplines—philosophy, economics, sociology, political science, demography, theology, history, and social psychology—examine the causes, nature, and consequences of present-day consumption patterns in the United States and throughout the world. Specifically, the essays evaluate the impact of consumption practices on our own lives, our institutions, other people, and the environment. The contributors give explicit attention to the principles relevant for a consumption ethic, as well as to the policies and practices that such an ethic permits or requires. These engaging, jargon-free essays frame the problem of consumption in a variety of ways, challenging readers to see the issue from new perspectives. For scholars and students from across the disciplines, as well as for environmental and consumer activists, this volume will serve as the touchstone for discussions of consumption and global stewardship.

Crockett, B. (1995). The Play of Paradox : Stage and Sermon in Renaissance England. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

The Play of Paradox: Stage and Sermon in Renaissance England is a wide-ranging investigation of Tudor/Stuart drama, Reformation preaching, and the relations between the two. The cross-fertilization between the two kinds of performance engendered among audiences a ready receptivity to the rhetorical use of paradox. The two modes similarly capitalized on characteristic Renaissance syntheses of magic, drama, and religion to develop strategies for negotiating state control. In chapters that set comedies and tragedies by Shakespeare, Jonson, Webster, and others side by side with sermons by Hooker, Andrewes, Donne, and popular preachers whose works have not been reprinted since the early seventeenth century, Bryan Crockett argues that stage and pulpit performances elicited similar responses to the political and theological divisions marked by the incessant polemics of the age.

Crockett, J. B. and J. M. Kauffman (1999). The Least Restrictive Environment : Its Origins and Interpretations in Special Education. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

The Least Restrictive Environment: Its Origins and Interpretations in Special Education examines issues of ethical leadership and clarifies instructional placement decisions that provide a full educational opportunity for students with disabilities.

Crockett, L. (1994). The Turing Test and the Frame Problem : AI’s Mistaken Understanding of Intelligence. Norwood, N.J., Intellect Books.

Crockett, T. (1998). The Portfolio Journey : A Creative Guide to Keeping Student-managed Portfolios in the Classroom. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Croes, D. R. (1995). The Hoko River Archaeological Site Complex : The Wet/dry Site (45CA213), 3,000-1,700 B.P. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Three thousand years ago, Native Americans on Washington’s Olympic Peninsula occupied a key seasonal fishing camp on a bar of the Hoko River, close to the south shore of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Over the centuries, these ocean-oriented peoples discarded cordage, basketry, bent-wood fishhooks, woodworking tools, faunal and floral remains, and other cultural materials at a bend in the Hoko River. The perishable items were remarkably preserved in wet, low-oxygen deposits. From 1977 to 1989, archaeologists under the direction of Dr. Dale R. Croes excavated these deposits, as well as nearby habitation sites, recovering nearly 5,000 artifacts. Today this project is recognized as one of the most important’wet’archaeological sites in the Pacific Northwest, where hydraulic excavation techniques were developed and utilized. Croes’s analysis of the site is a valuable contribution to the archaeological and anthropological literature of the Olympic Peninsula and the Northwest Coast cultural areas. The study includes comparisons with other Northwest wet sites, particularly the mud-slide buried Ozette longhouses on the outer Olympic Peninsula.

Croft, J. (1995). Exploring Careers in Midwifery. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

An overview of the history of midwifery, the categories of certification and training, birth settings, career planning, and midwives and the health care debate.

Croft, J. (1998). PCP : High Risk on the Streets. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Examines the harmful effects of PCP abuse and addiction and explains the dangers of teenage drug use in general.

Croft, J. (1999). Everything You Need to Know About Staying Safe in Cyberspace. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Examines some of the dangers that might be encountered while using the internet, and gives advice about how to avoid them.

Croft, P. (1996). Dealing with Jealousy. New York, PowerKids Press.

Discusses the emotion jealousy and suggests ways of handling this difficult feeling.

Crofts, F. W. The Pit Prop Syndicate. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Crombie, S. (1997). Physiotherapy Home Programmes for Children with Motor Delay. Bicester, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.

Crompton, T. R. (1997). Toxicants in the Aqueous Ecosystem. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Crompton, T. R. (1998). Occurrence and Analysis of Organometallic Compounds in the Environment. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cronenberg, A. (1995). Forth to the Mighty Conflict : Alabama and World War II. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Cronin, M. J. (1996). The Internet Strategy Handbook : Lessons From the New Frontier of Business. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Crook, E. J. (1981). Fearful Symmetry : Doubles and Doubling in Literature and Film: Papers From the Fifth Annual Florida State University Conference on Literature and Film. Tallahassee, University Press of Florida.

‘A Florida State University book.’

Crook, G. and M. F. Schmitt (1986). General George Crook : His Autobiography. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Crook, M. (1996). Elections in the French Revolution : An Apprenticeship in Democracy, 1789–1799. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

This book explores the vital but neglected issue of elections in the French Revolution. Based on extensive research in different regions of France, it is the only general survey to examine the full range of local and national contests, from the Estates General to the advent of Napoleon. Focusing on electoral behaviour, it reveals a fascinating experiment with a quasi-universal suffrage, which established enduring features of French elections. The retention of the traditional practice of voting in assemblies, and a refusal to acknowledge candidates, canvassing and competing political parties, inhibited the emergence of a pluralistic electoral culture. Nonetheless, frequent polling offered unprecedented political opportunities to millions. This revolutionary apprenticeship in democracy left a lasting imprint on the development of modern French citizenship.

Crook, M. (1998). Napoleon Comes to Power : Democracy and Dictatorship in Revolutionary France, 1795-1804. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Crookes, G. and S. M. Gass (1993). Tasks in a Pedagogical Context : Integrating Theory and Practice. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Cross, A. G. (1997). ‘By the Banks of the Neva’ : Chapters From the Lives and Careers of the British in Eighteenth-Century Russia. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

This 1996 book offers a fascinating investigation into the lives and careers of the British in eighteenth-century Russia and, more specifically, into the development of a vibrant British community in St Petersburg during the city’s first century of existence as the new capital of an ever-expanding Russian empire. Based on an extremely wide range of primary sources from Britain and Russia, the book concentrates on the activities of the British within various fields such as commerce, the navy, the medical profession, science and technology, and the arts and ends with a broad survey of travellers and of travel literature, much of which is nowadays completely unknown. Also included are many attractive and unusual illustrations which help to demonstrate the variety and character of Russia’s British community.

Cross, C. F. (1995). Go West, Young Man! : Horace Greeley’s Vision for America. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Cross, C. F. (1999). Justin Smith Morrill : Father of the Land-Grant Colleges. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

Smith Morrill: Almost every land-grant college or university in the United States has a building named for him; but are his contributions truly recognized and understood? Here is the first biography on this renowned statesman in six decades. Representative and then senator from Vermont, Morrill began his tenure in Congress in 1855 and served continuously for forty-three years. His thirty- one years in the upper chamber alone earned him the title’Father of the Senate.’Coy F. Cross reveals a complex and influential political figure who, as chair of the House Ways and Means Committee, and then the Senate Finance Committee, influenced American economic policy for nearly fifty years. Morrill’s most-recognized achievements are the pieces of legislation that bear his name: the Morrill land-grant college acts of 1862 and 1890. His legacy, inspired by the Jeffersonian ideal of an educated electorate, revolutionized American higher education. Prior to this legislation, colleges and universities were open primarily to affluent white men and studies were limited largely to medicine, theology, and philosophy. Morrill’s land-grant acts eventually opened American higher education to the working class, women, minorities, and immigrants. Since 1862, more than 20 million people have graduated from the 104 land-grant colleges and universities spawned by his grand vision. In this long-overdue study, Cross shows the’Father of Land-Grant Colleges’to be one of America’s formative nineteenth- century political figures.

Cross, R. and J. Smith (1995). Customer Bonding : Pathway to Lasting Customer Loyalty. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Crossley, P. K. (1999). A Translucent Mirror : History and Identity in Qing Imperial Ideology. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this landmark exploration of the origins of nationalism and cultural identity in China, Pamela Kyle Crossley traces the ways in which a large, early modern empire of Eurasia, the Qing (1636-1912), incorporated neighboring, but disparate, political traditions into a new style of emperorship. Drawing on a wide variety of primary sources, including Manchu, Korean, and Chinese archival materials, Crossley argues that distortions introduced in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century historical records have blinded scholars to the actual course of events in the early years of the dynasty. This groundbreaking study examines the relationship between the increasingly abstract ideology of the centralizing emperorship of the Qing and the establishment of concepts of identity in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, before the advent of nationalism in China.Concluding with a broad-ranging postscript on the implications of her research for studies of nationalism and nation-building throughout modern Chinese history, A Translucent Mirror combines a readable narrative with a sophisticated, revisionary look at China’s history. Crossley’s book will alter current understandings of the Qing emperorship, the evolution of concepts of ethnicity, and the legacy of Qing rule for modern Chinese nationalism.

Crouch, G. (1999). Route Finding : Navigating with Map and Compass. Helena, Mont, Falcon.

Crouchet, J. (1997). Vietnam Stories : A Judge’s Memoir. Niwot, University Press of Colorado.

Crow, M. (1998). Camping Colorado. Helena, Mont, Falcon Pub.

Crow, M. M. and B. Bozeman (1998). Limited by Design : R&D Laboratories in the U.S. National Innovation System. New York, N.Y., Perseus Books, LLC.

Crowe, E. P. (2000). Genealogy Online. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Crowell, N. A., et al. (1996). Understanding Violence Against Women. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Violence against women is one factor in the growing wave of alarm about violence in American society. High-profile cases such as the O.J. Simpson trial call attention to the thousands of lesser-known but no less tragic situations in which women’s lives are shattered by beatings or sexual assault. The search for solutions has highlighted not only what we know about violence against women but also what we do not know. How can we achieve the best understanding of this problem and its complex ramifications? What research efforts will yield the greatest benefit? What are the questions that must be answered? Understanding Violence Against Women presents a comprehensive overview of current knowledge and identifies four areas with the greatest potential return from a research investment by increasing the understanding of and responding to domestic violence and rape: What interventions are designed to do, whom they are reaching, and how to reach the many victims who do not seek help. Factors that put people at risk of violence and that precipitate violence, including characteristics of offenders. The scope of domestic violence and sexual assault in America and its conequences to individuals, families, and society, including costs. How to structure the study of violence against women to yield more useful knowledge. Despite the news coverage and talk shows, the real fundamental nature of violence against women remains unexplored and often misunderstood. Understanding Violence Against Women provides direction for increasing knowledge that can help ameliorate this national problem.

Crowley, J. N. (1994). No Equal In The World : An Interpretation Of The Academic Presidency. Reno, University of Nevada Press.

No Equal in the World is a comprehensive study of the literature on the American academic presidency from the middle of the nineteenth century—when the first universities, as distinct from colleges, began to emerge—to the present. The book surveys widely divergent literature on the biographies of major presidents at crucial moments in the history of their institutions. The book affords an overview of the development of both the role of the university president and the public’s perception of that role, and indicates where perception and reality diverge. At a time when university presidents must find their way through a minefield of increasingly heated debates over issues such as free speech, curriculum, faculty diversity, and the specter of “political correctness,” Crowley’s book provides a sense of history to those striving to understand the demands of the position. It is an invaluable resource for scholars.

Crowley, J. W. (1989). The Mask of Fiction : Essays on W.D. Howells. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Includes index.

Crowley, J. W. (1994). The White Logic : Alcoholism and Gender in American Modernist Fiction. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Crowley, L. V. (1997). Introduction to Human Disease. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Crowley, W. (1995). Rites of Passage : A Memoir of the Sixties in Seattle. Seattle, Wash, University of Washington Press.

On a hot summer night in 1963, a teenager named Walt Crowley hopped off a bus in Seattle’s University District, and began his own personal journey through the 1960s. Four years later at age 19, he was installed as’rapidograph in residence’at the Helix, the region’s leading underground newspaper. His cartoons, cover art, and political essays helped define his generation’s experience during that tumultuous decade.Rites of Passage: A Memoir of the Sixties in Seattle weaves Crowley’s personal experience with the strands of international, intellectual, and political history that shaped the decade. As both a member and in-house critic of the New Left and counter-culture, the author offers a unique perspective in explaining why the experiments and excess of the period’made sense at the time.’Anti-war marches, human be-ins, rock festivals, psychedelic drugs, underground newspapers, free universities, light shows, inner-city riots, radical skirmishes, and hippie antics are chronicled with personal anecdotes, contemporary accounts, and historical insights. In the pages of Rites of Passage, the reader will encounter Black (and White) Panthers, the Seattle and Chicago Seven, Weathermen and Radical Women, and many more remarkable characters.As an engaging blend of history and personal reminiscence, Rites of Passage places the sixties in a context unavailable to its participants at the time. In addition to his text, Crowley has assembled a chronology of the decade beginning with its harbingers in the forties and fifties and continuing through its aftermath. This compilation covers political, social, and cultural events, and provides the most complete synopsis of sixties history now in print.

Crum, R. L. (1993). Managing the Enterprise in Transition While Coping with Inflation. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Edited versions of lectures presented on July 11, 1992, at a conference entiled’Managing the Transition While Coping with Inflation,’held at the French Management Training Center in Warsaw’: foreword.

Crum, R. L. and I. Goldberg (1998). Restructuring and Managing the Enterprise in Transition. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Crummell, A. and W. J. Moses (1992). Destiny and Race : Selected Writings, 1840-1898. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Spine title: Destiny & race.

Crusius, T. W. (1999). Kenneth Burke and the Conversation After Philosophy. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Cruz Saco, M. A. and C. Mesa-Lago (1998). Do Options Exist ? : The Reform of Pension and Health Care Systems in Latin America. Pittsburgh, Pa, University of Pittsburgh Press.

This timely volume brings together specialists on the reform of social security systems to analyze the similarities and differences of those health care and pension reforms that have taken place since the early 1990s and suggests possible gains through recent or contemplated revisions to those systems.

Cruz, W., et al. (1998). Urban and Industrial Management in Developing Countries : Lessons From Japanese Experience: Report From a Seminar Organized by the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank and the Foundation for Advanced Studies in International Development. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Csâaki, C., et al. (1999). Food and Agriculture in the Czech Republic : From a ‘Velvet’ Transition to the Challenges of EU Accession. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Work in progress for public discussion’–P. 1 of cover.

Csâaki, C., et al. (1996). Georgia : Reform in the Food and Agriculture Sector. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Two col. maps on folded leaves.

Csâaki, C. and B. World (1995). Armenia : The Challenge of Reform in the Agricultural Sector. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Based on the findings of a World Bank mission that visited Armenia in May/June of 1993 and… was drafted… by a small team led by C. Csaki, the principal author’–Pref.

Csaki, C. and Z. Lerman (1997). Land Reform in Ukraine : The First Five Years. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Csáki, C., et al. (1999). Regional and International Trade Policy : Lessons for the EU Accession in the Rural Sector–World Bank/FAO Workshop, June 20-23, 1998. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘The first World Bank EU Accession Workshop in Budapest, Hungary’–Pref.

Csikszentmihalyi, M. and P. J. Ivanhoe (1999). Religious and Philosophical Aspects of the Laozi. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Csordas, T. J. (1997). Language, Charisma, and Creativity : The Ritual Life of a Religious Movement. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In treating the Charismatic movement as’an episode in the social history of the imagination,’Csordas describes the movement’s internal diversity and traces its development and international expansion across the thirty years of its existence. He offers insights regarding the contemporary nature of rationality, the transformation of space and time in Charismatic daily life, gender discipline, the conditions for the blurring of boundaries between ritual and everyday events the sense of community forged through shared ritual participation, and the creativity of language and metaphor in prophetic utterance. This new work makes an original, important contribution to anthropology, linguistic-semiotic and rhetorical studies, the multidisciplinary study of social movements, and American studies.

Csordas, T. J. (1997). The Sacred Self : A Cultural Phenomenology of Charismatic Healing. Berkeley, University of California Press.

How does religious healing work, if indeed it does? In this study of the contemporary North American movement known as the Catholic Charismatic Renewal, Thomas Csordas investigates the healing practices of a modern religious movement to provide a rich cultural analysis of the healing experience. This is not only a book about healing, however, but also one about the nature of self and self- transformation. Blending ethnographic data and detailed case studies, Csordas examines processes of sensory imagery, performative utterance, orientation, and embodiment. His book forms the basis for a rapprochement between phenomenology and semiotics in culture theory that will interest anthropologists, philosophers, psychologists, physicians, and students of comparative religion and healing.

Csörgö, M. and L. Horváth (1997). Limit Theorems in Change-point Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cuban, L. (1999). How Scholars Trumped Teachers : Change Without Reform in University Curriculum, Teaching, and Research, 1890-1990. New York, Teachers College Press.

Cudahy, B. J. (1997). Around Manhattan Island and Other Maritime Tales of New York. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Cudahy, B. J. (1999). The Malbone Street Wreck. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Cudjoe, S. R. (1988). V.S. Naipaul : A Materialist Reading. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

Cueto, M. (1994). Missionaries of Science : The Rockefeller Foundation and Latin America. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Cuevas, T. and M. E. Giles (1998). Prison of Women : Testimonies of War and Resistance in Spain, 1939-1975. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Culbertson, P. L. (1995). A Word Fitly Spoken : Context, Transmission, and Adoption of the Parables of Jesus. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Culebras, A. (2000). Sleep Disorders and Neurological Disease. New York, CRC Press.

Examines the neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and neuroclinical aspects of sleep and asserts that all sleep problems originate in brain dysfunction, whether structural as in brain tumours, behavioural as in insomnia, degenerative as in fatal familial insomnia or neurochemical as in narcolepsy.

Cullather, N. and P. Gleijeses (1999). Secret History : The CIA’s Classified Account of Its Operations in Guatemala, 1952-1954. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.

Cullen, J. and L. D’Innocenzo (1999). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Coaching to Maximize Performance. Bristol, Vt, Velocity Business Pub.

Cullen, P. J., et al. (1998). Crime Sans Frontiáeres : International and European Legal Approaches. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

At head of title : The David Hume Institute

Culler, J. D. (1988). Framing the Sign : Criticism and Its Institutions. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cullingford, C. (2000). Prejudice : From Individual Identity to Nationalism in Young People. London, Taylor & Francis [CAM].

Culpepper, M. M. (1991). Trials and Triumphs : The Women of the American Civil War. East Lansing, Michigan State University Press.

In Trials and Triumphs, Marilyn Mayer Culpepper provides incomparable insights into women’s lives during America’s Civil War era. Her respect for these nineteenth-century women and their experiences, as well as her engaging and intimate style, enable Culpepper to transport readers into a tumultuous time of death, destruction, and privation — into a world turned upside down, an environment that seemed as strange to contemporaries as it does in our own time.Culpepper has uncovered forgotten images of America’s bloodiest conflict contained in the diaries and correspondence of more than 500 women. Trials and Triumphs reveals the anxiety, hardship, turmoil and tragedy that women endured during the war years. It reveals the fierce loyalty and enmity that nearly severed the Union, the horror of enemy occupation, and even the desperate austerity of an itinerant refugee life. Just as the Civil War influenced culture and government, it shaped the attitudes of a new breed of pioneering woman. As the war progressed, either by choice or by default, men turned over more and more responsibility to women on the home front. As a result, women began to break free from the’cult of domesticity’to expand career opportunities. By war’s end, women on both sides of the conflict proved to themselves and to a nearly shattered nation that the appellation’weaker sex’was a misnomer. Originally published in 1992, this revised paperback edition includes a new index.

Cumming, A. H. and R. Berwick (1996). Validation in Language Testing. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Papers originally presented at the 14th annual Language Testing Research Colloquium which was held Feb. 27-Mar. 1, 1992, University of British Columbia, Vancouver.

Cummings, E. E. and V. University of (1996). Five Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cummings, E. E. and V. University of (1996). Seven Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cummings, E. E. and V. University of (1997). Puella Mea. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Cummings, R. G., et al. (1996). New Evaluation Procedures for a New Generation of Water-related Projects. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Cummings, S. and D. J. Monti (1993). Gangs : The Origins and Impact of Contemporary Youth Gangs in the United States. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cummings, W. K. and P. G. Altbach (1997). The Challenge of Eastern Asian Education : Implications for America. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cummins, R. (1996). Representations, Targets, and Attitudes. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Cunha, B. A. (2000). Tickborne Infectious Diseases : Diagnosis and Management. New York, CRC Press.

This book is the first to deal exclusively with tickborne infectious diseases in a single source, including comprehensive coverage of babesiosis, ehrlichiosis, relapsing fever, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, and Colorado tick fever, with a special emphasis on Lyme disease. Explains how to obtain reliable and objective laboratory confirmation of clinical impressions!Containing contributions from 24 infectious disease authorities, and supplying over 940 references, tables, drawings, and photographs, Tickborne Infectious Diseases devotes an entire chapter to newly described tick-transmitted infections examines tickborne encephalitis and hemorrhagic fevers discusses optimal microbial therapy and management of bacterial and rickettsial tickborne infections focuses on human monocytotropic and granulocytotropic ehrlichiosis explores ecological, chemical, and biological control of tick populations details the efficacy and use of Lyme vaccines reviews the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and treatment of Lyme carditis clarifies myths surrounding Lyme neuroborreliosis to separate scientific fact from misperception and misinformation emphasizes differential diagnosis of tickborne diseasesOffering a basis for understanding the natural history of vector ticks and the epidemiology of the pathogens they carry, Tickborne Infectious Diseases is a cutting-edge reference for infectious disease specialists; internists; microbiologists; pediatricians; primary care, emergency room, and critical care physicians; and medical residents and students.

Cunnigham, M. (2000). Smart Things to Know About E-commerce. Oxford, U.K., John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cunningham, E. L. (1992). Printmaking : A Primary Form of Expression. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Cunningham, F. (1998). General Stand Watie’s Confederate Indians. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: San Antonio : Naylor Co., 1959.

Cunningham, G. (1999). Religion and Magic : Approaches and Theories. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Cunningham, M. (1996). Finding Work Overseas : How and Where to Contact International Recruitment Agencies, Consultancies and Employers. [N.p.], How To Books.

Cunningham, P. R. and D. Burrell (1999). Guide to Purchasing Electricity and Gas. Lilburn, GA, Fairmont Press.

Cunninghame Graham, R. B. A Vanished Arcadia : Being Some Account of the Jesuits in Paraguay 1607 to 1767. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Cuny, L. M. (1998). Through Animals’ Eyes : True Stories From a Wildlife Sanctuary. Denton, Tex, University of North Texas Press.

“Heartwarming tales of rescued creatures are presented in this collection of vignettes from a large wildlife rehabilitation center.”—Booklist. “Her brief stories are often touching, such as when she describes a young raccoon, rescued from a fire, self-medicating its burned paws with aloe vera plants; or two crab-eating macaques, confined inside a research facility for eighteen years, experiencing the outdoors for the first time.”—Natural History. “This book deserves a spot on every library shelf along with such nonfiction animal story classics as Adamson’s Born Free, North’s Rascal, and the work of Jane Goodall.”—Appraisal: Science Books for Young People

Cupp, M. J. (2000). Toxicology and Clinical Pharmacology of Herbal Products. Totowa, N.J., Humana Press.

Curie, M. and V. University of (1999). Pierre Curie. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Curl, R. S. (1997). Successful Industrial Energy Reduction Programs. Lilburn, Ga, Fairmont Press.

Includes index.

Curl, R. S. (1999). Building Owner’s and Manager’s Guide : Optimizing Facility Performance. Lilburn, Ga, Fairmont Press.

Includes index.

Curran, C. E. (1997). The Origins of Moral Theology in the United States : Three Different Approaches. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.

Curran, R. E. (1993). The Bicentennial History of Georgetown University. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.

‘In memory of Michael Foley (1940-1984) and his heart-wise companions through Georgetown’s two centuries’–P. [v].

Current, D., et al. (1995). Costs, Benefits, and Farmer Adoption of Agroforestry : Project Experience in Central America and the Caribbean. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘A CATIE-IFPRI-World Bank project, funded by UNOP.’

Currie, D. P. (1999). The Constitution in Congress : The Federalist Period 1789-1801. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

Currie, W. (2000). The Global Information Society. Chichester, West Sussex, England, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Currie-McDaniel, R. (1999). Carpetbagger of Conscience : A Biography of John Emory Bryant. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Originally published: Athens : University of Georgia Press, 1987.

Curry, A. and M. Hughes (1994). Arms, Armies, and Fortifications in the Hundred Years War. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

The Hundred Years War embraced warfare in all aspects, from the grand set pieces of Crecy and Agincourt to the pillaged lands of the dispossessed population. What makes this book different from previous studies emphasising the great battles is its use of less familiar evidence – such as administrative records, landscape archeology – to gain a truer picture of the realities of medieval warfare. From a general review of battle tactics, the book turns to examine (at points enlisting computer analysis) a number of issues: the composition of the English army, the management of affairs in Aquitaine,the response in England at large to the war and the consequent propaganda and hardship, and the impact of warfare on local communities. Close study of surviving artefacts – weapons, fortifications -also allows realistic assessments of military and naval experiences.Contributors: MATTHEW BENNETT, ANDREW AYTON, ANNE CURRY, MALCOLM VALE, MARK ORMROD, MICHAEL JONES, JOHN KENYON, ROBERT HARDY,IAN FRIELL, BRIAN KEMP.

Curry, H. (1999). A Legal Guide for Lesbian and Gay Couples. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

Curry, L. S. and C.-e. Park (1999). A Tiger by the Tail and Other Stories From the Heart of Korea. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Curtin, J. (1996). Mongols : A History. [N.p.], Combined Books.

Curtin, P. D. (1995). Why People Move : Migration in African History. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.

Curtis, G. (1998). Cambodia Reborn? : The Transition to Democracy and Development. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

Curtis, M. (1998). The Great Deception : Anglo-American Power and World Order. London, Pluto Press.

Curtler, H. M. (1997). Rediscovering Values : Coming to Terms with Postmodernism. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

The author’s primary purpose in this short book is to clearly define the nature of value and restore it to a central place in discussions of ethical and aesthetic problems. He begins the book with a broad cultural perspective on the issue of postmodernism in general, then takes a closer look at recent attempts to reduce values to evaluation, to deny their objectivity. The central chapter focuses on the question,’What Is Value?’after which Curtler discusses values in the fine arts and literature, concluding with the question of values in education.

Curto, J. J. (1964). Hard Times : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Cushing, F. H. and J. Green (1979). Zuäni : Selected Writings of Frank Hamilton Cushing. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Cushman, D. P. and S. S. King (1995). Communicating Organizational Change : A Management Perspective. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cushman, D. P. and S. S. King (1995). Communication and High-speed Management. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cushman, D. P. and S. S. King (1997). Continuously Improving an Organization’s Performance : High-speed Management. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cushman, D. P. and B. Kovacic (1995). Watershed Research Traditions in Human Communication Theory. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cushman, E. (1998). The Struggle and the Tools : Oral and Literate Strategies in an Inner City Community. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Cushman, H. B. and A. Debo (1999). History of the Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Natchez Indians. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

‘First edition published in 1899; abridged edition by Angie Debo published in 1962 by Redlands Press’–T.p. verso.

Cushman, T. (1995). Notes From Underground : Rock Music Counterculture in Russia. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cusset, C. (1999). No Tomorrow : The Ethics of Pleasure in the French Enlightenment. Charlottesville, University of Virginia Press.

Custer, E. B. (1961). Boots and Saddles : Or, Life in Dakota with General Custer. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Custer, E. B. (1994). Following the Guidon. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Custer, E. B. (1994). Tenting on the Plains, Or, General Custer in Kansas and Texas. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

‘First published in 1895 by Harper & brothers.’

Custer, G. A. (1977). My Life on the Plains : Or, Personal Experiences with Indians. Norman, OK, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cutcliffe, S. H. (1992). New Worlds, New Technologies, New Issues. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Cuthbertson, K. (1996). Quantitative Financial Economics : Stocks, Bonds, and Foreign Exchange. Chichester, England, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Cutler, A. C., et al. (1999). Private Authority and International Affairs. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cutler, B. (1995). The Massacre at Sand Creek : Narrative Voices. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Errata slip inserted.

Cutler, C. L. (1994). O Brave New Words! : Native American Loanwords in Current English. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cutlip, G. W. and R. J. Shockley (1988). Careers in Teaching. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Cutrer, T. W. (1993). Ben McCulloch and the Frontier Military Tradition. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

‘[A] well-written, comprehensively researched biography.’–Publishers Weekly’Will both edify the scholar while captivating and entertaining the general reader…. Cutrer’s research is impeccable, his prose vigorous, and his life of McCulloch likely to remain the standard for many years.’–Civil War’A well-crafted work that makes an important contribution to understanding the frontier military tradition and the early stages of the Civil War in the West.’–Civil War History’A penetrating study of a man who was one of the last citizen soldiers to wear a general’s stars.’–Blue and Gray’A brisk narrative filled with colorful quotations by and about the central figure…. Will become the standard biography of Ben McCulloch.’–Journal of Southern History’A fast-paced, clearly written narrative that does full justice to its heroically oversized subject.’–American Historical Review

Cutrofello, A. (1994). Discipline and Critique : Kant, Poststructuralism, and the Problem of Resistance. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cutrofello, A. and G. W. F. Hegel (1995). The Owl at Dawn : A Sequel to Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Cutter, D. C. (1990). California in 1792 : A Spanish Naval Visit. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Cutter, M. J. (1999). Unruly Tongue : Identity and Voice in American Women’s Writing, 1850-1930. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Cutts, R. L. (1997). An Empire of Schools : Japan’s Universities and the Molding of a National Power Elite. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

Based on in-depth analysis, extensive interviews, and a journalist’s keen insight, An Empire of Schools provides a new framework to explore the misunderstandings that have arisen between Japan and the United States. The vital determining issue that complicates U.S.-Sino communications, Cutts says, is not the cultural incompatibilities of the people or economies but the fact that all Japanese leaders emerge from the same educational treadmill or’cartels of the mind.’This revered system, crowned by five national and private universities, and from which almost all Japanese leaders emerge, teaches its students that they are inherently incapable of sharing their values, civic or personal, with those of any other civilization. Describing an educational system that has been left fundamentally unchanged since the Meiji Empire, Cutts depicts the elites who graduate from the system, describes what ethical philosophy is imparted to those graduates, and warns of the dangers of nationalist elitism that arise from the system. Filled with personal anecdotes as well as critical interviews, An Empire of Schools traces the potential consequences to Japan and the Pacific Rim of an educational system that begins imparting an elitist doctrine in kindergarten that extends to the highest levels of Japanese government.

Cuvalo, A. (1997). Historical Dictionary of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

Cvetkovich, A. (1992). Mixed Feelings : Feminism, Mass Culture, and Victorian Sensationalism. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Cypert, S. A. (1994). The Power of Self-esteem. New York, AMACOM.

Czarnecki, M. T. (1999). Managing by Measuring : How to Improve Your Organization’s Performance Through Effective Benchmarking. New York, AMACOM.

Czermak, H. and I. Cliffs Notes (1973). The Trial : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Da Prato, G. and L. Tubaro (1994). Control of Partial Differential Equations. New York, CRC Press.

This useful reference provides recent results as well as entirely new material on control problems for partial differential equations.

Da Prato, G. and J. P. Zolâesio (1997). Partial Differential Equation Methods in Control and Shape Analysis. New York, Marcel Dekker.

‘Based on the International Federation for Information Processing WG 7.2 Conference, held recently in Pisa, Italy’–Cf. P. [4] pf cover.

Dabashi, H. (1993). Theology of Discontent : The Ideological Foundations of the Islamic Revolution in Iran. New York, New York University Press.

D’Acci, J. (1994). Defining Women : Television and the Case of Cagney & Lacey. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

Defining Women explores the social and cultural construction of gender and the meanings of woman, women, and femininity as they were negotiated in the pioneering television series Cagney and Lacey, starring two women as New York City police detectives. Julie D’Acci illuminates the tensions between the television industry, the series production team, the mainstream and feminist press, various interest groups, and television viewers over competing notions of what women could or could not be–not only on television but in society at large. Cagney and Lacey, which aired from 1981 to 1988, was widely recognized as an innovative treatment of working women and developed a large and loyal following. While researching this book, D’Acci had unprecedented access to the set, to production meetings, and to the complete production files, including correspondence from network executives, publicity firms, and thousands of viewers. She traces the often heated debates surrounding the development of women characters and the representation of feminism on prime-time television, shows how the series was reconfigured as a’woman’s program,’and investigates questions of female spectatorship and feminist readings. Although she focuses on Cagney and Lacey, D’Acci discusses many other examples from the history of American television.

Dacre, C. (1997). Zofloya : Or, The Moor: a Romance of the Fifteenth Century. Petersborough, Ont, Broadview Press.

Dae, G. (1997). Going Beyond Buddha : The Awakening Practice of Listening. Boston, Tuttle Publishing.

‘Using a refreshingly different metaphor for Zen, this book shows us how listening is the fundamental practice of any spiritual path. Listening as a Zen practice is effective whether done while sitting in a temple or riding on a bus, while at the most sacred ceremony or in the midst of a frenzied office. It is a practice that returns us to our true way – the way of human beings, the way of compassion.’–BOOK JACKET.

Dahl, P. F. (1997). Flash of the Cathode Rays : A History of J.J. Thomson’s Electron. Bristol, CRC Press.

The electron is fundamental to almost all aspects of modern life, controlling the behavior of atoms and how they bind together to form gases, liquids, and solids. Flash of the Cathode Rays: A History of J.J. Thomson’s Electron presents the compelling story of the discovery of the electron and its role as the first subatomic particle in nature. The book traces the evolution of the concept of electrical charge, from the earliest glow discharge studies to the final cathode ray and oil drop experiments of J.J. Thomson and Robert Millikan. It also provides an overview of the history of modern physics up to the advent of the old quantum theory around 1920.Consolidating scholarly material while incorporating new material discovered by the well-respected author, the book covers the continental and English race for the source of the cathode rays, culminating in Thomson’s corpuscle in 1897. It explores the events leading to Millikan’s unambiguous isolation of the electron and the simultaneous circumstances surrounding the birth of Ernest Rutherford’s nuclear atom and the discovery of radioactivity in 1896. The author also focuses on the controversies over N-rays, Becquerel’s positive electron, and the famous Ehrenhaft-Millikan dispute over subelectrons.Scholarly yet accessible to those with basic physics knowledge, this book should be of interest to historians of science, professional scientists and engineers, teachers and students of physics, and general readers interested in the development of modern physics.

Dahl, P. F. (1999). Heavy Water and the Wartime Race for Nuclear Energy. Bristol [England], CRC Press.

Daigle, B. (1999). HIV Homecare Handbook. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Daintith, J. and D. Gjertsen (1999). A Dictionary of Scientists. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

General editors: John Daintith, Derek Gjertsen.

Dakolias, M. (1996). The Judicial Sector in Latin America and the Caribbean : Elements of Reform. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dakolias, M. (1999). Court Performance Around the World : A Comparative Perspective. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dale, E. E. (1949). The Indians of the Southwest : A Century of Development Under the United States. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Published in cooperation with the Huntington Library, San Marino, California.

Dale, E. E. and G. Litton (1995). Cherokee Cavaliers : Forty Years of Cherokee History As Told in the Correspondence of the Ridge-Watie-Boudinot Family. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Dale, N. B. (1998). C++ Plus Data Structures. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Dale, N. B. and S. C. Lilly (1995). Pascal Plus Data Structures, Algorithms, and Advanced Programming. Lexington, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Dale, N. B. and C. Weems (1998). Introduction to Turbo Pascal and Software Design. Lexington, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Rev. ed.: Introduction to Pascal and structured design. 3rd ed., Turbo version. 1992.

Dale, N. B., et al. (1997). Programming and Problem Solving with C++. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Dale, N. B., et al. (1998). Programming in C++. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Includes index.

Dale, R., et al. (2000). Handbook of Natural Language Processing. New York, CRC Press.

This study explores the design and application of natural language text-based processing systems, based on generative linguistics, empirical copus analysis, and artificial neural networks. It emphasizes the practical tools to accommodate the selected system.

Dale, S. (1998). Doggone Chicago : Sniffing Out the Best Places to Take Your Best Friend. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Dalgleish, T. and M. J. Power (1999). Handbook of Cognition and Emotion. Chichester, England, Wiley.

Edited by leading figures in the field, this handbook gives an overview of the current status of cognition and emotion research by giving the historical background to the debate and the philosophical arguments before moving on to outline the general aspects of the various research traditions. This handbook reflects the latest work being carried out by the key people in the field.

Dalla, I. (1995). The Emerging Asian Bond Market. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Dalla, I. and D. R. Khatkhate (1995). Regulated Deregulation of the Financial System in Korea. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dallas, S. (1985). Colorado Ghost Towns and Mining Camps. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Dallery, A. B., et al. (1992). Ethics and Danger : Essays on Heidegger and Continental Thought. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dallery, A. B., et al. (1994). Transitions in Continental Philosophy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dallmayr, F. R. (1991). Between Freiburg and Frankfurt : Toward a Critical Ontology. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

British ed. published under title: Life-world, modernity and critique.

Dallmayr, F. R. (1996). Beyond Orientalism : Essays on Cross-cultural Encounter. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dallmayr, F. R. (1998). Alternative Visions : Paths in the Global Village. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Daloz, L. A. (1997). Common Fire : Leading Lives of Commitment in a Complex World. Boston, MA, Beacon Press.

A landmark study that reveals how we become committed to the common good and sustain such commitments in a changing world. View the discussion guide for UU communities: HTML or PDF’A perceptive, groundbreaking analysis of inspired lives…. This is a guidebook for the soul.’-Daniel Goleman, author of Emotional Intelligence’A truly refreshing book! In a day when the political and spiritual air has grown stale with cynicism, discouragement, and indirection, this beautifully written, penetrating study could not be more welcome or valuable. No teacher, parent, or civic leader who cares about nurturing social commitment can fail to be informed and inspired by this remarkable and surprisingly practical book.’-Robert Kegan, author of In Over Our Heads’Eloquent and profound, Common Fire addresses what Americans everywhere long for: a sense of the common good, an emphasis on community and compassion in everyday life, a values-based politics in the public sphere. A compelling, encouraging work.’-Jim Wallis, author of The Soul of Politics’A profound exposition and penetrating commentary on some of life’s most important issues.’-Clarence G. Newsome, dean, Howard Divinity School’A compelling portrait of people who choose to make a difference and thus inspire us all.’-Rosabeth Moss Kanter, author of World Class: Thriving Locally in the Global Economy

Dalrymple, M. (1999). Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar : The Resource Logic Approach. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Dalton, R. J. (1999). Critical Masses : Citizens, Nuclear Weapons Production, and Environmental Destruction in the United States and Russia. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Daly, B. O. (1996). Lavish Self-divisions : The Novels of Joyce Carol Oates. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Daly, J. Workshop on Electronic Texts : Proceedings. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Daly, J. A. and R. R. Miller (1998). Corporations’ Use of the Internet in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Daly, M. (1985). Beyond God the Father : Toward a Philosophy of Women’s Liberation. Boston, Beacon Press.

‘Certainly one of the most promising theological statements of our time.’–The Christian Century’Not for the timid, this brilliant book calls for nothing short of the overthrow of patriarchy itself.’–The Village VoiceFrom the Trade Paperback edition.

Daly-Bednarek, J. R. (1992). The Changing Image of the City : Planning for Downtown Omaha, 1945-1973. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Dam, K. W., et al. (1996). Cryptography’s Role in Securing the Information Society. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

‘Committee to Study National Cryptography Policy, Computer Science and Telecommunications Board, Commission on Physical Sciences, Mathematics, and Applications, National Research Council.’

Damerow, G. (1993). Your Goats : A Kid’s Guide to Raising and Showing. Pownal, Vt, Storey Publishing, LLC.

Suitable for farm work, as pets, and a source of fiber, goats are amazingly versatile animals. This informative and encouraging guide, designed for kids ages 9 and up, explains everything children need to know to safely and successfully raise and show their own goats. In age-appropriate language, Gail Damerow offers expert advice on selecting, purchasing, housing, and feeding goats, as well as important information on goat behavior and the basics of goat health care. Discover how fun and rewarding keeping goats can be.

Damerow, G. (1994). The Chicken Health Handbook. Pownal, Vt, Storey Communications.

Damian-Grint, P. (1999). The New Historians of the Twelfth-century Renaissance : Inventing Vernacular Authority. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

The mid-twelfth century saw the sudden appearance of a remarkable group of writers: the’new historians’, authors such as Geffrei Gaimar, Benoît de Sainte-Maure, Wace, Jordan Fantosme and Ambroise, who were the earliest historical writers to use French. Each had his own style and authorial persona; yet together, despite their considerable differences, they pioneered a common form of historical writing which is quite distinct from the styles of previous vernacular writers. This book studies some of the more characteristic elements of the common style used by the vernacular historians. Their detached and’self-conscious’authorial presentation is particularly notable: it is seen both in the prologues and epilogues to their works, where they present their source materials as reliable,themselves as serious scholars, and their works as worthy of belief, and constantly throughout the text as the historians direct audience response to their work. The author shows how this’historical’style fits into both the vernacular and the Latin literature current in the period: the vernacular historians borrowed elements from both the learned and the popular traditions to produce their own successful and vigorous hybrid, one which was still producing new shoots as late as the fifteenth century and which was widely copied and imitated by both writers of courtly romance and by writers of prose history. Dr PETER DAMIAN-GRINT teaches at Brasenose College, Oxford.

Damodaran, S. and A. Paraf (1997). Food Proteins and Their Applications. New York, CRC Press.

Damon-Moore, H. (1994). Magazines for the Millions : Gender and Commerce in the Ladies’ Home Journal and the Saturday Evening Post, 1880-1910. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dana, M., et al. (1997). Within the Law. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dana, R. H. Two Years Before the Mast. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dana, R. H. (2000). Handbook of Cross-cultural and Multicultural Personality Assessment. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Throughout the world as in the United States, psychologists are increasingly being called upon to evaluate clients whose backgrounds differ from their own. It has long been recognized that standard personality and psychopathology assessment instruments carry cultural biases, and in recent years, efforts to correct these biases have accelerated. The Handbook of Cross-Cultural and Multicultural Personality Assessment brings together researchers and practitioners from 12 countries with diverse ethnic and racial identities and training to present state-of-the-art knowledge about how best to minimize cultural biases in the assessment of personality and psychopathology. They consider research methodology, the design and construction of standard objective and projective tests, the use of measures of acculturation, racial identity, and culture-specific tests, the social etiquette of service delivery, and the interpretation of test data for clinical diagnosis. Ranging widely through all the relevant issues, they share a common collective vision of how culturally competent services should be delivered to clients. The Handbook offers the first comprehensive view of a consistent approach to cultural competence in assessment–a necessary precursor of effective intervention. It will become an indispensable reference for all those whose practice or research involves individuals with different ethnic and racial identities.

Danahay, M. A. (1993). A Community of One : Masculine Autobiography and Autonomy in Nineteenth-century Britain. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Danahy, M. (1991). The Feminization of the Novel. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

‘Chinard Prize for 1989’–Verso of ser. t.p.

Dance, J. (1992). How to Get the Most Out of Sales Meetings. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Dance, J. (1997). Get the Most Out of Sales Meetings. Lincolnwood, Ill., U.S.A., NTC Contemporary.

Rev. ed. of: How to get the most out of sales meetings. c1992.

Danchin, S. (1998). Blues Boy : The Life and Music of B.B. King. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Dancy, R. M. (1991). Two Studies in the Early Academy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Danesh, A. H. (1999). Corridor of Hope : A Visual View of Informal Economy. Lanham, Md, University Press of America.

Danesi, M. (1993). Vico, Metaphor, and the Origin of Language. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Dangler, J. F. (1994). Hidden in the Home : The Role of Waged Homework in the Modern World-economy. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Daniel, L. J. (1989). Cannoneers in Gray : The Field Artillery of the Army of Tennessee, 1861-1865. University, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

‘Winner in 1984 of the Mrs. Simon Baruch University Award of the United Daughters of the Confederacy’–P. [ii].

Daniel, L. J. and L. N. Bock (1996). Island No. 10 : Struggle for the Mississippi Valley. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

By February 1862 Confederate forces in Kentucky and Tennessee were falling back in disorder. Fort Henry on the Tennessee River and Fort Donelson on the Cumberland River fell to combined land and naval forces under Brigadier General Ulysses S. Grant and Flag Officer Andrew H. Foote. These losses necessitated the abandonment of the Rebel stronghold of Columbus, Kentucky. The entire upper Mississippi Valley lay open to Federal invasion. Toward that end, a new Union army under Major General John Pope began organizing at Commerce, Missouri. Confederate Major General John P. McCown was sent to plug the breach by fortifying Island No. 10, a one-mile-long island positioned in a bend in the Mississippi River that straddled the boundaries of Tennessee, Missouri, and Kentucky. Pope’s army had to be held in check long enough for the main Confederate force, under generals Albert Sidney Johnston and P. G. T. Beauregard, to concentrate and launch a counterattack against Grant’s advancing army. The ensuing campaign at Island No. 10 created the first extensive siege of the Civil War. The ultimate capture of the garrison resulted in a new army command for Pope in Virginia. As for the Confederates, the campaign pointed to a faulty western strategy. Simply to concede the rivers and their adjoining cities to the Federal navy was politically unacceptable. Garrison after garrison was captured, however, in the attempt to defend the rivers to the last extremity. Between February 1862 and July 1863 the Confederates lost 64,400 troops, some nine divisions, in defending the rivers. This strategy was a significant contributing factor for Confederate defeat in the West.

Daniel, M. and L. E. Embree (1994). Phenomenology of the Cultural Disciplines. Dordrecht, Springer.

Daniel, R. (1998). Hardaway Revisited : Early Archaic Settlement in the Southeast. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

This provocative reanalysis of one of the most famous Early Archaic archaeological sites in the southeastern United States provides a new model for understanding prehistoric settlement patterns. Since the early 1970s, southeastern archaeologists have focused their attention on identifying the function of prehistoric sites and settlement practices during the Early Archaic period (ca. 9,000-10,500 B.P.). The Hardaway site in the North Carolina Piedmont, one of the most important archaeological sites in eastern North America, has not yet figured notably in this research. Daniel’s reanalysis of the Hardaway artifacts provides a broad range of evidence—including stone tool morphology, intrasite distributions of artifacts, and regional distributions of stone raw material types—that suggests that Hardaway played a unique role in Early Archaic settlement. The Hardaway site functioned as a base camp where hunting and gathering groups lived for extended periods. From this camp they exploited nearby stone outcrops in the Uwharrie Mountains to replenish expended toolkits. Based on the results of this study, Daniel’s new model proposes that settlement was conditioned less by the availability of food resources than by the limited distribution of high-quality knappable stone in the region. These results challenge the prevalent view of Early Archaic settlement that group movement was largely confined by the availability of food resources within major southeastern river valleys.

Daniel, S. A Defence of Ryme. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Daniel, S. Delia : Contayning Certayne Sonnets with the Complaint of Rosamond. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Daniel, S. H. (1994). The Philosophy of Jonathan Edwards : A Study in Divine Semiotics. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Daniel, T. M. (1999). Captain of Death : The Story of Tuberculosis. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

The dramatic story of tuberculosis is told here in a straightforward and accessible style. It presents the stories of persons connected with the disease, either as victims, or as those who made contributions to our knowledge of it; in addition to these personal accounts, the book unfolds the history and explains the pathogenesis of TB. The re-emergence of tuberculosis as a major American public health hazard has focused much attention on this ancient disease. This book offers a comprehensive account of the disease from prehistoric times through to the present day, detailing the attempts to eradicate it completely. Its four separate sections (the spread of tuberculosis; its infectious nature; susceptibility to it; and methods of treatment) are linked through the device of presenting individuals’particular experience of the disease, whether as as victims, or as those who made contributions to our knowledge of it; in between these vignettes, the book unfolds the history and explainsthe pathogenesis of TB. A detailed medical glossary completes the volume. Thomas M. Daniel is emeritus professor of medicine and international health and Director of the Center for International Health at Case Western Reserve University.

Daniel, T. M. and F. C. Robbins (1997). Polio. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

Polio infantile paralysis was until recently a greatly feared disease, but is now preventable by a vaccine, which has largely eradicated it from the Western hemisphere; a global eradication campaign is underway. This book tells of the story of polio in fascinating and personal detail, through a series of essays written by those who experienced the disease: its victims, those who cared for them and those who worked to eliminate it altogether.The opening chapter recounts the history of polio from its earliest depiction in Egyptian art to the present day; it is followed by three personal descriptions of the experiences of patients who were paralysed in youth by polio, but went on to build successful lives. The challenges of caring for polio sufferers are described by two physicians who worked on polio wards at the height of the epidemic. The story of the cultivation of poliovirus and the testing of the vaccines is related by two research scientists who devoted much of their careers tothe laboratories where the breakthroughs were achieved. The final essays describe the public health vaccination campaigns which successfully eradicated polio from the Americas, as experienced by those who directed them.Dr THOMAS M. DANIEL is Professor Emeritus of Medicine and International Health and Director of the Center for International Health at Case Western Reserve University; Dr FREDERICKC. ROBBINS is University Professor and Dean Emeritus of the School of Medicine at Case Western Reserve University.Contributors:THOMAS M. DANIEL, FREDERICK C. ROBBINS, MICHAEL W.R. DAVIS, ANN L. MCLAUGHLIN, RUTH E. FRISCHER, ROBERT M. EIBEN, MARTHA LIPSON LEPOW, JOAO BAPTISTA RISI, JR., CIRO A. DE QUADROS

Daniels, A. C. (2000). Bringing Out the Best in People : How to Apply the Astonishing Power of Positive Reinforcement. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Daniels, J. (1998). Daniels’ Running Formula. Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics.

Includes index.

Daniels, M. R. (1997). Terminating Public Programs : An American Political Paradox. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

This text examines why and when policies or organizations are terminated, how they can be terminated successfully, and what often prevents them from being terminated. The literature on termination and a variety of case studies are reviewed in order to identify theories supported by research.

Daniels, R. V. (1997). Russia’s Transformation : Snapshots of a Crumbling System. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Danielsen, E. R. and B. Ross (1999). Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Diagnosis of Neurological Diseases. New York, M. Dekker.

Danielson, P. (1998). Modeling Rationality, Morality, and Evolution. New York, Oxford University Press.

D’Anieri, P. J. (1999). Economic Interdependence in Ukrainian-Russian Relations. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Danish, S. and P. Gannon (1998). Building Database-driven Web Catalogs. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Dann, K. T. (2000). Across the Great Border Fault : The Naturalist Myth in America. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Danowski, D. and P. Lazaro (2000). Why Can’t I Stop Eating? : Recognizing, Understanding, and Overcoming Food Addiction. Center City, Minn, Hazelden Information & Educational Services.

Dante, A. The Divine Comedy : Paradiso. Grand Rapids, Mich, Project Gutenberg.

Dante, A. and H. W. Longfellow The Divine Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dante, A. and H. W. Longfellow The Divine Comedy. [Champaign, Ill], Project Gutenberg.

Dante, A. and C. E. Norton The Divine Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dante, A. and C. E. Norton The Divine Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dante, A. and C. E. Norton The Divine Comedy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Danto, A. C. (1999). The Body/Body Problem : Selected Essays. Berkeley, University of California Press.

The overall subject of the essays in The Body/Body Problem is the traditional one of what our ultimate makeup is, as creatures with minds and bodies. The central thesis is that we are beings who represent—and misrepresent—actual and possible worlds. Addressing philosophical questions of mental representation, Danto presents his distinctive approach to some of the most enduring topics in philosophy. He is concerned with the nature of description, the status of the external world, action theory, the philosophy of history, and the philosophical status of psychoanalytic explanation. Representation is a central concept in philosophy, says Danto, with differences among philosophers arising in the ways they account for how representations connect to the world or to the individuals possessing them, and how they connect with one another to form systems of beliefs, feelings, and attitudes. In these essays Danto’s own voice, with his arguments and speculations, provides rich philosophical pleasures that will endure, to borrow from Santayana,’under whatever sky.’Arthur C. Danto is one of the most original and multitalented philosophers writing today, a thinker whose interests traverse the boundaries of traditional understandings of philosophy. Best known for his contributions to the philosophy of art and aesthetics, Danto is also esteemed for his work in the history of philosophy, the philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, and action theory. These two volumes, each with an introduction by the author, contain essays spanning more than twenty-five years that have been selected to highlight the inseparability of philosophy and art in Danto’s work. Together they present the thinking of Arthur C. Danto at his very best.

Danz, H. P. (1997). Of Bison and Man : From the Annals of a Bison Yesterday to a Refreshing Outcome From Human Involvement with America’s Most Valiant of Beasts. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Danziger, E. J. (1990). The Chippewas of Lake Superior. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

First paperback printing 1990.

Danziger, S. (1999). Economic Conditions and Welfare Reform. Kalamazoo, Mich, Upjohn Institute.

Dåogen, et al. (1996). Dogen’s Pure Standards for the Zen Community : A Translation of the Eihei Shingi. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dardess, J. W. (1996). A Ming Society : Tài-ho County, Kiangsi, Fourteenth to Seventeenth Centuries. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Dargan, E. P. and V. University of (1998). The Voyages of Conrad. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Darlington, E. B. P. The Circus Boys Across the Continent : Or, Winning New Laurels on the Tanbark. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darlington, E. B. P. The Circus Boys in Dixie Land : Or, Winning the Plaudits of the Sunny South. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darlington, E. B. P. The Circus Boys on the Flying Rings : Or, Making the Start in the Sawdust Life. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darnell, R. (1999). HTML 4 Unleashed. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Rev. ed. of: HTML unleashed. c1997.

Darrah, J. (1997). Paganism in Arthurian Romance. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

`Darrah makes the valid point that episodes in the Arthurian romances read like motifs from the ancient mythologies…[he] reconstructs a lost British paganism, grounded in the rivers, hills and woods, and especially those grey monoliths…reminders of a cosmology vanished from this island.NIKOLAI TOLSTOY, DAILY TELEGRAPH `Contends, with a good deal of evidence, that the impact of pre-Christian Welsh, Irish, Scottish, Cornish and Breton religion is greater than has been previously thought… Extensively researched and well written.’CHOICE The origins of Arthurian romance willalways be a hotly disputed subject. The great moments of the legends belong partly to dimly-remembered history, partly to the poets’imagination down the ages, yet there is another strand to the stories which goes back deeper and further: the traces of ancient pagan religion, found both in Arthurian heroes who have inherited the attributes of gods, and in episodes which reflect ancient religious rituals. Darrah’s careful study of the thematic relationships of, particularly, the more obscure episodes of the romances and his identification of the relative geography of Arthurian Britain as portrayed in the romances will be valuable even to those who differ with his conclusions. His most original contribution to an unravelling of a pagan Arthurian past lies in his appropriation of the fascinating evidence of standing stones and pagan cultic sites. This is dark and difficult territory, but building on elusive clues, and tracing a range of sites, especially in south-west Britain, John Darrah has added a significant new dimension to the search for the sources of the legends of Arthur and his court. JOHN DARRAH has also written The Real Camelot.

Darsey, J. F. (1997). The Prophetic Tradition and Radical Rhetoric in America. New York, NYU Press.

This expansive volume traces the rhetoric of reform across American history, examining such pivotal periods as the American Revolution, slavery, McCarthyism, and today’s gay liberation movement. At a time when social movements led by religious leaders, from Louis Farrakhan to Pat Buchanan, are playing a central role in American politics, James Darsey connects this radical tradition with its prophetic roots.Public discourse in the West is derived from the Greek principles of civility, diplomacy, compromise, and negotiation. On this model, radical speech is often taken to be a sympton of social disorder. Not so, contends Darsey, who argues that the rhetoric of reform in America represents the continuation of a tradition separate from the commonly accepted principles of the Greeks. Though the links have gone unrecognized, the American radical tradition stems not from Aristotle, he maintains, but from the prophets of the Hebrew Bible.

Darwin, C. The Autobiography of Charles Darwin. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darwin, C. Charles Darwin and the Voyage of the Beagle. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darwin, C. The Expression of Emotion in Man and Animals. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darwin, C. On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favored Races in the Struggle for Life. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darwin, C. The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Darwin, C. and G. Beer (1996). The Origin of Species. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Das Gupta, D. and B. World (1997). China Engaged : Integration with the Global Economy. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Prepared by a team led by Dipak Dasgupta’–P. vii.

Dasgupta, P. and I. Serageldin (2000). Social Capital : A Multifaceted Perspective. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘A number of essays in this volume were presented at a workshop organized at the World Bank in April 1997′–P. ix.

Dash, J. and J. Schensul (1999). Country Roads of New Jersey : Drives, Day Trips, and Weekend Excursions. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Dashe, A. M. (1999). The Man’s Health Sourcebook. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Dassin, J. (1998). Torture in Brazil : A Shocking Report on the Pervasive Use of Torture by Brazilian Military Governments, 1964-1979. Austin, Tex, University of Texas Press.

Originally published: New York : Vintage Books, 1986.

Datta Mitra, J. and B. World (1997). Fiscal Management in Adjustment Lending. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Datta, V. (1999). Birth of a National Icon : The Literary Avant-garde and the Origins of the Intellectual in France. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Daube, D. (1987). Appeasement or Resistance, and Other Essays on New Testament Judaism. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Daudet, A. Tartarin of Tarascon. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dauenhauer, B. P. (1998). Paul Ricoeur : The Promise and Risk of Politics. Lanham, MD, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Paul Ricoeur, with Rawls, Walzer, and Habermas as some of his main interlocutors, has developed a substantial and distinctive body of political thought. On the one hand, it articulates a rich conception of the paradoxical character of the domain of politics. On the other, it provides a fresh approach to such major topics as the relationship among politics, economics, and ethics and between concern for universal human rights and respect for cultural plurality. His work, rooted as it is in Aristotle, Kant, and Hegel, also provides resources for a fruitful rethinking of the issues at stake in the liberal-communitarian debate.

Dauer, E. A., et al. (1996). Blood Banking and Regulation : Procedures, Problems, and Alternatives. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This volume examines regulatory and policymaking procedures in blood banking, regulatory enforcement and compliance, innovations and alternatives in regulation, congressional oversight and regulatory initiatives, and investment in regulatory quality.

Daunton, M. J. (1995). Progress and Poverty : An Economic and Social History of Britain 1700-1850. Oxford, England, OUP Oxford.

This is a major college text. It will become prescribed reading for anyone studying British history in the 18th and 19th centuries. The book examines the massive structural change, the creation of national markets, and the economic growth which characterized the movement from agriculture to industry. In 1700 Britain was a rural country. By 1850, the year before the Great Exhibition, it was’the workshop of the world’. The debate on the relationship between poverty and progress is at the core of this clear and wide-ranging analysis of the world’s first industrialized nation.

D’Ausilio, R. (1999). Wake up Your Call Center : How to Be a Better Call Center Agent. West Lafayette, Ind, Purdue University Press.

Davenport, D. (1999). Natural Wonders of Wisconsin : Exploring Wild and Scenic Places. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Davenport, T. H. (2000). Mission Critical : Realizing the Promise of Enterprise Systems. Boston, MA, Harvard Business School Press.

Davenport, T. H. and L. Prusak (1998). Working Knowledge : How Organizations Manage What They Know. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Davey, A. and C. S. Ince (2000). Fundamentals of Operating Department Practice. London, Cambridge University Press.

Fundamentals of Operating Department Practice seeks to embrace the knowledge needed for the generic theatre worker, be they nurse or anaesthetic assistant, as envisaged in the Bevan Report. It clarifies the underlying principles needed for an understanding of anaesthetic and surgical practice. It both defines the level of knowledge required for the ODP Level III qualification and covers the practical aspects of operating department practice, wherever relevant. The book also serves as a comprehensive reference to the principles and practice of modern operating department practice and is essential reading for anyone involved in care of the patient in the operating department environment, both in training and in practice.

Davey, K. J. (1993). Elements of Urban Management. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

At head of title: UNDP/UNCHS World Bank.

Davey, R. and A. Jacks (2000). How to Be Better at — Marketing. London, Kogan Page.

David, A. (1999). To Come to the Land : Immigration and Settlement in 16th-Century Eretz-Israel. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

To Come to the Land makes available in English a vast body of research, previously available only in Hebrew, on the early history of the land now known as Israel. Abraham David here focuses on the Spanish and Portuguese Jews who fled the Iberian Peninsula during the 16th century, tracing the beginnings of Sephardic influence in the land of Israel. After the Ottoman Turks conquered Syria, Palestine, and Egypt in 1516, the Ottoman regime, unlike their Mamluk predecessors, encouraged economic development and settlement throughout the region. This openness to immigration offered a solution to the crisis Iberian Jews were undergoing as a result of their expulsion from Spain and the forced conversions in Portugal. Within a few years of the Ottoman conquest, Jews of Spanish extraction, many of them clustered in urban areas, dominated the Jewish communities of Eretz-Israel. In this carefully researched study, David examines the lasting impression made by these enterprising Jewish settlers on the commercial, social, and intellectual life of the area under early Ottoman rule. Of particular interest is his examination of the cities of Jerusalem and Safed and David’s succinct biographies of leading Jewish personalities throughout the region. This first English translation of a ground-breaking Hebrew work provides a comprehensive overview of a significant chapter in the history of Israel and explores some of the factors that brought to it the best minds of the age. Essential for scholars of late Medieval Jewish history, To Come to the Land will also be an important resource for scholars of intellectual history, as it provides background crucial to an understanding of the intellectual flourishing of the period.

David, A., et al. (1993). A Hebrew Chronicle From Prague, C. 1615. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

Translated by Leon J. Weinberger with Dena Ordan’This slender anonymous work, spanning 1389 to 1611, presents the priorities and concerns of a Jewish community straddling the late medieval and early modern periods. Ample footnotes and explanations provide the lay reader with sufficient background to understand the references to historical events and figures, to ideologies and to institutions. A comprehensive introduction presents the realities of Prague and Bohemia, as well as offering a helpful discussion of the chronicle and other contemporary Jewish accounts.’—Conservative Jewish Quarterly’In about 1615 an anonymous Jew from Prague composed a short Hebrew chronicle to recount’the expulsions, miracles, and other occurrences befalling [the Jews] in Prague and the other lands of our long exile.’Abraham David discovered the manuscript [and] added glosses, historical notes, and an introduction…. The chronicle, with its brief annual entries, is not a continuous narrative, but does give a feeling of immediacy, like a newspaper.’—Polin: Studies in Polish Jewry

David Hume, I. (1997). Innovation, Incentive and Reward : Intellectual Property Law and Policy. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

David Hume, I. (1998). Heritage, the Arts and the Environment : Pricing the Priceless. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

At head of title: The David Hume Institute.

Davidann, J. T. (1998). A World of Crisis and Progress : The American YMCA in Japan, 1890-1930. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Davidson, A. L. (1996). Making and Molding Identity in Schools : Student Narratives on Race, Gender, and Academic Engagement. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Davidson, C. (1999). Best Places to Stay in Florida. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.

‘Family resorts, beachside inns, and other recommended getaways’–Cover.

Davidson, E. H., et al. (1994). Paine, Scripture, and Authority : The Age of Reason As Religious and Political Idea. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.

Davidson, F. G. (1998). Alzheimer’s Disease : Frequently Asked Questions: Making Sense of the Journey. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Davidson, F. G. (1999). The Alzheimer’s Sourcebook for Caregivers : A Practical Guide for Getting Through the Day. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.

Davidson, J. E. and R. J. Sternberg (1995). The Nature of Insight. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

The Nature of Insight brings together diverse perspectives, including recent theories and discoveries, to examine the nature and origins of insightful thinking, as well as the history of theory and research on the topic and the methods used to study it. There are chapters by the leading experts in this field, including Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, Ronald Finke, Howard Gruber, Marcel Just, David Meyer, David Perkins, Dean Simonton, and Robert Weisberg, among others.The Nature of Insight is divided into five main parts. Following an introduction that reviews the history and methods of the field, part II looks at how people solve challenging puzzles whose answers cannot be obtained through ordinary means. Part III focuses on how people come up with ideas for new inventions, while part IV explores the thinking of some of the most insightful people in the history of civilization. Part V considers metaphors such as evolution and investment as bases for understanding insight. An epilogue integrates all these approaches.Contributors: R.E. Mayer, R.L. Dominowski and P. Dallob. C.M. Seifert, D.E. Meyer, N. Davidson, A.J. Patalano, and I. Yaniv. J.E. Davidson. R.W. Weisberg. M.L. Gick and R.S. Lockhart. S.M. Smith. R.A. Finke. M.I. Isaak and M.A. Just. M. Csikszentmihalyi and K. Sawyer. K. Dunbar. H.E. Gruber. M.F. Ippolito and R.D. Tweney. D.K. Simonton. D.N. Perkins. R.J. Sternberg and T.I. Lubart.A Bradford Book

Davidson, J. P. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Assertiveness. New York, Penguin Random House LLC.

Davidson, J. P. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Managing Stress. New York, Alpha Books.

Davidson, J. P. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Managing Stress. New York, Alpha Books.

Davidson, J. P. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Reaching Your Goals. New York, Alpha Books.

Davidson, J. P. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Managing Your Time. New York, Alpha.

The basics of how to manage time and prioritize, with solid advice on how to say’no’when responsibility just can’t be handled.

Davidson, K. and C. Sagan (1999). Carl Sagan : A Life. New York, N.Y., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Davidson, M. H. (1997). Columbus Then and Now : A Life Reexamined. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Davidson, O. G. (1996). Broken Heartland : The Rise of America’s Rural Ghetto. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Between 1940 and the mid 1980s, farm production expenses in America’s Heartland tripled, capital purchases quadrupled, interest payments jumped tenfold, profits fell by 10 percent, the number of farmers decreased by two-thirds, and nearly every farming community lost population, businesses, and economic stability. Growth for these desperate communities has come to mean low-paying part-time jobs, expensive tax concessions, waste dumps, and industrial hog farming, all of which come with environmental and psychological price tags. In Broken Heartland, Osha Gray Davidson chronicles the decline of the Heartland and its transformation into a bitterly divided and isolated regional ghetto. Through interviews with more than two hundred farmers, social workers, government officials, and scholars, he puts a human face on the farm crisis of the 1980s. In this expanded edition Davidson emphasizes the tenacious power of far-right-wing groups; his chapter on these burgeoning rural organizations in the original edition of Broken Heartland was the first in-depth look—six years before of the Oklahoma City bombing—at the politics of hate they nurture. He also spotlights NAFTA, hog lots, sustainable agriculture, and the other battles and changes over the past six years in rural America.

Davidson, O. G. (1998). Under Fire : The Nra and the Battle for Gun Control. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Originally published in 1993, Under Fire was widely hailed as the first objective examination of the NRA and its efforts to defeat gun control legislation. Now in this expanded edition, Osha Gray Davidson shows how the NRA’s extremism has cost the organization both political power and popular support. He offers a well-reasoned and workable approach to gun control, one that will find many supporters even among the NRA membership.

Davie, G. E. (1999). The Democratic Intellect : Scotland and Her Universities in the Nineteenth Century. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Includes index.

Davies, A. T. and M. F. Nefsky (1997). How Silent Were the Churches? : Canadian Protestantism and the Jewish Plight During the Nazi Era. Waterloo, Ont, Wilfrid Laurier University Press.

Davies, D. G. (1996). The Economic Evaluation of Projects : Papers From a Curriculum Development Workshop. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Davies, I. and A. Conran (1993). The Angry Summer : A Poem of 1926. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Davies, J. (1993). Compass Points : Jan Morris Introduces a Selection From the First Hundred Issues of Planet. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Davies, J., et al. (1993). Mercator Media Guide. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Vol. 2 edited by Elin Haf Gruffydd Jones.

Davies, J., et al. (1997). Gender, Ethnicity and Sexuality in Contemporary American Film. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Davies, N. (1980). The Aztecs, a History. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Davies, N. (1987). The Aztec Empire : The Toltec Resurgence. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Includes index.

Davies, R. (1996). Secret Sins : Sex, Violence and Society in Carmarthenshire, 1870-1920. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Davies, R. O. (1999). The Maverick Spirit : Building The New Nevada. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.

A collection of biographical essays on fourteen contemporary Nevadans. The subjects of the essays are Maude Frazier; Moe Dalitz; James B. McMillan; William F. Harrah; Hank Greenspun; Alan Bible; Robert Laxalt; Grant Sawyer; Molly Flagg Knudtsen; Paul Laxalt; Steve Wynn; William Raggio; Sue Wagner; and Jerry Tarkanian.

Davies, R. R. (1997). The Revolt of Owain Glyn Dwr. Oxford, England, Oxford University Press.

Davies, S. (1996). Liverpool Labour : Social and Political Influences on the Development of the Labour Party in Liverpool, 1900-1939. Keele, Staffordshire, Edinburgh University Press.

Davies, W. R., et al. (1995). The United Nations at Fifty : The Welsh Contribution. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Published on behalf of the Welsh Centre for International Affairs and the British Council.

Daviess, M. T. and V. University of (1996). The Elected Mother : A Story of Woman’s Equal Rights. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, A. (1997). Black Holes. New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly describes the formation and composition of black holes and the forces connected with them.

Davis, A. (1997). Comets and Asteroids. New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly discusses the composition and position of comets, asteroids, and meteors.

Davis, A. (1997). Extraterrestrials : Is There Life in Outer Space? New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly discusses the possibility of finding life on other planets.

Davis, A. (1997). Our Solar System. New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly describes the sun, moon, and planets, as well as the force of gravity that connects them.

Davis, A. (1997). Space Stations : Living and Working in Space. New York, PowerKids Press.

Discusses what space stations are, why they are important, what kinds of research is done on them, and the international cooperation they foster.

Davis, A. (1997). Spaceships. New York, PowerKids Press.

Briefly discusses various spacecraft, including rockets, satellites, and space shuttles, and the jobs they perform.

Davis, A. P. and K. Royal Botanic Gardens (1999). The Genus Galanthus. Portland, Or, Timber Press, Inc.

‘Published in association with The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.’

Davis, A. T. (1999). Early Black American Leaders in Nursing : Architects for Integration and Equality. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Errata slip inserted.

Davis, B. (1999). What’s Real, What’s Ideal : Overcoming a Negative Body Image. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Examines the causes and consequences of negative feelings about one’s body and discusses ways to develop a more positive and accepting self-awareness.

Davis, B. G. (1993). Tools for Teaching. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Davis, B. H. and J. Brewer (1997). Electronic Discourse : Linguistic Individuals in Virtual Space. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Davis, C. (1994). Elie Wiesel’s Secretive Texts. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Elie Wiesel’s fiction is rooted in his experience as a survivor of Auschwitz and Buchenwald. His work as a novelist has been accompanied by increasing involvement in human rights activities, for which he received the Nobel Peace Prize in 1986. Working through some of the ethical implications of literary interpretation, Colin Davis examines the consequences of taking a modern critical perspective on Holocaust literature. With the notion of narrative secrecy fundamental to his study, he suggests that Wiesel’s fiction is more darkly ambiguous and deeply complex than his stance on human rights issues. Drawing on Wiesel’s short stories, novels, and essays, Davis illustrates the disjunction between the uncertainties expressed in Wiesel’s fiction and the polemical confidence of some of his nonliterary writing. He discusses tensions in the fiction in the context of the personal, theological, intellectual, and aesthetic traumas of the Holocaust. He analyzes important themes in Wiesel’s writing, such as madness, language and silence, and the death of the father, and links them in an original manner to the ideas of storytelling and of the loss of meaning. He ends the book by drawing some tentative conclusions about secrecy and interpretation through a consideration of Wiesel’s most recent novel, The Forgotten. Davis acknowledges the risks involved in approaching Holocaust literature from the standpoint of fictional form. He writes,’By concentrating on hesitations and indeterminacies in Wiesel’s writing, I do not for a moment intend to deny the awful reality of the Holocaust, or to detract from Wiesel’s remarkable work as a human rights activist.’While Wiesel’s fiction is disturbingly enigmatic, Davis says, the pain on every page is radiantly clear.

Davis, C. (1995). After the Whale : Melville in the Wake of Moby-Dick. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Davis, E. B. and D. Schmidt (1996). Guide to Information Sources in the Botanical Sciences. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Davis, G. (1991). Polyhymnia : The Rhetoric of Horation Lyric Discourse. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Horace’s Odes have a surface translucency that belies their rhetorical sophistication. Gregson Davis brings together recent trends in the study of Augustan poetry and critical theory and deftly applies them to individual poems. Exploring four rhetorical strategies—what he calls modes of assimilation, authentication, consolation, and praise and dispraise—Davis produces enlightening, new interpretations of this classic work.Polyhymnia, named after one of the Muses invoked in Horace’s opening poem, revises the common image of Horace as a complacent, uncomplicated, and basically superficial singer. Focusing on the artistic persona—the lyric’self’that is constituted in the text—Davis explores how the lyric speaker constructs subtle’arguments’whose building-blocks are topoi, recurrent motifs, and generic conventions. By examining the substructure of lyric argument in groupings of poems sharing similar strategies, the author discloses the major principles that inform Horatian lyric composition.

Davis, G. and P. Bonsall (1996). Bath : A New History. Staffordshire, England, Edinburgh University Press.

Davis, H. (1997). Small-Town Heroes : Images of Minor League Baseball. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

For many baseball fans, a major league game is a flickering image on a television screen or a story in a newspaper. Real baseball is played in their hometown, in a ballpark that seats 5,000 fans, not 50,000. The players wear uniforms like the ones seen on television, but their names are not household words—unless it happens to be summer and you are living in Bluefield, West Virginia, or Cedar Rapids, Iowa, or Batavia, New York. In 1993, ex-New Yorker Hank Davis put a successful career in psychology and music journalism on hold and went off on a loving odyssey through twenty-eight host towns in search of minor league baseball. Writing with beguiling charm and a firm knowledge of the game, he traveled the back roads of small-town Canada and America and found more than he bargained for: a wondrous cast of characters on the field, in the stands, and on the way to the ballpark. Davis recorded them with his splendid, incisive prose and his remarkable photographs. Along the way he encountered not only the baseball stars of the future, like Derek Jeter, Terrell Wade, and Tim Crabtree, but also a host of fascinating unknowns and longshots. They, too, have stories to tell that will not appear on the stat sheets. With infectious energy, Davis also looked beyond the players. There are coaches, men in their forties and beyond, making arduous bus trips with players half their age. There are assistant general managers happy to scrub toilets and paint dugouts just to be close to the game. Kids sell Cracker Jacks in Bluefield, and grown-ups operate the mechanical bull at Durham Athletic Park. Davis finds the small-town setting a universe unto itself. Within it, minor league baseball is lost in a time warp. Unabashedly unsophisticated, it has all the quirky charm of a traveling carnival—full of hawkers and gawkers and the unaffected simplicity of a concert in the park on a hot July night. Davis’full account of his baseball journey is rich with detail inside and outside the ballpark.

Davis, J. (2000). A Guide to Web Marketing : Successful Promotion on the Net. London, Kogan Page.

Davis, J. R. (2000). Managed Care Systems and Emerging Infections : Challenges and Opportunities for Strengthening Surveillance, Research, and Prevention: Workshop Summary. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

‘Based on a workshop of the Forum on Emerging Infections.’

Davis, J. R. and A. B. Davis (2000). Managing Your Own Learning. San Francisco, CA, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Describes seven major ways of learning and shows how each can best be used to maximize self-directed learning Provides a step-by-step guide to assessing previous learning and designing an action plan for future learning Reveals how to expand opportunities for learning and use libraries and the Internet more effectively As the pace of change in the workplace continues to accelerate, individuals are under more pressure to learn new things than ever before. While most people realize they have more to learn, many have trouble translating that anxious need into purposeful action. Managing Your Own Learning demonstrates how to analyze previous learning, design an action plan for future learning, expand opportunities for learning, and use libraries and the Internet effectively to become a lifelong learner. James and Adelaide Davis detail seven major ways of learning: learning new skills, learning from presentations, learning to think, learning to solve problems and make decisions, learning in groups, learning through virtual realities, and learning from experience. They also provide useful guidelines for maximizing results by becoming an effective, active participant in learning. They explain, for example, how learning in a group can be enhanced by knowing how a group works and considering factors such as group size, cohesion, task and process behavior, and participant roles, as well as the things that can go wrong in groups, such as conflict and apathy. For each of the seven ways of learning, the authors tell what is unique about it, how learning actually takes place, and how it can be augmented in each situation. They reveal how the theory behind each way of learning originated, what researchers have learned about it, and what the individual’s role is as a participant. And at the end of each chapter, they include a list of ten things that anyone can do to get the most from that particular type of learning. No matter what our previous experiences with learning may have been, we all must become self-directed learners if we are to succeed in this new era. Managing Your Own Learning provides step-by-step, proven advice on how to succeed in the 21st century workplace by becoming a proactive, goal-directed, perpetual learner.

Davis, J. R. and M. Institute of (1999). Assuring Data Quality and Validity in Clinical Trials for Regulatory Decision Making : Workshop Report: Roundtable on Research and Development of Drugs, Biologics, and Medical Devices. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.

Davis, K. B. and V. University of (1995). A Daughter of Lilith and a Daughter of Eve. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, L. (1993). Virginal Sexuality and Textuality in Victorian Literature. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Davis, L. (1997). Quality Assurance : ISO 9000 As a Management Tool. Copenhagen, Copenhagen Business School Press.

Davis, L. (1998). Environmental Disasters: a Chronicle of Individual, Industrial, and Governmental Carelessness. New York, NY, Facts on File.

Davis, L. M. (1990). Statistics in Dialectology. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Includes index.

Davis, L. R. (1997). The Swimsuit Issue and Sport : Hegemonic Masculinity in Sports Illustrated. Albany, SUNY Press.

Explores the cultural meanings of the swimsuit issue and shows how Sports Illustrated secures a large audience of men by creating a climate of hegemonic masculinity.

Davis, M. (1999). The Autobiography of Philosophy : Rousseau’s the Reveries of the Solitary Walker. Lanham, MD, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

This is the most important book about the nature of philosophy and of the human soul published this year. In making the condition for its own possibility its deepest concern, philosophy is necessarily about itself_it is autobiographical. The first part of The Autobiography of Philosophy interprets Heidegger’s Being and Time, Nietzsche’s On the Genealogy of Morals, Aristotle’s Metaphysics, and Plato’s Lysis as examples of the implicitly autobiographical character of philosophy. The second part is a reading of Rousseau’s The Reveries of the Solitary Walker. Although Rousseau’s explicitly autobiographical writings are more often read for the tantalizing details of his rather eccentric life than for their philosophical import, this work is an artful use of Rousseau’s exile and isolation_’the strangest position in which a mortal could ever find himself’_as a paradigm for the human soul in its relation to the world. In powerfully articulating the activity that is at the core of all philosophy, The Reveries articulates the nature of the human soul for which this activity is the defining possibility.

Davis, M. and Aristotle (1996). The Politics of Philosophy : A Commentary on Aristotle’s Politics. Lanham, MD, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

In the most original interpretation of Aristotle’s Politics in years, Michael Davis delivers many memorable and provocative formulations of Aristotle’s messages concerning the constitutive tensions of political life. He traces the uncanny parallel between politics and philosophy in Aristotle, arguing that their connection is much deeper than it is ordinarily understood to be and that, for Aristotle, understanding either requires understanding the other. Davis presents his interpretation with a striking clarity and accessibility that makes the book a pleasure to read.

Davis, M., et al. (1998). Practical Ethics : A Collection of Addresses and Essays. New York, Oxford University Press.

A classic work in the field of practical and professional ethics, this collection of nine essays by English philosopher and educator Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900) was first published in 1898 and forms a vital complement to Sidgwick’s major treatise on moral theory, The Methods of Ethics. Reissued here as Volume One in a new series sponsored by the Association for Practical and Professional Ethics, the book is composed chiefly of addresses to members of two ethical societies that Sidgwick helped to found in Cambridge and London in the 1880s. Clear, taut, and lively, these essays demonstrate the compassion and calm reasonableness that Sidgwick brought to all his writings. As Sidgwick explains in his opening essay, the societies he addressed aimed to allow academics, professionals, and others to pursue joint efforts at reaching’some results of value for practical guidance and life.’Sidgwick hoped that members might discuss such questions as when, if ever, public officials might be justified in lying or in breaking promises, whether scientists could legitimately inflict suffering on animals for research purposes, when nations might have just cause in going to war, and a score of other issues of ethics in public and private life still debated a century later. This valuable reissue returns Practical Ethics to its rightful place in Sidgwick’s oeuvre. Noted ethicist Sissela Bok provides a superb Introduction, ranging over the course of Sidgwick’s life and career and underscoring the relevance of Practical Ethics to contemporary debate. She writes:’Practical Ethics, the last book that Henry Sidgwick published before his death in 1900, contains the distillation of a lifetime of reflection on ethics and on what it would take for ethical debate to be’really of use in the solution of practical questions.”This rich, engaging work is essential reading for all concerned with the relationship between ethical theory and. practice, and with the questions that have driven the study of professional ethics in recent years.

Davis, M. J., et al. (1999). Shall I Say a Kiss? : The Courtship Letters of a Deaf Couple, 1936-1938. Washington, D.C., Gallaudet University Press.

Davis, M. L. (1998). Dark Side of Fortune : Triumph and Scandal in the Life of Oil Tycoon Edward L. Doheny. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Dark Side of Fortune contains all the elements of a Hollywood thriller. Filling in one of the most important gaps in the history of the American West, Margaret Leslie Davis’s riveting biography follows Edward L. Doheny’s fascinating story from his days as an itinerant prospector in the dangerous jungles of Mexico, where he built the $100-million oil empire that ushered in the new era of petroleum. But it was a tale that ended in tragedy, when—at the peak of his economic power—Doheny was embroiled in the notorious Teapot Dome scandal and charged with bribing the U.S. Secretary of the Interior.Few captains of industry have matched Doheny’s drive to succeed and his far-reaching ambition. Drawn to the West in search of fortune, he failed at prospecting before finding oil in a smelly, tar-befouled lot in Los Angeles in 1892. Certain that the substance had commercial value, he envisioned steamships and locomotives no longer powered by coal, but by oil. After developing massive oil wells in Mexico, Doheny built an international oil empire that made him one of the wealthiest men in the world. But in 1924 the scandal of Teapot Dome engulfed him. As accusations mounted, he hired America’s top legal talent for his defense. During the ten-year-long litigation, Doheny’s only son was mysteriously murdered by a family confidant. The government’s case against Doheny ended in an astounding jury decision: The cabinet official accused of taking a bribe from Doheny was found guilty and sent to prison, yet Doheny was fully acquitted. Despite the verdict, the scandal had overshadowed the achievements of a lifetime, and he died in disgrace in 1935.Margaret Leslie Davis recreates the legal drama and adds details of behind-the-scenes strategy gleaned from the personal diaries and archives of Doheny’s famed defense attorneys. Previously hidden personal correspondence adds to this first complete portrait of the man and answers questions about Doheny that have eluded historians for almost seventy-five years.

Davis, M. M. and S. Fisher (1997). Sarah’s Seasons : An Amish Diary and Conversation. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

“Have you ever kept a diary?” With that question author Martha Davis sets out on her journey into the quietly remarkable life of an Old Order Amish woman know to us as Sarah Fisher. Sarah not only kept a diary but welcomed Martha to read it and to view the world through her eyes. The even, peaceful tenor of Sarah’s diary entries and the closeness to nature of her life and work will make readers question the pace and values of their own lives, and the degree of social interconnectedness in Sarah’s world will offer a model for many of us outside it. Sarah’s brief daily notations, recorded on a calendar throughout 1976 and 1977, reveal an ongoing account of her seasonal routine. In many ways the straightforward simplicity of her writing is a reflection of her life near rural Kalona, Iowa, a life filled with what Martha Davis calls look-easy tasks undertaken without the conveniences of electricity, phones, or automobiles. For Sarah, diaries are a record. “A diary can settle a question, a disagreement,” she tells Martha. “You look back and see what took place. That’s history.” Through their conversations, Martha soon discovered she had more in common with Sarah than diary writing. Though Davis lived in the mainstream culture, an “English” person as the Amish say, like Sarah she grew up on a farm in rural Iowa during the 1950s and 1960s. Like Martha, Sarah had spent several years as a teacher. In Sarah’s Seasons Martha Davis shares their common experiences and common interests—gardening, quilting, and cooking. Alongside Sarah’s diary, Martha presents their shared recipes and conversations as well as reflections on her own more modern existence. Because of her friendship with Sarah, the author found a new sense of belonging to and purpose in the mainstream world. In the end, Sarah’s diary becomes for Martha a meditation on time and community.

Davis, R. (1995). Shim : A Novel. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Originally published: 1953.

Davis, R. (1998). American Voudou : Journey Into a Hidden World. Denton, Tex, UNT Press.

Voudou (an older spelling of voodoo)—a pantheistic belief system developed in West Africa and transported to the Americas during the diaspora of the slave trade—is the generic term for a number of similar African religions which mutated in the Americas, including santeria, candomble, macumbe, obeah, Shango Baptist, etc. Since its violent introduction in the Caribbean islands, it has been the least understood and most feared religion of the New World—suppressed, out-lawed or ridiculed from Haiti to Hattiesburg. Yet with the exception of Zora Neale Hurston’s accounts more than a half-century ago and a smattering of lurid, often racist paperbacks, studies of this potent West African theology have focused almost exclusively on Haiti, Cuba and the Caribbean basin. American Voudou turns our gaze back to American shores, principally towards the South, the most important and enduring stronghold of the voudou faith in America and site of its historic yet rarely recounted war with Christianity. This chronicle of Davis’determined search for the true legacy of voudou in America reveals a spirit-world from New Orleans to Miami which will shatter long-held stereotypes about the religion and its role in our culture. The real-life dramas of the practitioners, true believers and skeptics of the voudou world also offer a radically different entree into a half-hidden, half-mythical South, and by extension into an alternate soul of America. Readers interested in the dynamic relationships between religion and society, and in the choices made by people caught in the flux of conflict, will be heartened by this unique story of survival and even renaissance of what may have been the most persecuted religion in American history.

Davis, R. C. (1996). Lobsticks and Stone Cairns : Human Landmarks in the Arctic. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.

Davis, R. G. (2006). Bombing the European Axis Powers : A Historical Digest of the Combined Bomber Offensive, 1939-1945. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Davis, R. H. The Amateur. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Billy and the Big Stick. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. A Charmed Life. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Consul. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Frame up. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Frances Waldeaux. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Life in the Iron Mills. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Log of the Jolly Polly. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Lost House. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Make-believe Man. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Man Who Could Not Lose. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Margret Howth. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Messengers. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Miss Civilization. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. My Buried Treasure. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Nature Faker. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Peace Manoeuvres. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. A Question of Latitude. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Red Cross Girl. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Reporter Who Made Himself King. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Soldiers of Fortune. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. The Spy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. Vera, the Medium. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H. A Wasted Day. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Davis, R. H., et al. (1996). Soldiers of Fortune. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1995). Anne. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1995). An Ignoble Martyr. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1995). The Scarlet Car. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Blind Tom. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Episodes in Van Bibber’s Life. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Frances Waldeaux. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Her First Appearance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Jane Murray’s Thanksgiving Story. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The King’s Jackal. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The Lion and the Unicorn. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). A Middle-aged Woman. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). An Old-time Love Story. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). One Week an Editor. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The Princess Aline. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The Reporter Who Made Himself King. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1996). Walhalla. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. H. and V. University of (1997). The Red Cross Girl. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Davis, R. L. (1991). Hollywood Beauty : Linda Darnell and the American Dream. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

At fifteen, Linda Darnell left her Texas home and normal adolescence to live the Hollywood dream promoted by fan magazine and studio publicity offices. She appeared in dozens of films and won international acclaim for Blood and Sand (playing opposite Tyrone Power), Forever Amber, A Letter to Three Wives, and the original version of Unfaithfully Yours. Driven by a stage mother to become rich and Famous, but unable to cope with the career she had longed for as a child, Darnell soon was caught in a downward spiral of drinking, failed marriages, and exploitive relationships. By her early twenties she was an alcoholic, hardened by a life in which beautiful women were chattel, and by the time of her death at age forty- one, she was struggling for recognition in the industry that once had called her its’glory girl.” Hollywood Beauty begins in the Southwest during the Depression, when Pearl Darnell became obsessed by the glitter of the movie world that would dominate her children’s lives. We follow Linda’s path from her Texas childhood and first public success–during the state centennial, in 1936–through her contract work with Twentieth Century-Fox in the heyday of the big-studio system. Film historian Ronald L. Davis documents Darnell’s discovery and marriages, the adoption of her daughter, the marking of many well-known films, and her emotional difficulties, leading up to her tragic death by fire. This is the story of a native teenager from a dysfunctional middle-class family thrust into the golden age of Hollywood. Hollywood Beauty examines America’s public worship of movie stars and superficial success–its motives and consequences–and the addiction to escapism that this worship represents.

Davis, R. L. (1997). John Ford : Hollywood’s Old Master. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

John Ford remains the most honored director in Hollywood history, having won six Academy Awards and four New York Film Critics Awards. Drawing upon extensive written and oral history, Ronald L. David explores Ford’s career from his silent classic, The Iron Horse, through the transition to sound, and then into the pioneer years of location filming, the golden years of Hollywood, and the movement toward television. During his career, Ford made such classics as Stagecoach, The Grapes of Wrath, How Green Was My Valley, and The Searchers-136 pictures in all, 54 of them Westerns. The complexity of his personality comes alive here through the eyes of his colleagues, friends, relatives, film critics, and the actors he worked with, including John Wayne, Henry Fonda, Maureen O’Hara, and Katharine Hepburn.

Davis, R. L. (1997). Whitman and the Romance of Medicine. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this compelling, accessible examination of one of America’s greatest cultural and literary figures, Robert Leigh Davis details the literary and social significance of Walt Whitman’s career as a nurse during the American Civil War. Davis shows how the concept of’convalescence’in nineteenth-century medicine and philosophy—along with Whitman’s personal war experiences—provide a crucial point of convergence for Whitman’s work as a gay and democratic writer.In his analysis of Whitman’s writings during this period—Drum-Taps, Democratic Vistas, Memoranda During the War, along with journalistic works and correspondence—Davis argues against the standard interpretation that Whitman’s earliest work was his best. He finds instead that Whitman’s hospital writings are his most persuasive account of the democratic experience. Deeply moved by the courage and dignity of common soldiers, Whitman came to identify the Civil War hospitals with the very essence of American democratic life, and his writing during this period includes some of his most urgent reflections on suffering, sympathy, violence, and love. Davis concludes this study with an essay on the contemporary medical writer Richard Selzer, who develops the implications of Whitman’s ideas into a new theory of medical narrative.

Davis, R. L. (1998). Duke : The Life and Image of John Wayne. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Davis, R. M. (1994). Playing Cowboys : Low Culture and High Art in the Western. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Davis, S. B. (1996). A Brotherhood of Arms : Brazil-United States Military Relations, 1945-1977. Niwot, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

Davis, S. G. (1997). Spectacular Nature : Corporate Culture and the Sea World Experience. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This is the story of Sea World, a theme park where the wonders of nature are performed, marketed, and sold. With its trademark star, Shamu the killer whale—as well as performing dolphins, pettable sting rays, and reproductions of pristine natural worlds—the park represents a careful coordination of shows, dioramas, rides, and concessions built around the theme of ocean life. Susan Davis analyzes the Sea World experience and the forces that produce it: the theme park industry; Southern California tourism; the privatization of urban space; and the increasing integration of advertising, entertainment, and education. The result is an engaging exploration of the role played by images of nature and animals in contemporary commercial culture, and a precise account of how Sea World and its parent corporation, Anheuser-Busch, succeed. Davis argues that Sea World builds its vision of nature around customers’worries and concerns about the environment, family relations, and education.While Davis shows the many ways that Sea World monitors its audience and manipulates animals and landscapes to manufacture pleasure, she also explains the contradictions facing the enterprise in its campaign for a positive public identity. Shifting popular attitudes, animal rights activists, and environmental laws all pose practical and public relations challenges to the theme park. Davis confronts the park’s vast operations with impressive insight and originality, revealing Sea World as both an industrial product and a phenomenon typical of contemporary American culture. Spectacular Nature opens an intriguing field of inquiry: the role of commercial entertainment in shaping public understandings of the environment and environmental problems.

Davis, S. J., et al. (1998). Job Creation and Destruction. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Davis, S. T. (1997). God, Reason, and Theistic Proofs. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Davis, T. N. (1992). The Aurora Watcher’s Handbook. Fairbanks, University of Alaska Press.

Davis, W. (1995). Drawing the Dream of the Wolves : Homosexuality, Interpretation, and Freud’s ‘Wolf Man’. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Davis, W. B. (1992). Japanese Religion and Society : Paradigms of Structure and Change. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Davison, N. R. (1996). James Joyce, Ulysses, and the Construction of Jewish Identity : Culture, Biography, and ‘the Jew’ in Modernist Europe. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Representations of’the Jew’have long been a topic of interest in Joyce studies. Neil Davison argues that Joyce’s lifelong encounter with pseudo-scientific, religious and political discourse about’the Jew’forms a unifying component of his career. Davison offers new biographical material, and presents a detailed reading of Ulysses showing how Joyce draws on Christian folklore, Dreyfus Affair propaganda, Sinn Fein politics, and theories of Jewish sexual perversion and financial conspiracy. Throughout, Joyce confronts the controversy of’race’, the psychology of internalised stereotype, and the contradictions of fin-de-siècle anti-Semitism.

Davydov, E. Y. (1998). Kinetic Peculiarities of Solid Phase Reactions. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Davydov, O. D. (1998). Inside Out : The Radical Transformation of Russian Foreign Trade, 1992-1996. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Includes index.

Davydov, O. D. and V. A. Oreshkin (2000). Liberalization of Russian Foreign Trade : Problems and Prospects. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Dawes, H. L. and V. University of (1995). The Indian Territory. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dawes, H. L. and V. University of (1996). Have We Failed with the Indian? Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dawick, J. (1993). Pinero : A Theatrical Life. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

Dawidoff, R. (1992). The Genteel Tradition and the Sacred Rage : High Culture Vs. Democracy in Adams, James, & Santayana. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

Asking why many American intellectuals have had such difficulty accepting wholeheartedly the cultural dimensions of democracy, Robert Dawidoff examines their alienation and ambivalence, a tradition of detachment he identifies as’Tocquevillian.’In the work of three towering American literary figures – Henry Adams, Henry James, and George Santayana — Dawidoff explores fully this distancing and uneasy response to democratic culture.Linked together by common Harvard, Cambridge, and New England connections, and by an upper-class, Brahmin background, each of these three writers, Dawidoff argues, was at once self-critical and contemptuous of cultural democracy — especially its indifference to them and what they represented. But their claims to detached observation of democratic culture must be viewed skeptically, Dawidoff warns, and borrowed with caution.An important contribution of the book is its integration of gay issues into American intellectual history. Viewing James’s and Santayana’s attitudes toward their homosexuality as affecting their views of American society, Dawidoff examines this significant and overlooked element in the American intellectual and cultural mix. Dawidoff also includes powerful new readings of Adams’s Democracy and James’s The Ambassadors and discusses Santayana’s Americanist essays.In his foreward, Alan Trachtenberg notes the’taboo’that seems to have fallen over the word democracy.’It is rarely encountered anymore in humanistic studies,’he says,’snubbed in favor of gender, class, race, region.’This trend, he says, may be in part due to an unease about studying the culture in which we participate because the posture of the cutural critic implies a certain detachment.’The Genteel Tradition and the Sacred Rage returns the question of democracy to centerstage,’he concludes,’not as political theory alone but as cultural and personal experience.’A UNC Press Enduring Edition — UNC Press Enduring Editions use the latest in digital technology to make available again books from our distinguished backlist that were previously out of print. These editions are published unaltered from the original, and are presented in affordable paperback formats, bringing readers both historical and cultural value.

Dawsey, C. B. and J. M. Dawsey (1995). The Confederados : Old South Immigrants in Brazil. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

This collection of essays–which also includes a previously unpublished narrative by an original settler– examines the fascinating experiences of southern Confederate exiles in Brazil and their continuing legacy. During the late 1860s Southerners dissatisfied with the outcome of the Civil War and fearful of the extent of Union reprisals migrated to Brazil to build a new life for themselves. The Confederados–the great majority from Alabama and Texas–began a century-long adventure to establish a new homeland and to preserve important elements of their Old South heritage. For more than a hundred years, descendants of the original settlers have largely maintained their language and customs while contributing to Brazil’s economy and society. Here, scholars from many fields examine every aspect of this unique mingling of cultures within the larger historical and cultural context.

Dawson, C. (1996). Due North of Montana : A Guide to Flyfishing in Alberta. Boulder, Johnson Books.

Includes index.

Dawson, J. M. (1964). A Thousand Months to Remember : An Autobiography. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.

Dawson, R. (1999). Secrets of Power Negotiating : Inside Secrets From a Master Negotiator. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.

Are you a power negotiator?Master negotiator Roger Dawson shows you how to make the most of all your negotiations in the new paperback edition of his classic Secrets of Power Negotiating.This Second Edition has been completely revised and updated to reflect the changing dynamics of business today. Readers learn how to win negotiations and leave the other person feeling like he or she has actually won. Secrets of Power Negotiating covers every aspect of the negotiating process with practical, proven advice: from beginning steps to critical final moves, how to recognize unethical tactics, key principles to the Power Negotiating strategy, why money is not as important as everyone thinks, negotiating pressure points, understanding the other party and gaining the upper hand, and analyses of different negotiating styles.And Power Negotiating can be applied to any situation:— Business owners will learn how to dramatically improve profits.— Managers will learn how to become dynamic leaders.— Parents will discover how to shape their child’s future.— Salespeople will learn how to build—and protect—their bottom line.— All readers will find how to develop power and control over their ability to get what they want—in all areas of their lives.Roger Dawson (City of Industry, CA) is one of the country’s top experts on the art of negotiating. As a full-time speaker for the last 18 years, he has trained executives, managers, and salespeople throughout the U.S., Canada, and Australia. He is one of only 28 professionals in the world to have been awarded both the CSP and CPAW by the National Speakers Association, their two highest awards

Dawson, R. (1999). Secrets of Power Negotiating for Salespeople : Inside Secrets From a Master Negotiator. Franklin Lakes, N.J., Career Press.

In this revised and updated paperback edition, master negotiator Roger Dawson gives salespeople an arsenal of tools that can be implemented easily and immediately to enable a quantum leap in sales.

Dawson, R. (2000). Developing Knowledge-based Client Relationships : The Future of Professional Services. Boston, Routledge.

The publication of this book heralds a new field of management, thought and practice. The advocates of the’knowledge economy’have to date focused almost exclusively on how managers can increase the internal productivity of their knowledge assets and intellectual capital. The important next step is understanding that a large and rapidly increasing proportion of the value of business transactions is in knowledge itself. Once this is recognized, managers must devote their attention to how to maximize the value of that knowledge to customers, and tie that directly to developing enduring and profitable relationships.Developing Knowledge-Based Client Relationships guides the reader to understanding the increasing importance of information and knowledge in business transactions and client relationships. It then goes on to present in an extremely practical fashion what knowledge organizations can do to enhance the value of the knowledge they deliver to clients and use that to develop profitable relationships. This is done by presenting underlying theoretical framework, a variety of tools for structuring relationships and presenting knowledge to clients, and numerous case studies and examples of firms which have implemented these concepts successfully. Fills a gap in present knowledge literature in the customer knowledge areaPractical tools and effective case studies with world-recognized companiesShows how knowledge organizations of all kinds can increase their competitive edge by adding value to their clients

Day, E. M. and S. Shapson (1996). Studies in Immersion Education. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.

Day, G. and G. Rees (1991). Regions, Nations, and European Integration : Remaking the Celtic Periphery. Cardiff, University of Wales.

Day, J. (1995). The Vanishing Vision : The Inside Story of Public Television. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Day, R. A. (1998). How to Write & Publish a Scientific Paper. Phoenix, Az, Greenwood Publishing Group.

Day, R. H. (1994). Complex Economic Dynamics. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Dayan, J. (1998). Haiti, History, and the Gods. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In Haiti, History, and the Gods, Joan Dayan charts the cultural imagination of Haiti not only by reconstructing the island’s history but by highlighting ambiguities and complexities that have been ignored. She investigates the confrontational space in which Haiti is created and recreated in fiction and fact, text and ritual, discourse and practice. Dayan’s ambitious project is a research tour de force that gives human dimensions to this eighteenth-century French colony and provides a template for understanding the Haiti of today.In examining the complex social fabric of French Saint-Domingue, which in 1804 became Haiti, Dayan uncovers a silenced, submerged past. Instead of relying on familiar sources to reconstruct Haitian history, she uses a startling diversity of voices that have previously been unheard. Many of the materials recovered here—overlooked or repressed historical texts, legal documents, religious works, secret memoirs, letters, and literary fictions—have never been translated into English. Others, such as Marie Vieux Chauvet’s radical novel of vodou, Fonds des Nègres, are seldom used as historical sources.Dayan also argues provocatively for the consideration of both vodou rituals and narrative fiction as repositories of history. Her scholarship is enriched by the insights she has gleaned from conversations and experiences during her many trips to Haiti over the past twenty years. Taken together, the material presented in Haiti, History, and the Gods not only restores a lost chapter of Haitian history but suggests necessary revisions to the accepted histories of the New World.

Dayton, C. M. (1998). Latent Class Scaling Analysis. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

D’Costa, J. and B. Lalla (1989). Voices in Exile : Jamaican Texts of the 18th and 19th Centuries. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

The songs, sermons and other materials collected in this anthology thoroughly characterize and demonstrate the distinctive language and culture that developed when African and European exiles came together on the plantations of Jamaica. Accounts of planters, slave-trading captains, and other testimonies from both the colonial and indigenous population effectively illustrate the unfolding of this unique culture.

De Bruyn, F. (1996). The Literary Genres of Edmund Burke : The Political Uses of Literary Form. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

De Casseres, B. and V. University of (1995). Emerson the Individualist. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

De George, R. T. (1997). Academic Freedom and Tenure : Ethical Issues. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

De Geyndt, W. (1996). Social Development and Absolute Poverty in Asia and Latin America. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

De Graaf, R. A. (1998). In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy : Principles and Techniques. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

De Grazia, V. (1993). How Fascism Ruled Women : Italy, 1922-1945. Berkeley, University of California Press.

‘Italy has been made; now we need to make the Italians,’goes a familiar Italian saying. Mussolini was the first head of state to include women in this mandate. How the fascist dictatorship defined the place of women in modern Italy and how women experienced the Duce’s rule are the subjects of Victoria de Grazia’s new work. De Grazia draws on an array of sources—memoirs and novels, the images, songs, and events of mass culture, as well as government statistics and archival reports. She offers a broad yet detailed characterization of Italian women’s ambiguous and ambivalent experience of a regime that promised modernity, yet denied women emancipation.Always attentive to the great diversity among women and careful to distinguish fascist rhetoric from the practices that really shaped daily existence, the author moves with ease from the public discourse about femininity to the images of women in propaganda and commercial culture. She analyzes fascist attempts to organize women and the ways in which Mussolini’s intentions were received by women as social actors. The first study of women’s experience under Italian fascism, this is also a history of the making of contemporary Italian society.

De Groot, H. B. and A. Leggatt (1990). Craft and Tradition : Essays in Honour of William Blissett. Calgary, Alta., Canada, University of Calgary Press.

Cover title: Craft & tradition.

De la Croix, S. S. (2012). Chicago Whispers : A History of LGBT Chicago Before Stonewall. Madison, University of Wisconsin Press.

Chicago Whispers illuminates a colorful and vibrant record of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgendered people who lived and loved in Chicago from the city’s beginnings in the 1670s as a fur-trading post to the end of the 1960s. Journalist St. Sukie de la Croix, drawing on years of archival research and personal interviews, reclaims Chicago’s LGBT past that had been forgotten, suppressed, or overlooked. Included here are Jane Addams, the pioneer of American social work; blues legend Ma Rainey, who recorded “Sissy Blues” in Chicago in 1926; commercial artist J. C. Leyendecker, who used his lover as the model for “The Arrow Collar Man” advertisements; and celebrated playwright Lorraine Hansberry, author of A Raisin in the Sun. Here, too, are accounts of vice dens during the Civil War and classy gentlemen’s clubs; the wild and gaudy First Ward Ball that was held annually from 1896 to 1908; gender-crossing performers in cabarets and at carnival sideshows; rights activists like Henry Gerber in the 1920s; authors of lesbian pulp novels and publishers of “physique magazines”; and evidence of thousands of nameless queer Chicagoans who worked as artists and musicians, in the factories, offices, and shops, at theaters and in hotels. Chicago Whispers offers a diverse collection of alternately hip and heart-wrenching accounts that crackle with vitality.

De Marinis, M. (1993). The Semiotics of Performance. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.

Translation of: Semiotica del teatro.

De Melo, J. and A. Panagariya (1992). The New Regionalism in Trade Policy. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Based on a conference entitled’New Dimensions in Regional Integration,’sponsored by the World Bank and the Centre for Economic Policy Research, which was held at the World Bank on April 2-3, 1992’–Pref.

De Mente, B. (1993). How to Do Business with the Japanese : A Complete Guide to Japanese Customs and Business Practices. St. Albans, NTC Contemporary.

De Mente, B. (1994). Japanese Etiquette & Ethics in Business. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

De Mente, B. (1994). Korean Etiquette & Ethics in Business. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

‘A penetrating analysis of the morals and values that shape the Korean business personality’–Cover.

De Pauw, L. G. (1998). Battle Cries and Lullabies : Women in War From Prehistory to the Present. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

In this groundbreaking work, which covers thousands of years and spans the globe, Linda Grant De Pauw depicts women as victims and as warriors; as nurses, spies, sex workers, and wives and mothers of soldiers; as warrior queens leading armies into battle; and as baggage carriers marching in the rear.Beginning with the earliest archaeological evidence of warfare and ending with the dozens of wars in progress today, Battle Cries and Lullabies demonstrates that warfare has always and everywhere involved women. Following an introductory chapter on the questions raised about women’s participation in warfare, the book presents a documented, chronological survey linked to familiar models of military history.De Pauw provides historical context for current public policy debates over the role of women in the military.’Whether one applauds or deplores their presence and their actions, women have always been part of war. To ignore this fact grossly distorts our understanding of human history.’

De Pree, C. G. and A. Axelrod (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Astronomy. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes index.

De Presno, O. The Online World. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

De Quille, D. and L. I. Berkove (1990). The Fighting Horse of the Stanislaus : Stories and Essays by Dan De Quille. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Tongue-Oil Timothy, as unflappable as he is unconscionable, swindles Wasatch Sam in a villainous poker game. Amazed prospectors discover a full-grown silver man deep in a mountain tunnel. Old Pizen, a horse so mean that he was almost poison to himself, is wagered by his own owner in the fight of his life. The travelling stones of Pahranagat, when scattered about the ground, immediately huddle together like eggs in a nest. Highly eccentric but shrewd, itinerant preacher Lorenzo Dow raises the devil. A cheery voiced goblin frog points the way toward the great Comstack silver lode. These tongue-in-cheek creations join Bendix Biargo, the Seven Nimrods of the Sierras, a Female World-Ranger, and Dan De Quille’s other unforgettable characters to make the pioneers and Comstockers come alive once more.

De Quincey, T. Confessions of an English Opium Eater. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

De Quincey, T. Levana and Our Ladies of Sorrow. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

De Vos, G. (1996). Tales, Rumors, and Gossip : Exploring Contemporary Folk Literature in Grades 7-12. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

De Vos, G. and A. E. Altmann (1999). New Tales for Old : Folktales As Literary Fictions for Young Adults. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

De Winter, C. (2000). 30 Minutes – to Improve Your Telesales Techniques. London, Kogan Page.

Deac, W. P. (1997). Road to the Killing Fields : The Cambodian War of 1970-1975. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Deacon, D. (1997). Elsie Clews Parsons : Inventing Modern Life. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.

Elsie Clews Parsons was a pioneering feminist, an eminent anthropologist, and an ardent social critic. In Elsie Clews Parsons, Desley Deacon reconstructs Parsons’s efforts to overcome gender biases in both academia and society.’Wonderfully illuminating…. Parsons’s work resonates strikingly to current trends in anthropology.’—George W. Stocking, Jr., Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute’This is the biography of a woman so interesting and effective—a cross between Margaret Mead and Georgia O’Keeffe…. A nuanced portrait of this vivid woman.’—Tanya Luhrmann, New York Times Book Review’A marvelous new book about the life of Elsie Clews Parsons…. It’s as though she is sitting on the next rock, a contemporary struggling with the same issues that confront women today: how to combine work, love and child-rearing into one life.’—Abigail Trafford, Washington Post’Parsons’s splendid life and work continue to illuminate current puzzles about acculturation and diversity.’—New Yorker

Deal, B. H. (1990). It’s Always Three O’clock. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Dean, B. E., et al. (1983). Wildflowers of Alabama and Adjoining States. University, University of Alabama Press.

Dean, D. J. and U. Air (1986). The Air Force Role in Low-intensity Conflict. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Colonel Dean examines the increasing importance of third world countries in global affairs. Their vital natural resources and geostrategic locations make them the object of intense competition between the superpowers and a ripe target for a new category of conflict. Because of the high probability of US involvement in third world conflicts, we must adapt our resources to acquire the flexibility demanded by low-intensity conflict.

Dean, D. M., et al. (1998). Parliament and Locality, 1660-1939. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

‘Special book issue published as part of the Parliamentary history journal, volume 17, part 1′–P. [4] of cover.

Dean, J. (1996). Solidarity of Strangers : Feminism After Identity Politics. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Dean, J. R. (1998). Extraction Methods for Environmental Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dean, W. (1997). With Broadax and Firebrand : The Destruction of the Brazilian Atlantic Forest. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Warren Dean chronicles the chaotic path to what could be one of the greatest natural disasters of modern times: the disappearance of the Atlantic Forest. A quarter the size of the Amazon Forest, and the most densely populated region in Brazil, the Atlantic Forest is now the most endangered in the world. It contains a great diversity of life forms, some of them found nowhere else, as well as the country’s largest cities, plantations, mines, and industries. Continual clearing is ravaging most of the forested remnants.Dean opens his story with the hunter-gatherers of twelve thousand years ago and takes it up to the 1990s—through the invasion of Europeans in the sixteenth century; the ensuing devastation wrought by such developments as gold and diamond mining, slash-and-burn farming, coffee planting, and industrialization; and the desperate battles between conservationists and developers in the late twentieth century.Based on a great range of documentary and scientific resources,With Broadax and Firebrand is an enormously ambitious book. More than a history of a tropical forest, or of the relationship between forest and humans, it is also a history of Brazil told from an environmental perspective. Dean writes passionately and movingly, in the fierce hope that the story of the Atlantic Forest will serve as a warning of the terrible costs of destroying its great neighbor to the west, the Amazon Forest.

Dearen, P. (1996). Crossing Rio Pecos. Fort Worth, Tex, TCU Press.

The Pecos River flows snake-like out of New Mexico and across West Texas before striking the Rio Grande. In frontier Texas, the Pecos was more moat than river—a deadly barrier of quicksand, treacherous currents, and impossibly steep banks. Only at its crossings, with legendary names such as Horsehead and Pontoon, could travelers hope to gain passage. Even if the river proved obliging, Indian raiders and outlaws often did not. Long after irrigation and dams rendered the river a polluted trickle, Patrick Dearen went seeking out the crossings and the stories behind them. In Crossing Rio Pecos—a follow-up to his Castle Gap and the Pecos Frontier—he draws upon years of research to relate the history and folklore of all the crossings—Horsehead, Pontoon, Pope’s, Emigrant, Salt, Spanish Dam, Adobe, “S,” and Lancaster. Meticulously documented, Crossing Rio Pecos emerges as the definitive study of these gateways which were so vital to the opening of the western frontier.

Dearlove, D. (1998). Business the Richard Branson Way : 10 Secrets of the World’s Greatest Brand Builder. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dearlove, D. (1999). Business the Bill Gates Way : 10 Secrets of the World’s Richest Business Leader. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dearlove, D. (1999). The Ultimate Book of Business Brands : Insights From the World’s 50 Greatest Brands. Dover, N.H., John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Includes index.

Dearlove, D. (2000). The Ultimate Book of Business Thinking : Harnessing the Power of the World’s Greatest Business Ideas. Oxford [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Includes index.

DeArment, R. K. (1989). Bat Masterson : The Man and the Legend. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

The colorful figures of the western American frontier, the Indian fighters, the mountain men, the outlaws, and the lawmen, have been romanticized for more than a hundred years by writers who found it easier to invent history than the research it.’Bat’Masterson was one such character who cast a long shadow across the pages of western history as it has been routinely depicted.’A legend in his own time,’he was called in a television series produced in the 1960’s. A legend he has become—one firmly fixed in the popular imagination. But in his own time W.B. Masterson was a man, a less-than-perfect creature subject to the same temptations and vices as his fellows, albeit one who, through circumstance and inclination, led an exciting life in an exciting time and place. As buffalo hunter, army scout, peace officer, professional gambler, sportsman, promoter, and newspaperman, Masterson’s career was stormy and eventful. Surprising to many readers will be the account of Masterson’s career after his peace officer days, during his employment as a sports writer and columnist. The gun-toting western peace officer reputed to have killed more men than Billy the Kid (not so, says DeArment) spent his last years happily in New York City, writing for a nationally known newspaper. This book, the product of more than twenty years of research, separates fact from fiction to extricate the story of his life from the legend that has enmeshed it. It is the most complete biography of Bat Masterson ever written.

DeArment, R. K. (1996). Alias Frank Canton. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

DeArment, R. K. (1996). George Scarborough : The Life and Death of a Lawman on the Closing Frontier. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Deaton, A. (1997). The Analysis of Household Surveys : A Microeconometric Approach to Development Policy. Baltimore, Md, World Bank Publications.

DeBauche, L. M. (1997). Reel Patriotism : The Movies and World War I. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.

DeBessonet, C. G. (1991). A Many-valued Approach to Deduction and Reasoning for Artificial Intelligence. Boston, Kluwer Academic.

DeBlois, B. M. (1999). Beyond the Paths of Heaven : The Emergence of Space Power Thought: a Comprehensive Anthology of Space-related Master’s Research. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Debo, A. (1961). The Rise and Fall of the Choctaw Republic. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Debo, A. (1970). A History of the Indians of the United States. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

In 1906 when the Creek Indian Chitto Harjo was protesting the United States government’s liquidation of his tribe’s lands, he began his argument with an account of Indian history from the time of Columbus,’for, of course, a thing has to have a root before it can grow.’Yet even today most intelligent non-Indian Americans have little knowledge of Indian history and affairs those lessons have not taken root. This book is an in-depth historical survey of the Indians of the United States, including the Eskimos and Aleuts of Alaska, which isolates and analyzes the problems which have beset these people since their first contacts with Europeans. Only in the light of this knowledge, the author points out, can an intelligent Indian policy be formulated. In the book are described the first meetings of Indians with explorers, the dispossession of the Indians by colonial expansion, their involvement in imperial rivalries, their beginning relations with the new American republic, and the ensuing century of war and encroachment. The most recent aspects of government Indian policy are also detailed the good and bad administrative practices and measures to which the Indians have been subjected and their present situation. Miss Debo’s style is objective, and throughout the book the distinct social environment of the Indians is emphasized—an environment that is foreign to the experience of most white men. Through ignorance of that culture and life style the results of non-Indian policy toward Indians have been centuries of blundering and tragedy. In response to Indian history, an enlightened policy must be formulated: protection of Indian land, vocational and educational training, voluntary relocation, encouragement of tribal organization, recognition of Indians’social groupings, and reliance on Indians’abilities to direct their own lives. The result of this new policy would be a chance for Indians to live now, whether on their own land or as adjusted members of white society. Indian history is usually highly specialized and is never recorded in books of general history. This book unifies the many specialized volumes which have been written about their history and culture. It has been written not only for persons who work with Indians or for students of Indian culture, but for all Americans of good will.

Debo, A. (1976). Geronimo : The Man, His Time, His Place. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Debo, A. (1979). The Road to Disappearance : A History of the Creek Indians. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Title on two leaves.

DeBoer, W. R. (1996). Traces Behind the Esmeraldas Shore. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

Although long famous for its antiquities—notably intricate goldwork, elaborate pottery, and earthen mounds—the Santiago-Cayapas region of coastal Ecuador has been relatively neglected from the standpoint of scientific archaeology. Until recently, no sound chronology was available, and even the approximate age of the region’s most impressive monument, the large and much-looted site of La Tolita, remained in doubt. Building on evidence obtained during the last decade, this book documents an eventful prehistory for Santiago-Cayapas that spans three millennia. A highlight of this prehistory was the reign of La Tolita as a regional center from 200 B.C. to A.D. 350. Archaeological data from La Tolita’s hinterland indicate a complex and changing social landscape in which La Tolita’s hegemony was never absolute nor uncontested. Abundantly illustrated and written in a crisp, witty, and occasionally irreverent style, Traces Behind the Esmeraldas Shore will stimulate debate and rankle interpretive conventions about those social formations that archaeologists gloss as’chiefdoms.’

DeBolt, G. P. (1992). Teacher Induction and Mentoring : School-based Collaborative Programs. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Deborah, H. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Motherhood. New York, Alpha Books.

Includes bibliographical references (p. [281]) and index.

DeBuys, W. E. (1985). Enchantment and Exploitation : The Life and Hard Times of a New Mexico Mountain Range. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Includes index.

DeCaro, L. A. (1996). On the Side of My People : A Religious Life of Malcolm X. New York, NYU Press.

The mythic figure of Malcolm X conjures up a variety of images–black nationalist, extremist, civil rights leader, hero. But how often is Malcolm X understood as a religious leader, a man profoundly affected by his relationship with Allah? During Malcolm’s life and since, the press has focused on the Nation of Islam’s rejection of integration, offering an extremely limited picture of its ideology and religious philosophy. Mainstream media have ignored the religious foundation at the heart of the Nation and failed to show it in light of other separatist religious movements. With the spirituality of cultic black Islam unexplored and the most controversial elements of the Nation exploited, its most famous member, Malcolm X, became one of the most misunderstood leaders in history. In On the Side of My People, Louis A. DeCaro, Jr. offers the first book length religious treatment of Malcolm X. Malcolm X was certainly a political man. Yet he was also a man of Allah, struggling with his salvation—as concerned with redemption as with revolution. Drawing on a wide variety of sources, including extensive interviews with Malcolm’s oldest brother, FBI surveillance documents, the black press, and tape-recorded speeches and interviews, DeCaro examines the charismatic leader from the standpoint of his two conversion experiences–to the Nation while he was in jail and to traditional Islam climaxing in his pilgrimage to Mecca. Examining Malcolm beyond his well-known years as spokesman for the Nation, On the Side My People explores Malcolm’s early religious training and the influence of his Garveyite parents, his relationship with Elijah Muhammad, his often overlooked journey to Africa in 1959, and his life as a traditional Muslim after the 1964 pilgrimage. In his critical analysis of The Autobiography of Malcolm X, DeCaro provides insight into the motivation behind Malcolm’s own story, offering a key to understanding how and why Malcolm portrayed his life in his own autobiography as told to Alex Haley. Inspiring and necessary, On the Side My People presents readers with a Malcolm X few were privileged to know. By filling in the gaps of Malcolm’s life, DeCaro paints a more complete portrait of one of the most powerful and relevant civil rights figures in American history.

Decker, D. A. and A. R. Berolzheimer (1997). Policy Evolution : Energy Conservation to Energy Efficiency: a Series of Speeches From the Energy Efficiency Forums. Lilburn, Ga, Fairmont Press.

Decker, S. (1997). 301 Do-it-yourself Marketing Ideas From America’s Most Innovative Small Companies. Boston, MA, Inc. Pub.

Deely, J. N. (1990). Basics of Semiotics. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Deems, R. S. (1999). Hiring : How to Find and Keep the Best People. Franklin Lakes, N.J., Career Press.

Includes index.

Deen, R. (1987). Opportunities in Business Communication Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., U.S.A., NTC Contemporary.

Introduces careers in business communication, a profession with such varied jobs as editing, speech or script writing, conducting research, and planning conventions.

Deeprose, D. (1994). How to Recognize & Reward Employees. New York, AMACOM.

Deeprose, D. (1995). The Team Coach : Vital New Skills for Supervisors & Managers in a Team Environment. New York, AMACOM.

Deetz, S. (1992). Democracy in an Age of Corporate Colonization : Developments in Communication and the Politics of Everyday Life. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Defoe, D. Dickory Cronke. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. Everybody’s Business Is Nobody’s Business : Or, Private Abuses, Public Grievances: Exemplified in the Pride, Insolence, and Exorbitant Wages of Our Women, Servants, Footmen, Etc. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. The Fortunes & Misfortunes of the Famous Moll Flanders. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. From London to Land’s End. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. The Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. (On) the Education of Women. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Defoe, D. Shortest-way with the Dissenters. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Defoe, D. Tour Through the Eastern Counties of England, 1722. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Defoe, D. (1996). Robinson Crusoe. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Defoort, C. and Heguanzi (1997). The Pheasant Cap Master : He Guan Zi: a Rhetorical Reading. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeFrancis, J. (1993). In the Footsteps of Genghis Khan. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

‘A Kolowalu Book.’

DeGalan, J. and S. E. Lambert (1994). Great Jobs for English Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

DeGalan, J. and S. E. Lambert (1994). Great Jobs for Foreign Language Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

DeGalan, J. and S. E. Lambert (1995). Great Jobs for History Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

DeGalan, J. and S. E. Lambert (1995). Great Jobs for Psychology Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Includes index.

Degenaar, M. (1996). Molyneux’s Problem : Three Centuries of Discussion on the Perception of Forms. Dordrecht, Netherlands, Springer.

Suppose that a congenitally blind person has learned to distinguish and name a sphere and a cube by touch alone. Then imagine that this person suddenly recovers the faculty of sight. Will he be able to distinguish both objects by sight and to say which is the sphere and which the cube? This was the question which the Irish politician and scientist William Molyneux posed in 1688 to John Locke. Molyneux’s question has intrigued a wide variety of intellectuals for three centuries. Those who have attempted to solve it include Berkeley, Reid, Leibniz, Voltaire, La Mettrie, Condillac, Diderot, Mller, Helmholtz, William James and Gareth Evans. This book is the first comprehensive survey of the history of the discussion about Molyneux’s problem. It will be of interest to historians of both philosophy and psychology.

Dégh, L. (1994). American Folklore and the Mass Media. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

DeGlopper, D. R. (1995). Lukang : Commerce and Community in a Chinese City. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeHaan, V. (1996). State Parks of the South : America’s Historic Paradise; a Guide to Camping, Fishing, Hiking, & Sightseeing. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.

Includes index.

DeHaven-Smith, L. (1988). Philosophical Critiques of Policy Analysis : Lindblom, Habermas, and the Great Society. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Includes index.

Deibert, R. J. (1997). Parchment, Printing, and Hypermedia : Communication in World Order Transformation. New York, N.Y., Columbia University Press.

Deida, D. (1997). It’s a Guy Thing : An Owner’s Manual for Women. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.

Dekker, T. Poems of Thomas Dekker. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dekker, T. The Shoemaker’s Holiday. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Del Caro, A. (1997). The Early Poetry of Paul Celan : In the Beginning Was the Word. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.

‘This book is a detailed treatment of the early volumes Mohn und Gedèachtnis (Poppy and memory, 1952) and Von Schwelle zu Schwelle (From threshold to threshold, 1955)’–Pref.

Del Rosso, J. M. and T. Marek (1996). Class Action : Improving School Performance in the Developing World Through Better Health and Nutrition. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Deland, M., et al. (1996). The Voice. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Delaney, K. J. (1992). Strategic Bankruptcy : How Corporations and Creditors Use Chapter 11 to Their Advantage. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In 1982 Johns-Manville, a major asbestos manufacturer, declares itself insolvent to avoid paying claims resulting from exposure to its products. A year later, Continental Airlines, one of the top ten carriers in the United States, claims a deficit when the union resists plans to cut labor costs. Later still, oil powerhouse Texaco cries broke rather than pay damages resulting from a courtroom defeat by archrival Pennzoil.Bankruptcy, once a term that sent shudders up a manager’s spine, has now become a potent weapon in the corporate arsenal. In his timely and challenging study, Kevin Delaney explores this profound change in our legal landscape, where corporations with billions of dollars in assets employ bankruptcy to achieve specific political and organizational objectives. As a consequence, bankruptcy court is rapidly becoming an arena in which crucial social issues are resolved: How and when will people dying of asbestos poisoning be compensated? Can companies unilaterally break legally negotiated labor contracts? What are the ethical and legal rules of the corporate takeover game?In probing the Chapter 11 bankruptcies of Johns-Manville, Frank Lorenzo’s Continental Airlines, and Texaco, Delaney shows not only that bankruptcy is pursued by managers more and more as a strategy, but that it is becoming accepted by the business community as a viable option, and not just a last-ditch solution.This searing exposé of current corporate practices will incite debate among corporate executives, lawyers, legislators, and policy makers.

Delano, F. (1999). The Omnipowerful Brand : America’s #1 Brand Specialist Shares His Secrets for Catapulting Your Brand to Marketing Stardom. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Delany, S. (1994). The Naked Text : Chaucer’s Legend of Good Women. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Delgado, L. C. and F. l. V. Matos Rodríguez (1998). Puerto Rican Women’s History : New Perspectives. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.

A survey of the topics in gender and history of Puerto Rican women. Organized chronologically and covering the 19th and 20th centuries, it deal with issues of slavery, emancipation, wage work, women and politics, women’s suffrage, industrialization, migration and Puerto Rican women in New York.

Delgado, R. (1996). The Coming Race War : And Other Apocalyptic Tales of America After Affirmative Action and Welfare. New York, NYU Press.

In The Washington Post, Julius Lester praised Richard Delgado’s The Rodrigo Chronicles: Conversations about America and Race as free of cant and ideology…. an excellent starting place for the national discussion about race we so desperately need. The New York Times has hailed Delgado as a pioneer in the study of race and law, and the Los Angeles Times has compared his storytelling style to Plato’s Dialogues. In The Coming Race War?, Delgado turns his attention to the American racial landscape in the wake of the mid-term elections in 1994. Our political and racial topography has been radically altered. Affirmative action is being rolled back, immigrants continue to be targeted as the source of economic woes, and race is increasingly downplayed as a source of the nation’s problems. Legal obstacles to racial equality have long been removed, we are told, so what’s the problem? And yet, the plight of the urban poor grows worse. The number of young black men in prison continues to exceed those in college. Informal racial privilege remains entrenched and systemic. Where, asks Delgado in this new volume, will this lead? Enlisting his fictional counterpart, Rodrigo Crenshaw, to untangle the complexities of America’s racial future, Delgado explores merit and affirmative action; the nature of empathy and, more commonly, false empathy; and the limitations of legal change. Warning of the dangers of depriving the underprivileged of all hope and opportunity, Delgado gives us a dark future in which an indignant white America casts aside, once and for all, the spirit of the civil rights movement, with disastrous results.

Della Valle, J. C. and E. Sawyer (1998). Teacher Career Starter : The Road to a Rewarding Career. New York, LearningExpress.

Dell’Amico, M., et al. (1997). Annotated Bibliographies in Combinatorial Optimization. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Includes index.

Dellums, R. V. and H. L. Halterman (2000). Lying Down with the Lions : A Public Life From the Streets of Oakland to the Halls of Power. Boston, Beacon Press.

Includes index.

Delmore, A. (1995). Truth Is Stranger Than Publicity. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Deloria, V. (1985). American Indian Policy in the Twentieth Century. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

DeLuca, M. J. and N. F. DeLuca (1999). Get a Job in 30 Days or Less : A Realistic Action Plan for Finding the Right Job Fast. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

Delza, S. (1996). The Tʻai-chi Chʻuan Experience : Reflections and Perceptions on Body-mind Harmony: Collected Essays, Form-spirit, Philosophy-structure. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeMallie, R. J. and A. Ortiz (1996). North American Indian Anthropology : Essays on Society and Culture. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

DeMallie, R. J. and D. R. Parks (1987). Sioux Indian Religion : Tradition and Innovation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Demand, N. H. (1990). Urban Relocation in Archaic and Classical Greece : Flight and Consolidation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

DeMarco, T. (1999). Larry Walker : Canadian Rocky. Champaign, Ill, Sports Publishing, Inc.

DeMaria, K. (2000). The Packaging Development Process : A Guide for Engineers and Project Managers. Lancaster, CRC Press.

The Packaging Development Process: A Guide for Engineers and Project Managers presents the techniques necessary for creating, testing, and launching packaging, in one convenient reference book. It does so by explaining each step of how a packaging project evolves from the business plan to product launch, with an emphasis on the financial and human resources necessary to move the project forward.Included are extended case studies and detailed flow charts. The case studies create an interesting, informative and understandable read, while the flow charts explain concepts. The text is intended to give package engineers and managers the tools they need to realize new package ideas and to revamp existing packaging in the framework of business teams.

DeMark, J. B. (1992). Essays in Twentieth-century New Mexico History. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Demastes, W. W. (1996). Realism and the American Dramatic Tradition. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.

Any review of 20th-century American theatre invariably leads to the term realism. Yet despite the strong tradition of theatrical realism on the American stage, the term is frequently misidentified, and the practices to which it refers are often attacked as monolithically tyrannical, restricting the potential of the American national theatre. This book reconsiders realism on the American stage by addressing the great variety and richness of the plays that form the American theatre canon. By reconsidering the form and revisiting many of the plays that contributed to the realist tradition, the authors provide the opportunity to apprise strengths often overlooked by previous critics. The volume traces the development of American dramatic realism from James A. Herne, the’American Ibsen,’to currently active contemporaries such as Sam Shepard, David Mamet, and Marsha Norman. This frank assessment, in sixteen original essays, reopens a critical dialog too long closed. Essays include: American Dramatic Realisms, Viable Frames of Thought The Struggle for the Real–Interpretive Con§ict, Dramatic Method, and the Paradox of Realism The Legacy of James A. Herne: American Realities and Realisms Whose Realism? Rachel Crothers’s Power Struggle in the American Theatre The Provincetown Players’Experiments with Realism Servant of Three Masters: Realism, Idealism, and’Hokum’in American High Comedy

Dembo, M. H. (2000). Motivation and Learning Strategies for College Success : A Self-management Approach. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

Demby, W. (1998). Beetlecreek. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

After several years of silence and seclusion in Beetlecreek’s black quarter, a carnival worker named Bill Trapp befriends Johnny Johnson, a Pittsburgh teenager living with relatives in Beetlecreek. Bill is white. Johnny is black. Both are searching for acceptance, something that will give meaning to their lives. Bill tries to find it through good will in the community. Johnny finds it in the Nightriders, a local gang. David Diggs, the boy’s dispirited uncle, aspires to be an artist but has to settle for sign painting. David and Johnny’s new friendship with Bill kindles hope that their lives will get better. David’s marriage has failed; his wife’s shallow faith serves as her outlet from racial and financial oppression. David’s unhappy routine is broken by Edith Johnson’s return to Beetlecreek, but this relationship will be no better than his loveless marriage. Bill’s attempts to unify black and white children with a community picnic is a disaster. A rumor scapegoats him as a child molester, and Beetlecreek is titillated by the imagined crimes. This novel portraying race relations in a remote West Virginia town has been termed an existential classic. It would be hard, said The New Yorker, to give Mr. Demby too much praise for the skill with which he has maneuvered the relationships in this book. During the 1960s Arna Bontemps wrote,’Demby’s troubled townsfolk of the West Virginia mining region foreshadow present dilemmas. The pressing and resisting social forces in this season of our discontent and the fatal paralysis of those of us unable or unwilling to act are clearly anticipated with the dependable second sight of a true artist.’First published in 1950, Beetlecreek stands as a moving condemnation of provincialism and fundamentalism. Both a critique of racial hypocrisy and a new direction for the African-American novel, it occupies fresh territory that is neither the ghetto realism of Richard Wright nor the ironic modernism of Ralph Ellison. Even after fifty years, more or less, William Demby said in 1998,’It still seems to me that Beetlecreek is about the absence of symmetry in human affairs, the imperfectibility of justice the tragic inevitability of mankind’s inhumanity to mankind.’William Demby is the author of The Catacombs and Love Story: Black. He lives in Sag Harbor, N.Y. James C. Hall, a professor of African-American Studies and English at the University of Illinois, Chicago, is the author of the forthcoming book, Mercy, Mercy, Me: African-American Culture and the American Sixties, and editor of Langston Hughes: A Collection of Poems.

Demery, L. and T. Addison (1987). The Alleviation of Poverty Under Structural Adjustment. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

DeMiller, A. L. (2000). Linguistics : A Guide to the Reference Literature. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Includes indexes.

Dempsey, H. A. (1989). Crowfoot, Chief of the Blackfeet. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Dendel, E. W. (1995). You Cannot Unsneeze a Sneeze, and Other Tales From Liberia. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.

DeNeal, G. (1998). A Knight of Another Sort : Prohibition Days and Charlie Birger, Second Edition. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

In 1913 Charlie Birger began his career as a bootlegger, supplying southern Illinois with whiskey and beer. He was charismatic, with an easygoing manner and a cavalier generosity that made him popular. The stuff of legend, he was part monster, part Robin Hood. In the early days, he would emerge from his restaurant/saloon in tiny Ledford in Saline County with a cigar box full of coins and throw handfuls in the air for the children. Echoing the consensus on Birger, an anonymous gang member called him’enigmatic,’noting that’he had a wonderful quality, a heart of gold. There in Harrisburg sometimes he’d support twelve or fifteen families, buy coal, groceries…. [But] he had cold eyes, a killer’s eyes. He would kill you for something somebody else would punch you in the nose for.’Drawing from the colorful cast of the living, the dead, and the soon-to-be-dead—a state shared by many associated with Birger and his enemies, the Shelton gang—DeNeal re-creates Prohibition-era southern Illinois. He depicts the fatal shootout between S. Glenn Young and Ora Thomas, the battle on the Herrin Masonic Temple lawn in which six were slain and the Ku Klux Klan crushed, and the wounding of Williamson County state’s attorney Arlie O. Boswell. As the gang wars escalated and the roster of corpses lengthened, the gangsters embraced technology. The Sheltons bombed Birger’s roadhouse, Shady Rest, from a single-engine airplane. Both Birger and the Sheltons used armored vehicles to intimidate their enemies, and the chatter of machine gun fire grew common. The gang wars ended with massive arrests, trials, and convictions of gangsters who once had seemed invincible. Charlie Birger was convicted of the murder of West City mayor Joe Adams and sentenced to death. On April 19, 1928, he stood on the gallows looking down on the large crowd that had come to see him die.’It’s a beautiful world,’Birger said softly as he prepared to leave it.

Denemark, R. A. and K. Burch (1997). Constituting International Political Economy. Boulder, Colo, Lynne Rienner Publishers.

International political economy is both a discipline and a set of global practices and conditions. This volume explores how the two are related, illustrating the changing character of the global political economy, as well as changing perspectives on that character. The authors first consider how social issues, policy concerns, and philosophical judgments help constitute IPE both as a worldview and as a discipline. A central theme here is the reciprocal creation of the discipline and the social practices said to comprise it. Subsequent chapters illustrate the incongruence between the nature of the social world as alleged in IPE’s premises—which often distortedly frame issues—and the alternative characterizations available from other social groups, behaviors, and approaches. Finally, conclusions are drawn about the tensions between’conventional’and’alternative’framings of the international political economy, raising questions about the nature, consequences, and insights of diverse approaches to IPE.

Deng, Y. and F.-L. Wang (1999). In the Eyes of the Dragon : China Views the World. Lanham, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Denham, J. M. (1997). A Rogue’s Paradise : Crime and Punishment in Antebellum Florida, 1821-1861. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

The pervasive influence of the frontier is fundamental to an understanding of antebellum Florida. James M. Denham traces the growth and social development of this sparsely settled region through its experience with crime and punishment.

Denig, E. T. (1961). Five Indian Tribes of the Upper Missouri : Sioux, Arickaras, Assiniboines, Crees, Crows. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Denman-West, M. W. (1998). Children’s Literature : A Guide to Information Sources. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Includes indexes.

Denner, W. W. and C. National Research (1989). Measuring and Understanding Coastal Processes for Engineering Purposes. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Committee chairman: Warren W. Denner.

Dennett, D. C. (1998). Brainchildren : Essays on Designing Minds. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.

Minds are complex artifacts, partly biological and partly social; only a unified, multidisciplinary approach will yield a realistic theory of how they came into existence and how they work. One of the foremost workers in this multidisciplinary field is Daniel Dennett. This book brings together his essays on the philosphy of mind, artificial intelligence, and cognitive ethology that appeared in inaccessible journals from 1984 to 1996. Highlights include’Can Machines Think?,”The Unimagined Preposterousness of Zombies,”Artificial Life as Philosophy,’and’Animal Consciousness: What Matters and Why.’Collected in a single volume, the essays are now available to a wider audience.

Denning, D. E. R., et al. (1994). Rights and Responsibilities of Participants in Networked Communities. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book describes a number of social and legal issues as they relate to various members of electronically networked communities. After a brief introduction to relevant legal precedents and to the manner in which societies develop norms for social behavior, the book explores right and responsibilities related to free speech, vandalism, property interests, and privacy.

Denny, R. (2001). Selling to Win : Tested Techniques for Closing the Sale. London, Kogan Page.

DeNora, T. (1997). Beethoven and the Construction of Genius : Musical Politics in Vienna, 1792-1803. Berkeley, University of California Press.

In this provocative account Tia DeNora reconceptualizes the notion of genius by placing the life and career of Ludwig van Beethoven in its social context. She explores the changing musical world of late eighteenth-century Vienna and follows the activities of the small circle of aristocratic patrons who paved the way for the composer’s success.DeNora reconstructs the development of Beethoven’s reputation as she recreates Vienna’s robust musical scene through contemporary accounts, letters, magazines, and myths—a colorful picture of changing times. She explores the ways Beethoven was seen by his contemporaries and the image crafted by his supporters. Comparing Beethoven to contemporary rivals now largely forgotten, DeNora reveals a figure musically innovative and complex, as well as a keen self-promoter who adroitly managed his own celebrity.DeNora contends that the recognition Beethoven received was as much a social achievement as it was the result of his personal gifts. In contemplating the political and social implications of culture, DeNora casts many aspects of Beethoven’s biography in a new and different light, enriching our understanding of his success as a performer and composer.

Densmore, C. (1999). Red Jacket : Iroquois Diplomat and Orator. Syracuse, Syracuse University Press.

In the first modern biography of Red Jacket, the author sheds light on the achievements of this formidable Iroquois diplomat who, as a representative of the Seneca and Six Nations, met and negotiated with American presidents from George Washington to Andrew Jackson. The political career of Red Jacket (1758-1830) began just before the American Revolution, when both the Americans and the British sought the alliance of the powerful Iroquois Confederacy. By the 1790s, Red Jacket was frequently the diplomat chosen by the Seneca Nation and the Iroquois Confederacy to represent them in councils and treaty negotiations between the United States, the British in Canada, and the Indian nations of the Ohio Country. Red Jacket spoke eloquently against the sale of Indian lands, against the encroachment of the white man’s religion and culture, and in defense of Indian sovereignty. His speeches were widely known in his own lifetime and continue to be reprinted.

Dentler, R. A. and A. L. Hafner (1997). Hosting Newcomers : Structuring Educational Opportunities for Immigrant Children. New York, Teachers College Press.

Denton, J. A. (1997). Rocky Mountain Radical : Myron W. Reed, Christian Socialist. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Denton, V. L. (1993). Booker T. Washington and the Adult Education Movement. Gainesville, FL, University Press of Florida.

Dèohla, J. C. and W. Waldenfels (1990). A Hessian Diary of the American Revolution. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Translation of: Tagebuch eines Bayreuth Soldaten des Johann Conrad Dèohla aus dem Nordamerikanischen Freiheitskrieg von 1777 bis 1783.

DePaulo, J. R. and L. A. Horvitz (2002). Understanding Depression : What We Know and What You Can Do About It. New York, NY, Wiley.

‘The best place to begin the process of becoming informed.’–Kay Redfield Jamison, Ph.D., author of An Unquiet Mind’Understanding Depression gives coherent form to modern science’s confused wisdom about the illness, and does so in an accessible, intelligent way.’–Andrew Solomon, author of the National Book Award—winner The Noonday Demon: An Atlas of Depression’Understanding Depression answers all the questions the layman wants the answers to. It’s a book people will refer to time and time again. This book was needed, and J. Raymond DePaulo and Leslie Alan Horvitz have done us all a tremendous service.’–Art Buchwald’Understanding Depression is a one-stop, all-inclusive source that leaves no question unanswered… simply the best, most comprehensive book on depression I’ve ever read. Dr. DePaulo’s book will become required reading for all my patients.’–Joseph J. Luciani, Ph.D., author of Self-Coaching: How to Heal Anxiety and Depression In Understanding Depression, one of the world’s foremost authorities on depression presents a thorough, accessible guide to depression’s nature, causes, effects, and treatments. Dr. J. Raymond DePaulo Jr. of the prestigious Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine shows you how to find out if what you’re coping with is, in fact, depression. He then examines the full range of proven therapies, both mainstream and alternative, that are currently available. Using insightful and dramatic case stories from DePaulo’s own clinical experience, this user-friendly handbook is a truly indispensable resource for anyone who must deal directly or indirectly with the devastating effects of this common, frightening, and ultimately controllable condition.

Depew, C. M. My Memories of Eighty Years. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Depew, D. J. and B. H. Weber (1995). Darwinism Evolving : Systems Dynamics and the Genealogy of Natural Selection. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

DePol, J., et al. (1990). Morgan Library Ghost Stories. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

DePryck, K. (1993). Knowledge, Evolution, and Paradox : The Ontology of Language. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Der, L. and V. University of (1997). Two Years in the Forbidden City. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Derber, C. and K. M. Ferroggiaro (1995). What’s Left? : Radical Politics in the Postcommunist Era. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Derfler, F. J. (1998). Using Networks. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

DeRitter, J. (1994). The Embodiment of Characters : The Representation of Physical Experience on Stage and in Print, 1728-1749. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dernâe, S. (1995). Cultures in Action : Family Life, Emotion, and Male Dominance in Banaras, India. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeRose, L. F., et al. (1998). Who’s Hungry? and How Do We Know? : Food Shortage, Poverty, and Deprivation. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.

Derrick, S. S. (1997). Monumental Anxieties : Homoerotic Desire and Feminine Influence in 19th Century U.S. Literature. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Derrida, J. and J. D. Caputo (1997). Deconstruction in a Nutshell : A Conversation with Jacques Derrida. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Derrida, J. and P. Thâevenin (1998). The Secret Art of Antonin Artaud. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Abridged translation of: Antonin Artaud. 1986. With new illustrations by Georges Pastier.

Dertouzos, J. N., et al. (1999). The Economic Costs and Implications of High-technology Hardware Theft. Santa Monica, Calif, RAND Corporation.

‘Prepared for the International Electronics Security Group and the American Electronics Association.’

Desai, B. B. (2000). Handbook of Nutrition and Diet. New York, CRC Press.

This handbook of nutrition and diet provides information on food nutrients and their functions; food safety and distribution; food composition, consumption and utilization; adequacy of diet; and the nutritional management of diseases and disorders. It also discusses the effects of nutrition and diet on diseases of the bones, teeth, hair, kidneys, liver and nervous system.

Desai, B. B., et al. (1997). Seeds Handbook : Biology, Production, Processing, and Storage. New York, CRC Press.

Desai, P. (1997). Going Global : Transition From Plan to Market in the World Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘Papers were discussed at a conference in Helsinki in the early summer of 1995’–Pref.

Desai, U. (1998). Ecological Policy and Politics in Developing Countries : Economic Growth, Democracy, and Environment. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeSalvo, L. A. (1999). Adultery. Boston, Beacon Press.

Descartes, A. and T. Bunce (2000). Programming the Perl DBI : Database Programming with Perl. Cambridge, MA, O’Reilly Media.

One of the greatest strengths of the Perl programming language is its ability to manipulate large amounts of data. Database programming is therefore a natural fit for Perl, not only for business applications but also for CGI-based web and intranet applications.The primary interface for database programming in Perl is DBI. DBI is a database-independent package that provides a consistent set of routines regardless of what database product you use–Oracle, Sybase, Ingres, Informix, you name it. The design of DBI is to separate the actual database drivers (DBDs) from the programmer’s API, so any DBI program can work with any database, or even with multiple databases by different vendors simultaneously.Programming the Perl DBI is coauthored by Alligator Descartes, one of the most active members of the DBI community, and by Tim Bunce, the inventor of DBI. For the uninitiated, the book explains the architecture of DBI and shows you how to write DBI-based programs. For the experienced DBI dabbler, this book reveals DBI’s nuances and the peculiarities of each individual DBD.The book includes:An introduction to DBI and its designHow to construct queries and bind parametersWorking with database, driver, and statement handlesDebugging techniquesCoverage of each existing DBDA complete reference to DBIThis is the definitive book for database programming in Perl.

Descartes, R. Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting the Reason, and Seeking Truth in the Sciences. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Descartes, R. Meditations on First Philosophy. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Desch, M. C., et al. (1998). From Pirates to Drug Lords : The Post-Cold War Caribbean Security Environment. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Deschamps, J. P. and P. R. Nayak (1995). Product Juggernauts : How Companies Mobilize to Generate a Stream of Market Winners. Boston, Harvard Business School Press.

DeSimone, L. D., et al. (1997). Eco-Efficiency : The Business Link to Sustainable Development. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

The term’eco-efficiency’describes business activities that create economic value while reducing ecological impact and resource use. This book outlines the principles of eco-efficiency and presents case studies of their application from a number of international companies, including 3M and the Dow Chemical Company. It also discusses the value of partnerships–with other companies, business associations, communities, regulators, and environmental and other nongovernmental groups. In the conclusion, the authors argue that business must become more eco-efficient and that governments need to change the conditions under which business operates, including tax and regulatory regimes, to make them more conducive to eco-efficiency.

Desjardins, R. (1990). The Rational Enterprise : Logos in Plato’s Theaetetus. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Desmangles, L. G. (1992). The Faces of the Gods : Vodou and Roman Catholicism in Haiti. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

Vodou, the folk religion of Haiti, is a by-product of the contact between Roman Catholicism and African and Amerindian traditional religions. In this book, Leslie Desmangles analyzes the mythology and rituals of Vodou, focusing particularly on the inclusion of West African and European elements in Vodouisants’beliefs and practices.Desmangles sees Vodou not simply as a grafting of European religious traditions onto African stock, but as a true creole phenomenon, born out of the oppressive conditions of slavery and the necessary adaptation of slaves to a New World environment.Desmangles uses Haitian history to explain this phenomenon, paying particular attention to the role of the seventeenth- and eighteenth-century maroon communities in preserving African traditions and the attempts by the Catholic, educated elite to suppress African-based’superstitions.’The result is a society in which one religion, Catholicism, is visible and official; the other, Vodou, is unofficial and largely secretive.

Desmet, C. (1992). Reading Shakespeare’s Characters : Rhetoric, Ethics, and Identity. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Desmond, W. (1992). Beyond Hegel and Dialectic : Speculation, Cult, and Comedy. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Desmond, W. (1995). Perplexity and Ultimacy : Metaphysical Thoughts From the Middle. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dess, G. G. and J. C. Picken (1999). Beyond Productivity : How Leading Companies Achieve Superior Performance by Leveraging Their Human Capital. New York, AMACOM.

Dethloff, H. C., et al. (1982). Southwestern Agriculture, Pre-Columbian to Modern. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Papers of Agricultural History Symposium sponsored by the Agricultural History Society, the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, and Texas A&M University, in College Station, Tex., May 13-15, 1980.

Dettmar, K. J. H. (1996). The Illicit Joyce of Postmodernism : Reading Against the Grain. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.

Detwiler, D. S. (1999). Germany : A Short History. Carbondale, Ill, Southern Illinois University Press.

Deudney, D. and R. A. Matthew (1999). Contested Grounds : Security and Conflict in the New Environmental Politics. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Deutsch, E. (1995). Religion and Spirituality. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Deutsch, M. and P. T. Coleman (2000). The Handbook of Conflict Resolution : Theory and Practice. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Deveney, J. P. (1997). Paschal Beverly Randolph : A Nineteenth-century Black American Spiritualist, Rosicrucian, and Sex Magician. Albany, State University of New York Press.

DeVenney, D. P. (1998). The Broadway Song Companion : An Annotated Guide to Musical Theatre Literature by Voice Type and Song Style. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

The Broadway Song Companion is the first complete guide and access point to the vast literature of the Broadway musical for the solo performer. Designed with the working actor in mind, the volume lists every song from over 210 Broadway shows, giving the name of the character(s) who sing(s) the song, its exact vocal range, and categorizing each by song style (uptempo, narrative ballad, swing ballad, moderate character piece, etc.). A number of indexes to the volume list titles of songs, first lines, composer’s and lyricist’s names, and each song by voice type. For instance, a soprano looking for a ballad to sing will find every song in that category in the index. All solos, duets, and trios are indexed in this manner, with quartets and larger ensembles listed by voice type. Furthermore, the instant breakdowns (how many lead characters, who sings what song, and the range requirements of each character) will be a valuable resource to directors and producers.

Deverell, W. (1994). Railroad Crossing : Californians and the Railroad, 1850-1910. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Nothing so changed nineteenth-century America as did the railroad. Growing up together, the iron horse and the young nation developed a fast friendship. Railroad Crossing is the story of what happened to that friendship, particularly in California, and it illuminates the chaos that was industrial America from the middle of the nineteenth century through the first decade of the twentieth.Americans clamored for the progress and prosperity that railroads would surely bring, and no railroad was more crucial for California than the transcontinental line linking East to West. With Gold Rush prosperity fading, Californians looked to the railroad as the state’s new savior. But social upheaval and economic disruption came down the tracks along with growth and opportunity.Analyzing the changes wrought by the railroad, William Deverell reveals the contradictory roles that technology and industrial capitalism played in the lives of Americans. That contrast was especially apparent in California, where the gigantic corporate’Octopus’—the Southern Pacific Railroad—held near-monopoly status. The state’s largest employer and biggest corporation, the S.P. was a key provider of jobs and transportation—and wielder of tremendous political and financial clout.Deverell’s lively study is peopled by a rich and disparate cast: railroad barons, newspaper editors, novelists, union activists, feminists, farmers, and the railroad workers themselves. Together, their lives reflect the many tensions—political, social, and economic—that accompanied the industrial transition of turn-of-the-century America.

Devettere, R. J. (1995). Practical Decision Making in Health Care Ethics : Cases and Concepts. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.

Devillar, R. A., et al. (1994). Cultural Diversity in Schools : From Rhetoric to Practice. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Devinatz, V. G. (1999). High-tech Betrayal : Working and Organizing on the Shop Floor. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.

Devine, F. (1997). Social Class in America and Britain. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Devine, G., et al. (1999). For Sale by Owner in California. Berkeley, Nolo Press.

DeVitis, J. L. and J. M. Rich (1996). The Success Ethic, Education, and the American Dream. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Devlin, J. P. (1997). High Throughput Screening : The Discovery of Bioactive Substances. New York, M. Dekker.

DeVries, K. (1996). Infantry Warfare in the Early Fourteenth Century : Discipline, Tactics, and Technology. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.

His detailed analysis of battles provides an important reassessment of the way in which infantry and dismounted cavalry achieved such striking successes. HISTORY This remarkable study confirms [DeVries’s] emergence as one of the major scholars of his generation. JOURNAL OF MILITARY HISTORY This study departs from the conventional view of the dominance of cavalry in medieval warfare: its objective is to establish the often decisive importance of infantry. Kelly DeVries employs evidence from first-hand accounts – a major feature of this study – to examine the role of the infantry, and the nature of infantry tactics, in nineteen battles fought in England and Europe between 1302 and 1347, in most of which it was the infantry which secured victory. The battles analysed in detail are: Courtrai Arques Mons-en-Pevele Loudon Hill Kephissos Bannockburn Boroughbridge Cassel Dupplin Moor Halidon Hill Laupen Morlaix Staveren Vottem Crecy Neville’s Cross, and the infantry ambushes: Morgarten Auberoche La Roche-Derrien.

Dewees, P. A. (1993). Trees, Land, and Labor. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dewey, J. Democracy and Education. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dewire, D. T. (1998). Thin Clients. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

Includes index.

DeWitt, D. L. (1990). American Indian Resource Materials in the Western History Collections, University of Oklahoma. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Dey, D., et al. (2000). Generalized Linear Models : A Bayesian Perspective. New York, CRC Press.

This volume describes how to conceptualize, perform, and critique traditional generalized linear models (GLMs) from a Bayesian perspective and how to use modern computational methods to summarize inferences using simulation. Introducing dynamic modeling for GLMs and containing over 1000 references and equations, Generalized Linear Models considers parametric and semiparametric approaches to overdispersed GLMs, presents methods of analyzing correlated binary data using latent variables. It also proposes a semiparametric method to model link functions for binary response data, and identifies areas of important future research and new applications of GLMs.

Dhillon, B. S. (1998). Advanced Design Concepts for Engineers. Lancaster, PA, CRC Press.

This book provides the design engineer with concise information on the most important advanced methods that have emerged in recent years for the design of structures, products and components. While these methods have been discussed in the professional literature, this is the first full presentation of their key principles and features in a single convenient volume. Both veteran and beginning design engineers will find new information and ideas in this book for improving the design engineering process in terms of quality, reliability, cost control and timeliness. Each advanced design concept is examined thoroughly, but in a concise way that presents the essentials clearly and quickly. The author is a leading engineering educator whose many books on design engineering methods, engineering management and quality control have been published in different languages throughout the world.This recent book is available for prompt delivery. To receive your copy quickly, please order now. An order form follows the complete table of contents on the reverse.

Di Filippo, P. (1996). Ribofunk. [N.p.], Four Walls Eight Windows.

Di Filippo, P. (1998). Lost Pages. [N.p.], Four Walls Eight Windows.

Di Giovanni, G. and A. Hegel Society of (1990). Essays on Hegel’s Logic. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Di Piero, W. S. (1991). Out of Eden : Essays on Modern Art. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Di Renzo, A. (1993). American Gargoyles : Flannery O’Connor and the Medieval Grotesque. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.

Di Scala, S. (1996). Italian Socialism : Between Politics and History. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

After a century of participation in the political culture of Europe, the Italian Socialist party – damaged by corruption and payoff scandals – is all but defunct. This collection of original essays on the history and condition of Italian socialism celebrates its achievements and analyzes its downfall. The chapters trace the Italian Socialist party from its birth in the late nineteenth century, through the crisis brought on by Italian Fascism, into the unstable world of postwar democracy. Authors include American and Italian scholars and Italian political participants and commentators who gathered on the 100th anniversary of the party’s birth, just as the scandals were breaking that would lead to its dissolution. The book contributes to the ongoing discussion about the’death of the Left’and will be a valuable addition to the literature on modern Italian history.

Di Tella, T. S. (1996). National Popular Politics in Early Independent Mexico, 1820-1847. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Dia, M. (1993). A Governance Approach to Civil Service Reform in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Diamond, A. S. (1991). Handbook of Imaging Materials. New York, CRC Press [CAM].

Diamond, C. (1995). The Realistic Spirit : Wittgenstein, Philosophy, and the Mind. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Diamond, P. A. (1999). Issues in Privatizing Social Security : Report of an Expert Panel of the National Academy of Social Insurance. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘The findings and recommendations… are those of the Panel on Privatization of Social Security’–P.

Diamond, S. N. (1999). Everything You Need to Know About Going to the Gynecologist. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.

Describes what to expect in a gynecological examination, discusses birth control methods, the female reproductive system, and possible health problems and treatment.

Diamond, S. Z. (1995). Records Management : A Practical Approach. New York, AMACOM.

DiAntonio, R. E. and N. Glickman (1993). Tradition and Innovation : Reflections on Latin American Jewish Writing. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dias, P. (1999). Worlds Apart : Acting and Writing in Academic and Workplace Contexts. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Worlds Apart: Acting and Writing in Academic and Workplace Contexts offers a unique examination of writing as it is applied and used in academic and workplace settings. Based on a 7-year multi-site comparative study of writing in different university courses and matched workplaces, this volume presents new perspectives on how writing functions within the activities of various disciplines: law and public administration courses and government institutions; management courses and financial institutions; social-work courses and social-work agencies; and architecture courses and architecture practice. Using detailed ethnography, the authors make comparisons between the two types of settings through an understanding of how writing is operative within the particularities of these settings. Although the research was initially established to further understanding of the relationships between writing in academic and workplace settings, it has evolved to examining writing as it is embedded in both types of settings–where social relationships, available tools, and historical, cultural, temporal, and physical location are all implicated in complex ways in the decisions people make as writers. Readers of this volume will discover that the uniqueness of each setting makes salient different aspects of writers and writing, resulting in complex, and potentially unsettling implications for writing theory and the teaching of writing.

Dibble, T. J. (1988). The Scarlet Letter : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, Cliffs Notes.

Dibner, D. R., et al. (1992). The Role of Public Agencies in Fostering New Technology and Innovation in Building. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

This book explores innovation in the U.S. construction-related industries (i.e., design services, construction, building materials and products manufacture, and facilities operation and maintenance) and recommends a strategy for fostering new technology. These industries account for about ten percent of the U.S. economy; federal agencies themselves spend some $15 billion annually on construction. A government strategy based on federal agencies that encourage applications of new technology for their own projects, activities to enhance the pursuit and effective transfer of new technology to the U.S. private sector, and increased support for targeted efforts to develop new technologies in specific areas will yield many benefits. These include better cost, quality, and performance in government facilities, generally improved quality of life, and enhanced U.S. industrial competitiveness in international markets.

DiBona, C., et al. (1999). Open Sources : Voices From the Open Source Revolution. Beijing, O’Reilly Media.

Freely available source code, with contributions from thousands of programmers around the world: this is the spirit of the software revolution known as Open Source. Open Source has grabbed the computer industry’s attention. Netscape has opened the source code to Mozilla; IBM supports Apache; major database vendors haved ported their products to Linux. As enterprises realize the power of the open-source development model, Open Source is becoming a viable mainstream alternative to commercial software.Now in Open Sources, leaders of Open Source come together for the first time to discuss the new vision of the software industry they have created. The essays in this volume offer insight into how the Open Source movement works, why it succeeds, and where it is going.For programmers who have labored on open-source projects, Open Sources is the new gospel: a powerful vision from the movement’s spiritual leaders. For businesses integrating open-source software into their enterprise, Open Sources reveals the mysteries of how open development builds better software, and how businesses can leverage freely available software for a competitive business advantage.The contributors here have been the leaders in the open-source arena:Brian Behlendorf (Apache)Kirk McKusick (Berkeley Unix)Tim O’Reilly (Publisher, O’Reilly & Associates)Bruce Perens (Debian Project, Open Source Initiative)Tom Paquin and Jim Hamerly (mozilla.org, Netscape)Eric Raymond (Open Source Initiative)Richard Stallman (GNU, Free Software Foundation, Emacs)Michael Tiemann (Cygnus Solutions)Linus Torvalds (Linux)Paul Vixie (Bind)Larry Wall (Perl)This book explains why the majority of the Internet’s servers use open- source technologies for everything from the operating system to Web serving and email. Key technology products developed with open-source software have overtaken and surpassed the commercial efforts of billion dollar companies like Microsoft and IBM to dominate software markets. Learn the inside story of what led Netscape to decide to release its source code using the open-source mode. Learn how Cygnus Solutions builds the world’s best compilers by sharing the source code. Learn why venture capitalists are eagerly watching Red Hat Software, a company that gives its key product — Linux — away.For the first time in print, this book presents the story of the open- source phenomenon told by the people who created this movement.Open Sources will bring you into the world of free software and show you the revolution.

Dick, R. S., et al. (1997). The Computer-based Patient Record : An Essential Technology for Health Care. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Dickens, C. All the Year Round. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. American Notes for General Circulation. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Barnaby Rudge. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Battle of Life. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Bleak House. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. A Child’s History of England. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Chimes. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. A Christmas Carol. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Cricket on the Hearth. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. David Copperfield. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Dickens Digest. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Doctor Marigold. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Dombey and Son. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. George Silverman’s Explanation. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Going Into Society. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Great Expectations. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Hard Times. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Haunted Man and the Ghost’s Bargain. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

A chemist named Redlaw has lost his sister and feels terrible guilt and sorrow over the incident. Redlaw is a kind and giving person but appears to others to be’a haunted man’; what haunts him is his specter of guilt. This ghost offers to remove his pain and suffering. The result is that Redlaw becomes indifferent and morose without care for others. His presence is enough to make others uncaring. Redlaw, hearing sweet music on Christmas morning, again meets with his haunter. All the evil he has done is reversed by Milly Swidgers, who leads Redlaw to appreciate his sorrow as a devise for forgiving the wrongs done to us by life. Understanding this, Redlaw forgives the loss of his sister and allays the ghost’s curse.

Dickens, C. Holiday Romance. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. The Holly-tree. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Hunted Down. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Ivy Green. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. The Lamplighter. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Lazy Tour of Two Idle Apprentices. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Life and Adventures of Martin Chuzzlewit. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Life and Adventures of Martin Chuzzlewit. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Life and Adventures of Nicholas Nickleby. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Little Dorrit. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Master Humphrey’s Clock. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. A Message From the Sea. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Miscellaneous Papers. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Mrs. Lirriper’s Legacy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Mrs. Lirriper’s Lodgings. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Mudfog and Other Sketches. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Mugby Junction. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Mystery of Edwin Drood. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. No Thoroughfare. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Old Curiosity Shop. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Our Mutual Friend. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Perils of Certain English Prisoners. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Pickwick Papers. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. Pictures From Italy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Seven Poor Travellers, in Three Chapters. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Sketches of Young Couples. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Sketches of Young Gentlemen. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Some Christmas Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Charles Dickens’work is ranked among the finest writing in the Western canon, and the author specialized in seasonal stories to warm the hearts of his adoring fans during the holiday season. This collection of Christmas-themed tales are an entertaining read during the holidays or any time you need a quick pick-me-up.

Dickens, C. Somebody’s Luggage. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Speeches: Literary and Social. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Three Ghost Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. To Be Read at Dusk. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. Tom Tiddler’s Ground. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Uncommercial Traveller. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. The Wreck of the Golden Mary. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dickens, C. (1992). Tale of Two Cities. [N.p.], Courage Books.

Dickens, C. (1996). Oliver Twist : Or, The Parish Boy’s Progress. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, C. and V. University of (1994). A Tale of Two Cities. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickens, F. and J. B. Dickens (1991). The Black Manager : Making It in the Corporate World. New York, AMACOM.

Dicker, S. J. (1996). Languages in America : A Pluralist View. Philadelphia, Pa, Multilingual Matters.

Dickerson, D. L. (1991). Florida Media Law. Tampa, University Press of Florida.

Dickey, F. M. and S. C. Holswade (2000). Laser Beam Shaping : Theory and Techniques. New York, CRC Press.

This text provides all the basic information needed to research, develop, and design beam shaping systems. It includes sections on: diffraction theory, geometrical optics, shaping element design, beam profile measurement technology with applications and techniques for lossless beam shaping.

Dickinson, E. and V. University of (1996). Morning. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickinson, E. and V. University of (1996). The Sleeping Flowers. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickinson, P. D. (1998). Employment Discrimination : Quick Answers to Everyday Questions. Chicago, CCH Inc.

Dickson, J. F. Buddhist Order. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dickson, L. L. (1990). The Modern Allegories of William Golding. Tampa, University Press of Florida.

Dickson, T. (1999). Mass Media Education in Transition : Preparing for the 21st Century. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

Media educators have long been debating the nature and purpose of media education. Issues relating to new technologies and the changing state of the media industry are ongoing concerns, but some of the most difficult questions go to the actual structure of media education itself: Is it best represented as an integrated field? Should it merge with other communication subfields, or potentially split into several separate fields? Media practitioners complicate matters further by questioning the necessity for media education at all. The continued consideration of and reaction to these issues will have a significant effect on media-related education and its associated practices. In Mass Media Education in Transition, Thomas Dickson gives careful consideration to the state of media education and its future directions. He provides a history of mass media-related education as well as an overview of the major issues affecting media education at the end of the 20th century. He incorporates the visions of media education leaders as to the possible directions the field may take in the next century and includes in his discussion information that has been previously unknown or not readily available to media educators. This volume provides a broad view of the major issues affecting all aspects of media education: print and broadcast journalism, advertising, public relations, and media studies. It also offers detailed insights as to the possibilities that lie ahead as the field continues to develop–a new professionalism, or a return to a prior vision of media-related education, or possibly something quite different.

Diehl, J. M. (1993). The Thanks of the Fatherland : German Veterans After the Second World War. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

‘A very interesting and readable account of how former Nazi war veterans reacted to defeat in 1945, and successfully re-adjusted to life under the Federal German Republic.’–History Today (UK)’A major contribution to the early history of the Federal Republic…. Provides the first systematic account of one of the most important chapters of postwar West German social welfare policy.’–American Historical Review’This cogently written and organized work analyzes the social, economic, and political integration of organized veterans into the Federal Republic of Germany during the decade following World War II.’–German Studies Review'[An] important monograph that evaluates a wide range of archival materials and, in an extensive conclusion, offers many thoughtful comparisons concerning the situation of German ex-soldiers and their families after the two World Wars.’–Journal of Modern History’Meticulously researched and ably written…. It deserves serious attention.’–Central European History’The first full-scale study of veterans’politics in Germany after World War II. In analyzing how German soldiers’organizations behaved in the postwar milieu, Diehl provides an invaluable case study in the political culture of the young Federal Republic. His book is thoroughly grounded in archival research, intelligently conceptualized, and very gracefully written.’–David C. Large, Montana State University

Diehl, P. F. (1999). A Road Map to War : Territorial Dimensions of International Conflict. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Dietrich and M. L. Fèuhrer (1992). Treatise on the Intellect and the Intelligible : Tractatus De Intellectu Et Intelligibili. Milwaukee, Wis, Marquette University Press.

Dietz, H. A. and G. Shidlo (1998). Urban Elections in Democratic Latin America. Wilmington, Del, Scholarly Resources, Inc.

Diffie, W. and S. Landau (1998). Privacy on the Line : The Politics of Wiretapping and Encryption. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

Diggs, N. B. (1998). Steel Butterflies : Japanese Women and the American Experience. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dijk, M. A. v. and A. Wakker (1997). Concepts of Polymer Thermodynamics. Lancaster, CRC Press LLC.

DiLalla, L. F. (1998). Behavioral Genetics. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

‘Special issue’.

Dillenberger, J. (1999). Images and Relics : Theological Perceptions and Visual Images in Sixteenth-century Europe. New York, Oxford University Press.

Description based on print version record.

Dillinger, W. R. (1994). Decentralization and Its Implications for Urban Service Delivery. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dillinger, W. R. (1995). Better Urban Services : Finding the Right Incentives. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dillingham, R. (1994). Fourteen Families in Pueblo Pottery. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Rev. and expanded ed. of: Seven families in Pueblo pottery, 1975.

Dillon, M. (1998). You Are Not I : A Portrait of Paul Bowles. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Description based on print version record.

Dillon, M. C. (1991). Merleau-Ponty Vivant. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dillon, P. M. and D. C. Leonard (1998). Multimedia and the Web From A to Z. Phoenix, AZ, Greenwood Publishing Group.

Rev. ed.: Multimedia technology from A to Z. 1st ed. 1995.

Dimancescu, D. and K. Dwenger (1996). World-class New Product Development : Benchmarking Best Practices of Agile Manufacturers. New York, AMACOM.

Dimancescu, D., et al. (1997). The Lean Enterprise : Designing and Managing Strategic Processes for Customer-winning Performance. New York, AMACOM.

Diment, G. (1994). The Autobiographical Novel of Co-consciousness : Goncharov, Woolf, and Joyce. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Dimock, G. (1989). The Unity of the Odyssey. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Includes index.

Dimock, J. J. and L. A. Pâerez (1998). Impressions of Cuba in the Nineteenth Century : The Travel Diary of Joseph J. Dimock. Wilmington, Del, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Dimock, W.-c. (1996). Residues of Justice : Literature, Law, Philosophy. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Dimond, E. G. and H. Hattaway (1993). Letters From Forest Place : A Plantation Family’s Correspondence, 1846-1881. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.

Includes index.

Dimsdale, T. J. (1977). The Vigilantes of Montana : Or, Popular Justice in the Rocky Mountains. Being a Correct and Impartial Narrative of the Chase, Trial, Capture, and Execution of Henry Plummer’s Road Agent Band, Together with Accounts of the Lives and Crimes of Many of the Robbers and Desperadoes, the. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.

Dinar, A. (1995). Restoring and Protecting the World’s Lakes and Reservoirs. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

DiNardo, R. L. (1998). James Longstreet : The Man, the Soldier, the Controversy. [N.p.], Combined Pub.

Dingle, D. T. (1999). Black Enterprise Titans of the B.E. 100s : Black CEOs Who Redefined and Conquered American Business. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].

Includes index.

D’Innocenzo, L. and J. Cullen (1998). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Customer-focused Selling. Bristol, Vt., USA, Velocity Business Pub.

Dinsmore, P. C. (1993). The AMA Handbook of Project Management. New York, AMACOM.

Dinsmore, P. C. (1999). Winning in Business with Enterprise Project Management. New York, AMACOM.

Dinteman, W. (1995). Anthracite Ghosts. Bronx, NY, Distributed by Fordham University Press.

Diodorus Library of History. New York, N.Y., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dionne, E. J. (1998). Community Works : The Revival of Civil Society in America. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.

DiQuinzio, P. and I. M. Young (1997). Feminist Ethics and Social Policy. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

Dirk, C. W. and M. G. Kuzyk (1998). Characterization Techniques and Tabulations for Organic Nonlinear Optical Materials. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Dirks-Edmunds, J. C. (1999). Not Just Trees : The Legacy of a Douglas-fir Forest. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.

Disney, R. (1996). Can We Afford to Grow Older? Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

The United States Social Security fund is huge and in trouble. The United Kingdom has experimented with the voluntary contracting out of pensions to the private sector. Chile has privatized its public pension system. Australia has adopted a means-tested public pension system. Japan has the earliest retirement age of any advanced economy; it also has the highest rate of labor force participation by elderly men. Can We Afford to Grow Older? provides a comprehensive, up-to-date survey of the implications of population aging in these and other OECD countries relative to a range of specific interrelated issues — Social Security schemes, employer pensions, educational attainment, wage growth and distribution, economic productivity, consumption, savings, retirement, and health care — all within a realistic framework for modeling and discussing policy. International in scope, filled with rich institutional detail, and built on a solid technical foundation, this will be a standard reference on the economic consequences of aging.Richard Disney adopts a’life-cycle’view of the world which recognizes that individuals often make plans with a forward-looking perspective across the stages of childhood, the peak of economic productivity, and retirement. He stresses the existence of overlapping generations and the reality of generational transactions (which include tax and transfer systems, bequests, and charity to the elderly). And he assumes intertemporal optimization as a useful unifying basis for analyzing social security, private pension schemes, lifetime labor-supply decisions, consumption, and saving.Among the surprising conclusions that emerge is that there is no’crisis of aging’– no adverse effect of aging on productivity. And although there are serious crises in pay-as-you-go social insurance programs and in health care, these have little to do with aging. Moreover, the shift in private provision plans away from traditional defined- benefit plans will continue, along with an interest in privatized pensions instead of social security.

Dissanayake, W. (1994). Colonialism and Nationalism in Asian Cinema. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

DiStefano, J. J., et al. (1995). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Feedback and Control Systems. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.

‘Continuous (analog) and discrete (digital).’

Dittmer, L. (1987). China’s Continuous Revolution : The Post-liberation Epoch, 1949-1981. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Diven, G. and C. Kitchel (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Knitting and Crocheting. New York, N.Y., Alpha.

This guide has been a bestseller ever since its first publication. Plus, it’s the only book to include knitting and crocheting, with both comprehensive instructions and exciting patterns. Readers will get: — Goof-proof instructions to get them knitting and crocheting in no time — Expert advice on how to correct common knitting gaffes — Terrific tips that will help them decipher knitting and crocheting patterns — Easy ways to check their gauge-and what to do when it doesn’t match the pattern

Diwan, I. and R. á. Shaábåan (1999). Development Under Adversity : The Palestinian Economy in Transition. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.

Dixit, A. K. (1996). The Making of Economic Policy : A Transaction-Cost Politics Perspective. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

The Making of Economic Policy begins by observing that most countries’trade policies are so blatantly contrary to all the prescriptions of the economist that there is no way to understand this discrepancy except by delving into the politics. The same is true for many other dimensions of economic policy.Avinash Dixit looks for an improved understanding of the politics of economic policy-making from a transaction cost perspective. Such costs of planning, implementing, and monitoring an exchange have proved critical to explaining many phenomena in industrial organization. Dixit discusses the variety of similar transaction costs encountered in the political process of making economic policy and how these costs affect the operation of different institutions and policies.Dixit organizes a burgeoning body of research in political economy in this framework. He uses U.S. fiscal policy and the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) as two examples that illustrate the framework, and show how policy often deviates from the economist’s ideal of efficiency. The approach reveals, however, that some seemingly inefficient practices are quite creditable attempts to cope with transaction costs such as opportunism and asymmetric information.Copublished with the Center for Economic Studies and the Ifo Institute

Dixon, C. (1997). Perfecting the Family : Antislavery Marriages in Nineteenth-century America. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Originally presented as the author’s thesis–University of New South Wales, Australia.

Dixon, E. J. (1993). Quest for the Origins of the First Americans. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.

Dixon, T. The Foolish Virgin. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dixon, W. W. (1995). It Looks at You : The Returned Gaze of Cinema. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dixon, W. W. (1997). The Exploding Eye : A Re-visionary History of 1960s American Experimental Cinema. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dixon, W. W. (1998). The Transparency of Spectacle : Meditations on the Moving Image. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dixon, W. W. (2000). Film Genre 2000 : New Critical Essays. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dixon, W. W. (2000). The Second Century of Cinema : The Past and Future of the Moving Image. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dixon-Fyle, M. (1999). A Saro Community in the Niger Delta, 1912-1984 : The Potts-Johnsons of Port Harcourt and Their Heirs. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

By examining the history of the Potts-Johnsons, an immigrant Saro family from Sierra Leone living in the Port Harcourt region of Nigeria from roughly 1912-1984, this study reviews the migration history of the Saro in the Niger River delta. The work also touches on many important issues to consider when researching African history: intra-African migration, status of and dominance by elites (both indigenous and immigrant), women’s roles in social relationships, and the preservation of family and cultural values under extreme socio-economic stress. Mac Dixon-Fyle is associate professorof History at DePauw University in Greencastle, Indiana.

Dizard, J. E. (1999). Going Wild : Hunting, Animal Rights, and the Contested Meaning of Nature. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

DjeDje, J. C. and E. S. Meadows (1998). California Soul : Music of African Americans in the West. Berkeley, University of California Press.

This new series, co-sponsored with The Center for Black Music Research of Columbia College, seeks to increase our understanding of black music genres and their importance to the cultures of the Atlantic world, including their influence on African musical styles. Books in the series will examine the wide-ranging music of the African diaspora—including the folk-derived musical styles of the Americas as well as European-influenced concert hall music of the entire black Atlantic world—by analyzing issues critical to our interpretation of the music itself and exploring the relationships between music and the other black expressive arts.Focusing on blues, jazz, gospel, rhythm and blues, and soul music, California Soul is one of the first books to explore the rich musical heritage of African Americans in California. The contributors describe in detail the individual artists, locales, groups, musical styles, and regional qualities, and the result is an important book that lays the groundwork for a whole new field of study. The essays draw from oral histories, music recordings, newspaper articles and advertisements, as well as population statistics to provide insightful discussions of topics like the California urban milieu’s influence on gospel music, the development of the West Coast blues style, and the significance of Los Angeles’s Central Avenue in the early days of jazz. Other essays offer perspectives on how individual musicians have been shaped by their African American heritage, and on the role of the record industry and radio in the making of music. In addition to the diverse range of essays, the book includes the most comprehensive bibliography now available on African American music and culture in California.

D’Lemos, R. S., et al. (1990). The Cadomian Orogeny. London, Geological Society of London.

Dmytryk, E. (1995). Odd Man Out : A Memoir of the Hollywood Ten. Carbondale, IL, Southern Illinois University Press.

Includes index.

Doak, K. M. (1994). Dreams of Difference : The Japan Romantic School and the Crisis of Modernity. Berkeley, University of California Press.

From 1935 to 1945, the Japan Romantic School (Nihon Romanha), a group of major intellectuals and literary figures, explored issues concerning politics, literature, and nationalism in ways that still influence cultural discourse in Japan today. Kevin Doak’s timely study is a broad critique of modernity in early twentieth-century Japan. He uses close readings and translations of texts and poems to suggest that the school’s interest in romanticism stemmed from its attempt to surmount the’cultural crisis’of lost traditions. This attempt to overcome modernity eventually reduced the movement’s earlier critical impulses to expressions of nationalist longing.

Dobak, W. A. (1998). Fort Riley and Its Neighbors : Military Money and Economic Growth, 1853-1895. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Dobbins, R. and B. O. Pettman (1999). The Ultimate Entrepreneur’s Book : A Straight-talking Guide to Business Success and Personal Riches. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Dobbs-Weinstein, I. (1995). Maimonides and St. Thomas on the Limits of Reason. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dobiás, B., et al. (1999). Solid-liquid Dispersions. New York, Marcel Dekker.

Dobie, J. F. Guide to Life and Literature of the Southwest. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dobie, J. F. and S. Texas Folklore (1965). Follow De Drinkin’ Gou’d. Denton, University of North Texas Press.

Includes unacc. melodies with words.

Dobrian, J. (1998). Business Writing Skills : A Take-charge Assistant Book. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Dobrin, P. and H. I. Driggs (1993). Architecture : A Fact-filled Coloring Book. [N.p.], Running Press.

Dobrin, S. I. (1997). Constructing Knowledges : The Politics of Theory-building and Pedagogy in Composition. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dobson, A. (1995). Green Political Thought. London, Taylor & Francis Routledge.

Originally published: London ; Boston : Unwin Hyman, 1990.

Dobson, A. (1996). Conducting Effective Interviews : How to Find Out What You Need to Know and Achieve the Right Results. [N.p.], How To Books.

Dobson, A. (1999). Managing Meetings : How to Prepare for Them, How to Run Them, and How to Follow Up the Results. [N.p.], How To Books.

Dobson, A. (1999). Writing Business Letters : How to Produce Day-to-day Correspondence That Is Clear and Effective. [N.p.], How to Books.

Dobson, J. (1997). Finance Ethics : The Rationality of Virtue. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.

Dobson, M. (1992). The Making of the National Poet : Shakespeare, Adaptation and Authorship, 1660-1769. Oxford, OUP Premium.

Description based on print version record.

Dobson, M. J. (1997). Contours of Death and Disease in Early Modern England. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

This 1997 book provides a penetrating account of death and disease in England during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Using a wide range of sources for the south-east of England, the author highlights the tremendous variation in levels of mortality across geographical contours and across two centuries. She explores the epidemiological causes and consequences of these mortality variations, and offers the reader a fascinating insight into the way patients and practitioners perceived, understood and reacted to the multitude of fevers, poxes and plagues in past times. She examines, in particular, the significance of malaria in English demographic history, and provides a detailed account of the history of this once endemic disease. This broad-ranging and stimulating study will be of interest to historical demographers, medical historians, geographers and epidemiologists.

Docherty, J. C. (1999). Historical Dictionary of Australia. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.

Docherty, T. (1996). After Theory. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Dockstader, F. J. (1985). The Kachina and the White Man : The Influences of White Culture on the Hopi Kachina Cult. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Dodd, W. E. (1997). Jefferson Davis. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

Originally published: Philadelphia : G.W. Jacobs, 1907.

Doddridge, P. The Rise and Progress of Religion in the Soul. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Presents the full-text of’The Rise and Progress of Religion in the Soul,’written in 1745 by English nonconformist clergyman and religious writer Philip Doddridge (1702-1751) and provided online by the Christian Classics Ethereal Library at Calvin College.

Dodds, D. J. and P. Allen-Thompson (1994). The Wall in My Backyard : East German Women in Transition. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Dodge, D. and V. University of (1995). The Free Negroes of North Carolina. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dodge, M. M. Hans Brinker Or, The Silver Skates. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dodge, R. I. and W. R. Kime (1997). The Powder River Expedition Journals of Colonel Richard Irving Dodge. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Lt. Col. Richard Irving Dodge’s journals, written with utter candor for his eyes only, are the fullest firsthand account we possess of Gen. George Crook’s Powder River Expedition against the Sioux and Cheyenne Indians, which culminated in Col. Ranald S. Mackenzie’s resounding destruction of Dull Knife’s forces on November 25, 1876. Editor Wayne R. Kime, with his customary flair, has transcribed the journals from Dodge’s pocket-size notebooks and has provided a pertinent introduction and well-crafted, thoroughly illuminating annotations.Dodge’s journals will clearly prove useful to specialists in U.S. -Indian relations and the Great Sioux War, but they will also appeal to a variety of readers because of Dodge’s lively style and his range of subject matter. With vigorous intelligence, he describes such topics as General Crook as a military leader and strategist, the merits of infantry versus cavalry against the Plains Indians, the effects of subzero weather in Wyoming on a large army far from its sources of supply, and of course, the elusiveness of military glory.

Dodgshon, R. A. (1998). From Chiefs to Landlords : Social and Economic Change in the Western Highlands and Islands, C. 1493-1820. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.

Dodrill, D. E. (1993). Selling the Dream : The Gulf American Corporation and the Building of Cape Coral, Florida. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Dodson, M. and L. N. O’Shaughnessy (1990). Nicaragua’s Other Revolution : Religious Faith and Political Struggle. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

The 1979 rebellion in Nicaragua was the first in modern Latin America to be carried out with the active participation and support of Christians. Like all revolutions, the Nicaraguan Revolution has provoked controversy and hostility, and the Christian presence has been a focal point in the debate. In this work Michael Dodson and Laura Nuzzi O’Shaughnessy offer a detailed study of the religious sources of the revolution set against the backgound of the revolutionary traditions of the United States.Nicaragua’s Other Revolution places the experience of the Nicaraguan Revolution in a historical framework that extends back to the Protestant Reformation and in an institutional framework that encompasses the whole of Nicaraguan politics. Examining the broad process of religious change, this work explores how that process interacted with the political struggles that culminated in the revolution. Dodson and O’Shaughnessy conclude that the religious values and attitudes arising out of postconciliar renewal in the church contributed powerfully to demands for revolutionary change in Nicaragua.In England and America the Protestant Reformation gave a tremendous boost to demands for democratic changes in society and politics. This work shows that something similar happened in Catholic Central America in the post-Medellin period. Changes in religious thought and action were part of, and served to reinforce and stimulate, a wider movement for social and political change. Without denying the importance of Marxism, the authors demonstrate that other important influences are at work there.A UNC Press Enduring Edition — UNC Press Enduring Editions use the latest in digital technology to make available again books from our distinguished backlist that were previously out of print. These editions are published unaltered from the original, and are presented in affordable paperback formats, bringing readers both historical and cultural value.

Dodt, C. K. (1997). Natural Babycare : Pure and Soothing Recipes and Techniques for Mothers and Babies. Pownal, Vt, Storey Communications.

Doe, P. E. (1998). Fish Drying & Smoking : Production and Quality. Lancaster, Pa, Taylor & Francis Routledge.

Dōgen and T. F. Cleary (1986). Shōbōgenzō, Zen Essays. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.

Doggett, S. L. and P. K. Montgomery (2000). Beyond the Book : Technology Integration Into the Secondary School Library Media Curriculum. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Doherty, D. and M. M. Mannin (1998). Sams Teach Yourself JBuilder 2 in 21 Days. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Doherty, M. J. (1991). The Mistress-knowledge : Sir Philip Sidney’s Defence of Poesie and Literary Architectonics in the English Renaissance. Nashville, Tenn, Vanderbilt University Press.

Book began as author’s dissertation at the University of Wisconsin in Madison.

Doiron, R. and J. Davies (1998). Partners in Learning : Students, Teachers, and the School Library. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Dolan, E. F. (1995). The American Revolution : How We Fought the War of Independence. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

The story of how the colonists overcame formidable odds to win the war of independence.

Dolan, E. F. (1996). America in World War I. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

Explains the roots of World War I and shows how the United States was drawn in despite strong sentiment for remaining uninvolved. Actions of U.S. troops’over there,’new weapons such as the tank and airplane, the home front, and the peace that ended the war are covered.

Dolan, E. F. (1997). The American Civil War : A House Divided. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.

An account of the Civil War from its causes to its final battles including discussions of dominent figures of the era, strategies of major battles, and brutal sieges which marked this conflict.

Dolan, F. M. and T. L. Dumm (1993). Rhetorical Republic : Governing Representations in American Politics. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Dolan, K. and D. Dolan (2000). E-personal Finance : Managing Your Money and Investments Online. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.

Includes index.

Dolbeare, K. M. (1998). American Political Thought. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishers.

Dolbeare, K. M. and J. K. Hubbell (1996). U.S.A. 2012 : After the Middle-class Revolution. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishing.

The year is 2012. David Reynolds is a college sophomore whose Thanksgiving weekend assignment is to conduct several interviews with his parents, in order to understand how they and their generation managed to reconstruct the American political system in the sixteen short years between 1996 and 2012.

Dolber, R. (1988). Opportunities in Retailing Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Basic information on opportunities in retailing careers, discussing jobs and salaries according to the current job market and according to projections for the future.

Dolber, R. (1993). Opportunities in Fashion Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.

Dolber, R. (1996). College and Career Success for Students with Learning Disabilities. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Dole, P. P. (1999). Children’s Books About Religion. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Dolgowich, S., et al. (1995). Chances Are : Hands-on Activities in Probability and Statistics, Grades 3-7. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Dolis, J. (1993). The Style of Hawthorne’s Gaze : Regarding Subjectivity. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.

The Style of Hawthorne’s Gaze is an unusual and insightful work that employs a combination of critical strategies drawn from art history, philosophy, psychoanalysis, and contemporary aesthetic and literary theory to explore Nathaniel Hawthorne’s narrative technique and his unique vision of the world. Dolis studies Hawthorne’s anti-technological and essentially Romantic view of the external world and examines the recurring phenomena of lighting, motion, aspectivity, fragmentation, and imagination as they relate to his descriptive techniques. Dolis sets the world of Hawthorne’s work over and against the aesthetic and philosophical development of the world understood as a “view”, from its inception in the camera obscura and perspective in general, to its 19th-century articulation in photography. In light of this general technology of the image, and drawing upon a wide range of contemporary critical theories, Dolis begins his study of Hawthorne at the level of description, where the world of the work first arises in the reader’s consciousness. Dolis shows how the work of Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Freud, Lacan, and Derrida can provide fresh insights into the sophisticated style of Hawthorne’s perception of and system for representing reality.

Doll, B. and C. A. Doll (1997). Bibliotherapy with Young People : Librarians and Mental Health Professionals Working Together. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

‘Annotated bibliography of resources containing tips and ideas for bibliotherapy activities’and’Selected materials’: p. 99-111.

Dollar, D., et al. (1998). Household Welfare and Vietnam’s Transition. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dolman, C. and M. Saunders (1999). Managing Your First Computer : How to Perform Core Tasks and Gain Knowledge and Confidence. [N.p.], How To Books.

Dombrowski, D. A. (1996). Analytic Theism, Hartshorne, and the Concept of God. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Domecq, B. and K. S. García (1995). Eleven Days. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.

Originally published: Xalapa, Mâexico : Universidad Veracruzana Editorial, 1979.

Domhoff, G. W. (1985). The Mystique of Dreams : A Search for Utopia Through Senoi Dream Theory. Berkeley, University of California Press.

A fascinating strand of the human potential movement of the 1960s involved the dream mystique of a previously unknown Malaysian tribe, the Senoi, first brought to the attention of the Western world by adventurer-anthropologist-psychologist Kilton Stewart. Exploring the origin, attraction, and efficacy of the Senoi ideas, G. William Domhoff also investigates current research on dreams and concludes that the story of Senoi dream theory tells us more about certain aspects of American culture than it does about this distant tribe. In analyzing its mystical appeal, he comes to some unexpected conclusions about American spirituality and practicality.

Donagan, A. and A. N. Perovich (1999). Reflections on Philosophy and Religion. New York, Oxford University Press.

This book contains the collected papers of Alan Donagan on topics in the philosophy of religion. Donagan was respected as a leading figure in American moral philosophy. His untimely death in 1991 prevented him from collecting his philosophical reflections on religion, particularly Christianity, and its relation to ethics and other concerns. This collection, therefore, constitutes the fullest expression of Donagan’s thought on Christianity and ethics, in which it is possible to discern the outlines of a coherent, overarching theory. Editor Anthony Perovich has supplied a useful introduction, which brings Donagan’s work into focus and brings out the unifying themes in the essays.

Donahue, D. L. (1999). The Western Range Revisited : Removing Livestock From Public Lands to Conserve Native Biodiversity. Norman, OK, University of Oklahoma Press.

Donald, L. (1997). Aboriginal Slavery on the Northwest Coast of North America. Berkeley, University of California Press.

With his investigation of slavery on the Northwest Coast of North America, Leland Donald makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the aboriginal cultures of this area. He shows that Northwest Coast servitude, relatively neglected by researchers in the past, fits an appropriate cross-cultural definition of slavery. Arguing that slaves and slavery were central to these hunting-fishing-gathering societies, he points out how important slaves were to the Northwest Coast economies for their labor and for their value as major items of exchange. Slavery also played a major role in more famous and frequently analyzed Northwest Coast cultural forms such as the potlatch and the spectacular art style and ritual systems of elite groups.The book includes detailed chapters on who owned slaves and the relations between masters and slaves; how slaves were procured; transactions in slaves; the nature, use, and value of slave labor; and the role of slaves in rituals. In addition to analyzing all the available data, ethnographic and historic, on slavery in traditional Northwest Coast cultures, Donald compares the status of Northwest Coast slaves with that of war captives in other parts of traditional Native North America.

Donaldson, D., et al. (1997). Foreign Direct Investment in Infrastructure : The Challenge of Southern and Eastern Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘Foreign Investment Advisory Service a joint facility of the International Finance Corporation and the World Bank.’

Donaldson, D. J. and D. M. Wagle (1995). Privatization : Principles and Practice. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Donaldson, M. S. (1996). Primary Care : America’s Health in a New Era. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Ask for a definition of primary care, and you are likely to hear as many answers as there are health care professionals in your survey. Primary Care fills this gap with a detailed definition already adopted by professional organizations and praised at recent conferences. This volume makes recommendations for improving primary care, building its organization, financing, infrastructure, and knowledge base–as well as developing a way of thinking and acting for primary care clinicians. Are there enough primary care doctors? Are they merely gatekeepers? Is the traditional relationship between patient and doctor outmoded? The committee draws conclusions about these and other controversies in a comprehensive and up-to-date discussion that covers The scope of primary care. Its philosophical underpinnings. Its value to the patient and the community. Its impact on cost, access, and quality. This volume discusses the needs of special populations, the role of the capitation method of payment, and more. Recommendations are offered for achieving a more multidisciplinary education for primary care clinicians. Research priorities are identified. Primary Care provides a forward-thinking view of primary care as it should be practiced in the new integrated health care delivery systems–important to health care clinicians and those who train and employ them, policymakers at all levels, health care managers, payers, and interested individuals.

Donaldson, M. S. (1999). Collaboration Among Competing Managed Care Organizations for Quality Improvement. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

In November, 1997, The Institute of Medicine convened a one-day conference to explore areas for potential collaboration to improve quality among competing health plans consistent with antitrust and other legal requirements. The conference was convened to clarify the limits of such potential activities and to explore ways to stimulate collaboration; in short, to explore permissible and promising areas for collaboration for competing health plans. Competition has existed at the provider level in the pre-managed care era and continues among physicians, physician groups and hospitals today. What is new is the extent of competition at the managed care organization level in individual regional markets. As large numbers of individuals are enrolled in health plans, the potential for new forms of cooperation for improving quality of care becomes possible. Along with these new possibilities, however, come questions about whether they bring the potential for antitrust violation.

Donaldson, M. S. and K. N. Lohr (1994). Health Data in the Information Age : Use, Disclosure, and Privacy. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Donaldson, M. S. and H. C. Sox (1992). Setting Priorities for Health Technology Assessment : A Model Process. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.

Donaldson, R. H. and J. L. Nogee (1998). The Foreign Policy of Russia : Changing Systems, Enduring Interests. Armonk, N.Y., ME Sharpe, Inc.

Donato, R. (1997). The Other Struggle for Equal Schools : Mexican Americans During the Civil Rights Era. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Donham, D. L. (1999). History, Power, Ideology : Central Issues in Marxism and Anthropology. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.

Is Marxism a reflection of the conceptual system it fights against, rather than a truly comprehensive approach to human history? Drawing on recent work in anthropology, history, and philosophy, Donald Donham confronts this problem in analyzing a radically different social order: the former Maale kingdom of southern Ethiopia.’Every once in a while there appears a book that… opens up new ways of inquiring into the ways of the world. Donald Donham has written such a book. The style is quiet and judicious, but the effect is stunning…. In putting inherited partisan approaches to the test of explaining the realities of Maale society and culture, Donham enriches anthropology and imparts new vigor to the analytical Marxian traditions. History, Power, Ideology embodies a major accomplishment.’—From the Foreword

Donham, D. L. (1999). Marxist Modern : An Ethnographic History of the Ethiopian Revolution. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Modernity has become a keyword in a number of recent intellectual discussions. In this book, Donald L. Donham shows that similar debates have long occurred, particularly among peoples located on the margins of world power and wealth. Based on extensive fieldwork in Ethiopia—conducted over a twenty-year period—Marxist Modern provides a cultural history of the Ethiopian revolution that highlights the role of modernist ideas.Moving between the capital, Addis Ababa, and Maale, the home of a small ethnic group in the south, Donham constructs a narrative of upheaval and change, presenting local people’s understandings of events, as these echoed with and appropriated stories of other world revolutions. With the help of poststructuralist insights and theories of narrative, Donham locates a recurrent dialectic between modernist Marxism, local Maale traditionalisms, and antimodernist, evangelical Christianity. One of the most consequential outcomes of this interaction—until the late 1980s—was the creation of a more powerful state, one that penetrated peasant communities ever more deeply and pervasively.Combining sophisticated theory with fascinating ethnographic detail, this study contributes to the theory of revolution as well as the study of modernity. In doing so, it seeks to integrate ethnography and history in a new way.

Doniger, W. and H. Eilberg-Schwartz (1995). Off with Her Head! : The Denial of Women’s Identity in Myth, Religion, and Culture. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Whereas many books look at how women’s bodies are represented in different religions and cultures around the world, this work explores the site of a woman’s voice and identity, her head. The female head threatens to disrupt the classic gender distinctions that link men to speech, identity, and mind while relegating women to silence, anonymity, and flesh. The contributors to this collection argue that the objectification of women as sexual and reproductive bodies results in their symbolic beheading. Decapitation occurs symbolically in myths as well as in actual practices such as veiling, head covering, and cosmetic highlighting, which by sexualizing a woman’s face turns it into an extension of her body.The essays explore how similar treatments of the female head find their unique articulation in diverse religious traditions and cultures: in Hindu myths of beheading, in Buddhist and Tantric practices and poetry about the hair of female nuns, in the resistance to veiling by early Christian women at Corinth, in contemporary veiling practices in a Turkish village, in the eroticization of the female mouth in ancient Judaism, and in Greek and Roman cosmetic practices.Together these essays show how the depiction of the female head is critical for an understanding of gender and its influence on other fundamental religious and cultural issues.

Donmoyer, R., et al. (1995). The Knowledge Base in Educational Administration : Multiple Perspectives. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Donmoyer, R. and R. Kos (1993). At-risk Students : Portraits, Policies, Programs, and Practices. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Donne, J. Death’s Duel. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Donne, J. Devotions Upon Emergent Occasions : Together with Death’s Duel. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Donne, J. Poems of John Donne. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Donne, J. Preached to the Lords Upon Easter-day, at the Communion. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Donnellon, A. (1996). Team Talk : The Power of Language in Team Dynamics. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.

Donnelly, C. E. (1994). Linguistics for Writers. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.

Donnelly, J. (1994). Language, Metaphysics, and Death. New York, Oxford University Press USA.

Donnet, J.-B. (1998). Carbon Fibers. New York, CRC Press.

Donnini, F. P. and U. Air (1991). ANZUS in Revision : Changing Defense Features of Australia and New Zealand in the Mid-1980s. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Donnini, F. P. and R. L. Davis (1991). Professional Military Education for Air Force Officers : Comments and Criticisms. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.

Donovan, K. (1999). Fugitive Red. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.

‘Twenty-fourth recipient of the Juniper Prize’–P. [66].

Donovan, L. A. (2000). Women Saints Lives in Old English Prose. Rochester, N.Y., Boydell & Brewer.

Devout, virtuous and independent, the heroines of Old English saints’lives (one of the most popular literary genres of the middle ages) provided exemplars of personal and public inspiration for medieval Christians. The eight lives translated here are the earliest known vernacular accounts of the biographies of Æthelthryth, Agatha, Agnes, Cecilia, Eugenia, Euphrosyne, Lucy, and Mary of Egypt. Theydepict women escaping unwanted marriages, communicating with male relatives, acquiring an education, living autonomously as hermits, and achieving positions of leadership; such lives document not only the importance of spiritual faith to early Christian women, but also testify to how these women (and their audience) employed faith as a tool for empowerment. Each life is preceded by a brief description of the saint’s cult from its early Christian origins to its presence in Anglo-Saxon culture. The translation is accompanied by an introduction establishing the general background for the genre, the conventions of women saints’lives, and women’s religious culture in Anglo-Saxon England; and an interpretive essay exploring the relationships between explicit presentations of the female body and the strength of spiritual authority as exhibited in these texts completes the volume. LESLIE A. DONOVAN is Associate Professor at the University of New Mexico.

Donovan, M. D. (1993). Careers for Gourmets & Others Who Relish Food. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.

Donovan, M. D. (1998). Opportunities in Culinary Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., U.S.A., NTC Contemporary.

Donovan, W. G. and F. Casey (1998). Soil Fertility Management in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Donovan, W. N., et al. (1998). P.O.W. In the Pacific : Memoirs of an American Doctor in World War II. Wilmington, Del, Scholarly Resources, Inc.

Doody, M. A. (1996). The True Story of the Novel. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.

Dooley, B. (1998). Black and Green : The Fight for Civil Rights in Northern Ireland & Black America. London, Pluto Press.

Dooley, D. A. (1995). Plain and Ordinary Things : Reading Women in the Writing Classroom. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dorcey, A. H. J., et al. (1997). Large Dams : Learning From the Past, Looking at the Future: Workshop Proceedings, Gland, Switzerland, April 11-12, 1997. Gland, Switzerland, World Bank Publications.

Dore, G. (1993). Differential Equations in Banach Spaces : Proceedings of the Bologna Conference. New York, M. Dekker.

Doreski, W. (1990). The Years of Our Friendship : Robert Lowell and Allen Tate. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Doreski, W. (1995). The Modern Voice in American Poetry. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.

Dorfman, L. T. (1997). The Sun Still Shone : Professors Talk About Retirement. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.

Doriani, B. M. (1996). Emily Dickinson : Daughter of Prophecy. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Dorigo, M. and M. Colombetti (1998). Robot Shaping : An Experiment in Behavior Engineering. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.

‘A Bradford book.’

Dorio, M. A. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Perfect Interview. New York, Alpha Books.

Dorio, M. A. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Getting the Job You Want. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Dorman, L. (1995). Party Politics in Alabama From 1850 Through 1860. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.

Originally published: Montgomery, Ala. : Alabama State Department of Archives and History, 1935, in series: Historical and patriotic series.

Dorman, R. L. (1993). Revolt of the Provinces : The Regionalist Movement in America, 1920-1945. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.

‘A work of remarkable scope and depth of learning. [Dorman’s] principal contribution is wise, imaginative, and often revelatory readings of published texts.’–Journal of Southern History'[Dorman] skillfully recreates–and acutely analyzes–the fascinating story of one of American political and cultural history’s forgotten but most appealing alternatives.’–Journal of American History’Dorman has provided a useful and insightful synthesizing study of the major versions, actors, streams, and manifestations of regionalism in the interwar period.’–American Historical Review’An innovative, insightful, and important study that should long serve as a beacon for others to follow.’–Environmental History’Regionalism surely stands among the most influential cultural movements in twentieth-century America, yet to date it has received surprisingly little attention. With his extensive research, thoughtful insights, and artful prose, Robert Dorman has provided us with a truly first-rate study that should represent the definitive word on American regionalism for years to come.’–Daniel J. Singal, author of The War Within: From Victorian to Modernist Thought in the South, 1919-1945

Dorman, R. L. (1998). A Word for Nature : Four Pioneering Environmental Advocates, 1845-1913. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.

The careers and ideas of four figures of monumental importance in the history of American conservation–George Perkins Marsh, Henry David Thoreau, John Muir, and John Wesley Powell–are explored in A Word for Nature. Robert Dorman offers lively portraits of each of these early environmental advocates, who witnessed firsthand the impact of economic expansion and industrial revolution on fragile landscapes from the forests of New England to the mountains of the West. By examining the nineteenth-century world in which the fourmen lived–its society, economy, politics, and culture–Dormansheds light on the roots of American environmentalism. Heprovides an overview of the early decades of both resourceconservation and wilderness preservation, discussing how Marsh, Thoreau, Muir, and Powell helped define the issues that began changing the nation’s attitudes toward its environment by the early twentieth century. Dorman’s readings of works including Marsh’s Man and Nature, Thoreau’s The Maine Woods, Muir’s The Mountains of California, and Powell’s Report on the Lands of the Arid Region reveal their authors’influence on environmental thought and politics even up to the present day.

Dorman, R. L. and C. R. Wilson (1998). The New Regionalism : Essays and Commentaries. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.

Dorn, C. M. (1998). Mind in Art : Cognitive Foundations in Art Education. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.

This book is for the reader who believes that thinking about and making art is intelligent behavior and that art as a subject in the K-12 school curriculum should not be used as an alibi for other curricular objectives. It examines and makes explicit those cognitive behaviors normally associated with most higher order thinking and problem solving activity and explains how they function in the act of creative forming. Its goal is ultimately to find ways to use these behaviors in the construction of an intelligent art curriculum for K-12 American schools. This is perhaps the only text in the field designed to assist teachers in meeting the challenges of teaching in the Goals 2000 curriculum and evaluation reform effort, acquainting them with both the National Art Standards and with the assessment processes needed in order for them to become accountable. Mind in Art grapples with current and relevant theory, research, and unsolved problems. It is cohesive as it attempts to bring together information that is only partially known, even among those who are college professors. And it takes a critical look at the ideas and points of view that have created divisiveness and shabby thinking in the field. In this book Charles Dorn significantly advances thinking in the field of art education.

Dorsch, N. G. (1998). Community, Collaboration, and Collegiality in School Reform : An Odyssey Toward Connections. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Dorsey, G. A. (1995). The Mythology of the Wichita. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.

Originally published: Washington, D.C. :Carnegie Institution, 1904.

Dorsey, S., et al. (1998). Pensions and Productivity. Kalamazoo, Mich, Upjohn Institute.

Dorter, K. (1994). Form and Good in Plato’s Eleatic Dialogues : The Parmenides, Theaetetus, Sophist, and Statesman. Berkeley, University of California Press.

Plato’s four dialogues are treated here for the first time as a continuous argument. In Dorter’s view, Plato re-examines the theory of forms propounded in his earlier dialogues and reaffirms them, not as perfectly robust tools in the service of human knowledge, but as absolutely essential. Thus, Dorter contradicts both those philosophers who would argue that Plato espoused uncritically his initial theory of forms throughout his work and those philosophers who would argue that Plato in some sense rejected the theory of forms and moved toward the kind of categorical analysis later developed by Aristotle. The reader is thus presented with a controversial and novel explanation of the function of the four dialogues discussed. Dorter presents the Parmenides as a serious critique, not retraction, of the theory of forms. The Parmenides shows that ultimately theory must fall back upon metaphor and analogy – i.e., upon the forms – because alternative approaches are subject to even greater limitations. Theaetetus purposefully fails to give a satisfactory account of knowledge because it ignores the forms. The Sophist reintroduces one aspect of the forms, universal kinds, but abstracts from the forms’grounding of value, again demonstrating the inadequacy of an alternative approach. In the Statesman, the concept of the value-bestowing mean is reintroduced, and with this, both the metaphorical nature and value-grounding aspects of the forms are vindicated: from this perspective the subsequent reappearance of the theory of forms in the Philebus is no longer surprising. Plato’s belief that ontological thinking can transform us not only intellectually but also morally, supported by a long tradition in both Western and Eastern philosophy, has been eclipsed by philosophical trends in the past century. Among the influential theoretical movements of the twentieth century there is virtually unanimous agreement that there is no ontological basis for value – all moral judgments become’subjective.’Dorter’s re-examination of the insights of Plato implies a new direction for modern philosophical inquiry.

Dorwart, J. M. (1991). Eberstadt and Forrestal : A National Security Partnership, 1909-1949. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.

Dos Passos, J. and V. University of (1996). Two Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dosanjh, J. S. and P. A. S. Ghuman (1996). Child-rearing in Ethnic Minorities. Clevedon, Avon, U.K., Multilingual Matters.

Dostoyevsky, F. Notes From the Underground. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Dostoyevsky, F. and C. Garnett The Brothers Karamazov. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dostoyevsky, F. and C. Garnett Crime and Punishment. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dostoyevsky, F. and V. University of (1996). The Little Orphan. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Doty, R. L. (1995). Handbook of Olfaction and Gustation. New York, CRC Press.

Doubleday, A., et al. (1998). My Life in the Old Army : The Reminiscences of Abner Doubleday: From the Collections of the New-York Historical Society. Ft. Worth, Texas Christian University Press.

Dougan, M. B. (1976). Confederate Arkansas : The People and Policies of a Frontier State in Wartime. University, Ala, University Alabama Press.

This book fills a long standing gap in state histories dealing with the period of the Civil War in the western frontier that was Arkansas. Based on newspaper articles, legal documents, letters, diaries, reminiscences, songs, and official military reports, Dougan’s account provides a full picture of the political situation just prior to the war, and set the stage for the state’s entry into the war despite the fate that only a third of the population supported secession.

Dougherty, D. and A. Robbins (1997). Sed & Awk. Sebastopol [Calif.], O’Reilly Media.

sed & awk describes two text processing programs that are mainstays of the UNIX programmer’s toolbox.sed is a’stream editor’for editing streams of text that might be too large to edit as a single file, or that might be generated on the fly as part of a larger data processing step. The most common operation done with sed is substitution, replacing one block of text with another.awk is a complete programming language. Unlike many conventional languages, awk is’data driven’– you specify what kind of data you are interested in and the operations to be performed when that data is found. awk does many things for you, including automatically opening and closing data files, reading records, breaking the records up into fields, and counting the records. While awk provides the features of most conventional programming languages, it also includes some unconventional features, such as extended regular expression matching and associative arrays. sed & awk describes both programs in detail and includes a chapter of example sed and awk scripts.This edition covers features of sed and awk that are mandated by the POSIX standard. This most notably affects awk, where POSIX standardized a new variable, CONVFMT, and new functions, toupper() and tolower(). The CONVFMT variable specifies the conversion format to use when converting numbers to strings (awk used to use OFMT for this purpose). The toupper() and tolower() functions each take a (presumably mixed case) string argument and return a new version of the string with all letters translated to the corresponding case.In addition, this edition covers GNU sed, newly available since the first edition. It also updates the first edition coverage of Bell Labs nawk and GNU awk (gawk), covers mawk, an additional freely available implementation of awk, and briefly discusses three commercial versions of awk, MKS awk, Thompson Automation awk (tawk), and Videosoft (VSAwk).

Dougherty, K. J. (1994). The Contradictory College : The Conflicting Origins, Impacts, and Futures of the Community College. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Douglas, B. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to T’ai Chi and Qigong. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.

Includes index.

Douglas, H. (2007). Containment and Reciprocity : Integrating Psychoanalytic Theory and Child Development Research for Work with Children. London, Routledge.

Containment and Reciprocity shows how the psychoanalytic concept of containment and the child development concept of reciprocity can be used together to inform clinical work with young children and their families. Using extracts of mother/child and therapist/child interactions, Hazel Douglas explores, for the first time, the relationship between these concepts, and shows how they underpin the quality of an attachment. Using clinical examples from the author’s own psychoanalytic work with very young children as well as her recent research, the book explores these two concepts with important implications for psychotherapeutic technique. Containment and Reciprocity will make valuable reading for all those working in the field of infant mental health.

Douglas, M. and S. Ney (1998). Missing Persons : A Critique of the Personhood in the Social Sciences. New York, University of California Press.

The Western cultural consensus based on the ideas of free markets and individualism has led many social scientists to consider poverty as a personal experience, a deprivation of material things, and a failure of just distribution. Mary Douglas and Steven Ney find this dominant tradition of social thought about poverty and well-being to be full of contradictions. They argue that the root cause is the impoverished idea of the human person inherited through two centuries of intellectual history, and that two principles, the idea of the solipsist self and the idea of objectivity, cause most of the contradictions.Douglas and Ney state that Economic Man, from its semitechnical niche in eighteenth-century economic theory, has taken over the realms of psychology, consumption, public assistance, political science, and philosophy. They say that by distorting the statistical data presented for policy analysis, the ideas of the solipsist self and objectivity indeed often protect a political bias. The authors propose to correct this by revising the current model of the person. Taking cultural bias into account and giving full play to political dissent, they restore the’persons’who have been missing from the social science debates.Drawing from anthropology, economics, political science, and sociology, the authors set forth a fundamental critique of the social sciences. Their book will find a wide audience among social scientists and will also interest anyone engaged in current discussions of poverty.This book is a copublication with the Russell Sage Foundation.

Douglass, F. My Bondage and My Freedom. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.

Douglass, F. and H. L. Gates (1994). Autobiographies. New York, Random House Publisher Services.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1995). The Color Line. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1995). The Future of the Colored Race. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1996). An Appeal to Congress for Impartial Suffrage. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1996). My Escape From Slavery. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1996). Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass : An American Slave. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1996). The Negro Exodus From the Gulf States. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, F. and V. University of (1996). Reconstruction. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Douglass, M. E. and D. N. Douglass (1993). Manage Your Time, Your Work, Yourself. New York, AMACOM.

Includes index.

Doumic, R., et al. (1996). George Sand : Some Aspects of Her Life and Writings. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dove, N. (1998). Afrikan Mothers : Bearers of Culture, Makers of Social Change. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Doverspike, D. and R. Tuel (2000). The Difficult Hire : Seven Recruitment and Selection Principles for Hard-to-fill Positions. Manassas Park, VA, Impact Publications.

Dovidoff, M. and V. University of (1996). Count Leon Tolstoi. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dow, K. H. (1999). Pocket Guide to Breast Cancer. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Dow, W. H. (1996). Unconditional Demand for Health Care in Cote D’Ivoire : Does Selection on Health Status Matter? Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Dowall, D. E., et al. (1996). A Framework for Reforming Urban Land Policies in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

‘This paper has been prepared for the Land Component of the joint UNDP/World Bank/UNCHS Urban Management Program (UMP)’–Foreword.

Dowd, J. and V. University of (1996). Paths of Hope for the Negro : Practical Suggestions of a Southerner. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.

Dowden, W. S. (1970). Joseph Conrad; the Imaged Style. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.

Dower, N. (1998). World Ethics : The New Agenda. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.

Dowis, R. (2000). The Lost Art of the Great Speech : How to Write One–How to Deliver It. New York, NY, AMACOM.

Splashy slides, confident body language, and a lot of eye contact are fine and well. But if a speech is rambling, illogical, or just plain boring, the impact will be lost. Now everyone can learn to give powerful, on-target speeches that capture an audience’s attention and drive home a message. The key is not just in the delivery techniques, but in tapping into the power of language. Prepared by an award-winning writer, this authoritative speech-writing guide covers every essential element of a great speech, including outlining and organizing, beginning with a bang, making use of action verbs and vivid nouns, and handling questions from the audience. Plus, the book includes excerpts from some of history’s most memorable speeches–eloquent words to contemplate and emulate.

Dowler, L. (1997). Gateways to Knowledge : The Role of Academic Libraries in Teaching, Learning, and Research. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.

Gateways to Knowledge is about change, about suspending old ideas without rejecting them and rethinking the purpose of the university and the library. Proponents of the gateway concept — which ties together these fifteen essays by scholars, librarians, and academic administrators — envision the library as a point of access to other library and research resources, and electronically beyond; as a place for teaching; and as a site for services and support where students and faculty can locate and use the information they need in the form in which they need it.Struggling to define the library of the future, librarians have too often bolted new technology, programs, and services on to existing library functions. These essays focus instead on how information may be packaged and disseminated in a networked environment, as well as on how to think about the nature and qualities of electronic information.There are discussions of specific gateway projects such as the Mann Library at Cornell, the new gateway library at the University of Southern California, the Information Arcade at the University of Iowa, and of’Who Built America?’– one of the most interesting new educational software packages currently available.Contributors: Anthony Appiah (Harvard University), Steve Brier (City University of New York), Richard DeGennaro (Harvard College), Lawrence Dowler (Harvard College), Billy E. Frye (Emory University), Paul Ginsparg (Los Alamos National Laboratory), Richard Lanham (University of California, Los Angeles), Anita Lowry (University of Iowa), Peter Lyman (University of California at Berkeley), Patrick Manning (Northeastern University), Jan Olsen (Cornell University), Karen Price (Harvard University), Richard Rockwell (University of Michigan), Roy Rosenzweig (George Mason University), John Unsworth (University of Virginia), James Wilkinson (Harvard University).

Downing, D. B. and S. Bazargan (1991). Image and Ideology in Modern/postmodern Discourse. Albany, State University of New York Press.

Downing, D. C. (1995). Planets in Peril : A Critical Study of C.S. Lewis’s Ransom Trilogy. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.

Downing, J. (2011). Encyclopedia of Social Movement Media. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.

To request a free 30-day online trial to this product, visit www.sagepub.com/freetrial This one-volume encyclopedia features around 250 essays on the varied experiences of social movement media over the planet in the 20th and 21st centuries. Examining the tip of a gigantic iceberg, this reference resource examines a sample of the dizzying variety of formats and experiences that comprise social movement media. The guiding principles have been to ensure that experiences from the global South are given voice; that women are properly represented among contributors; that the wide spectrum of communication formats is included; that further reading is provided where relevant; and that some examples are provided of repressive social movement media, not exclusively progressive ones.Thematic essays address selected issues such as human rights media, indigenous peoples’media, and environmentalist media, and on key concepts widely used in the field such as alternative media, citizens’media, and community media. The encyclopedia engages with all communication media: broadcasting, print, cinema, the Internet, popular song, street theatre, graffiti, and dance. The entries are designed to be relatively brief with clear, accessible, and current information. Students, researchers, media activisits, and others interested in this field will find this to be a valuable resource.Key ThemesCinema, Television, and VideoConcept and Topic OverviewsCultural ContestationsFeminist MediaGay and Lesbian MediaHuman Rights MediaIndependence Movement MediaIndigenous Peoples’MediaInformation Policy ActivismInternetLabor MediaNewsPerformance Art MediaPopular SongPressRadioSocial Movement MediaRegions

Downing, J. N. (2000). Between Conviction and Uncertainty : Philosophical Guidelines for the Practicing Psychotherapist. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.

Downing, J. P. (1997). Creative Teaching: Ideas to Boost Student Interest : Ideas to Boost Student Interest. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.

Tap into hidden creativity, engage students in the learning process, and foster creative thinking and expression with innovative techniques based on Downing’s research and experience. Some 75 activities that allow users to practice skills as they acquire them are accompanied by dozens of sample lessons and numerous tips for getting started and avoiding pitfalls. Imaginary excursions, choice mapping, Socratic seminars, storytelling, question stringing, scripted interviews, ensemble reading-and more-any educator can use these techniques. Grades K-12.

Downing, R. J., et al. (1997). Rains-Asia : An Assessment Model for Acid Deposition in Asia. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.

Downing, S. (1996). Fire in the Hole. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].

A novel on the Colorado coal strike early this century and its brutal suppression by the Colorado militia. The events are portrayed through the eyes of a woman lawyer defending a miner accused of inciting a riot. The strike led to the Ludlow Massacre in which some 20 men, women and children were killed by the militia.